diff --git a/gendoc/main.go b/gendoc/main.go index fec4010bdf..ed318b4236 100644 --- a/gendoc/main.go +++ b/gendoc/main.go @@ -202,6 +202,16 @@ func genDoc(product, dtype, fpath, name string, resource *schema.Resource) { } if v.Required { opt := "Required" + sub := getSubStruct(0, k, v) + subStruct = append(subStruct, sub...) + // get type + res := parseSubtract(v, sub) + valueType := parseType(v) + if res == "" { + opt += fmt.Sprintf(", %s", valueType) + } else { + opt += fmt.Sprintf(", %s: [`%s`]", valueType, res) + } if v.ForceNew { opt += ", ForceNew" } @@ -210,9 +220,18 @@ func genDoc(product, dtype, fpath, name string, resource *schema.Resource) { v.Description = fmt.Sprintf("%s %s", v.Deprecated, v.Description) } requiredArgs = append(requiredArgs, fmt.Sprintf("* `%s` - (%s) %s", k, opt, v.Description)) - subStruct = append(subStruct, getSubStruct(0, k, v)...) } else if v.Optional { opt := "Optional" + sub := getSubStruct(0, k, v) + subStruct = append(subStruct, sub...) + // get type + res := parseSubtract(v, sub) + valueType := parseType(v) + if res == "" { + opt += fmt.Sprintf(", %s", valueType) + } else { + opt += fmt.Sprintf(", %s: [`%s`]", valueType, res) + } if v.ForceNew { opt += ", ForceNew" } @@ -221,7 +240,6 @@ func genDoc(product, dtype, fpath, name string, resource *schema.Resource) { v.Description = fmt.Sprintf("%s %s", v.Deprecated, v.Description) } optionalArgs = append(optionalArgs, fmt.Sprintf("* `%s` - (%s) %s", k, opt, v.Description)) - subStruct = append(subStruct, getSubStruct(0, k, v)...) } else { attrs := getAttributes(0, k, v) if len(attrs) > 0 { @@ -348,12 +366,16 @@ func getSubStruct(step int, k string, v *schema.Schema) []string { for kk, vv := range v.Elem.(*schema.Resource).Schema { if vv.Required { opt := "Required" + valueType := parseType(vv) + opt += fmt.Sprintf(", %s", valueType) if vv.ForceNew { opt += ", ForceNew" } requiredArgs = append(requiredArgs, fmt.Sprintf("* `%s` - (%s) %s", kk, opt, vv.Description)) } else if vv.Optional { opt := "Optional" + valueType := parseType(vv) + opt += fmt.Sprintf(", %s", valueType) if vv.ForceNew { opt += ", ForceNew" } @@ -451,3 +473,35 @@ func message(msg string, v ...interface{}) { color.White(fmt.Sprintf(msg, v...)) } } + +func parseType(v *schema.Schema) string { + res := "" + switch v.Type { + case schema.TypeBool: + res = "Bool" + case schema.TypeInt: + res = "Int" + case schema.TypeFloat: + res = "Float64" + case schema.TypeString: + res = "String" + case schema.TypeList: + res = "List" + case schema.TypeMap: + res = "Map" + case schema.TypeSet: + res = "Set" + } + return res +} + +func parseSubtract(v *schema.Schema, subStruct []string) string { + res := "" + if v.Type == schema.TypeSet || v.Type == schema.TypeList { + if len(subStruct) == 0 { + vv := v.Elem.(*schema.Schema) + res = parseType(vv) + } + } + return res +} diff --git a/website/docs/d/address_template_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/address_template_groups.html.markdown index 80857eada6..5c233f182c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/address_template_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/address_template_groups.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_address_template_groups" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) Id of the address template group to query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the address template group to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `id` - (Optional, String) Id of the address template group to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the address template group to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/address_templates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/address_templates.html.markdown index 3b484706d8..90a4112064 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/address_templates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/address_templates.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_address_templates" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the address template to query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the address template to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the address template to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the address template to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_api_keys.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_api_keys.html.markdown index 62ed1e6f6a..25e3017617 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_api_keys.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_api_keys.html.markdown @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_api_keys" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `api_key_id` - (Optional) Created API key ID, this field is exactly the same as ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `secret_name` - (Optional) Custom key name. +* `api_key_id` - (Optional, String) Created API key ID, this field is exactly the same as ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `secret_name` - (Optional, String) Custom key name. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_apis.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_apis.html.markdown index d272e73f3e..f8efbd3251 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_apis.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_apis.html.markdown @@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_apis" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `service_id` - (Required) Service ID for query. -* `api_id` - (Optional) Created API ID. -* `api_name` - (Optional) Custom API name. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `service_id` - (Required, String) Service ID for query. +* `api_id` - (Optional, String) Created API ID. +* `api_name` - (Optional, String) Custom API name. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_customer_domains.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_customer_domains.html.markdown index 347be50a13..146b818848 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_customer_domains.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_customer_domains.html.markdown @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_customer_domains" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `service_id` - (Required) The service ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `service_id` - (Required, String) The service ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_ip_strategies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_ip_strategies.html.markdown index 652835d325..eed74ae0ad 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_ip_strategies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_ip_strategies.html.markdown @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_ip_strategies" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `service_id` - (Required) The service ID to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `strategy_name` - (Optional) Name of IP policy. +* `service_id` - (Required, String) The service ID to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `strategy_name` - (Optional, String) Name of IP policy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_services.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_services.html.markdown index e44277a9f4..ad3d1b02ee 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_services.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_services.html.markdown @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_services" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `service_id` - (Optional) Service ID for query. -* `service_name` - (Optional) Service name for query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `service_id` - (Optional, String) Service ID for query. +* `service_name` - (Optional, String) Service name for query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_apis.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_apis.html.markdown index 9f7a7921bf..89c113123f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_apis.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_apis.html.markdown @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_throttling_apis" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `environment_names` - (Optional) Environment list. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `service_id` - (Optional) Unique service ID of API. +* `environment_names` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Environment list. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `service_id` - (Optional, String) Unique service ID of API. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_services.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_services.html.markdown index fba72338f4..605af1c740 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_services.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_throttling_services.html.markdown @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_throttling_services" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `service_id` - (Optional) Service ID for query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `service_id` - (Optional, String) Service ID for query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plan_environments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plan_environments.html.markdown index 95100d4e18..33322de7c4 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plan_environments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plan_environments.html.markdown @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_usage_plan_environments" "environment_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `usage_plan_id` - (Required) ID of the usage plan to be queried. -* `bind_type` - (Optional) Binding type. Valid values: `API`, `SERVICE`. Default value: `SERVICE`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `usage_plan_id` - (Required, String) ID of the usage plan to be queried. +* `bind_type` - (Optional, String) Binding type. Valid values: `API`, `SERVICE`. Default value: `SERVICE`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plans.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plans.html.markdown index fb33e758a4..23f46c67e2 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plans.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/api_gateway_usage_plans.html.markdown @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_api_gateway_usage_plans" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `usage_plan_id` - (Optional) ID of the usage plan. -* `usage_plan_name` - (Optional) Name of the usage plan. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `usage_plan_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the usage plan. +* `usage_plan_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the usage plan. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/as_scaling_configs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/as_scaling_configs.html.markdown index 7f816f94ec..e343faa8c6 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/as_scaling_configs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/as_scaling_configs.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_as_scaling_configs" "as_configs" { The following arguments are supported: -* `configuration_id` - (Optional) Launch configuration ID. -* `configuration_name` - (Optional) Launch configuration name. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `configuration_id` - (Optional, String) Launch configuration ID. +* `configuration_name` - (Optional, String) Launch configuration name. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/as_scaling_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/as_scaling_groups.html.markdown index 2d90f243e6..5ff64c1dbe 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/as_scaling_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/as_scaling_groups.html.markdown @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_as_scaling_groups" "as_scaling_groups" { The following arguments are supported: -* `configuration_id` - (Optional) Filter results by launch configuration ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Optional) A specified scaling group ID used to query. -* `scaling_group_name` - (Optional) A scaling group name used to query. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags used to query. +* `configuration_id` - (Optional, String) Filter results by launch configuration ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Optional, String) A specified scaling group ID used to query. +* `scaling_group_name` - (Optional, String) A scaling group name used to query. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags used to query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/as_scaling_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/as_scaling_policies.html.markdown index e2986210a5..ddada33d83 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/as_scaling_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/as_scaling_policies.html.markdown @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_as_scaling_policies" "as_scaling_policies" { The following arguments are supported: -* `policy_name` - (Optional) Scaling policy name. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Optional) Scaling group ID. -* `scaling_policy_id` - (Optional) Scaling policy ID. +* `policy_name` - (Optional, String) Scaling policy name. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Optional, String) Scaling group ID. +* `scaling_policy_id` - (Optional, String) Scaling policy ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/audit_cos_regions.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/audit_cos_regions.html.markdown index 5894ccd3b2..bdd3c6ea3a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/audit_cos_regions.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/audit_cos_regions.html.markdown @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ data "tencentcloud_audit_cos_regions" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/audit_key_alias.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/audit_key_alias.html.markdown index cf0a1f65bf..7ed1754a2a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/audit_key_alias.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/audit_key_alias.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_audit_key_alias" "all" { The following arguments are supported: -* `region` - (Required) Region. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `region` - (Required, String) Region. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/audits.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/audits.html.markdown index e463267c3c..9fb9c82f2e 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/audits.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/audits.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_audits" "audits" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the audits. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the audits. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/availability_regions.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/availability_regions.html.markdown index cb0c6e7dc0..dc03c10c81 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/availability_regions.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/availability_regions.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_availability_regions" "my_favourite_region" { The following arguments are supported: -* `include_unavailable` - (Optional) A bool variable indicates that the query will include `UNAVAILABLE` regions. -* `name` - (Optional) When specified, only the region with the exactly name match will be returned. `default` value means it consistent with the provider region. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `include_unavailable` - (Optional, Bool) A bool variable indicates that the query will include `UNAVAILABLE` regions. +* `name` - (Optional, String) When specified, only the region with the exactly name match will be returned. `default` value means it consistent with the provider region. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/availability_zones.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/availability_zones.html.markdown index 7458938fed..ba64f1e607 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/availability_zones.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/availability_zones.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_availability_zones" "my_favourite_zone" { The following arguments are supported: -* `include_unavailable` - (Optional) A bool variable indicates that the query will include `UNAVAILABLE` zones. -* `name` - (Optional) When specified, only the zone with the exactly name match will be returned. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `include_unavailable` - (Optional, Bool) A bool variable indicates that the query will include `UNAVAILABLE` zones. +* `name` - (Optional, String) When specified, only the zone with the exactly name match will be returned. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/availability_zones_by_product.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/availability_zones_by_product.html.markdown index d0b4b992f2..068acdb700 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/availability_zones_by_product.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/availability_zones_by_product.html.markdown @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_availability_zones_by_product" "all" { The following arguments are supported: -* `product` - (Required) A string variable indicates that the query will use product information. -* `include_unavailable` - (Optional) A bool variable indicates that the query will include `UNAVAILABLE` zones. -* `name` - (Optional) When specified, only the zone with the exactly name match will be returned. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `product` - (Required, String) A string variable indicates that the query will use product information. +* `include_unavailable` - (Optional, Bool) A bool variable indicates that the query will include `UNAVAILABLE` zones. +* `name` - (Optional, String) When specified, only the zone with the exactly name match will be returned. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_group_memberships.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_group_memberships.html.markdown index 3fa67b9f34..00a98cb560 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_group_memberships.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_group_memberships.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_group_memberships" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Optional) ID of CAM group to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of CAM group to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_group_policy_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_group_policy_attachments.html.markdown index 970ec5ff0c..fb0b29e55a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_group_policy_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_group_policy_attachments.html.markdown @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_group_policy_attachments" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Required) ID of the attached CAM group to be queried. -* `create_mode` - (Optional) Mode of creation of the CAM user policy attachment. 1 means the cam policy attachment is created by production, and the others indicate syntax strategy ways. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) ID of CAM policy to be queried. -* `policy_type` - (Optional) Type of the policy strategy. 'User' means customer strategy and 'QCS' means preset strategy. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `group_id` - (Required, String) ID of the attached CAM group to be queried. +* `create_mode` - (Optional, Int) Mode of creation of the CAM user policy attachment. 1 means the cam policy attachment is created by production, and the others indicate syntax strategy ways. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of CAM policy to be queried. +* `policy_type` - (Optional, String) Type of the policy strategy. 'User' means customer strategy and 'QCS' means preset strategy. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_groups.html.markdown index b610dd827b..3272cbf555 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_groups.html.markdown @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_groups" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Optional) ID of CAM group to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CAM group to be queried. -* `remark` - (Optional) Description of the cam group to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of CAM group to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CAM group to be queried. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Description of the cam group to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_policies.html.markdown index ad32694a8e..f657767eee 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_policies.html.markdown @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_policies" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `create_mode` - (Optional) Mode of creation of policy strategy. Valid values: `1`, `2`. `1` means policy was created with console, and `2` means it was created by strategies. -* `description` - (Optional) The description of the CAM policy. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CAM policy to be queried. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) ID of CAM policy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `type` - (Optional) Type of the policy strategy. Valid values: `1`, `2`. `1` means customer strategy and `2` means preset strategy. +* `create_mode` - (Optional, Int) Mode of creation of policy strategy. Valid values: `1`, `2`. `1` means policy was created with console, and `2` means it was created by strategies. +* `description` - (Optional, String) The description of the CAM policy. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CAM policy to be queried. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of CAM policy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `type` - (Optional, Int) Type of the policy strategy. Valid values: `1`, `2`. `1` means customer strategy and `2` means preset strategy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_role_policy_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_role_policy_attachments.html.markdown index dbfc9b3bd4..003ead4369 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_role_policy_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_role_policy_attachments.html.markdown @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_role_policy_attachments" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `role_id` - (Required) ID of the attached CAM role to be queried. -* `create_mode` - (Optional) Mode of Creation of the CAM user policy attachment. `1` means the cam policy attachment is created by production, and the others indicate syntax strategy ways. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) ID of CAM policy to be queried. -* `policy_type` - (Optional) Type of the policy strategy. Valid values are 'User', 'QCS'. 'User' means customer strategy and 'QCS' means preset strategy. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `role_id` - (Required, String) ID of the attached CAM role to be queried. +* `create_mode` - (Optional, Int) Mode of Creation of the CAM user policy attachment. `1` means the cam policy attachment is created by production, and the others indicate syntax strategy ways. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of CAM policy to be queried. +* `policy_type` - (Optional, String) Type of the policy strategy. Valid values are 'User', 'QCS'. 'User' means customer strategy and 'QCS' means preset strategy. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_roles.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_roles.html.markdown index d5ebb8c92e..b94b1f87a8 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_roles.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_roles.html.markdown @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_roles" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Optional) The description of the CAM role to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CAM policy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `role_id` - (Optional) ID of the CAM role to be queried. +* `description` - (Optional, String) The description of the CAM role to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CAM policy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `role_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CAM role to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_saml_providers.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_saml_providers.html.markdown index 146d4025ed..e338d73472 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_saml_providers.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_saml_providers.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_saml_providers" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Optional) The description of the CAM SAML provider. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CAM SAML provider to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `description` - (Optional, String) The description of the CAM SAML provider. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CAM SAML provider to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_user_policy_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_user_policy_attachments.html.markdown index 090d404651..06c3b69659 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_user_policy_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_user_policy_attachments.html.markdown @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_user_policy_attachments" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `create_mode` - (Optional) Mode of Creation of the CAM user policy attachment. `1` means the CAM policy attachment is created by production, and the others indicate syntax strategy ways. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) ID of CAM policy to be queried. -* `policy_type` - (Optional) Type of the policy strategy. 'User' means customer strategy and 'QCS' means preset strategy. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `user_id` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.6. Use `user_name` instead. ID of the attached CAM user to be queried. -* `user_name` - (Optional) Name of the attached CAM user as unique key to be queried. +* `create_mode` - (Optional, Int) Mode of Creation of the CAM user policy attachment. `1` means the CAM policy attachment is created by production, and the others indicate syntax strategy ways. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of CAM policy to be queried. +* `policy_type` - (Optional, String) Type of the policy strategy. 'User' means customer strategy and 'QCS' means preset strategy. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `user_id` - (Optional, String, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.6. Use `user_name` instead. ID of the attached CAM user to be queried. +* `user_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the attached CAM user as unique key to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cam_users.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cam_users.html.markdown index 50e949d305..8e33eb1a0f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cam_users.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cam_users.html.markdown @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ data "tencentcloud_cam_users" "far" { The following arguments are supported: -* `console_login` - (Optional) Indicate whether the user can login in. -* `country_code` - (Optional) Country code of the CAM user to be queried. -* `email` - (Optional) Email of the CAM user to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of CAM user to be queried. -* `phone_num` - (Optional) Phone num of the CAM user to be queried. -* `remark` - (Optional) Remark of the CAM user to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `uid` - (Optional) Uid of the CAM user to be queried. -* `uin` - (Optional) Uin of the CAM user to be queried. +* `console_login` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether the user can login in. +* `country_code` - (Optional, String) Country code of the CAM user to be queried. +* `email` - (Optional, String) Email of the CAM user to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of CAM user to be queried. +* `phone_num` - (Optional, String) Phone num of the CAM user to be queried. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Remark of the CAM user to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `uid` - (Optional, Int) Uid of the CAM user to be queried. +* `uin` - (Optional, Int) Uin of the CAM user to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshot_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshot_policies.html.markdown index f129956031..7b08b25126 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshot_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshot_policies.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_cbs_snapshot_policies" "policies" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `snapshot_policy_id` - (Optional) ID of the snapshot policy to be queried. -* `snapshot_policy_name` - (Optional) Name of the snapshot policy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `snapshot_policy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the snapshot policy to be queried. +* `snapshot_policy_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the snapshot policy to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshots.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshots.html.markdown index 811f3c7137..d8b84f59ba 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshots.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cbs_snapshots.html.markdown @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_cbs_snapshots" "snapshots" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project within the snapshot. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional) ID of the snapshot to be queried. -* `snapshot_name` - (Optional) Name of the snapshot to be queried. -* `storage_id` - (Optional) ID of the the CBS which this snapshot created from. -* `storage_usage` - (Optional) Types of CBS which this snapshot created from, and available values include SYSTEM_DISK and DATA_DISK. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project within the snapshot. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the snapshot to be queried. +* `snapshot_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the snapshot to be queried. +* `storage_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the the CBS which this snapshot created from. +* `storage_usage` - (Optional, String) Types of CBS which this snapshot created from, and available values include SYSTEM_DISK and DATA_DISK. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cbs_storages.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cbs_storages.html.markdown index d237f60054..677435cbcc 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cbs_storages.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cbs_storages.html.markdown @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ data "tencentcloud_cbs_storages" "whats_new" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. -* `charge_type` - (Optional) List filter by disk charge type (`POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` | `PREPAID`). -* `instance_ips` - (Optional) List filter by attached instance public or private IPs. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) List filter by attached instance name. -* `portable` - (Optional) Filter by whether the disk is portable (Boolean `true` or `false`). -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project with which the CBS is associated. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `storage_id` - (Optional) ID of the CBS to be queried. -* `storage_name` - (Optional) Name of the CBS to be queried. -* `storage_state` - (Optional) List filter by disk state (`UNATTACHED` | `ATTACHING` | `ATTACHED` | `DETACHING` | `EXPANDING` | `ROLLBACKING` | `TORECYCLE`). -* `storage_type` - (Optional) Filter by cloud disk media type (`CLOUD_BASIC`: HDD cloud disk | `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage | `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD cloud disk). -* `storage_usage` - (Optional) Filter by cloud disk type (`SYSTEM_DISK`: system disk | `DATA_DISK`: data disk). -* `tag_keys` - (Optional) List filter by tag keys. -* `tag_values` - (Optional) List filter by tag values. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by disk charge type (`POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` | `PREPAID`). +* `instance_ips` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by attached instance public or private IPs. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by attached instance name. +* `portable` - (Optional, Bool) Filter by whether the disk is portable (Boolean `true` or `false`). +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project with which the CBS is associated. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `storage_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CBS to be queried. +* `storage_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CBS to be queried. +* `storage_state` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by disk state (`UNATTACHED` | `ATTACHING` | `ATTACHED` | `DETACHING` | `EXPANDING` | `ROLLBACKING` | `TORECYCLE`). +* `storage_type` - (Optional, String) Filter by cloud disk media type (`CLOUD_BASIC`: HDD cloud disk | `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage | `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD cloud disk). +* `storage_usage` - (Optional, String) Filter by cloud disk type (`SYSTEM_DISK`: system disk | `DATA_DISK`: data disk). +* `tag_keys` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by tag keys. +* `tag_values` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by tag values. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cbs_storages_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cbs_storages_set.html.markdown index 8cb01e5991..bc91577c94 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cbs_storages_set.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cbs_storages_set.html.markdown @@ -23,20 +23,20 @@ data "tencentcloud_cbs_storages_set" "storages" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. -* `charge_type` - (Optional) List filter by disk charge type (`POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` | `PREPAID`). -* `instance_ips` - (Optional) List filter by attached instance public or private IPs. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) List filter by attached instance name. -* `portable` - (Optional) Filter by whether the disk is portable (Boolean `true` or `false`). -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project with which the CBS is associated. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `storage_id` - (Optional) ID of the CBS to be queried. -* `storage_name` - (Optional) Name of the CBS to be queried. -* `storage_state` - (Optional) List filter by disk state (`UNATTACHED` | `ATTACHING` | `ATTACHED` | `DETACHING` | `EXPANDING` | `ROLLBACKING` | `TORECYCLE`). -* `storage_type` - (Optional) Filter by cloud disk media type (`CLOUD_BASIC`: HDD cloud disk | `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage | `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD cloud disk). -* `storage_usage` - (Optional) Filter by cloud disk type (`SYSTEM_DISK`: system disk | `DATA_DISK`: data disk). -* `tag_keys` - (Optional) List filter by tag keys. -* `tag_values` - (Optional) List filter by tag values. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by disk charge type (`POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` | `PREPAID`). +* `instance_ips` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by attached instance public or private IPs. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by attached instance name. +* `portable` - (Optional, Bool) Filter by whether the disk is portable (Boolean `true` or `false`). +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project with which the CBS is associated. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `storage_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CBS to be queried. +* `storage_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CBS to be queried. +* `storage_state` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by disk state (`UNATTACHED` | `ATTACHING` | `ATTACHED` | `DETACHING` | `EXPANDING` | `ROLLBACKING` | `TORECYCLE`). +* `storage_type` - (Optional, String) Filter by cloud disk media type (`CLOUD_BASIC`: HDD cloud disk | `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage | `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD cloud disk). +* `storage_usage` - (Optional, String) Filter by cloud disk type (`SYSTEM_DISK`: system disk | `DATA_DISK`: data disk). +* `tag_keys` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by tag keys. +* `tag_values` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List filter by tag values. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ccn_bandwidth_limits.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ccn_bandwidth_limits.html.markdown index e7ebca1896..560703692e 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ccn_bandwidth_limits.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ccn_bandwidth_limits.html.markdown @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ccn_bandwidth_limit" "limit1" { The following arguments are supported: -* `ccn_id` - (Required) ID of the CCN to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `ccn_id` - (Required, String) ID of the CCN to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ccn_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ccn_instances.html.markdown index d4fbb0628a..a4f49e0663 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ccn_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ccn_instances.html.markdown @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_ccn_instances" "name_instances" { The following arguments are supported: -* `ccn_id` - (Optional) ID of the CCN to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CCN to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `ccn_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CCN to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CCN to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cdh_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cdh_instances.html.markdown index 60fa2b841a..e480215067 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cdh_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cdh_instances.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_cdh_instances" "list" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CDH instance locates at. -* `host_id` - (Optional) ID of the CDH instances to be queried. -* `host_name` - (Optional) Name of the CDH instances to be queried. -* `host_state` - (Optional) State of the CDH instances to be queried. Valid values: `PENDING`, `LAUNCH_FAILURE`, `RUNNING`, `EXPIRED`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project CDH belongs to. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CDH instance locates at. +* `host_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CDH instances to be queried. +* `host_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CDH instances to be queried. +* `host_state` - (Optional, String) State of the CDH instances to be queried. Valid values: `PENDING`, `LAUNCH_FAILURE`, `RUNNING`, `EXPIRED`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project CDH belongs to. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cdn_domains.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cdn_domains.html.markdown index b98d91068f..109ac9ad72 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cdn_domains.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cdn_domains.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_cdn_domains" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Optional) Acceleration domain name. -* `full_url_cache` - (Optional) Whether to enable full-path cache. -* `https_switch` - (Optional) HTTPS configuration. Valid values: `on`, `off` and `processing`. -* `origin_pull_protocol` - (Optional) Origin-pull protocol configuration. Valid values: `http`, `https` and `follow`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `service_type` - (Optional) Service type of acceleration domain name. The available value include `web`, `download` and `media`. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Acceleration domain name. +* `full_url_cache` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable full-path cache. +* `https_switch` - (Optional, String) HTTPS configuration. Valid values: `on`, `off` and `processing`. +* `origin_pull_protocol` - (Optional, String) Origin-pull protocol configuration. Valid values: `http`, `https` and `follow`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `service_type` - (Optional, String) Service type of acceleration domain name. The available value include `web`, `download` and `media`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cfs_access_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cfs_access_groups.html.markdown index 9226dadd01..18a13167a9 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cfs_access_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cfs_access_groups.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_cfs_access_groups" "access_groups" { The following arguments are supported: -* `access_group_id` - (Optional) A specified access group ID used to query. -* `name` - (Optional) A access group Name used to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `access_group_id` - (Optional, String) A specified access group ID used to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) A access group Name used to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cfs_access_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cfs_access_rules.html.markdown index 9a2bbf2174..1cba0e4226 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cfs_access_rules.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cfs_access_rules.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_cfs_access_rules" "access_rules" { The following arguments are supported: -* `access_group_id` - (Required) A specified access group ID used to query. -* `access_rule_id` - (Optional) A specified access rule ID used to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `access_group_id` - (Required, String) A specified access group ID used to query. +* `access_rule_id` - (Optional, String) A specified access rule ID used to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cfs_file_systems.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cfs_file_systems.html.markdown index 90fd8c87f9..f903434603 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cfs_file_systems.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cfs_file_systems.html.markdown @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_cfs_file_systems" "file_systems" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the file system locates at. -* `file_system_id` - (Optional) A specified file system ID used to query. -* `name` - (Optional) A file system name used to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of a vpc subnet. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the vpc to be queried. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the file system locates at. +* `file_system_id` - (Optional, String) A specified file system ID used to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) A file system name used to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of a vpc subnet. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the vpc to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ckafka_acls.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ckafka_acls.html.markdown index 9f3fd06438..aa7a370a18 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ckafka_acls.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ckafka_acls.html.markdown @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_ckafka_acls" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) Id of the ckafka instance. -* `resource_name` - (Required) ACL resource name, which is related to `resource_type`. For example, if `resource_type` is `TOPIC`, this field indicates the topic name; if `resource_type` is `GROUP`, this field indicates the group name. -* `resource_type` - (Required) ACL resource type. Valid values are `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `TOPIC`, `GROUP`, `CLUSTER`, `TRANSACTIONAL_ID`. Currently, only `TOPIC` is available, and other fields will be used for future ACLs compatible with open-source Kafka. -* `host` - (Optional) Host substr used for querying. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Id of the ckafka instance. +* `resource_name` - (Required, String) ACL resource name, which is related to `resource_type`. For example, if `resource_type` is `TOPIC`, this field indicates the topic name; if `resource_type` is `GROUP`, this field indicates the group name. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) ACL resource type. Valid values are `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `TOPIC`, `GROUP`, `CLUSTER`, `TRANSACTIONAL_ID`. Currently, only `TOPIC` is available, and other fields will be used for future ACLs compatible with open-source Kafka. +* `host` - (Optional, String) Host substr used for querying. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ckafka_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ckafka_instances.html.markdown index 724e5e6faf..3463a88cfd 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ckafka_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ckafka_instances.html.markdown @@ -23,19 +23,19 @@ data "tencentcloud_ckafka_instances" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `filters` - (Optional) Filter. filter.name supports ('Ip', 'VpcId', 'SubNetId', 'InstanceType','InstanceId'), filter.values can pass up to 10 values. -* `instance_ids` - (Optional) Filter by instance ID. -* `limit` - (Optional) The number of pages, default is `10`. -* `offset` - (Optional) The page start offset, default is `0`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `search_word` - (Optional) Filter by instance name, support fuzzy query. -* `status` - (Optional) (Filter Criteria) The status of the instance. 0: Create, 1: Run, 2: Delete, do not fill the default return all. -* `tag_key` - (Optional) Matches the tag key value. +* `filters` - (Optional, List) Filter. filter.name supports ('Ip', 'VpcId', 'SubNetId', 'InstanceType','InstanceId'), filter.values can pass up to 10 values. +* `instance_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Filter by instance ID. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) The number of pages, default is `10`. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) The page start offset, default is `0`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `search_word` - (Optional, String) Filter by instance name, support fuzzy query. +* `status` - (Optional, List: [`Int`]) (Filter Criteria) The status of the instance. 0: Create, 1: Run, 2: Delete, do not fill the default return all. +* `tag_key` - (Optional, String) Matches the tag key value. The `filters` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) The field that needs to be filtered. -* `values` - (Required) The filtered value of the field. +* `name` - (Required, String) The field that needs to be filtered. +* `values` - (Required, List) The filtered value of the field. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ckafka_topics.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ckafka_topics.html.markdown index ca219c19c8..c4064e21b5 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ckafka_topics.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ckafka_topics.html.markdown @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ckafka_topic" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) Ckafka instance ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. -* `topic_name` - (Optional) Name of the CKafka topic. It must start with a letter, the rest can contain letters, numbers and dashes(-). The length range is from 1 to 64. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Ckafka instance ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. +* `topic_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CKafka topic. It must start with a letter, the rest can contain letters, numbers and dashes(-). The length range is from 1 to 64. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ckafka_users.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ckafka_users.html.markdown index e9a70fd2b6..59600cd786 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ckafka_users.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ckafka_users.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_ckafka_users" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) Id of the ckafka instance. -* `account_name` - (Optional) Account name used when query ckafka users' infos. Could be a substr of user name. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Id of the ckafka instance. +* `account_name` - (Optional, String) Account name used when query ckafka users' infos. Could be a substr of user name. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/clb_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/clb_attachments.html.markdown index 4f21777532..58a849c8dc 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/clb_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/clb_attachments.html.markdown @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_clb_attachments" "clblab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required) ID of the CLB to be queried. -* `listener_id` - (Required) ID of the CLB listener to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `rule_id` - (Optional) ID of the CLB listener rule. If the protocol of listener is `HTTP`/`HTTPS`, this para is required. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String) ID of the CLB to be queried. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String) ID of the CLB listener to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CLB listener rule. If the protocol of listener is `HTTP`/`HTTPS`, this para is required. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/clb_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/clb_instances.html.markdown index 9a2123cb37..5e1e30f94c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/clb_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/clb_instances.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_clb_instances" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Optional) ID of the CLB to be queried. -* `clb_name` - (Optional) Name of the CLB to be queried. -* `master_zone` - (Optional) Master available zone id. -* `network_type` - (Optional) Type of CLB instance, and available values include `OPEN` and `INTERNAL`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the CLB. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `clb_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the CLB to be queried. +* `clb_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CLB to be queried. +* `master_zone` - (Optional, String) Master available zone id. +* `network_type` - (Optional, String) Type of CLB instance, and available values include `OPEN` and `INTERNAL`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the CLB. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/clb_listener_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/clb_listener_rules.html.markdown index 5c9fe8dd27..b5a8339948 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/clb_listener_rules.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/clb_listener_rules.html.markdown @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_clb_listener_rules" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required) ID of the CLB to be queried. -* `listener_id` - (Required) ID of the CLB listener to be queried. -* `domain` - (Optional) Domain name of the forwarding rule to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `rule_id` - (Optional) ID of the forwarding rule to be queried. -* `scheduler` - (Optional) Scheduling method of the forwarding rule of thr CLB listener, and available values include `WRR`, `IP HASH` and `LEAST_CONN`. The default is `WRR`. -* `url` - (Optional) Url of the forwarding rule to be queried. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String) ID of the CLB to be queried. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String) ID of the CLB listener to be queried. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Domain name of the forwarding rule to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the forwarding rule to be queried. +* `scheduler` - (Optional, String) Scheduling method of the forwarding rule of thr CLB listener, and available values include `WRR`, `IP HASH` and `LEAST_CONN`. The default is `WRR`. +* `url` - (Optional, String) Url of the forwarding rule to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/clb_listeners.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/clb_listeners.html.markdown index 7b5c51c409..4e5079535c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/clb_listeners.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/clb_listeners.html.markdown @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_clb_listeners" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required) Id of the CLB to be queried. -* `listener_id` - (Optional) Id of the listener to be queried. -* `port` - (Optional) Port of the CLB listener. -* `protocol` - (Optional) Type of protocol within the listener, and available values are `TCP`, `UDP`, `HTTP`, `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String) Id of the CLB to be queried. +* `listener_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the listener to be queried. +* `port` - (Optional, Int) Port of the CLB listener. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) Type of protocol within the listener, and available values are `TCP`, `UDP`, `HTTP`, `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/clb_redirections.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/clb_redirections.html.markdown index 39a702aaab..33e58b34c9 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/clb_redirections.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/clb_redirections.html.markdown @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_clb_redirections" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required) ID of the CLB to be queried. -* `source_listener_id` - (Required) ID of source listener to be queried. -* `source_rule_id` - (Required) Rule ID of source listener to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `target_listener_id` - (Optional) ID of target listener to be queried. -* `target_rule_id` - (Optional) Rule ID of target listener to be queried. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String) ID of the CLB to be queried. +* `source_listener_id` - (Required, String) ID of source listener to be queried. +* `source_rule_id` - (Required, String) Rule ID of source listener to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `target_listener_id` - (Optional, String) ID of target listener to be queried. +* `target_rule_id` - (Optional, String) Rule ID of target listener to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/clb_target_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/clb_target_groups.html.markdown index 5f4b8c8724..3bf0c4bb67 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/clb_target_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/clb_target_groups.html.markdown @@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_clb_target_groups" "target_group_info_id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `target_group_id` - (Optional) ID of Target group. Mutually exclusive with `vpc_id` and `target_group_name`. `target_group_id` is preferred. -* `target_group_name` - (Optional) Name of target group. Mutually exclusive with `target_group_id`. `target_group_id` is preferred. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) Target group VPC ID. Mutually exclusive with `target_group_id`. `target_group_id` is preferred. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `target_group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of Target group. Mutually exclusive with `vpc_id` and `target_group_name`. `target_group_id` is preferred. +* `target_group_name` - (Optional, String) Name of target group. Mutually exclusive with `target_group_id`. `target_group_id` is preferred. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) Target group VPC ID. Mutually exclusive with `target_group_id`. `target_group_id` is preferred. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/container_cluster_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/container_cluster_instances.html.markdown index 0f4c5ff018..ba93d9a06f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/container_cluster_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/container_cluster_instances.html.markdown @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_container_cluster_instances" "foo_instance" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) An ID identify the cluster, like cls-xxxxxx. -* `limit` - (Optional) An int variable describe how many instances in return at most. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) An ID identify the cluster, like cls-xxxxxx. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) An int variable describe how many instances in return at most. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/container_clusters.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/container_clusters.html.markdown index 5ca0629183..6652ad3097 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/container_clusters.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/container_clusters.html.markdown @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_container_clusters" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) An id identify the cluster, like `cls-xxxxxx`. -* `limit` - (Optional) An int variable describe how many cluster in return at most. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) An id identify the cluster, like `cls-xxxxxx`. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) An int variable describe how many cluster in return at most. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown index 1150d8c811..654ad6e4f9 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_cos_bucket_object" "mycos" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bucket` - (Required) Name of the bucket that contains the objects to query. -* `key` - (Required) The full path to the object inside the bucket. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `bucket` - (Required, String) Name of the bucket that contains the objects to query. +* `key` - (Required, String) The full path to the object inside the bucket. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cos_buckets.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cos_buckets.html.markdown index 2ef50d0c19..e81e47a29f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cos_buckets.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cos_buckets.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_cos_buckets" "cos_buckets" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bucket_prefix` - (Optional) A prefix string to filter results by bucket name. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags to filter bucket. +* `bucket_prefix` - (Optional, String) A prefix string to filter results by bucket name. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags to filter bucket. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cynosdb_clusters.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cynosdb_clusters.html.markdown index 3581108178..84117bca03 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cynosdb_clusters.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cynosdb_clusters.html.markdown @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_cynosdb_clusters" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) ID of the cluster to be queried. -* `cluster_name` - (Optional) Name of the cluster to be queried. -* `db_type` - (Optional) Type of CynosDB, and available values include `MYSQL`, `POSTGRESQL`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the cluster to be queried. +* `cluster_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the cluster to be queried. +* `db_type` - (Optional, String) Type of CynosDB, and available values include `MYSQL`, `POSTGRESQL`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/cynosdb_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/cynosdb_instances.html.markdown index 443819da7c..a117b9ff8f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/cynosdb_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/cynosdb_instances.html.markdown @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_cynosdb_instances" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) ID of the cluster. -* `db_type` - (Optional) Type of CynosDB, and available values include `MYSQL`, `POSTGRESQL`. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the Cynosdb instance to be queried. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) Name of the Cynosdb instance to be queried. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the cluster. +* `db_type` - (Optional, String) Type of CynosDB, and available values include `MYSQL`, `POSTGRESQL`. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the Cynosdb instance to be queried. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the Cynosdb instance to be queried. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_http_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_http_policies.html.markdown index 7627782946..12fe1f104d 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_http_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_http_policies.html.markdown @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_cc_http_policies" "name_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required) ID of the resource that the CC http policy works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the CC http policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CC http policy to be queried. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) Id of the CC http policy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String) ID of the resource that the CC http policy works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the CC http policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CC http policy to be queried. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the CC http policy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_https_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_https_policies.html.markdown index 82c73c02a1..185a975b06 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_https_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_cc_https_policies.html.markdown @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_cc_https_policies" "id_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required) Id of the resource that the CC https policy works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the CC https policy works for, valid value is `bgpip`. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the CC https policy to be queried. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) Id of the CC https policy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String) Id of the resource that the CC https policy works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the CC https policy works for, valid value is `bgpip`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the CC https policy to be queried. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the CC https policy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policies.html.markdown index 76197adabe..89869e7e21 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policies.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policies" "id_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) ID of the DDoS policy to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the DDoS policy to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_attachments.html.markdown index 22e7cbe2fa..7c61ef2204 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_attachments.html.markdown @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policy_attachments" "foo_policy" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `policy_id` - (Optional) Id of the policy to be queried. -* `resource_id` - (Optional) ID of the attached resource to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `policy_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the policy to be queried. +* `resource_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the attached resource to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_cases.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_cases.html.markdown index 4e067a672b..43736c56d4 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_cases.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_ddos_policy_cases.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policy_cases" "id_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy case works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `scene_id` - (Required) ID of the DDoS policy case to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy case works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `scene_id` - (Required, String) ID of the DDoS policy case to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_eip.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_eip.html.markdown index 54bc7454f0..5c4ef37f7b 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_eip.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_eip.html.markdown @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_eip" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required) Id of the resource. -* `bind_status` - (Optional) The binding state of the instance, value range [BINDING, BIND, UNBINDING, UNBIND], default is [BINDING, BIND, UNBINDING, UNBIND]. -* `limit` - (Optional) The number of pages, default is `10`. -* `offset` - (Optional) The page start offset, default is `0`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String) Id of the resource. +* `bind_status` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) The binding state of the instance, value range [BINDING, BIND, UNBINDING, UNBIND], default is [BINDING, BIND, UNBINDING, UNBIND]. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) The number of pages, default is `10`. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) The page start offset, default is `0`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules.html.markdown index 84f6cf111c..e14d5a89e6 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules.html.markdown @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_l4_rules" "id_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required) Id of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the layer 4 rule to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `rule_id` - (Optional) Id of the layer 4 rule to be queried. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String) Id of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the layer 4 rule to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the layer 4 rule to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules_v2.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules_v2.html.markdown index 38719765de..5d4f1c774e 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules_v2.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_l4_rules_v2.html.markdown @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_l4_rules_v2" "tencentcloud_dayu_l4_rules_v2" { The following arguments are supported: -* `business` - (Required) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `ip` - (Optional) Ip of the resource. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `virtual_port` - (Optional) Virtual port of resource. +* `business` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `ip` - (Optional, String) Ip of the resource. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `virtual_port` - (Optional, Int) Virtual port of resource. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules.html.markdown index 9ed4758443..27261c7d28 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules.html.markdown @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_l7_rules" "id_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required) Id of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required) Type of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for, valid value is `bgpip`. -* `domain` - (Optional) Domain of the layer 7 rule to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `rule_id` - (Optional) Id of the layer 7 rule to be queried. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String) Id of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for, valid value is `bgpip`. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Domain of the layer 7 rule to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the layer 7 rule to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules_v2.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules_v2.html.markdown index 1a081df8df..aa5c5828b5 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules_v2.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dayu_l7_rules_v2.html.markdown @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_dayu_l7_rules_v2" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `business` - (Required) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `domain` - (Optional) Domain of resource. -* `ip` - (Optional) Ip of the resource. -* `limit` - (Optional) The number of pages, default is `10`. -* `offset` - (Optional) The page start offset, default is `0`. -* `protocol` - (Optional) Protocol of resource, value range [`http`, `https`]. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `business` - (Required, String) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Domain of resource. +* `ip` - (Optional, String) Ip of the resource. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) The number of pages, default is `10`. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) The page start offset, default is `0`. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) Protocol of resource, value range [`http`, `https`]. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_ccn_routes.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_ccn_routes.html.markdown index b33cfcbaf7..1dc5b201bd 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_ccn_routes.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_ccn_routes.html.markdown @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_dc_gateway_ccn_routes" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dcg_id` - (Required) ID of the DCG to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `dcg_id` - (Required, String) ID of the DCG to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_instances.html.markdown index 06e98db2d5..2f904ea9c0 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dc_gateway_instances.html.markdown @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_dc_gateway_instances" "id_select" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dcg_id` - (Optional) ID of the DCG to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the DCG to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `dcg_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the DCG to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the DCG to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dc_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dc_instances.html.markdown index 57dd1893d5..eb9315a7ed 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dc_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dc_instances.html.markdown @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_dc_instances" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dc_id` - (Optional) ID of the DC to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the DC to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `dc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the DC to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the DC to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dcx_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dcx_instances.html.markdown index be5c75fcb7..441e581238 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dcx_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dcx_instances.html.markdown @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_dcx_instances" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dcx_id` - (Optional) ID of the dedicated tunnels to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the dedicated tunnels to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `dcx_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the dedicated tunnels to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the dedicated tunnels to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/dnats.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/dnats.html.markdown index e2c905b867..52b18ac522 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/dnats.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/dnats.html.markdown @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ data "tencentcloud_dnats" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the NAT forward. -* `elastic_ip` - (Optional) Network address of the EIP. -* `elastic_port` - (Optional) Port of the EIP. -* `nat_id` - (Optional) ID of the NAT gateway. -* `private_ip` - (Optional) Network address of the backend service. -* `private_port` - (Optional) Port of intranet. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the NAT forward. +* `elastic_ip` - (Optional, String) Network address of the EIP. +* `elastic_port` - (Optional, String) Port of the EIP. +* `nat_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the NAT gateway. +* `private_ip` - (Optional, String) Network address of the backend service. +* `private_port` - (Optional, String) Port of intranet. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/domains.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/domains.html.markdown index 0b23cb910d..332d68d285 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/domains.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/domains.html.markdown @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_domains" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `limit` - (Optional) Specify data limit in range [1, 100]. Default: 20. -* `offset` - (Optional) Specify data offset. Default: 0. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save response as file locally. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) Specify data limit in range [1, 100]. Default: 20. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) Specify data offset. Default: 0. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save response as file locally. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/eip.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/eip.html.markdown index 5208ddba49..8d1991c09f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/eip.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/eip.html.markdown @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ data "tencentcloud_eip" "my_eip" { The following arguments are supported: -* `filter` - (Optional) One or more name/value pairs to filter. -* `include_arrears` - (Optional) Whether the IP is arrears. -* `include_blocked` - (Optional) Whether the IP is blocked. +* `filter` - (Optional, Set) One or more name/value pairs to filter. +* `include_arrears` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the IP is arrears. +* `include_blocked` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the IP is blocked. The `filter` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Key of the filter, valid keys: `address-id`,`address-name`,`address-ip`. -* `values` - (Required) Value of the filter. +* `name` - (Required, String) Key of the filter, valid keys: `address-id`,`address-name`,`address-ip`. +* `values` - (Required, List) Value of the filter. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/eips.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/eips.html.markdown index efcb3a47f6..0c41041700 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/eips.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/eips.html.markdown @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_eips" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `eip_id` - (Optional) ID of the EIP to be queried. -* `eip_name` - (Optional) Name of the EIP to be queried. -* `public_ip` - (Optional) The elastic ip address. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of EIP. +* `eip_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the EIP to be queried. +* `eip_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the EIP to be queried. +* `public_ip` - (Optional, String) The elastic ip address. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of EIP. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/eks_cluster_credential.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/eks_cluster_credential.html.markdown index 24a4f7f0a7..5a8d499da2 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/eks_cluster_credential.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/eks_cluster_credential.html.markdown @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ output "internal_lb_subnet" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) EKS Cluster ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save result. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) EKS Cluster ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save result. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/eks_clusters.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/eks_clusters.html.markdown index a857b594c2..43083fa95a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/eks_clusters.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/eks_clusters.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_eks_clusters" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) ID of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_name, can not be set at the same time. -* `cluster_name` - (Optional) Name of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_id, can not be set at the same time. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_name, can not be set at the same time. +* `cluster_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_id, can not be set at the same time. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/elasticsearch_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/elasticsearch_instances.html.markdown index fdd7f23c5a..8d8018d343 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/elasticsearch_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/elasticsearch_instances.html.markdown @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_elasticsearch_instances" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the instance to be queried. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) Name of the instance to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tag of the instance to be queried. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the instance to be queried. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the instance to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tag of the instance to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/emr.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/emr.html.markdown index e22be5b00d..7606950fdd 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/emr.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/emr.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_emr" "my_emr" { The following arguments are supported: -* `display_strategy` - (Required) Display strategy(e.g.:clusterList, monitorManage). -* `instance_ids` - (Optional) fetch all instances with same prefix(e.g.:emr-xxxxxx). -* `project_id` - (Optional) Fetch all instances which owner same project. Default 0 meaning use default project id. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `display_strategy` - (Required, String) Display strategy(e.g.:clusterList, monitorManage). +* `instance_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) fetch all instances with same prefix(e.g.:emr-xxxxxx). +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Fetch all instances which owner same project. Default 0 meaning use default project id. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/emr_nodes.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/emr_nodes.html.markdown index 8ade23fbe7..9ed9b9b341 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/emr_nodes.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/emr_nodes.html.markdown @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_emr_nodes" "my_emr_nodes" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) Cluster instance ID, the instance ID is as follows: emr-xxxxxxxx. -* `node_flag` - (Required) Node ID, the value is: +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Cluster instance ID, the instance ID is as follows: emr-xxxxxxxx. +* `node_flag` - (Required, String) Node ID, the value is: - all: Means to get all type nodes, except cdb information. - master: Indicates that the master node information is obtained. - core: Indicates that the core node information is obtained. @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ The following arguments are supported: - renew: Indicates that all node information to be renewed, including cddb information, is obtained, and the auto-renewal node will not be returned. Note: Only the above values are now supported, entering other values will cause an error. -* `hardware_resource_type` - (Optional) Resource type: Support all/host/pod, default is all. -* `limit` - (Optional) The number returned per page, the default value is 100, and the maximum value is 100. -* `offset` - (Optional) Page number, with a default value of 0, represents the first page. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `hardware_resource_type` - (Optional, String) Resource type: Support all/host/pod, default is all. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) The number returned per page, the default value is 100, and the maximum value is 100. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) Page number, with a default value of 0, represents the first page. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/enis.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/enis.html.markdown index dd986c7444..71315c1705 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/enis.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/enis.html.markdown @@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ data "tencentcloud_enis" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. -* `ids` - (Optional) ID of the ENIs to be queried. Conflict with `vpc_id`,`subnet_id`,`instance_id`,`security_group`,`name`,`ipv4` and `tags`. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the instance which bind the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. -* `ipv4` - (Optional) Intranet IP of the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the ENI to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `security_group` - (Optional) A set of security group IDs which bind the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of the subnet within this vpc to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the vpc to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. +* `ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) ID of the ENIs to be queried. Conflict with `vpc_id`,`subnet_id`,`instance_id`,`security_group`,`name`,`ipv4` and `tags`. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the instance which bind the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. +* `ipv4` - (Optional, String) Intranet IP of the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the ENI to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `security_group` - (Optional, String) A set of security group IDs which bind the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the subnet within this vpc to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the ENI. Conflict with `ids`. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the vpc to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_certificates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_certificates.html.markdown index 4b6790d845..3e93ff35e3 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_certificates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_certificates.html.markdown @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_certificates" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the certificate to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the certificate to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `type` - (Optional) Type of the certificate to be queried. Valid values: `BASIC`, `CLIENT`, `SERVER`, `REALSERVER` and `PROXY`. `BASIC` means basic certificate; `CLIENT` means client CA certificate; `SERVER` means server SSL certificate; `REALSERVER` means realserver CA certificate; `PROXY` means proxy SSL certificate. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the certificate to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the certificate to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Type of the certificate to be queried. Valid values: `BASIC`, `CLIENT`, `SERVER`, `REALSERVER` and `PROXY`. `BASIC` means basic certificate; `CLIENT` means client CA certificate; `SERVER` means server SSL certificate; `REALSERVER` means realserver CA certificate; `PROXY` means proxy SSL certificate. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_domain_error_pages.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_domain_error_pages.html.markdown index f10c070b76..e8d20e2999 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_domain_error_pages.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_domain_error_pages.html.markdown @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ data tencentcloud_gaap_domain_error_pages "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required) HTTP domain to be queried. -* `listener_id` - (Required) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `ids` - (Optional) List of the error page info ID to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `domain` - (Required, String) HTTP domain to be queried. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) List of the error page info ID to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_http_domains.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_http_domains.html.markdown index bb349eb8c6..98dae7dfca 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_http_domains.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_http_domains.html.markdown @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_http_domains" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required) Forward domain of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `listener_id` - (Required) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Forward domain of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_http_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_http_rules.html.markdown index aeac6b5bfc..9cfe925a65 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_http_rules.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_http_rules.html.markdown @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_http_rules" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `listener_id` - (Required) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `domain` - (Optional) Forward domain of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `forward_host` - (Optional) Requested host which is forwarded to the realserver by the listener to be queried. -* `path` - (Optional) Path of the forward rule to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Forward domain of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `forward_host` - (Optional, String) Requested host which is forwarded to the realserver by the listener to be queried. +* `path` - (Optional, String) Path of the forward rule to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_layer4_listeners.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_layer4_listeners.html.markdown index abbb2bc239..78f53130c0 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_layer4_listeners.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_layer4_listeners.html.markdown @@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_layer4_listeners" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol of the layer4 listener to be queried. Valid values: `TCP` and `UDP`. -* `listener_id` - (Optional) ID of the layer4 listener to be queried. -* `listener_name` - (Optional) Name of the layer4 listener to be queried. -* `port` - (Optional) Port of the layer4 listener to be queried. -* `proxy_id` - (Optional) ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol of the layer4 listener to be queried. Valid values: `TCP` and `UDP`. +* `listener_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the layer4 listener to be queried. +* `listener_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the layer4 listener to be queried. +* `port` - (Optional, Int) Port of the layer4 listener to be queried. +* `proxy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_layer7_listeners.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_layer7_listeners.html.markdown index 72cdd4ab6f..c4119cae8b 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_layer7_listeners.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_layer7_listeners.html.markdown @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_layer7_listeners" "listenerId" { The following arguments are supported: -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol of the layer7 listener to be queried. Valid values: `HTTP` and `HTTPS`. -* `listener_id` - (Optional) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `listener_name` - (Optional) Name of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `port` - (Optional) Port of the layer7 listener to be queried. -* `proxy_id` - (Optional) ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol of the layer7 listener to be queried. Valid values: `HTTP` and `HTTPS`. +* `listener_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `listener_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `port` - (Optional, Int) Port of the layer7 listener to be queried. +* `proxy_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_proxies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_proxies.html.markdown index 6ee4f0c83b..0ad1724e32 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_proxies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_proxies.html.markdown @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_proxies" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `access_region` - (Optional) Access region of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. -* `ids` - (Optional) ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Conflict with `project_id`, `access_region` and `realserver_region`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. -* `realserver_region` - (Optional) Region of the GAAP realserver to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Support up to 5, display the information as long as it matches one. +* `access_region` - (Optional, String) Access region of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. +* `ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Conflict with `project_id`, `access_region` and `realserver_region`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. +* `realserver_region` - (Optional, String) Region of the GAAP realserver to be queried. Conflict with `ids`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Support up to 5, display the information as long as it matches one. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_realservers.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_realservers.html.markdown index e8b758e3dc..a9db9b0322 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_realservers.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_realservers.html.markdown @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_realservers" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Optional) Domain of the GAAP realserver to be queried, conflict with `ip`. -* `ip` - (Optional) IP of the GAAP realserver to be queried, conflict with `domain`. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the GAAP realserver to be queried, the maximum length is 30. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project within the GAAP realserver to be queried, default value is `-1`, no set means all projects. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Support up to 5, display the information as long as it matches one. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Domain of the GAAP realserver to be queried, conflict with `ip`. +* `ip` - (Optional, String) IP of the GAAP realserver to be queried, conflict with `domain`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the GAAP realserver to be queried, the maximum length is 30. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project within the GAAP realserver to be queried, default value is `-1`, no set means all projects. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the GAAP proxy to be queried. Support up to 5, display the information as long as it matches one. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_security_policies.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_security_policies.html.markdown index ffa1522d5e..00756ef1b0 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_security_policies.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_security_policies.html.markdown @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_security_policies" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Required) ID of the security policy to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `id` - (Required, String) ID of the security policy to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/gaap_security_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/gaap_security_rules.html.markdown index d4db0b8f2c..00d6fb0ed1 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/gaap_security_rules.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/gaap_security_rules.html.markdown @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ data "tencentcloud_gaap_security_rules" "protocol" { The following arguments are supported: -* `policy_id` - (Required) ID of the security policy to be queried. -* `action` - (Optional) Policy of the rule to be queried. -* `cidr_ip` - (Optional) A network address block of the request source to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the security policy rule to be queried. -* `port` - (Optional) Port of the security policy rule to be queried. -* `protocol` - (Optional) Protocol of the security policy rule to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `rule_id` - (Optional) ID of the security policy rules to be queried. +* `policy_id` - (Required, String) ID of the security policy to be queried. +* `action` - (Optional, String) Policy of the rule to be queried. +* `cidr_ip` - (Optional, String) A network address block of the request source to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the security policy rule to be queried. +* `port` - (Optional, String) Port of the security policy rule to be queried. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) Protocol of the security policy rule to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the security policy rules to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ha_vip_eip_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ha_vip_eip_attachments.html.markdown index e217486c5f..ec762e0b03 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ha_vip_eip_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ha_vip_eip_attachments.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_ha_vip_eip_attachments" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `havip_id` - (Required) ID of the attached HA VIP to be queried. -* `address_ip` - (Optional) Public IP address of EIP to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `havip_id` - (Required, String) ID of the attached HA VIP to be queried. +* `address_ip` - (Optional, String) Public IP address of EIP to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ha_vips.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ha_vips.html.markdown index 767afdf02d..9c6fceecb8 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ha_vips.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ha_vips.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_ha_vips" "havips" { The following arguments are supported: -* `address_ip` - (Optional) EIP of the HA VIP to be queried. -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the HA VIP to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the HA VIP. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet id of the HA VIP to be queried. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) VPC id of the HA VIP to be queried. +* `address_ip` - (Optional, String) EIP of the HA VIP to be queried. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the HA VIP to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the HA VIP. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet id of the HA VIP to be queried. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) VPC id of the HA VIP to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/image.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/image.html.markdown index 6a54c85cb7..6ee4a6ad7e 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/image.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/image.html.markdown @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ data "tencentcloud_image" "my_favorate_image" { The following arguments are supported: -* `filter` - (Optional) One or more name/value pairs to filter. -* `image_name_regex` - (Optional) A regex string to apply to the image list returned by TencentCloud. **NOTE**: it is not wildcard, should look like `image_name_regex = "^CentOS\s+6\.8\s+64\w*"`. -* `os_name` - (Optional) A string to apply with fuzzy match to the os_name attribute on the image list returned by TencentCloud. **NOTE**: when os_name is provided, highest priority is applied in this field instead of `image_name_regex`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `filter` - (Optional, Set) One or more name/value pairs to filter. +* `image_name_regex` - (Optional, String) A regex string to apply to the image list returned by TencentCloud. **NOTE**: it is not wildcard, should look like `image_name_regex = "^CentOS\s+6\.8\s+64\w*"`. +* `os_name` - (Optional, String) A string to apply with fuzzy match to the os_name attribute on the image list returned by TencentCloud. **NOTE**: when os_name is provided, highest priority is applied in this field instead of `image_name_regex`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. The `filter` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Key of the filter, valid keys: `image-id`, `image-type`, `image-name`. -* `values` - (Required) Values of the filter. +* `name` - (Required, String) Key of the filter, valid keys: `image-id`, `image-type`, `image-name`. +* `values` - (Required, List) Values of the filter. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/images.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/images.html.markdown index fe46592aea..093b74fd9d 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/images.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/images.html.markdown @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_images" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `image_id` - (Optional) ID of the image to be queried. -* `image_name_regex` - (Optional) A regex string to apply to the image list returned by TencentCloud, conflict with 'os_name'. **NOTE**: it is not wildcard, should look like `image_name_regex = "^CentOS\s+6\.8\s+64\w*"`. -* `image_type` - (Optional) A list of the image type to be queried. Valid values: 'PUBLIC_IMAGE', 'PRIVATE_IMAGE', 'SHARED_IMAGE', 'MARKET_IMAGE'. -* `os_name` - (Optional) A string to apply with fuzzy match to the os_name attribute on the image list returned by TencentCloud, conflict with 'image_name_regex'. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `image_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the image to be queried. +* `image_name_regex` - (Optional, String) A regex string to apply to the image list returned by TencentCloud, conflict with 'os_name'. **NOTE**: it is not wildcard, should look like `image_name_regex = "^CentOS\s+6\.8\s+64\w*"`. +* `image_type` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) A list of the image type to be queried. Valid values: 'PUBLIC_IMAGE', 'PRIVATE_IMAGE', 'SHARED_IMAGE', 'MARKET_IMAGE'. +* `os_name` - (Optional, String) A string to apply with fuzzy match to the os_name attribute on the image list returned by TencentCloud, conflict with 'image_name_regex'. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/instance_types.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/instance_types.html.markdown index cd8102fd5d..1d41be68dc 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/instance_types.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/instance_types.html.markdown @@ -39,18 +39,18 @@ data tencentcloud_instance_types "t1c1g" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CVM instance locates at. This field is conflict with `filter`. -* `cpu_core_count` - (Optional) The number of CPU cores of the instance. -* `exclude_sold_out` - (Optional) Indicate to filter instances types that is sold out or not, default is false. -* `filter` - (Optional) One or more name/value pairs to filter. This field is conflict with `availability_zone`. -* `gpu_core_count` - (Optional) The number of GPU cores of the instance. -* `memory_size` - (Optional) Instance memory capacity, unit in GB. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CVM instance locates at. This field is conflict with `filter`. +* `cpu_core_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of CPU cores of the instance. +* `exclude_sold_out` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate to filter instances types that is sold out or not, default is false. +* `filter` - (Optional, Set) One or more name/value pairs to filter. This field is conflict with `availability_zone`. +* `gpu_core_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of GPU cores of the instance. +* `memory_size` - (Optional, Int) Instance memory capacity, unit in GB. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. The `filter` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) The filter name. Valid values: `zone`, `instance-family` and `instance-charge-type`. -* `values` - (Required) The filter values. +* `name` - (Required, String) The filter name. Valid values: `zone`, `instance-family` and `instance-charge-type`. +* `values` - (Required, List) The filter values. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/instances.html.markdown index fc00d8c9f3..abad8d0c64 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/instances.html.markdown @@ -23,15 +23,15 @@ data "tencentcloud_instances" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CVM instance locates at. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the instances to be queried. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) Name of the instances to be queried. -* `instance_set_ids` - (Optional) Instance set ids, max length is 100, conflict with other field. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project CVM belongs to. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of a vpc subnetwork. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the instance. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the vpc to be queried. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CVM instance locates at. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the instances to be queried. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the instances to be queried. +* `instance_set_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Instance set ids, max length is 100, conflict with other field. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project CVM belongs to. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of a vpc subnetwork. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the instance. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the vpc to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/instances_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/instances_set.html.markdown index e08c0efdaf..8cf2e71156 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/instances_set.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/instances_set.html.markdown @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ data "tencentcloud_instances_set" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the CVM instance locates at. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the instances to be queried. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) Name of the instances to be queried. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project CVM belongs to. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of a vpc subnetwork. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the instance. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the vpc to be queried. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the CVM instance locates at. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the instances to be queried. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the instances to be queried. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project CVM belongs to. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of a vpc subnetwork. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the instance. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the vpc to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/key_pairs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/key_pairs.html.markdown index 9a0bab238c..8bcff114ac 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/key_pairs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/key_pairs.html.markdown @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_key_pairs" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `key_id` - (Optional) ID of the key pair to be queried. -* `key_name` - (Optional) Name of the key pair to be queried. Support regular expression search, only `^` and `$` are supported. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the key pair to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `key_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the key pair to be queried. +* `key_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the key pair to be queried. Support regular expression search, only `^` and `$` are supported. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the key pair to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/kms_keys.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/kms_keys.html.markdown index f48287c8c9..82d7d05eb0 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/kms_keys.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/kms_keys.html.markdown @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ data "tencentcloud_kms_keys" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `key_state` - (Optional) Filter by state of CMK. `0` - all CMKs are queried, `1` - only Enabled CMKs are queried, `2` - only Disabled CMKs are queried, `3` - only PendingDelete CMKs are queried, `4` - only PendingImport CMKs are queried, `5` - only Archived CMKs are queried. -* `key_usage` - (Optional) Filter by usage of CMK. Available values include `ALL`, `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_ECC`. Default value is `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`. -* `order_type` - (Optional) Order to sort the CMK create time. `0` - desc, `1` - asc. Default value is `0`. -* `origin` - (Optional) Filter by origin of CMK. `TENCENT_KMS` - CMK created by KMS, `EXTERNAL` - CMK imported by user, `ALL` - all CMKs. Default value is `ALL`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `role` - (Optional) Filter by role of the CMK creator. `0` - created by user, `1` - created by cloud product. Default value is `0`. -* `search_key_alias` - (Optional) Words used to match the results, and the words can be: key_id and alias. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags to filter CMK. +* `key_state` - (Optional, Int) Filter by state of CMK. `0` - all CMKs are queried, `1` - only Enabled CMKs are queried, `2` - only Disabled CMKs are queried, `3` - only PendingDelete CMKs are queried, `4` - only PendingImport CMKs are queried, `5` - only Archived CMKs are queried. +* `key_usage` - (Optional, String) Filter by usage of CMK. Available values include `ALL`, `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_ECC`. Default value is `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`. +* `order_type` - (Optional, Int) Order to sort the CMK create time. `0` - desc, `1` - asc. Default value is `0`. +* `origin` - (Optional, String) Filter by origin of CMK. `TENCENT_KMS` - CMK created by KMS, `EXTERNAL` - CMK imported by user, `ALL` - all CMKs. Default value is `ALL`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `role` - (Optional, Int) Filter by role of the CMK creator. `0` - created by user, `1` - created by cloud product. Default value is `0`. +* `search_key_alias` - (Optional, String) Words used to match the results, and the words can be: key_id and alias. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags to filter CMK. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_charts.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_charts.html.markdown index 3b8fbc0fa0..195e18facd 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_charts.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_charts.html.markdown @@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_kubernetes_charts" "name" {} The following arguments are supported: -* `arch` - (Optional) Operation system app supported. Available values: `arm32`, `arm64`, `amd64`. -* `cluster_type` - (Optional) Cluster type. Available values: `tke`, `eks`. -* `kind` - (Optional) Kind of app chart. Available values: `log`, `scheduler`, `network`, `storage`, `monitor`, `dns`, `image`, `other`, `invisible`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `arch` - (Optional, String) Operation system app supported. Available values: `arm32`, `arm64`, `amd64`. +* `cluster_type` - (Optional, String) Cluster type. Available values: `tke`, `eks`. +* `kind` - (Optional, String) Kind of app chart. Available values: `log`, `scheduler`, `network`, `storage`, `monitor`, `dns`, `image`, `other`, `invisible`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_common_names.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_common_names.html.markdown index 7968b0df47..865aece4dd 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_common_names.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_common_names.html.markdown @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_kubernetes_cluster_common_names" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) Cluster ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save result. -* `role_ids` - (Optional) List of Role ID. Up to 50 sub-accounts can be passed in at a time. -* `subaccount_uins` - (Optional) List of sub-account. Up to 50 sub-accounts can be passed in at a time. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) Cluster ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save result. +* `role_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List of Role ID. Up to 50 sub-accounts can be passed in at a time. +* `subaccount_uins` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List of sub-account. Up to 50 sub-accounts can be passed in at a time. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_levels.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_levels.html.markdown index 3d7c3010d7..79b9074734 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_levels.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_cluster_levels.html.markdown @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ output "level5" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) Specify cluster Id, if set will only query current cluster's available levels. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save result. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) Specify cluster Id, if set will only query current cluster's available levels. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save result. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_clusters.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_clusters.html.markdown index 6b0aab4cdd..0a0952a750 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/kubernetes_clusters.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/kubernetes_clusters.html.markdown @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_kubernetes_clusters" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) ID of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_name, can not be set at the same time. -* `cluster_name` - (Optional) Name of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_id, can not be set at the same time. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the cluster. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_name, can not be set at the same time. +* `cluster_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the cluster. Conflict with cluster_id, can not be set at the same time. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the cluster. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mongodb_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mongodb_instances.html.markdown index 13c80ed00e..fb3cac57f7 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mongodb_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mongodb_instances.html.markdown @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_mongodb_instances" "mongodb" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_type` - (Optional) Type of Mongodb cluster, and available values include replica set cluster(expressed with `REPLSET`), sharding cluster(expressed with `SHARD`). -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the Mongodb instance to be queried. -* `instance_name_prefix` - (Optional) Name prefix of the Mongodb instance. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the Mongodb instance to be queried. +* `cluster_type` - (Optional, String) Type of Mongodb cluster, and available values include replica set cluster(expressed with `REPLSET`), sharding cluster(expressed with `SHARD`). +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the Mongodb instance to be queried. +* `instance_name_prefix` - (Optional, String) Name prefix of the Mongodb instance. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the Mongodb instance to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mongodb_zone_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mongodb_zone_config.html.markdown index 9f0c6bc9e5..56935b6f0e 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mongodb_zone_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mongodb_zone_config.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_mongodb_zone_config" "mongodb" { The following arguments are supported: -* `available_zone` - (Optional) The available zone of the Mongodb. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `available_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone of the Mongodb. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/monitor_binding_objects.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/monitor_binding_objects.html.markdown index 381636e76e..2e13528ab2 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/monitor_binding_objects.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/monitor_binding_objects.html.markdown @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_monitor_binding_objects" "objects" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Required) Policy group ID for query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `group_id` - (Required, Int) Policy group ID for query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/monitor_data.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/monitor_data.html.markdown index 25ab594e50..eb4857cb23 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/monitor_data.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/monitor_data.html.markdown @@ -53,18 +53,18 @@ data "tencentcloud_monitor_data" "cos_monitor_data" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dimensions` - (Required) Dimensional composition of instance objects. -* `end_time` - (Required) End time for this query, eg:`2018-09-22T20:00:00+08:00`. -* `metric_name` - (Required) Metric name, please refer to the documentation of monitor interface of each product. -* `namespace` - (Required) Namespace of each cloud product in monitor system, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_product_namespace`. -* `start_time` - (Required) Start time for this query, eg:`2018-09-22T19:51:23+08:00`. -* `period` - (Optional) Statistical period. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `dimensions` - (Required, List) Dimensional composition of instance objects. +* `end_time` - (Required, String) End time for this query, eg:`2018-09-22T20:00:00+08:00`. +* `metric_name` - (Required, String) Metric name, please refer to the documentation of monitor interface of each product. +* `namespace` - (Required, String) Namespace of each cloud product in monitor system, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_product_namespace`. +* `start_time` - (Required, String) Start time for this query, eg:`2018-09-22T19:51:23+08:00`. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Statistical period. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. The `dimensions` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Instance dimension name, eg: `InstanceId` for cvm. -* `value` - (Required) Instance dimension value, eg: `ins-j0hk02zo` for cvm. +* `name` - (Required, String) Instance dimension name, eg: `InstanceId` for cvm. +* `value` - (Required, String) Instance dimension value, eg: `ins-j0hk02zo` for cvm. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_conditions.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_conditions.html.markdown index 5057f8a702..039c0f9730 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_conditions.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_conditions.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions" "monitor_policy_conditions" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the policy name, support partial matching, eg:`Cloud Virtual Machine`,`Virtual`,`Cloud Load Banlancer-Private CLB Listener`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the policy name, support partial matching, eg:`Cloud Virtual Machine`,`Virtual`,`Cloud Load Banlancer-Private CLB Listener`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_groups.html.markdown index ec1c4aae56..3924639c71 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/monitor_policy_groups.html.markdown @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_monitor_policy_groups" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Policy group name for query. -* `policy_view_names` - (Optional) The policy view for query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Policy group name for query. +* `policy_view_names` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) The policy view for query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/monitor_product_event.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/monitor_product_event.html.markdown index f7a121f594..d70ae5e997 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/monitor_product_event.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/monitor_product_event.html.markdown @@ -25,23 +25,23 @@ data "tencentcloud_monitor_product_event" "cvm_event_data" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dimensions` - (Optional) Dimensional composition of instance objects. -* `end_time` - (Optional) End timestamp for this query, eg:`1588232111`. Default start time is `now-3000`. -* `event_name` - (Optional) Event name filtering, such as `guest_reboot` indicates that the machine restart. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) Affect objects, such as `ins-19708ino`. -* `is_alarm_config` - (Optional) Alarm status configuration filter, 1means configured, 0(default) means not configured. -* `product_name` - (Optional) Product type filtering, such as `cvm` for cloud server. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID filter. -* `region_list` - (Optional) Region filter, such as `gz`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. -* `start_time` - (Optional) Start timestamp for this query, eg:`1588230000`. Default start time is `now-3600`. -* `status` - (Optional) Event status filter, value range `-`,`alarm`,`recover`, indicating recovered, unrecovered and stateless. -* `type` - (Optional) Event type filtering, with value range `abnormal`,`status_change`, indicating state change and abnormal events. +* `dimensions` - (Optional, List) Dimensional composition of instance objects. +* `end_time` - (Optional, Int) End timestamp for this query, eg:`1588232111`. Default start time is `now-3000`. +* `event_name` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Event name filtering, such as `guest_reboot` indicates that the machine restart. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Affect objects, such as `ins-19708ino`. +* `is_alarm_config` - (Optional, Int) Alarm status configuration filter, 1means configured, 0(default) means not configured. +* `product_name` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Product type filtering, such as `cvm` for cloud server. +* `project_id` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Project ID filter. +* `region_list` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Region filter, such as `gz`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. +* `start_time` - (Optional, Int) Start timestamp for this query, eg:`1588230000`. Default start time is `now-3600`. +* `status` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Event status filter, value range `-`,`alarm`,`recover`, indicating recovered, unrecovered and stateless. +* `type` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Event type filtering, with value range `abnormal`,`status_change`, indicating state change and abnormal events. The `dimensions` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Optional) Instance dimension name, eg: `deviceWanIp` for internet ip. -* `value` - (Optional) Instance dimension value, eg: `119.119.119.119` for internet ip. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Instance dimension name, eg: `deviceWanIp` for internet ip. +* `value` - (Optional, String) Instance dimension value, eg: `119.119.119.119` for internet ip. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/monitor_product_namespace.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/monitor_product_namespace.html.markdown index f487b9c882..5d4f664dbe 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/monitor_product_namespace.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/monitor_product_namespace.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_monitor_product_namespace" "instances" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name for filter, eg:`Load Banlancer`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name for filter, eg:`Load Banlancer`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mysql_backup_list.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mysql_backup_list.html.markdown index 3f607d5b44..f2c8fe7fdd 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mysql_backup_list.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mysql_backup_list.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_mysql_backup_list" "default" { The following arguments are supported: -* `mysql_id` - (Required) Instance ID, such as `cdb-c1nl9rpv`. It is identical to the instance ID displayed in the database console page. -* `max_number` - (Optional) The latest files to list, rang from 1 to 10000. And the default value is `10`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `mysql_id` - (Required, String) Instance ID, such as `cdb-c1nl9rpv`. It is identical to the instance ID displayed in the database console page. +* `max_number` - (Optional, Int) The latest files to list, rang from 1 to 10000. And the default value is `10`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mysql_default_params.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mysql_default_params.html.markdown index 586af9a864..0b9fad13ab 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mysql_default_params.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mysql_default_params.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_default_params" "mysql_57" { The following arguments are supported: -* `db_version` - (Optional) MySQL database version. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save results. +* `db_version` - (Optional, String) MySQL database version. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mysql_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mysql_instance.html.markdown index 1c22a278b7..25994df8a1 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mysql_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mysql_instance.html.markdown @@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ data "tencentcloud_mysql_instance" "database" { The following arguments are supported: -* `charge_type` - (Optional) Pay type of instance, valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID`. -* `engine_version` - (Optional) The version number of the database engine to use. Supported versions include 5.5/5.6/5.7/8.0. -* `init_flag` - (Optional) Initialization mark. Available values: `0` - Uninitialized; `1` - Initialized. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) Name of mysql instance. -* `instance_role` - (Optional) Instance type. Supported values include: `master` - master instance, `dr` - disaster recovery instance, and `ro` - read-only instance. -* `limit` - (Optional) Number of results returned for a single request. Default is `20`, and maximum is 2000. -* `mysql_id` - (Optional) Instance ID, such as `cdb-c1nl9rpv`. It is identical to the instance ID displayed in the database console page. -* `offset` - (Optional) Record offset. Default is 0. -* `pay_type` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `charge_type` instead. Pay type of instance, `0`: prepay, `1`: postpaid. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. -* `security_group_id` - (Optional) Security groups ID of instance. -* `status` - (Optional) Instance status. Available values: `0` - Creating; `1` - Running; `4` - Isolating; `5` - Isolated. -* `with_dr` - (Optional) Indicates whether to query disaster recovery instances. -* `with_master` - (Optional) Indicates whether to query master instances. -* `with_ro` - (Optional) Indicates whether to query read-only instances. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String) Pay type of instance, valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID`. +* `engine_version` - (Optional, String) The version number of the database engine to use. Supported versions include 5.5/5.6/5.7/8.0. +* `init_flag` - (Optional, Int) Initialization mark. Available values: `0` - Uninitialized; `1` - Initialized. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) Name of mysql instance. +* `instance_role` - (Optional, String) Instance type. Supported values include: `master` - master instance, `dr` - disaster recovery instance, and `ro` - read-only instance. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) Number of results returned for a single request. Default is `20`, and maximum is 2000. +* `mysql_id` - (Optional, String) Instance ID, such as `cdb-c1nl9rpv`. It is identical to the instance ID displayed in the database console page. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) Record offset. Default is 0. +* `pay_type` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `charge_type` instead. Pay type of instance, `0`: prepay, `1`: postpaid. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. +* `security_group_id` - (Optional, String) Security groups ID of instance. +* `status` - (Optional, Int) Instance status. Available values: `0` - Creating; `1` - Running; `4` - Isolating; `5` - Isolated. +* `with_dr` - (Optional, Int) Indicates whether to query disaster recovery instances. +* `with_master` - (Optional, Int) Indicates whether to query master instances. +* `with_ro` - (Optional, Int) Indicates whether to query read-only instances. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mysql_parameter_list.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mysql_parameter_list.html.markdown index 22f051b516..994bbda1a4 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mysql_parameter_list.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mysql_parameter_list.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_mysql_parameter_list" "mysql" { The following arguments are supported: -* `engine_version` - (Optional) The version number of the database engine to use. Supported versions include 5.5/5.6/5.7. -* `mysql_id` - (Optional) Instance ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `engine_version` - (Optional, String) The version number of the database engine to use. Supported versions include 5.5/5.6/5.7. +* `mysql_id` - (Optional, String) Instance ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/mysql_zone_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/mysql_zone_config.html.markdown index 241bfe9324..5e9df764be 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/mysql_zone_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/mysql_zone_config.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_mysql_zone_config" "mysql" { The following arguments are supported: -* `region` - (Optional) Region parameter, which is used to identify the region to which the data you want to work with belongs. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `region` - (Optional, String) Region parameter, which is used to identify the region to which the data you want to work with belongs. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/nat_gateway_snats.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/nat_gateway_snats.html.markdown index 214b73a085..9ede1ef07a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/nat_gateway_snats.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/nat_gateway_snats.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_nat_gateway_snats" "snat" { The following arguments are supported: -* `nat_gateway_id` - (Required) NAT gateway ID. -* `description` - (Optional) Description. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) Instance ID. -* `public_ip_addr` - (Optional) Elastic IP address pool. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet instance ID. +* `nat_gateway_id` - (Required, String) NAT gateway ID. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) Instance ID. +* `public_ip_addr` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Elastic IP address pool. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet instance ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/nat_gateways.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/nat_gateways.html.markdown index 3aaf71185f..b4775b0001 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/nat_gateways.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/nat_gateways.html.markdown @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_nat_gateways" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the NAT gateway. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the NAT gateway. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the NAT gateway. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the NAT gateway. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/nats.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/nats.html.markdown index bb00b2eab6..9dfe84e040 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/nats.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/nats.html.markdown @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_nats" "multi_nat" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bandwidth` - (Optional) The maximum public network output bandwidth of the gateway (unit: Mbps), for example: `10`, `20`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, `1000`, `2000`, `5000`. -* `id` - (Optional) The ID for NAT Gateway. -* `max_concurrent` - (Optional) The upper limit of concurrent connection of NAT gateway, for example: `1000000`, `3000000`, `10000000`. -* `name` - (Optional) The name for NAT Gateway. -* `state` - (Optional) NAT gateway status. Valid values: 0, 1, 2. 0: Running, 1: Unavailable, 2: Be in arrears and out of service. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) The VPC ID for NAT Gateway. +* `bandwidth` - (Optional, Int) The maximum public network output bandwidth of the gateway (unit: Mbps), for example: `10`, `20`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, `1000`, `2000`, `5000`. +* `id` - (Optional, String) The ID for NAT Gateway. +* `max_concurrent` - (Optional, Int) The upper limit of concurrent connection of NAT gateway, for example: `1000000`, `3000000`, `10000000`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) The name for NAT Gateway. +* `state` - (Optional, Int) NAT gateway status. Valid values: 0, 1, 2. 0: Running, 1: Unavailable, 2: Be in arrears and out of service. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) The VPC ID for NAT Gateway. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/placement_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/placement_groups.html.markdown index 486bce6fd1..af892603ce 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/placement_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/placement_groups.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_placement_groups" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the placement group to be queried. -* `placement_group_id` - (Optional) ID of the placement group to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the placement group to be queried. +* `placement_group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the placement group to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/postgresql_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/postgresql_instances.html.markdown index 2331bf2c72..779538fddc 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/postgresql_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/postgresql_instances.html.markdown @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_postgresql_instances" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the postgresql instance to be query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the postgresql instance to be query. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the postgresql instance to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the postgresql instance to be query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the postgresql instance to be query. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the postgresql instance to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/postgresql_specinfos.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/postgresql_specinfos.html.markdown index 3b0fc4ad7e..9694d1de0a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/postgresql_specinfos.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/postgresql_specinfos.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required) The zone of the postgresql instance to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String) The zone of the postgresql instance to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/postgresql_xlogs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/postgresql_xlogs.html.markdown index d7be14e13c..d13120e29c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/postgresql_xlogs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/postgresql_xlogs.html.markdown @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_postgresql_xlogs" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) PostgreSQL instance id. -* `end_time` - (Optional) Xlog end time, format `yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save results. -* `start_time` - (Optional) Xlog start time, format `yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss`, start time cannot before 7 days ago. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) PostgreSQL instance id. +* `end_time` - (Optional, String) Xlog end time, format `yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save results. +* `start_time` - (Optional, String) Xlog start time, format `yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss`, start time cannot before 7 days ago. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/protocol_template_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/protocol_template_groups.html.markdown index 79bef44668..3ea6da0d39 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/protocol_template_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/protocol_template_groups.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_protocol_template_groups" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the protocol template group to query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the protocol template group to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the protocol template group to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the protocol template group to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/protocol_templates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/protocol_templates.html.markdown index c5cea0fe28..485088ecd3 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/protocol_templates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/protocol_templates.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_protocol_templates" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the protocol template to query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the protocol template to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the protocol template to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the protocol template to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/redis_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/redis_instances.html.markdown index 51ce39a1ed..964183e3f9 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/redis_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/redis_instances.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_redis_instances" "redislab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `limit` - (Optional) The number limitation of results for a query. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project to which redis instance belongs. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `search_key` - (Optional) Key words used to match the results, and the key words can be: instance ID, instance name and IP address. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of redis instance. -* `zone` - (Optional) ID of an available zone. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) The number limitation of results for a query. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project to which redis instance belongs. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `search_key` - (Optional, String) Key words used to match the results, and the key words can be: instance ID, instance name and IP address. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of redis instance. +* `zone` - (Optional, String) ID of an available zone. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/redis_zone_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/redis_zone_config.html.markdown index ee435d6f5b..16a85097bc 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/redis_zone_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/redis_zone_config.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_redis_zone_config" "redislab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `region` - (Optional) Name of a region. If this value is not set, the current region getting from provider's configuration will be used. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `type_id` - (Optional) Instance type ID. +* `region` - (Optional, String) Name of a region. If this value is not set, the current region getting from provider's configuration will be used. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `type_id` - (Optional, Int) Instance type ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/reserved_instance_configs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/reserved_instance_configs.html.markdown index f2ecb782f5..3fd3ca6555 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/reserved_instance_configs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/reserved_instance_configs.html.markdown @@ -23,12 +23,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_reserved_instance_configs" "config" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the reserved instance locates at. -* `duration` - (Optional) Validity period of the reserved instance. Valid values are `31536000`(1 year) and `94608000`(3 years). -* `instance_type` - (Optional) The type of reserved instance. -* `offering_type` - (Optional) Filter by Payment Type. Such as All Upfront. -* `product_description` - (Optional) Filter by the Platform Description (that is, operating system) for Reserved Instance billing. Shaped like: linux. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the reserved instance locates at. +* `duration` - (Optional, Int) Validity period of the reserved instance. Valid values are `31536000`(1 year) and `94608000`(3 years). +* `instance_type` - (Optional, String) The type of reserved instance. +* `offering_type` - (Optional, String) Filter by Payment Type. Such as All Upfront. +* `product_description` - (Optional, String) Filter by the Platform Description (that is, operating system) for Reserved Instance billing. Shaped like: linux. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/reserved_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/reserved_instances.html.markdown index 6899b72500..08250aa400 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/reserved_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/reserved_instances.html.markdown @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_reserved_instances" "instances" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) The available zone that the reserved instance locates at. -* `instance_type` - (Optional) The type of reserved instance. -* `reserved_instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the reserved instance to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) The available zone that the reserved instance locates at. +* `instance_type` - (Optional, String) The type of reserved instance. +* `reserved_instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the reserved instance to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/route_table.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/route_table.html.markdown index 9ef4172614..e67ca76326 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/route_table.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/route_table.html.markdown @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_route_entry" "rtb_entry_instance" { The following arguments are supported: -* `route_table_id` - (Required) The Route Table ID. -* `name` - (Optional) The Route Table name. +* `route_table_id` - (Required, String) The Route Table ID. +* `name` - (Optional, String) The Route Table name. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/scf_functions.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/scf_functions.html.markdown index 03bc114dac..2ca5bd295f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/scf_functions.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/scf_functions.html.markdown @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_scf_functions" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the SCF function to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the SCF function to be queried. -* `namespace` - (Optional) Namespace of the SCF function to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the SCF function to be queried, can use up to 10 tags. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the SCF function to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SCF function to be queried. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String) Namespace of the SCF function to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the SCF function to be queried, can use up to 10 tags. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/scf_logs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/scf_logs.html.markdown index 295dd17bce..301008b9a3 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/scf_logs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/scf_logs.html.markdown @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ data "tencentcloud_scf_logs" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `function_name` - (Required) Name of the SCF function to be queried. -* `end_time` - (Optional) The end time of the query, the format is `2017-05-16 20:00:00`, which can only be within one day from `start_time`. -* `invoke_request_id` - (Optional) Corresponding requestId when executing function. -* `limit` - (Optional) Number of logs, the default is `10000`, offset+limit cannot be greater than 10000. -* `namespace` - (Optional) Namespace of the SCF function to be queried. -* `offset` - (Optional) Log offset, default is `0`, offset+limit cannot be greater than 10000. -* `order_by` - (Optional) Sort the logs according to the following fields: `function_name`, `duration`, `mem_usage`, `start_time`, default `start_time`. -* `order` - (Optional) Order to sort the log, optional values `desc` and `asc`, default `desc`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `ret_code` - (Optional) Use to filter log, optional value: `not0` only returns the error log. `is0` only returns the correct log. `TimeLimitExceeded` returns the log of the function call timeout. `ResourceLimitExceeded` returns the function call generation resource overrun log. `UserCodeException` returns logs of the user code error that occurred in the function call. Not passing the parameter means returning all logs. -* `start_time` - (Optional) The start time of the query, the format is `2017-05-16 20:00:00`, which can only be within one day from `end_time`. +* `function_name` - (Required, String) Name of the SCF function to be queried. +* `end_time` - (Optional, String) The end time of the query, the format is `2017-05-16 20:00:00`, which can only be within one day from `start_time`. +* `invoke_request_id` - (Optional, String) Corresponding requestId when executing function. +* `limit` - (Optional, Int) Number of logs, the default is `10000`, offset+limit cannot be greater than 10000. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String) Namespace of the SCF function to be queried. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) Log offset, default is `0`, offset+limit cannot be greater than 10000. +* `order_by` - (Optional, String) Sort the logs according to the following fields: `function_name`, `duration`, `mem_usage`, `start_time`, default `start_time`. +* `order` - (Optional, String) Order to sort the log, optional values `desc` and `asc`, default `desc`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `ret_code` - (Optional, String) Use to filter log, optional value: `not0` only returns the error log. `is0` only returns the correct log. `TimeLimitExceeded` returns the log of the function call timeout. `ResourceLimitExceeded` returns the function call generation resource overrun log. `UserCodeException` returns logs of the user code error that occurred in the function call. Not passing the parameter means returning all logs. +* `start_time` - (Optional, String) The start time of the query, the format is `2017-05-16 20:00:00`, which can only be within one day from `end_time`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/scf_namespaces.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/scf_namespaces.html.markdown index 33828dd870..35eca29e22 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/scf_namespaces.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/scf_namespaces.html.markdown @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_scf_namespaces" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the SCF namespace to be queried. -* `namespace` - (Optional) Name of the SCF namespace to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the SCF namespace to be queried. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String) Name of the SCF namespace to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/security_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/security_group.html.markdown index 2c4cbc5635..d804f8e174 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/security_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/security_group.html.markdown @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_security_group" "sglab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. -* `security_group_id` - (Optional) ID of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `name`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. +* `security_group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `name`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/security_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/security_groups.html.markdown index 3322827b66..c42a65256d 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/security_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/security_groups.html.markdown @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_security_groups" "sglab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `security_group_id` - (Optional) ID of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `name` and `project_id`. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `security_group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `name` and `project_id`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the security group to be queried. Conflict with `security_group_id`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_account_db_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_account_db_attachments.html.markdown index 5352919233..e3d07314f4 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_account_db_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_account_db_attachments.html.markdown @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_account_db_attachments" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) SQL Server instance ID that the account belongs to. -* `account_name` - (Optional) Name of the SQL Server account to be queried. -* `db_name` - (Optional) Name of the DB to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) SQL Server instance ID that the account belongs to. +* `account_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SQL Server account to be queried. +* `db_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the DB to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_accounts.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_accounts.html.markdown index 45377de576..046baeae33 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_accounts.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_accounts.html.markdown @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_accounts" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) SQL server instance ID that the account belongs to. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the SQL server account to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) SQL server instance ID that the account belongs to. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SQL server account to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_backups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_backups.html.markdown index 583ff80a06..f51690bea1 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_backups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_backups.html.markdown @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_backups" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `end_time` - (Required) End time of the instance list, like yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss. -* `instance_id` - (Required) Instance ID. -* `start_time` - (Required) Start time of the instance list, like yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `end_time` - (Required, String) End time of the instance list, like yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Instance ID. +* `start_time` - (Required, String) Start time of the instance list, like yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_basic_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_basic_instances.html.markdown index d1c9302e88..029dbda534 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_basic_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_basic_instances.html.markdown @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_basic_instance" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) Vpc ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) Vpc ID of the SQL Server basic instance to be query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_dbs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_dbs.html.markdown index b92b705bf8..26f53f288a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_dbs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_dbs.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_dbs" "example" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) SQL Server instance ID which DB belongs to. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) SQL Server instance ID which DB belongs to. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_instances.html.markdown index 84970c1905..edc4602a41 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_instances.html.markdown @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_instances" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the SQL Server instance to be query. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) Vpc ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SQL Server instance to be query. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) Vpc ID of the SQL Server instance to be query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_publish_subscribes.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_publish_subscribes.html.markdown index a75cf6a557..d884965201 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_publish_subscribes.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_publish_subscribes.html.markdown @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_publish_subscribe" "example" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) ID of the SQL Server instance. -* `pub_or_sub_instance_id` - (Optional) The subscribe/publish instance ID. It is related to whether the `instance_id` is a publish instance or a subscribe instance. when `instance_id` is a publish instance, this field is filtered according to the subscribe instance ID; when `instance_id` is a subscribe instance, this field is filtering according to the publish instance ID. -* `pub_or_sub_instance_ip` - (Optional) The intranet IP of the subscribe/publish instance. It is related to whether the `instance_id` is a publish instance or a subscribe instance. when `instance_id` is a publish instance, this field is filtered according to the intranet IP of the subscribe instance; when `instance_id` is a subscribe instance, this field is based on the publish instance intranet IP filter. -* `publish_database` - (Optional) Name of publish database. -* `publish_subscribe_id` - (Optional) The id of the Publish and Subscribe. -* `publish_subscribe_name` - (Optional) The name of the Publish and Subscribe. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. -* `subscribe_database` - (Optional) Name of subscribe database. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) ID of the SQL Server instance. +* `pub_or_sub_instance_id` - (Optional, String) The subscribe/publish instance ID. It is related to whether the `instance_id` is a publish instance or a subscribe instance. when `instance_id` is a publish instance, this field is filtered according to the subscribe instance ID; when `instance_id` is a subscribe instance, this field is filtering according to the publish instance ID. +* `pub_or_sub_instance_ip` - (Optional, String) The intranet IP of the subscribe/publish instance. It is related to whether the `instance_id` is a publish instance or a subscribe instance. when `instance_id` is a publish instance, this field is filtered according to the intranet IP of the subscribe instance; when `instance_id` is a subscribe instance, this field is based on the publish instance intranet IP filter. +* `publish_database` - (Optional, String) Name of publish database. +* `publish_subscribe_id` - (Optional, Int) The id of the Publish and Subscribe. +* `publish_subscribe_name` - (Optional, String) The name of the Publish and Subscribe. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. +* `subscribe_database` - (Optional, String) Name of subscribe database. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_readonly_groups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_readonly_groups.html.markdown index d7f938012c..6e674ce2e3 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_readonly_groups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_readonly_groups.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_readonly_groups" "master" { The following arguments are supported: -* `master_instance_id` - (Optional) Master SQL Server instance ID. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `master_instance_id` - (Optional, String) Master SQL Server instance ID. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_zone_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_zone_config.html.markdown index 7854bcb0ea..56e1ddcee6 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/sqlserver_zone_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/sqlserver_zone_config.html.markdown @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ data "tencentcloud_sqlserver_zone_config" "mysqlserver" { The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to store results. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to store results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ssl_certificates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ssl_certificates.html.markdown index 555edc6fb2..44f0c6fc29 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ssl_certificates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ssl_certificates.html.markdown @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_ssl_certificates" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the SSL certificate to be queried. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the SSL certificate to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `type` - (Optional) Type of the SSL certificate to be queried. Available values includes: `CA` and `SVR`. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the SSL certificate to be queried. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SSL certificate to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Type of the SSL certificate to be queried. Available values includes: `CA` and `SVR`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ssm_secret_versions.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ssm_secret_versions.html.markdown index a55598d81b..416c7dec6a 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ssm_secret_versions.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ssm_secret_versions.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_ssm_secret_versions" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `secret_name` - (Required) Secret name used to filter result. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `version_id` - (Optional) VersionId used to filter result. +* `secret_name` - (Required, String) Secret name used to filter result. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `version_id` - (Optional, String) VersionId used to filter result. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/ssm_secrets.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/ssm_secrets.html.markdown index 5fa17c287b..278a7ced7c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/ssm_secrets.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/ssm_secrets.html.markdown @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_ssm_secrets" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `order_type` - (Optional) The order to sort the create time of secret. `0` - desc, `1` - asc. Default value is `0`. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `secret_name` - (Optional) Secret name used to filter result. -* `state` - (Optional) Filter by state of secret. `0` - all secrets are queried, `1` - only Enabled secrets are queried, `2` - only Disabled secrets are queried, `3` - only PendingDelete secrets are queried. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags to filter secret. +* `order_type` - (Optional, Int) The order to sort the create time of secret. `0` - desc, `1` - asc. Default value is `0`. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `secret_name` - (Optional, String) Secret name used to filter result. +* `state` - (Optional, Int) Filter by state of secret. `0` - all secrets are queried, `1` - only Enabled secrets are queried, `2` - only Disabled secrets are queried, `3` - only PendingDelete secrets are queried. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags to filter secret. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/subnet.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/subnet.html.markdown index 892ed454cb..de4e0b4c6e 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/subnet.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/subnet.html.markdown @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_security_group_rule" "subnet" { The following arguments are supported: -* `subnet_id` - (Required) The ID of the Subnet. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) The VPC ID. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) The ID of the Subnet. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) The VPC ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_clusters.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_clusters.html.markdown index 1a4b4bb8f0..4c4b4ef9f7 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_clusters.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_clusters.html.markdown @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcaplus_clusters" "idname" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Optional) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. -* `cluster_name` - (Optional) Name of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) File for saving results. +* `cluster_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. +* `cluster_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) File for saving results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_idls.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_idls.html.markdown index a8a8ad719d..0f35b11809 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_idls.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_idls.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcaplus_idls" "id_test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) File for saving results. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) File for saving results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tablegroups.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tablegroups.html.markdown index c894481013..b859ab4d4c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tablegroups.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tablegroups.html.markdown @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcaplus_tablegroups" "all" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) Id of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) File for saving results. -* `tablegroup_id` - (Optional) Id of the table group to be query. -* `tablegroup_name` - (Optional) Name of the table group to be query. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) Id of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) File for saving results. +* `tablegroup_id` - (Optional, String) Id of the table group to be query. +* `tablegroup_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the table group to be query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tables.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tables.html.markdown index 979235d9a4..8879a96586 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tables.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcaplus_tables.html.markdown @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcaplus_tables" "all" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) File for saving results. -* `table_id` - (Optional) Table ID to be query. -* `table_name` - (Optional) Table name to be query. -* `tablegroup_id` - (Optional) ID of the table group to be query. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to be query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) File for saving results. +* `table_id` - (Optional, String) Table ID to be query. +* `table_name` - (Optional, String) Table name to be query. +* `tablegroup_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the table group to be query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcr_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcr_instances.html.markdown index 3798df98fb..189d80fbca 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcr_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcr_instances.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcr_instances" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Optional) ID of the TCR instance to query. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the TCR instance to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the TCR instance to query. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the TCR instance to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcr_namespaces.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcr_namespaces.html.markdown index fdefe07ac0..97485d021c 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcr_namespaces.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcr_namespaces.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcr_namespaces" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) ID of the instance that the namespace belongs to. -* `namespace_name` - (Optional) ID of the TCR namespace to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) ID of the instance that the namespace belongs to. +* `namespace_name` - (Optional, String) ID of the TCR namespace to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcr_repositories.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcr_repositories.html.markdown index 6265e009d8..61cd908cf3 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcr_repositories.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcr_repositories.html.markdown @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcr_repositories" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) ID of the TCR instance that the repository belongs to. -* `namespace_name` - (Required) Name of the namespace that the repository belongs to. -* `repository_name` - (Optional) ID of the TCR repositories to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) ID of the TCR instance that the repository belongs to. +* `namespace_name` - (Required, String) Name of the namespace that the repository belongs to. +* `repository_name` - (Optional, String) ID of the TCR repositories to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcr_tokens.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcr_tokens.html.markdown index 641405cce1..6709cbb675 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcr_tokens.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcr_tokens.html.markdown @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcr_tokens" "name" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) ID of the instance that the token belongs to. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `token_id` - (Optional) ID of the TCR token to query. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) ID of the instance that the token belongs to. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `token_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the TCR token to query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/tcr_vpc_attachments.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/tcr_vpc_attachments.html.markdown index c195c59660..c0d60619f1 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/tcr_vpc_attachments.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/tcr_vpc_attachments.html.markdown @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_tcr_vpc_attachments" "id" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) ID of the instance to query. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of subnet to query. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of VPC to query. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) ID of the instance to query. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of subnet to query. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of VPC to query. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/user_info.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/user_info.html.markdown index 8ed63b818e..ff6b9dc396 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/user_info.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/user_info.html.markdown @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ data "tencentcloud_user_info" "foo" {} The following arguments are supported: -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used for save results. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used for save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_templates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_templates.html.markdown index 8618802901..c161b4c0c8 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_templates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_templates.html.markdown @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_templates" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `definition` - (Optional) Unique ID filter of adaptive dynamic streaming template. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `type` - (Optional) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. +* `definition` - (Optional, String) Unique ID filter of adaptive dynamic streaming template. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vod_image_sprite_templates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vod_image_sprite_templates.html.markdown index dcaa3a0b53..742032599f 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vod_image_sprite_templates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vod_image_sprite_templates.html.markdown @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_vod_image_sprite_templates" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `definition` - (Optional) Unique ID filter of image sprite template. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `type` - (Optional) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. +* `definition` - (Optional, String) Unique ID filter of image sprite template. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vod_procedure_templates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vod_procedure_templates.html.markdown index d60570fde6..b7c0f23ec4 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vod_procedure_templates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vod_procedure_templates.html.markdown @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_vod_procedure_templates" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of procedure template. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `type` - (Optional) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of procedure template. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_templates.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_templates.html.markdown index ef6e6e5df3..9ac8732c21 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_templates.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_templates.html.markdown @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_templates" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `definition` - (Optional) Unique ID filter of snapshot by time offset template. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `type` - (Optional) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. +* `definition` - (Optional, String) Unique ID filter of snapshot by time offset template. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Template type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vod_super_player_configs.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vod_super_player_configs.html.markdown index 7353158a23..a9476f79bc 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vod_super_player_configs.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vod_super_player_configs.html.markdown @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_vod_super_player_configs" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of super player config. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `type` - (Optional) Config type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of super player config. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Config type filter. Valid values: `Preset`, `Custom`. `Preset`: preset template; `Custom`: custom template. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpc.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpc.html.markdown index 8aebae222f..4a085c4e24 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpc.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpc.html.markdown @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_subnet" "main" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) The ID of the specific VPC to retrieve. -* `name` - (Optional) The name of the specific VPC to retrieve. +* `id` - (Optional, String) The ID of the specific VPC to retrieve. +* `name` - (Optional, String) The name of the specific VPC to retrieve. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpc_acls.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpc_acls.html.markdown index a733a3a61a..497e8635ad 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpc_acls.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpc_acls.html.markdown @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpc_acls" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the network ACL instance. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the network ACL. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC instance. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the network ACL instance. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the network ACL. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC instance. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpc_instances.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpc_instances.html.markdown index 573f5debe3..30ba5b24b8 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpc_instances.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpc_instances.html.markdown @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpc_instances" "name_instances" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cidr_block` - (Optional) Filter VPC with this CIDR. -* `is_default` - (Optional) Filter default or no default VPC. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the VPC to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tag_key` - (Optional) Filter if VPC has this tag. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the VPC to be queried. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC to be queried. +* `cidr_block` - (Optional, String) Filter VPC with this CIDR. +* `is_default` - (Optional, Bool) Filter default or no default VPC. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the VPC to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tag_key` - (Optional, String) Filter if VPC has this tag. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the VPC to be queried. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpc_route_tables.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpc_route_tables.html.markdown index 90c53b6074..d67115afd4 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpc_route_tables.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpc_route_tables.html.markdown @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpc_route_tables" "tags_instances" { The following arguments are supported: -* `association_main` - (Optional) Filter the main routing table. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the routing table to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `route_table_id` - (Optional) ID of the routing table to be queried. -* `tag_key` - (Optional) Filter if routing table has this tag. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the routing table to be queried. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC to be queried. +* `association_main` - (Optional, Bool) Filter the main routing table. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the routing table to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `route_table_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the routing table to be queried. +* `tag_key` - (Optional, String) Filter if routing table has this tag. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the routing table to be queried. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpc_subnets.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpc_subnets.html.markdown index 28693b5e05..e2969ba2b5 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpc_subnets.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpc_subnets.html.markdown @@ -52,16 +52,16 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpc_subnets" "tags_instances" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Optional) Zone of the subnet to be queried. -* `cidr_block` - (Optional) Filter subnet with this CIDR. -* `is_default` - (Optional) Filter default or no default subnets. -* `is_remote_vpc_snat` - (Optional) Filter the VPC SNAT address pool subnet. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the subnet to be queried. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of the subnet to be queried. -* `tag_key` - (Optional) Filter if subnet has this tag. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the subnet to be queried. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC to be queried. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String) Zone of the subnet to be queried. +* `cidr_block` - (Optional, String) Filter subnet with this CIDR. +* `is_default` - (Optional, Bool) Filter default or no default subnets. +* `is_remote_vpc_snat` - (Optional, Bool) Filter the VPC SNAT address pool subnet. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the subnet to be queried. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the subnet to be queried. +* `tag_key` - (Optional, String) Filter if subnet has this tag. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the subnet to be queried. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpn_connections.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpn_connections.html.markdown index 6248276a6b..ab1c4f2532 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpn_connections.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpn_connections.html.markdown @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpn_connections" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `customer_gateway_id` - (Optional) Customer gateway ID of the VPN connection. -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the VPN connection. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the VPN connection. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the VPN connection to be queried. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC. -* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Optional) VPN gateway ID of the VPN connection. +* `customer_gateway_id` - (Optional, String) Customer gateway ID of the VPN connection. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPN connection. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the VPN connection. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the VPN connection to be queried. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC. +* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Optional, String) VPN gateway ID of the VPN connection. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpn_customer_gateways.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpn_customer_gateways.html.markdown index ac26bc9801..a21c730903 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpn_customer_gateways.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpn_customer_gateways.html.markdown @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_customer_gateways" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the VPN customer gateway. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the customer gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `public_ip_address` - (Optional) Public ip address of the VPN customer gateway. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the VPN customer gateway to be queried. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPN customer gateway. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the customer gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `public_ip_address` - (Optional, String) Public ip address of the VPN customer gateway. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the VPN customer gateway to be queried. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpn_gateway_routes.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpn_gateway_routes.html.markdown index 8d47eb94bb..8254b463e8 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpn_gateway_routes.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpn_gateway_routes.html.markdown @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpn_gateways" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required) VPN gateway ID. -* `destination_cidr` - (Optional) Destination IDC IP range. -* `instance_id` - (Optional) Instance ID of the next hop. -* `instance_type` - (Optional) Next hop type (type of the associated instance). Valid values: VPNCONN (VPN tunnel) and CCN (CCN instance). -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. +* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, String) VPN gateway ID. +* `destination_cidr` - (Optional, String) Destination IDC IP range. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String) Instance ID of the next hop. +* `instance_type` - (Optional, String) Next hop type (type of the associated instance). Valid values: VPNCONN (VPN tunnel) and CCN (CCN instance). +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/d/vpn_gateways.html.markdown b/website/docs/d/vpn_gateways.html.markdown index 1543ddbf65..fd2ca2eb54 100644 --- a/website/docs/d/vpn_gateways.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/d/vpn_gateways.html.markdown @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ data "tencentcloud_vpn_gateways" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `id` - (Optional) ID of the VPN gateway. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the VPN gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `public_ip_address` - (Optional) Public ip address of the VPN gateway. -* `result_output_file` - (Optional) Used to save results. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the VPN gateway to be queried. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of the VPC. -* `zone` - (Optional) Zone of the VPN gateway. +* `id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPN gateway. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the VPN gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `public_ip_address` - (Optional, String) Public ip address of the VPN gateway. +* `result_output_file` - (Optional, String) Used to save results. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the VPN gateway to be queried. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the VPC. +* `zone` - (Optional, String) Zone of the VPN gateway. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/address_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/address_template.html.markdown index 30f77b27fc..7ef5f7712e 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/address_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/address_template.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_address_template" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `addresses` - (Required) Address list. IP(`10.0.0.1`), CIDR(`10.0.1.0/24`), IP range(`10.0.0.1-10.0.0.100`) format are supported. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the address template. +* `addresses` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Address list. IP(`10.0.0.1`), CIDR(`10.0.1.0/24`), IP range(`10.0.0.1-10.0.0.100`) format are supported. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the address template. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/address_template_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/address_template_group.html.markdown index ef1a2bacaf..b303018ae4 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/address_template_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/address_template_group.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_address_template_group" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the address template group. -* `template_ids` - (Required) Template ID list. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the address template group. +* `template_ids` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Template ID list. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/alb_server_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/alb_server_attachment.html.markdown index 4960598637..5e65ff5c74 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/alb_server_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/alb_server_attachment.html.markdown @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ resource "tencentcloud_alb_server_attachment" "service1" { The following arguments are supported: -* `backends` - (Required) list of backend server. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) listener ID. -* `loadbalancer_id` - (Required, ForceNew) loadbalancer ID. -* `location_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) location ID, only support for layer 7 loadbalancer. +* `backends` - (Required, Set) list of backend server. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) listener ID. +* `loadbalancer_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) loadbalancer ID. +* `location_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) location ID, only support for layer 7 loadbalancer. The `backends` object supports the following: -* `instance_id` - (Required) A list backend instance ID (CVM instance ID). -* `port` - (Required) The port used by the backend server. Valid value range: [1-65535]. -* `weight` - (Optional) Weight of the backend server. Valid value range: [0-100]. Default to 10. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) A list backend instance ID (CVM instance ID). +* `port` - (Required, Int) The port used by the backend server. Valid value range: [1-65535]. +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) Weight of the backend server. Valid value range: [0-100]. Default to 10. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api.html.markdown index 778ca0d06e..157e8e05a3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api.html.markdown @@ -62,50 +62,50 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_api" "api" { The following arguments are supported: -* `api_name` - (Required) Custom API name. -* `request_config_path` - (Required) Request frontend path configuration. Like `/user/getinfo`. -* `service_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Which service this API belongs. Refer to resource `tencentcloud_api_gateway_service`. -* `api_desc` - (Optional) Custom API description. -* `auth_type` - (Optional) API authentication type. Valid values: `SECRET` (key pair authentication),`NONE` (no authentication). Default value: `NONE`. -* `enable_cors` - (Optional) Whether to enable CORS. Default value: `true`. -* `pre_limit` - (Optional) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. -* `protocol` - (Optional, ForceNew) API frontend request type. Valid values: `HTTP`, `WEBSOCKET`. Default value: `HTTP`. -* `release_limit` - (Optional) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. -* `request_config_method` - (Optional) Request frontend method configuration. Valid values: `GET`,`POST`,`PUT`,`DELETE`,`HEAD`,`ANY`. Default value: `GET`. -* `request_parameters` - (Optional) Frontend request parameters. -* `response_error_codes` - (Optional) Custom error code configuration. Must keep at least one after set. -* `response_fail_example` - (Optional) Response failure sample of custom response configuration. -* `response_success_example` - (Optional) Successful response sample of custom response configuration. -* `response_type` - (Optional) Return type. Valid values: `HTML`, `JSON`, `TEXT`, `BINARY`, `XML`. Default value: `HTML`. -* `service_config_method` - (Optional) API backend service request method, such as `GET`. If `service_config_type` is `HTTP`, this parameter will be required. The frontend `request_config_method` and backend method `service_config_method` can be different. -* `service_config_mock_return_message` - (Optional) Returned information of API backend mocking. This parameter is required when `service_config_type` is `MOCK`. -* `service_config_path` - (Optional) API backend service path, such as /path. If `service_config_type` is `HTTP`, this parameter will be required. The frontend `request_config_path` and backend path `service_config_path` can be different. -* `service_config_product` - (Optional) Backend type. This parameter takes effect when VPC is enabled. Currently, only `clb` is supported. -* `service_config_scf_function_name` - (Optional) SCF function name. This parameter takes effect when `service_config_type` is `SCF`. -* `service_config_scf_function_namespace` - (Optional) SCF function namespace. This parameter takes effect when `service_config_type` is `SCF`. -* `service_config_scf_function_qualifier` - (Optional) SCF function version. This parameter takes effect when `service_config_type` is `SCF`. -* `service_config_timeout` - (Optional) API backend service timeout period in seconds. Default value: `5`. -* `service_config_type` - (Optional) API backend service type. Valid values: `WEBSOCKET`, `HTTP`, `SCF`, `MOCK`. Default value: `HTTP`. -* `service_config_url` - (Optional) API backend service url. This parameter is required when `service_config_type` is `HTTP`. -* `service_config_vpc_id` - (Optional) Unique VPC ID. -* `test_limit` - (Optional) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. +* `api_name` - (Required, String) Custom API name. +* `request_config_path` - (Required, String) Request frontend path configuration. Like `/user/getinfo`. +* `service_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Which service this API belongs. Refer to resource `tencentcloud_api_gateway_service`. +* `api_desc` - (Optional, String) Custom API description. +* `auth_type` - (Optional, String) API authentication type. Valid values: `SECRET` (key pair authentication),`NONE` (no authentication). Default value: `NONE`. +* `enable_cors` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable CORS. Default value: `true`. +* `pre_limit` - (Optional, Int) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) API frontend request type. Valid values: `HTTP`, `WEBSOCKET`. Default value: `HTTP`. +* `release_limit` - (Optional, Int) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. +* `request_config_method` - (Optional, String) Request frontend method configuration. Valid values: `GET`,`POST`,`PUT`,`DELETE`,`HEAD`,`ANY`. Default value: `GET`. +* `request_parameters` - (Optional, Set) Frontend request parameters. +* `response_error_codes` - (Optional, Set) Custom error code configuration. Must keep at least one after set. +* `response_fail_example` - (Optional, String) Response failure sample of custom response configuration. +* `response_success_example` - (Optional, String) Successful response sample of custom response configuration. +* `response_type` - (Optional, String) Return type. Valid values: `HTML`, `JSON`, `TEXT`, `BINARY`, `XML`. Default value: `HTML`. +* `service_config_method` - (Optional, String) API backend service request method, such as `GET`. If `service_config_type` is `HTTP`, this parameter will be required. The frontend `request_config_method` and backend method `service_config_method` can be different. +* `service_config_mock_return_message` - (Optional, String) Returned information of API backend mocking. This parameter is required when `service_config_type` is `MOCK`. +* `service_config_path` - (Optional, String) API backend service path, such as /path. If `service_config_type` is `HTTP`, this parameter will be required. The frontend `request_config_path` and backend path `service_config_path` can be different. +* `service_config_product` - (Optional, String) Backend type. This parameter takes effect when VPC is enabled. Currently, only `clb` is supported. +* `service_config_scf_function_name` - (Optional, String) SCF function name. This parameter takes effect when `service_config_type` is `SCF`. +* `service_config_scf_function_namespace` - (Optional, String) SCF function namespace. This parameter takes effect when `service_config_type` is `SCF`. +* `service_config_scf_function_qualifier` - (Optional, String) SCF function version. This parameter takes effect when `service_config_type` is `SCF`. +* `service_config_timeout` - (Optional, Int) API backend service timeout period in seconds. Default value: `5`. +* `service_config_type` - (Optional, String) API backend service type. Valid values: `WEBSOCKET`, `HTTP`, `SCF`, `MOCK`. Default value: `HTTP`. +* `service_config_url` - (Optional, String) API backend service url. This parameter is required when `service_config_type` is `HTTP`. +* `service_config_vpc_id` - (Optional, String) Unique VPC ID. +* `test_limit` - (Optional, Int) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. The `request_parameters` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Parameter name. -* `position` - (Required) Parameter location. -* `type` - (Required) Parameter type. -* `default_value` - (Optional) Parameter default value. -* `desc` - (Optional) Parameter description. -* `required` - (Optional) If this parameter required. Default value: `false`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Parameter name. +* `position` - (Required, String) Parameter location. +* `type` - (Required, String) Parameter type. +* `default_value` - (Optional, String) Parameter default value. +* `desc` - (Optional, String) Parameter description. +* `required` - (Optional, Bool) If this parameter required. Default value: `false`. The `response_error_codes` object supports the following: -* `code` - (Required) Custom response configuration error code. -* `msg` - (Required) Custom response configuration error message. -* `converted_code` - (Optional) Custom error code conversion. -* `desc` - (Optional) Parameter description. -* `need_convert` - (Optional) Whether to enable error code conversion. Default value: `false`. +* `code` - (Required, Int) Custom response configuration error code. +* `msg` - (Required, String) Custom response configuration error message. +* `converted_code` - (Optional, Int) Custom error code conversion. +* `desc` - (Optional, String) Parameter description. +* `need_convert` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable error code conversion. Default value: `false`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key.html.markdown index c0f1b54332..5776a5a178 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_api_key" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `secret_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Custom key name. -* `status` - (Optional) Key status. Valid values: `on`, `off`. +* `secret_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Custom key name. +* `status` - (Optional, String) Key status. Valid values: `on`, `off`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key_attachment.html.markdown index 553a167506..d16ed37747 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_api_key_attachment.html.markdown @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_api_key_attachment" "attach" { The following arguments are supported: -* `api_key_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of API key. -* `usage_plan_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the usage plan. +* `api_key_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of API key. +* `usage_plan_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the usage plan. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_custom_domain.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_custom_domain.html.markdown index 82f0d8b70d..08604db5ca 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_custom_domain.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_custom_domain.html.markdown @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_custom_domain" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `default_domain` - (Required) Default domain name. -* `net_type` - (Required) Network type. Valid values: `OUTER`, `INNER`. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol supported by service. Valid values: `http`, `https`, `http&https`. -* `service_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Unique service ID. -* `sub_domain` - (Required) Custom domain name to be bound. -* `certificate_id` - (Optional) Unique certificate ID of the custom domain name to be bound. You can choose to upload for the `protocol` attribute value `https` or `http&https`. -* `is_default_mapping` - (Optional) Whether the default path mapping is used. The default value is `true`. When it is `false`, it means custom path mapping. In this case, the `path_mappings` attribute is required. -* `path_mappings` - (Optional) Custom domain name path mapping. The data format is: `path#environment`. Optional values for the environment are `test`, `prepub`, and `release`. +* `default_domain` - (Required, String) Default domain name. +* `net_type` - (Required, String) Network type. Valid values: `OUTER`, `INNER`. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol supported by service. Valid values: `http`, `https`, `http&https`. +* `service_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Unique service ID. +* `sub_domain` - (Required, String) Custom domain name to be bound. +* `certificate_id` - (Optional, String) Unique certificate ID of the custom domain name to be bound. You can choose to upload for the `protocol` attribute value `https` or `http&https`. +* `is_default_mapping` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the default path mapping is used. The default value is `true`. When it is `false`, it means custom path mapping. In this case, the `path_mappings` attribute is required. +* `path_mappings` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Custom domain name path mapping. The data format is: `path#environment`. Optional values for the environment are `test`, `prepub`, and `release`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_ip_strategy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_ip_strategy.html.markdown index fbe3b6bb8e..2b44d6969d 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_ip_strategy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_ip_strategy.html.markdown @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_ip_strategy" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `service_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of the API gateway service. -* `strategy_data` - (Required) IP address data. -* `strategy_name` - (Required, ForceNew) User defined strategy name. -* `strategy_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Blacklist or whitelist. +* `service_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of the API gateway service. +* `strategy_data` - (Required, String) IP address data. +* `strategy_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) User defined strategy name. +* `strategy_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Blacklist or whitelist. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service.html.markdown index a6975250a5..bf51a7a584 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service.html.markdown @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_service" "service" { The following arguments are supported: -* `net_type` - (Required) Network type list, which is used to specify the supported network types. Valid values: `INNER`, `OUTER`. `INNER` indicates access over private network, and `OUTER` indicates access over public network. -* `protocol` - (Required) Service frontend request type. Valid values: `http`, `https`, `http&https`. -* `service_name` - (Required) Custom service name. -* `exclusive_set_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) Self-deployed cluster name, which is used to specify the self-deployed cluster where the service is to be created. -* `ip_version` - (Optional, ForceNew) IP version number. Valid values: `IPv4`, `IPv6`. Default value: `IPv4`. -* `pre_limit` - (Optional) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. -* `release_limit` - (Optional) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. -* `service_desc` - (Optional) Custom service description. -* `test_limit` - (Optional) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. +* `net_type` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Network type list, which is used to specify the supported network types. Valid values: `INNER`, `OUTER`. `INNER` indicates access over private network, and `OUTER` indicates access over public network. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Service frontend request type. Valid values: `http`, `https`, `http&https`. +* `service_name` - (Required, String) Custom service name. +* `exclusive_set_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Self-deployed cluster name, which is used to specify the self-deployed cluster where the service is to be created. +* `ip_version` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) IP version number. Valid values: `IPv4`, `IPv6`. Default value: `IPv4`. +* `pre_limit` - (Optional, Int) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. +* `release_limit` - (Optional, Int) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. +* `service_desc` - (Optional, String) Custom service description. +* `test_limit` - (Optional, Int) API QPS value. Enter a positive number to limit the API query rate per second `QPS`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service_release.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service_release.html.markdown index 5ca48335d5..4ffad2051c 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service_release.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_service_release.html.markdown @@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_service_release" "service" { The following arguments are supported: -* `environment_name` - (Required, ForceNew) API gateway service environment name to be released. Valid values: `test`, `prepub`, `release`. -* `release_desc` - (Required, ForceNew) This release description of the API gateway service. -* `service_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of API gateway service. -* `release_version` - (Optional) The release version. +* `environment_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) API gateway service environment name to be released. Valid values: `test`, `prepub`, `release`. +* `release_desc` - (Required, String, ForceNew) This release description of the API gateway service. +* `service_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of API gateway service. +* `release_version` - (Optional, String) The release version. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_strategy_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_strategy_attachment.html.markdown index b7df39593b..7cf31a3f2c 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_strategy_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_strategy_attachment.html.markdown @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_strategy_attachment" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bind_api_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The API that needs to be bound. -* `environment_name` - (Required, ForceNew) The environment of the strategy association. Valid values: `test`, `release`, `prepub`. -* `service_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of the API gateway service. -* `strategy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of the API gateway strategy. +* `bind_api_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The API that needs to be bound. +* `environment_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The environment of the strategy association. Valid values: `test`, `release`, `prepub`. +* `service_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of the API gateway service. +* `strategy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of the API gateway strategy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan.html.markdown index b09ea16028..3b7e357f38 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_usage_plan" "plan" { The following arguments are supported: -* `usage_plan_name` - (Required) Custom usage plan name. -* `max_request_num_pre_sec` - (Optional) Limit of requests per second. Valid values: -1, [1,2000]. The default value is -1, which indicates no limit. -* `max_request_num` - (Optional) Total number of requests allowed. Valid values: -1, [1,99999999]. The default value is -1, which indicates no limit. -* `usage_plan_desc` - (Optional) Custom usage plan description. +* `usage_plan_name` - (Required, String) Custom usage plan name. +* `max_request_num_pre_sec` - (Optional, Int) Limit of requests per second. Valid values: -1, [1,2000]. The default value is -1, which indicates no limit. +* `max_request_num` - (Optional, Int) Total number of requests allowed. Valid values: -1, [1,99999999]. The default value is -1, which indicates no limit. +* `usage_plan_desc` - (Optional, String) Custom usage plan description. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan_attachment.html.markdown index acba8eb75a..37f8a27661 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/api_gateway_usage_plan_attachment.html.markdown @@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_api_gateway_usage_plan_attachment" "attach_service" { The following arguments are supported: -* `environment` - (Required, ForceNew) The environment to be bound. Valid values: `test`, `prepub`, `release`. -* `service_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the service. -* `usage_plan_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the usage plan. -* `api_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the API. This parameter will be required when `bind_type` is `API`. -* `bind_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Binding type. Valid values: `API`, `SERVICE`. Default value is `SERVICE`. +* `environment` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The environment to be bound. Valid values: `test`, `prepub`, `release`. +* `service_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the service. +* `usage_plan_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the usage plan. +* `api_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the API. This parameter will be required when `bind_type` is `API`. +* `bind_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Binding type. Valid values: `API`, `SERVICE`. Default value is `SERVICE`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_attachment.html.markdown index a995dfb429..c4ac071d19 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_attachment" "attachment" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_ids` - (Required) ID list of CVM instances to be attached to the scaling group. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. +* `instance_ids` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) ID list of CVM instances to be attached to the scaling group. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_lifecycle_hook.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_lifecycle_hook.html.markdown index 55f0d728d1..a1bdccf702 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_lifecycle_hook.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_lifecycle_hook.html.markdown @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_lifecycle_hook" "lifecycle_hook" { The following arguments are supported: -* `lifecycle_hook_name` - (Required) The name of the lifecycle hook. -* `lifecycle_transition` - (Required) The instance state to which you want to attach the lifecycle hook. Valid values: `INSTANCE_LAUNCHING` and `INSTANCE_TERMINATING`. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. -* `default_result` - (Optional) Defines the action the AS group should take when the lifecycle hook timeout elapses or if an unexpected failure occurs. Valid values: `CONTINUE` and `ABANDON`. The default value is `CONTINUE`. -* `heartbeat_timeout` - (Optional) Defines the amount of time, in seconds, that can elapse before the lifecycle hook times out. Valid value ranges: (30~7200). and default value is `300`. -* `notification_metadata` - (Optional) Contains additional information that you want to include any time AS sends a message to the notification target. -* `notification_queue_name` - (Optional) For CMQ_QUEUE type, a name of queue must be set. -* `notification_target_type` - (Optional) Target type. Valid values: `CMQ_QUEUE`, `CMQ_TOPIC`. -* `notification_topic_name` - (Optional) For CMQ_TOPIC type, a name of topic must be set. +* `lifecycle_hook_name` - (Required, String) The name of the lifecycle hook. +* `lifecycle_transition` - (Required, String) The instance state to which you want to attach the lifecycle hook. Valid values: `INSTANCE_LAUNCHING` and `INSTANCE_TERMINATING`. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. +* `default_result` - (Optional, String) Defines the action the AS group should take when the lifecycle hook timeout elapses or if an unexpected failure occurs. Valid values: `CONTINUE` and `ABANDON`. The default value is `CONTINUE`. +* `heartbeat_timeout` - (Optional, Int) Defines the amount of time, in seconds, that can elapse before the lifecycle hook times out. Valid value ranges: (30~7200). and default value is `300`. +* `notification_metadata` - (Optional, String) Contains additional information that you want to include any time AS sends a message to the notification target. +* `notification_queue_name` - (Optional, String) For CMQ_QUEUE type, a name of queue must be set. +* `notification_target_type` - (Optional, String) Target type. Valid values: `CMQ_QUEUE`, `CMQ_TOPIC`. +* `notification_topic_name` - (Optional, String) For CMQ_TOPIC type, a name of topic must be set. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_notification.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_notification.html.markdown index 9c8bfd2582..4db8dc2a7d 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_notification.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_notification.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_notification" "as_notification" { The following arguments are supported: -* `notification_types` - (Required) A list of Notification Types that trigger notifications. Acceptable values are `SCALE_OUT_FAILED`, `SCALE_IN_SUCCESSFUL`, `SCALE_IN_FAILED`, `REPLACE_UNHEALTHY_INSTANCE_SUCCESSFUL` and `REPLACE_UNHEALTHY_INSTANCE_FAILED`. -* `notification_user_group_ids` - (Required) A group of user IDs to be notified. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. +* `notification_types` - (Required, List: [`String`]) A list of Notification Types that trigger notifications. Acceptable values are `SCALE_OUT_FAILED`, `SCALE_IN_SUCCESSFUL`, `SCALE_IN_FAILED`, `REPLACE_UNHEALTHY_INSTANCE_SUCCESSFUL` and `REPLACE_UNHEALTHY_INSTANCE_FAILED`. +* `notification_user_group_ids` - (Required, List: [`String`]) A group of user IDs to be notified. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_scaling_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_scaling_config.html.markdown index 6016b173e5..3b02ff5ac9 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_scaling_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_scaling_config.html.markdown @@ -58,44 +58,44 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_scaling_config" "launch_configuration" { The following arguments are supported: -* `configuration_name` - (Required) Name of a launch configuration. -* `image_id` - (Required) An available image ID for a cvm instance. -* `instance_types` - (Required) Specified types of CVM instances. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `data_disk` - (Optional) Configurations of data disk. -* `disk_type_policy` - (Optional) Policy of cloud disk type. Valid values: `ORIGINAL` and `AUTOMATIC`. Default is `ORIGINAL`. -* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is `TRUE`. -* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is `TRUE`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (in month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional) Charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `SPOTPAID`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. NOTE: `SPOTPAID` instance must set `spot_instance_type` and `spot_max_price` at the same time. -* `instance_name_settings` - (Optional) Settings of CVM instance names. -* `instance_tags` - (Optional) A list of tags used to associate different resources. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional) Charge types for network traffic. Valid values: `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is `0`. -* `keep_image_login` - (Optional) Specify whether to keep original settings of a CVM image. And it can't be used with password or key_ids together. -* `key_ids` - (Optional) ID list of keys. -* `password` - (Optional) Password to access. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Specifys to which project the configuration belongs. -* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. -* `security_group_ids` - (Optional) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. -* `spot_instance_type` - (Optional) Type of spot instance, only support `one-time` now. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. -* `spot_max_price` - (Optional) Max price of a spot instance, is the format of decimal string, for example "0.50". Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional) Type of a CVM disk. Valid values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. Default is `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. valid when disk_type_policy is ORIGINAL. -* `user_data` - (Optional) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `configuration_name` - (Required, String) Name of a launch configuration. +* `image_id` - (Required, String) An available image ID for a cvm instance. +* `instance_types` - (Required, List: [`String`]) Specified types of CVM instances. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List) Configurations of data disk. +* `disk_type_policy` - (Optional, String) Policy of cloud disk type. Valid values: `ORIGINAL` and `AUTOMATIC`. Default is `ORIGINAL`. +* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is `TRUE`. +* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, Bool) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is `TRUE`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (in month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String) Charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `SPOTPAID`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. NOTE: `SPOTPAID` instance must set `spot_instance_type` and `spot_max_price` at the same time. +* `instance_name_settings` - (Optional, List) Settings of CVM instance names. +* `instance_tags` - (Optional, Map) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String) Charge types for network traffic. Valid values: `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is `0`. +* `keep_image_login` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to keep original settings of a CVM image. And it can't be used with password or key_ids together. +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) ID list of keys. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password to access. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Specifys to which project the configuration belongs. +* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. +* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. +* `spot_instance_type` - (Optional, String) Type of spot instance, only support `one-time` now. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. +* `spot_max_price` - (Optional, String) Max price of a spot instance, is the format of decimal string, for example "0.50". Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String) Type of a CVM disk. Valid values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. Default is `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. valid when disk_type_policy is ORIGINAL. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `delete_with_instance` - (Optional) Indicates whether the disk remove after instance terminated. -* `disk_size` - (Optional) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional) Types of disk. Valid values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. valid when disk_type_policy is ORIGINAL. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional) Data disk snapshot ID. +* `delete_with_instance` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether the disk remove after instance terminated. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String) Types of disk. Valid values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. valid when disk_type_policy is ORIGINAL. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String) Data disk snapshot ID. The `instance_name_settings` object supports the following: -* `instance_name` - (Required) CVM instance name. -* `instance_name_style` - (Optional) Type of CVM instance name. Valid values: `ORIGINAL` and `UNIQUE`. Default is `ORIGINAL`. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) CVM instance name. +* `instance_name_style` - (Optional, String) Type of CVM instance name. Valid values: `ORIGINAL` and `UNIQUE`. Default is `ORIGINAL`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_scaling_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_scaling_group.html.markdown index a435188322..d1d001c898 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_scaling_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_scaling_group.html.markdown @@ -44,37 +44,37 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_scaling_group" "scaling_group" { The following arguments are supported: -* `configuration_id` - (Required) An available ID for a launch configuration. -* `max_size` - (Required) Maximum number of CVM instances. Valid value ranges: (0~2000). -* `min_size` - (Required) Minimum number of CVM instances. Valid value ranges: (0~2000). -* `scaling_group_name` - (Required) Name of a scaling group. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) ID of VPC network. -* `default_cooldown` - (Optional) Default cooldown time in second, and default value is `300`. -* `desired_capacity` - (Optional) Desired volume of CVM instances, which is between `max_size` and `min_size`. -* `forward_balancer_ids` - (Optional) List of application load balancers, which can't be specified with `load_balancer_ids` together. -* `load_balancer_ids` - (Optional) ID list of traditional load balancers. -* `multi_zone_subnet_policy` - (Optional) Multi zone or subnet strategy, Valid values: PRIORITY and EQUALITY. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Specifies to which project the scaling group belongs. -* `replace_load_balancer_unhealthy` - (Optional) Enable unhealthy instance replacement. If set to `true`, AS will replace instances that are found unhealthy in the CLB health check. -* `replace_monitor_unhealthy` - (Optional) Enables unhealthy instance replacement. If set to `true`, AS will replace instances that are flagged as unhealthy by Cloud Monitor. -* `retry_policy` - (Optional) Available values for retry policies. Valid values: IMMEDIATE_RETRY and INCREMENTAL_INTERVALS. -* `scaling_mode` - (Optional) Indicates scaling mode which creates and terminates instances (classic method), or method first tries to start stopped instances (wake up stopped) to perform scaling operations. Available values: `CLASSIC_SCALING`, `WAKE_UP_STOPPED_SCALING`. Default: `CLASSIC_SCALING`. -* `subnet_ids` - (Optional) ID list of subnet, and for VPC it is required. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of a scaling group. -* `termination_policies` - (Optional) Available values for termination policies. Valid values: OLDEST_INSTANCE and NEWEST_INSTANCE. -* `zones` - (Optional) List of available zones, for Basic network it is required. +* `configuration_id` - (Required, String) An available ID for a launch configuration. +* `max_size` - (Required, Int) Maximum number of CVM instances. Valid value ranges: (0~2000). +* `min_size` - (Required, Int) Minimum number of CVM instances. Valid value ranges: (0~2000). +* `scaling_group_name` - (Required, String) Name of a scaling group. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) ID of VPC network. +* `default_cooldown` - (Optional, Int) Default cooldown time in second, and default value is `300`. +* `desired_capacity` - (Optional, Int) Desired volume of CVM instances, which is between `max_size` and `min_size`. +* `forward_balancer_ids` - (Optional, List) List of application load balancers, which can't be specified with `load_balancer_ids` together. +* `load_balancer_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) ID list of traditional load balancers. +* `multi_zone_subnet_policy` - (Optional, String) Multi zone or subnet strategy, Valid values: PRIORITY and EQUALITY. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Specifies to which project the scaling group belongs. +* `replace_load_balancer_unhealthy` - (Optional, Bool) Enable unhealthy instance replacement. If set to `true`, AS will replace instances that are found unhealthy in the CLB health check. +* `replace_monitor_unhealthy` - (Optional, Bool) Enables unhealthy instance replacement. If set to `true`, AS will replace instances that are flagged as unhealthy by Cloud Monitor. +* `retry_policy` - (Optional, String) Available values for retry policies. Valid values: IMMEDIATE_RETRY and INCREMENTAL_INTERVALS. +* `scaling_mode` - (Optional, String) Indicates scaling mode which creates and terminates instances (classic method), or method first tries to start stopped instances (wake up stopped) to perform scaling operations. Available values: `CLASSIC_SCALING`, `WAKE_UP_STOPPED_SCALING`. Default: `CLASSIC_SCALING`. +* `subnet_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) ID list of subnet, and for VPC it is required. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of a scaling group. +* `termination_policies` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Available values for termination policies. Valid values: OLDEST_INSTANCE and NEWEST_INSTANCE. +* `zones` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List of available zones, for Basic network it is required. The `forward_balancer_ids` object supports the following: -* `listener_id` - (Required) Listener ID for application load balancers. -* `load_balancer_id` - (Required) ID of available load balancers. -* `target_attribute` - (Required) Attribute list of target rules. -* `rule_id` - (Optional) ID of forwarding rules. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String) Listener ID for application load balancers. +* `load_balancer_id` - (Required, String) ID of available load balancers. +* `target_attribute` - (Required, List) Attribute list of target rules. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String) ID of forwarding rules. The `target_attribute` object supports the following: -* `port` - (Required) Port number. -* `weight` - (Required) Weight. +* `port` - (Required, Int) Port number. +* `weight` - (Required, Int) Weight. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_scaling_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_scaling_policy.html.markdown index bac152bf51..1e8f505c44 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_scaling_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_scaling_policy.html.markdown @@ -33,18 +33,18 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_scaling_policy" "scaling_policy" { The following arguments are supported: -* `adjustment_type` - (Required) Specifies whether the adjustment is an absolute number or a percentage of the current capacity. Valid values: `CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY`, `EXACT_CAPACITY` and `PERCENT_CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY`. -* `adjustment_value` - (Required) Define the number of instances by which to scale.For `CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY` type or PERCENT_CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY, a positive increment adds to the current capacity and a negative value removes from the current capacity. For `EXACT_CAPACITY` type, it defines an absolute number of the existing Auto Scaling group size. -* `comparison_operator` - (Required) Comparison operator. Valid values: `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO`, `LESS_THAN`, `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO`, `EQUAL_TO` and `NOT_EQUAL_TO`. -* `continuous_time` - (Required) Retry times. Valid value ranges: (1~10). -* `metric_name` - (Required) Name of an indicator. Valid values: `CPU_UTILIZATION`, `MEM_UTILIZATION`, `LAN_TRAFFIC_OUT`, `LAN_TRAFFIC_IN`, `WAN_TRAFFIC_OUT` and `WAN_TRAFFIC_IN`. -* `period` - (Required) Time period in second. Valid values: `60` and `300`. -* `policy_name` - (Required) Name of a policy used to define a reaction when an alarm is triggered. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. -* `threshold` - (Required) Alarm threshold. -* `cooldown` - (Optional) Cooldwon time in second. Default is `30`0. -* `notification_user_group_ids` - (Optional) An ID group of users to be notified when an alarm is triggered. -* `statistic` - (Optional) Statistic types. Valid values: `AVERAGE`, `MAXIMUM` and `MINIMUM`. Default is `AVERAGE`. +* `adjustment_type` - (Required, String) Specifies whether the adjustment is an absolute number or a percentage of the current capacity. Valid values: `CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY`, `EXACT_CAPACITY` and `PERCENT_CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY`. +* `adjustment_value` - (Required, Int) Define the number of instances by which to scale.For `CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY` type or PERCENT_CHANGE_IN_CAPACITY, a positive increment adds to the current capacity and a negative value removes from the current capacity. For `EXACT_CAPACITY` type, it defines an absolute number of the existing Auto Scaling group size. +* `comparison_operator` - (Required, String) Comparison operator. Valid values: `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO`, `LESS_THAN`, `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO`, `EQUAL_TO` and `NOT_EQUAL_TO`. +* `continuous_time` - (Required, Int) Retry times. Valid value ranges: (1~10). +* `metric_name` - (Required, String) Name of an indicator. Valid values: `CPU_UTILIZATION`, `MEM_UTILIZATION`, `LAN_TRAFFIC_OUT`, `LAN_TRAFFIC_IN`, `WAN_TRAFFIC_OUT` and `WAN_TRAFFIC_IN`. +* `period` - (Required, Int) Time period in second. Valid values: `60` and `300`. +* `policy_name` - (Required, String) Name of a policy used to define a reaction when an alarm is triggered. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. +* `threshold` - (Required, Int) Alarm threshold. +* `cooldown` - (Optional, Int) Cooldwon time in second. Default is `30`0. +* `notification_user_group_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) An ID group of users to be notified when an alarm is triggered. +* `statistic` - (Optional, String) Statistic types. Valid values: `AVERAGE`, `MAXIMUM` and `MINIMUM`. Default is `AVERAGE`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/as_schedule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/as_schedule.html.markdown index 76beb6eb3b..0c0e1d3810 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/as_schedule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/as_schedule.html.markdown @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_as_schedule" "schedule" { The following arguments are supported: -* `desired_capacity` - (Required) The desired number of CVM instances that should be running in the group. -* `max_size` - (Required) The maximum size for the Auto Scaling group. -* `min_size` - (Required) The minimum size for the Auto Scaling group. -* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. -* `schedule_action_name` - (Required) The name of this scaling action. -* `start_time` - (Required) The time for this action to start, in "YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+08:00" format (UTC+8). -* `end_time` - (Optional) The time for this action to end, in "YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+08:00" format (UTC+8). -* `recurrence` - (Optional) The time when recurring future actions will start. Start time is specified by the user following the Unix cron syntax format. And this argument should be set with end_time together. +* `desired_capacity` - (Required, Int) The desired number of CVM instances that should be running in the group. +* `max_size` - (Required, Int) The maximum size for the Auto Scaling group. +* `min_size` - (Required, Int) The minimum size for the Auto Scaling group. +* `scaling_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a scaling group. +* `schedule_action_name` - (Required, String) The name of this scaling action. +* `start_time` - (Required, String) The time for this action to start, in "YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+08:00" format (UTC+8). +* `end_time` - (Optional, String) The time for this action to end, in "YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+08:00" format (UTC+8). +* `recurrence` - (Optional, String) The time when recurring future actions will start. Start time is specified by the user following the Unix cron syntax format. And this argument should be set with end_time together. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/audit.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/audit.html.markdown index eed9432065..eb900adf92 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/audit.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/audit.html.markdown @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_audit" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `audit_switch` - (Required) Indicate whether to turn on audit logging or not. -* `cos_bucket` - (Required) Name of the cos bucket to save audit log. Caution: the validation of existing cos bucket will not be checked by terraform. -* `cos_region` - (Required) Region of the cos bucket. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of audit. Valid length ranges from 3 to 128. Only alpha character or numbers or '_' supported. -* `read_write_attribute` - (Required) Event attribute filter. Valid values: `1`, `2`, `3`. `1` for readonly, `2` for write-only, `3` for all. -* `enable_kms_encry` - (Optional) Indicate whether the log is encrypt with KMS algorithm or not. -* `key_id` - (Optional) Existing CMK unique key. This field can be get by data source `tencentcloud_audit_key_alias`. Caution: the region of the KMS must be as same as the `cos_region`. -* `log_file_prefix` - (Optional) The log file name prefix. The length ranges from 3 to 40. If not set, the account ID will be the log file prefix. +* `audit_switch` - (Required, Bool) Indicate whether to turn on audit logging or not. +* `cos_bucket` - (Required, String) Name of the cos bucket to save audit log. Caution: the validation of existing cos bucket will not be checked by terraform. +* `cos_region` - (Required, String) Region of the cos bucket. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of audit. Valid length ranges from 3 to 128. Only alpha character or numbers or '_' supported. +* `read_write_attribute` - (Required, Int) Event attribute filter. Valid values: `1`, `2`, `3`. `1` for readonly, `2` for write-only, `3` for all. +* `enable_kms_encry` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether the log is encrypt with KMS algorithm or not. +* `key_id` - (Optional, String) Existing CMK unique key. This field can be get by data source `tencentcloud_audit_key_alias`. Caution: the region of the KMS must be as same as the `cos_region`. +* `log_file_prefix` - (Optional, String) The log file name prefix. The length ranges from 3 to 40. If not set, the account ID will be the log file prefix. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_group.html.markdown index 052cbe90c9..7186902bb6 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_group.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_group" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of CAM group. -* `remark` - (Optional) Description of the CAM group. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of CAM group. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Description of the CAM group. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_group_membership.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_group_membership.html.markdown index 8538c68f3f..e7e4988448 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_group_membership.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_group_membership.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_group_membership" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Required) ID of CAM group. -* `user_ids` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.5. Use `user_names` instead. ID set of the CAM group members. -* `user_names` - (Optional) User name set as ID of the CAM group members. +* `group_id` - (Required, String) ID of CAM group. +* `user_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.5. Use `user_names` instead. ID set of the CAM group members. +* `user_names` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) User name set as ID of the CAM group members. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_group_policy_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_group_policy_attachment.html.markdown index 0e78e411e6..30d777bcda 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_group_policy_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_group_policy_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_group_policy_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the attached CAM group. -* `policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the policy. +* `group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the attached CAM group. +* `policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the policy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_oidc_sso.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_oidc_sso.html.markdown index 40b46f7d7c..70d108d8fd 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_oidc_sso.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_oidc_sso.html.markdown @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_oidc_sso" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `authorization_endpoint` - (Required) Authorization request Endpoint, OpenID Connect identity provider authorization address. Corresponds to the value of the `authorization_endpoint` field in the Openid-configuration provided by the Enterprise IdP. -* `client_id` - (Required) Client ID, the client ID registered with the OpenID Connect identity provider. -* `identity_key` - (Required) The signature public key requires base64_encode. Verify the public key signed by the OpenID Connect identity provider ID Token. For the security of your account, we recommend that you rotate the signed public key regularly. -* `identity_url` - (Required) Identity provider URL. OpenID Connect identity provider identity.Corresponds to the value of the `issuer` field in the Openid-configuration provided by the Enterprise IdP. -* `mapping_filed` - (Required) Map field names. Which field in the IdP's id_token maps to the user name of the subuser, usually the sub or name field. -* `response_mode` - (Required) Authorize the request Forsonse mode. Authorization request return mode, form_post and frogment two optional modes, recommended to select form_post mode. -* `response_type` - (Required) Authorization requests The Response type, with a fixed value id_token. -* `scope` - (Optional) Authorize the request Scope. openid; email; profile; Authorization request information scope. The default is required openid. +* `authorization_endpoint` - (Required, String) Authorization request Endpoint, OpenID Connect identity provider authorization address. Corresponds to the value of the `authorization_endpoint` field in the Openid-configuration provided by the Enterprise IdP. +* `client_id` - (Required, String) Client ID, the client ID registered with the OpenID Connect identity provider. +* `identity_key` - (Required, String) The signature public key requires base64_encode. Verify the public key signed by the OpenID Connect identity provider ID Token. For the security of your account, we recommend that you rotate the signed public key regularly. +* `identity_url` - (Required, String) Identity provider URL. OpenID Connect identity provider identity.Corresponds to the value of the `issuer` field in the Openid-configuration provided by the Enterprise IdP. +* `mapping_filed` - (Required, String) Map field names. Which field in the IdP's id_token maps to the user name of the subuser, usually the sub or name field. +* `response_mode` - (Required, String) Authorize the request Forsonse mode. Authorization request return mode, form_post and frogment two optional modes, recommended to select form_post mode. +* `response_type` - (Required, String) Authorization requests The Response type, with a fixed value id_token. +* `scope` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Authorize the request Scope. openid; email; profile; Authorization request information scope. The default is required openid. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_policy.html.markdown index 7e92b0aaf5..41f7fcec6d 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_policy.html.markdown @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ EOF The following arguments are supported: -* `document` - (Required) Document of the CAM policy. The syntax refers to [CAM POLICY](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/598/10604). There are some notes when using this para in terraform: 1. The elements in JSON claimed supporting two types as `string` and `array` only support type `array`; 2. Terraform does not support the `root` syntax, when it appears, it must be replaced with the uin it stands for. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of CAM policy. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the CAM policy. +* `document` - (Required, String) Document of the CAM policy. The syntax refers to [CAM POLICY](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/598/10604). There are some notes when using this para in terraform: 1. The elements in JSON claimed supporting two types as `string` and `array` only support type `array`; 2. Terraform does not support the `root` syntax, when it appears, it must be replaced with the uin it stands for. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of CAM policy. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the CAM policy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_role.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_role.html.markdown index 33775bdfce..819ab6f3b3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_role.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_role.html.markdown @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ EOF The following arguments are supported: -* `document` - (Required) Document of the CAM role. The syntax refers to [CAM POLICY](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/598/10604). There are some notes when using this para in terraform: 1. The elements in json claimed supporting two types as `string` and `array` only support type `array`; 2. Terraform does not support the `root` syntax, when appears, it must be replaced with the uin it stands for. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of CAM role. -* `console_login` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether the CAM role can login or not. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the CAM role. -* `tags` - (Optional) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `document` - (Required, String) Document of the CAM role. The syntax refers to [CAM POLICY](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/598/10604). There are some notes when using this para in terraform: 1. The elements in json claimed supporting two types as `string` and `array` only support type `array`; 2. Terraform does not support the `root` syntax, when appears, it must be replaced with the uin it stands for. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of CAM role. +* `console_login` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether the CAM role can login or not. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the CAM role. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A list of tags used to associate different resources. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_role_policy_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_role_policy_attachment.html.markdown index e610f39f69..8db208136f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_role_policy_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_role_policy_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_role_policy_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the policy. -* `role_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the attached CAM role. +* `policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the policy. +* `role_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the attached CAM role. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_role_sso.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_role_sso.html.markdown index 062d7d7e12..8993c804b8 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_role_sso.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_role_sso.html.markdown @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_role_sso" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `client_ids` - (Required) Client ids. -* `identity_key` - (Required) Sign the public key. -* `identity_url` - (Required) Identity provider URL. -* `name` - (Required) The name of resource. -* `description` - (Optional) The description of resource. +* `client_ids` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Client ids. +* `identity_key` - (Required, String) Sign the public key. +* `identity_url` - (Required, String) Identity provider URL. +* `name` - (Required, String) The name of resource. +* `description` - (Optional, String) The description of resource. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_saml_provider.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_saml_provider.html.markdown index 613bc0b56a..000e837323 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_saml_provider.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_saml_provider.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_saml_provider" "saml_provider_basic" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Required) The description of the CAM SAML provider. -* `meta_data` - (Required) The meta data document of the CAM SAML provider. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of CAM SAML provider. +* `description` - (Required, String) The description of the CAM SAML provider. +* `meta_data` - (Required, String) The meta data document of the CAM SAML provider. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of CAM SAML provider. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_user.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_user.html.markdown index e486c9229d..4fa3e05901 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_user.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_user.html.markdown @@ -35,17 +35,17 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_user" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the CAM user. -* `console_login` - (Optional) Indicate whether the CAM user can login to the web console or not. -* `country_code` - (Optional) Country code of the phone number, for example: '86'. -* `email` - (Optional) Email of the CAM user. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to force deletes the CAM user. If set false, the API secret key will be checked and failed when exists; otherwise the user will be deleted directly. Default is false. -* `need_reset_password` - (Optional) Indicate whether the CAM user need to reset the password when first logins. -* `password` - (Optional) The password of the CAM user. Password should be at least 8 characters and no more than 32 characters, includes uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers and special characters. Only required when `console_login` is true. If not set, a random password will be automatically generated. -* `phone_num` - (Optional) Phone number of the CAM user. -* `remark` - (Optional) Remark of the CAM user. -* `tags` - (Optional) A list of tags used to associate different resources. -* `use_api` - (Optional) Indicate whether to generate the API secret key or not. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the CAM user. +* `console_login` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether the CAM user can login to the web console or not. +* `country_code` - (Optional, String) Country code of the phone number, for example: '86'. +* `email` - (Optional, String) Email of the CAM user. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to force deletes the CAM user. If set false, the API secret key will be checked and failed when exists; otherwise the user will be deleted directly. Default is false. +* `need_reset_password` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether the CAM user need to reset the password when first logins. +* `password` - (Optional, String) The password of the CAM user. Password should be at least 8 characters and no more than 32 characters, includes uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers and special characters. Only required when `console_login` is true. If not set, a random password will be automatically generated. +* `phone_num` - (Optional, String) Phone number of the CAM user. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Remark of the CAM user. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `use_api` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to generate the API secret key or not. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cam_user_policy_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cam_user_policy_attachment.html.markdown index 01fe1c19ce..84c1ead5f4 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cam_user_policy_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cam_user_policy_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cam_user_policy_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the policy. -* `user_id` - (Optional, ForceNew, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.5. Use `user_name` instead. ID of the attached CAM user. -* `user_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) Name of the attached CAM user as uniq key. +* `policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the policy. +* `user_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.5. Use `user_name` instead. ID of the attached CAM user. +* `user_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Name of the attached CAM user as uniq key. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot.html.markdown index b84632a032..efec92ad88 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_snapshot" "snapshot" { The following arguments are supported: -* `snapshot_name` - (Required) Name of the snapshot. -* `storage_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the the CBS which this snapshot created from. +* `snapshot_name` - (Required, String) Name of the snapshot. +* `storage_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the the CBS which this snapshot created from. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy.html.markdown index be6c51e0b1..4ebf002bb3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_snapshot_policy" "snapshot_policy" { The following arguments are supported: -* `repeat_hours` - (Required) Trigger times of periodic snapshot. Valid value ranges: (0~23). The 0 means 00:00, and so on. -* `repeat_weekdays` - (Required) Periodic snapshot is enabled. Valid values: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]. 0 means Sunday, 1-6 means Monday to Saturday. -* `snapshot_policy_name` - (Required) Name of snapshot policy. The maximum length can not exceed 60 bytes. -* `retention_days` - (Optional) Retention days of the snapshot, and the default value is 7. +* `repeat_hours` - (Required, List: [`Int`]) Trigger times of periodic snapshot. Valid value ranges: (0~23). The 0 means 00:00, and so on. +* `repeat_weekdays` - (Required, List: [`Int`]) Periodic snapshot is enabled. Valid values: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]. 0 means Sunday, 1-6 means Monday to Saturday. +* `snapshot_policy_name` - (Required, String) Name of snapshot policy. The maximum length can not exceed 60 bytes. +* `retention_days` - (Optional, Int) Retention days of the snapshot, and the default value is 7. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy_attachment.html.markdown index c7bc4f8158..2a6a0ffdbc 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_snapshot_policy_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_snapshot_policy_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `snapshot_policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of CBS snapshot policy. -* `storage_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of CBS. +* `snapshot_policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of CBS snapshot policy. +* `storage_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of CBS. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage.html.markdown index f0723ebfe0..a64c393c0e 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage.html.markdown @@ -32,20 +32,20 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_storage" "storage" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. -* `storage_name` - (Required) Name of CBS. The maximum length can not exceed 60 bytes. -* `storage_size` - (Required) Volume of CBS, and unit is GB. If storage type is `CLOUD_SSD`, the size range is [100, 16000], and the others are [10-16000]. -* `storage_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of CBS medium. Valid values: CLOUD_PREMIUM, CLOUD_SSD, CLOUD_TSSD and CLOUD_HSSD. -* `charge_type` - (Optional) The charge type of CBS instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `encrypt` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether CBS is encrypted. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to delete CBS instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. -* `period` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.33.0. Set `prepaid_period` instead. The purchased usage period of CBS. Valid values: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36]. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. -* `prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto Renewal flag. Value range: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: Notify expiry and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: Notify expiry but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: Neither notify expiry nor renew automatically. Default value range: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: Notify expiry but do not renew automatically. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project to which the instance belongs. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional) ID of the snapshot. If specified, created the CBS by this snapshot. -* `tags` - (Optional) The available tags within this CBS. -* `throughput_performance` - (Optional) Add extra performance to the data disk. Only works when disk type is `CLOUD_TSSD` or `CLOUD_HSSD`. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. +* `storage_name` - (Required, String) Name of CBS. The maximum length can not exceed 60 bytes. +* `storage_size` - (Required, Int) Volume of CBS, and unit is GB. If storage type is `CLOUD_SSD`, the size range is [100, 16000], and the others are [10-16000]. +* `storage_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of CBS medium. Valid values: CLOUD_PREMIUM, CLOUD_SSD, CLOUD_TSSD and CLOUD_HSSD. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String) The charge type of CBS instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `encrypt` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether CBS is encrypted. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to delete CBS instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. +* `period` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.33.0. Set `prepaid_period` instead. The purchased usage period of CBS. Valid values: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36]. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. +* `prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String) Auto Renewal flag. Value range: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: Notify expiry and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: Notify expiry but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: Neither notify expiry nor renew automatically. Default value range: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: Notify expiry but do not renew automatically. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project to which the instance belongs. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the snapshot. If specified, created the CBS by this snapshot. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The available tags within this CBS. +* `throughput_performance` - (Optional, Int) Add extra performance to the data disk. Only works when disk type is `CLOUD_TSSD` or `CLOUD_HSSD`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_attachment.html.markdown index f480150622..8d1befdf25 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_storage_attachment" "attachment" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CVM instance. -* `storage_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the mounted CBS. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CVM instance. +* `storage_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the mounted CBS. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set.html.markdown index c71baeb883..2def307880 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set.html.markdown @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_storage_set" "storage" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. -* `storage_name` - (Required) Name of CBS. The maximum length can not exceed 60 bytes. -* `storage_size` - (Required) Volume of CBS, and unit is GB. If storage type is `CLOUD_SSD`, the size range is [100, 16000], and the others are [10-16000]. -* `storage_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of CBS medium. Valid values: CLOUD_PREMIUM, CLOUD_SSD, CLOUD_TSSD and CLOUD_HSSD. -* `charge_type` - (Optional) The charge type of CBS instance. Only support `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `disk_count` - (Optional, ForceNew) The number of disks to be purchased. Default 1. -* `encrypt` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether CBS is encrypted. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project to which the instance belongs. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional) ID of the snapshot. If specified, created the CBS by this snapshot. -* `throughput_performance` - (Optional) Add extra performance to the data disk. Only works when disk type is `CLOUD_TSSD` or `CLOUD_HSSD`. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone that the CBS instance locates at. +* `storage_name` - (Required, String) Name of CBS. The maximum length can not exceed 60 bytes. +* `storage_size` - (Required, Int) Volume of CBS, and unit is GB. If storage type is `CLOUD_SSD`, the size range is [100, 16000], and the others are [10-16000]. +* `storage_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of CBS medium. Valid values: CLOUD_PREMIUM, CLOUD_SSD, CLOUD_TSSD and CLOUD_HSSD. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String) The charge type of CBS instance. Only support `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `disk_count` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The number of disks to be purchased. Default 1. +* `encrypt` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether CBS is encrypted. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project to which the instance belongs. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the snapshot. If specified, created the CBS by this snapshot. +* `throughput_performance` - (Optional, Int) Add extra performance to the data disk. Only works when disk type is `CLOUD_TSSD` or `CLOUD_HSSD`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set_attachment.html.markdown index 15bcab6274..ae234154a0 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cbs_storage_set_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cbs_storage_set_attachment" "attachment" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CVM instance. -* `storage_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the mounted CBS. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CVM instance. +* `storage_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the mounted CBS. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ccn.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ccn.html.markdown index 0a5bb95439..afdd2ef3e7 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ccn.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ccn.html.markdown @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ccn" "main" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the CCN to be queried, and maximum length does not exceed 60 bytes. -* `bandwidth_limit_type` - (Optional) The speed limit type. Valid values: `INTER_REGION_LIMIT`, `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT`. `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT` represents the regional export speed limit, `INTER_REGION_LIMIT` is the inter-regional speed limit. The default is `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT`. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Billing mode. Valid values: `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID`. `PREPAID` means prepaid, which means annual and monthly subscription, `POSTPAID` means post-payment, which means billing by volume. The default is `POSTPAID`. The prepaid model only supports inter-regional speed limit, and the post-paid model supports inter-regional speed limit and regional export speed limit. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of CCN, and maximum length does not exceed 100 bytes. -* `qos` - (Optional, ForceNew) Service quality of CCN. Valid values: `PT`, `AU`, `AG`. The default is `AU`. -* `tags` - (Optional) Instance tag. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the CCN to be queried, and maximum length does not exceed 60 bytes. +* `bandwidth_limit_type` - (Optional, String) The speed limit type. Valid values: `INTER_REGION_LIMIT`, `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT`. `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT` represents the regional export speed limit, `INTER_REGION_LIMIT` is the inter-regional speed limit. The default is `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT`. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Billing mode. Valid values: `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID`. `PREPAID` means prepaid, which means annual and monthly subscription, `POSTPAID` means post-payment, which means billing by volume. The default is `POSTPAID`. The prepaid model only supports inter-regional speed limit, and the post-paid model supports inter-regional speed limit and regional export speed limit. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of CCN, and maximum length does not exceed 100 bytes. +* `qos` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Service quality of CCN. Valid values: `PT`, `AU`, `AG`. The default is `AU`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Instance tag. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ccn_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ccn_attachment.html.markdown index 757bf2a1cf..ddcef2f0ab 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ccn_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ccn_attachment.html.markdown @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ccn_attachment" "other_account" { The following arguments are supported: -* `ccn_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CCN. -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of instance is attached. -* `instance_region` - (Required, ForceNew) The region that the instance locates at. -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of attached instance network, and available values include `VPC`, `DIRECTCONNECT`, `BMVPC` and `VPNGW`. Note: `VPNGW` type is only for whitelist customer now. -* `ccn_uin` - (Optional, ForceNew) Uin of the ccn attached. Default is ``, which means the uin of this account. This parameter is used with case when attaching ccn of other account to the instance of this account. For now only support instance type `VPC`. +* `ccn_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CCN. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of instance is attached. +* `instance_region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The region that the instance locates at. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of attached instance network, and available values include `VPC`, `DIRECTCONNECT`, `BMVPC` and `VPNGW`. Note: `VPNGW` type is only for whitelist customer now. +* `ccn_uin` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Uin of the ccn attached. Default is ``, which means the uin of this account. This parameter is used with case when attaching ccn of other account to the instance of this account. For now only support instance type `VPC`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ccn_bandwidth_limit.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ccn_bandwidth_limit.html.markdown index bdfe7fe221..f8356287f3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ccn_bandwidth_limit.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ccn_bandwidth_limit.html.markdown @@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ resource tencentcloud_ccn_bandwidth_limit limit1 { The following arguments are supported: -* `ccn_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CCN. -* `region` - (Required, ForceNew) Limitation of region. -* `bandwidth_limit` - (Optional) Limitation of bandwidth. -* `dst_region` - (Optional, ForceNew) Destination area restriction. If the `CCN` rate limit type is `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT`, this value does not need to be set. +* `ccn_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CCN. +* `region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Limitation of region. +* `bandwidth_limit` - (Optional, Int) Limitation of bandwidth. +* `dst_region` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Destination area restriction. If the `CCN` rate limit type is `OUTER_REGION_LIMIT`, this value does not need to be set. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdh_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdh_instance.html.markdown index fb9cc7651c..3776dbcf5a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cdh_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cdh_instance.html.markdown @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cdh_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone for the CDH instance. -* `charge_type` - (Optional) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`. The default is `PREPAID`. -* `host_name` - (Optional) The name of the CDH instance. The max length of host_name is 60. -* `host_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The type of the CDH instance. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project the instance belongs to, default to 0. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone for the CDH instance. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`. The default is `PREPAID`. +* `host_name` - (Optional, String) The name of the CDH instance. The max length of host_name is 60. +* `host_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The type of the CDH instance. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project the instance belongs to, default to 0. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdn_domain.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdn_domain.html.markdown index e0faaa76d9..c930c9bd41 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cdn_domain.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cdn_domain.html.markdown @@ -138,129 +138,129 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cdn_domain" "cdn" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the acceleration domain. -* `origin` - (Required) Origin server configuration. It's a list and consist of at most one item. -* `service_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Acceleration domain name service type. `web`: static acceleration, `download`: download acceleration, `media`: streaming media VOD acceleration. -* `area` - (Optional) Domain name acceleration region. `mainland`: acceleration inside mainland China, `overseas`: acceleration outside mainland China, `global`: global acceleration. Overseas acceleration service must be enabled to use overseas acceleration and global acceleration. -* `authentication` - (Optional) Specify timestamp hotlink protection configuration, NOTE: only one type can choose for the sub elements. -* `follow_redirect_switch` - (Optional) 301/302 redirect following switch, available values: `on`, `off` (default). -* `full_url_cache` - (Optional) Whether to enable full-path cache. Default value is `true`. -* `https_config` - (Optional) HTTPS acceleration configuration. It's a list and consist of at most one item. -* `ipv6_access_switch` - (Optional) ipv6 access configuration switch. Only available when area set to `mainland`. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project CDN belongs to, default to 0. -* `range_origin_switch` - (Optional) Sharding back to source configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `on`. -* `request_header` - (Optional) Request header configuration. It's a list and consist of at most one item. -* `rule_cache` - (Optional) Advanced path cache configuration. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of cdn domain. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the acceleration domain. +* `origin` - (Required, List) Origin server configuration. It's a list and consist of at most one item. +* `service_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Acceleration domain name service type. `web`: static acceleration, `download`: download acceleration, `media`: streaming media VOD acceleration. +* `area` - (Optional, String) Domain name acceleration region. `mainland`: acceleration inside mainland China, `overseas`: acceleration outside mainland China, `global`: global acceleration. Overseas acceleration service must be enabled to use overseas acceleration and global acceleration. +* `authentication` - (Optional, List) Specify timestamp hotlink protection configuration, NOTE: only one type can choose for the sub elements. +* `follow_redirect_switch` - (Optional, String) 301/302 redirect following switch, available values: `on`, `off` (default). +* `full_url_cache` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable full-path cache. Default value is `true`. +* `https_config` - (Optional, List) HTTPS acceleration configuration. It's a list and consist of at most one item. +* `ipv6_access_switch` - (Optional, String) ipv6 access configuration switch. Only available when area set to `mainland`. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project CDN belongs to, default to 0. +* `range_origin_switch` - (Optional, String) Sharding back to source configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `on`. +* `request_header` - (Optional, List) Request header configuration. It's a list and consist of at most one item. +* `rule_cache` - (Optional, List) Advanced path cache configuration. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of cdn domain. The `authentication` object supports the following: -* `switch` - (Optional) Authentication switching, available values: `on`, `off`. -* `type_a` - (Optional) Timestamp hotlink protection mode A configuration. -* `type_b` - (Optional) Timestamp hotlink protection mode B configuration. NOTE: according to upgrading of TencentCloud Platform, TypeB is unavailable for now. -* `type_c` - (Optional) Timestamp hotlink protection mode C configuration. -* `type_d` - (Optional) Timestamp hotlink protection mode D configuration. +* `switch` - (Optional, String) Authentication switching, available values: `on`, `off`. +* `type_a` - (Optional, List) Timestamp hotlink protection mode A configuration. +* `type_b` - (Optional, List) Timestamp hotlink protection mode B configuration. NOTE: according to upgrading of TencentCloud Platform, TypeB is unavailable for now. +* `type_c` - (Optional, List) Timestamp hotlink protection mode C configuration. +* `type_d` - (Optional, List) Timestamp hotlink protection mode D configuration. The `client_certificate_config` object supports the following: -* `certificate_content` - (Required) Client Certificate PEM format, requires Base64 encoding. +* `certificate_content` - (Required, String) Client Certificate PEM format, requires Base64 encoding. The `force_redirect` object supports the following: -* `redirect_status_code` - (Optional) Forced redirect status code. Valid values are `301` and `302`. When `switch` setting `off`, this property does not need to be set or set to `302`. Default value is `302`. -* `redirect_type` - (Optional) Forced redirect type. Valid values are `http` and `https`. `http` means a forced redirect from HTTPS to HTTP, `https` means a forced redirect from HTTP to HTTPS. When `switch` setting `off`, this property does not need to be set or set to `http`. Default value is `http`. -* `switch` - (Optional) Forced redirect configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. +* `redirect_status_code` - (Optional, Int) Forced redirect status code. Valid values are `301` and `302`. When `switch` setting `off`, this property does not need to be set or set to `302`. Default value is `302`. +* `redirect_type` - (Optional, String) Forced redirect type. Valid values are `http` and `https`. `http` means a forced redirect from HTTPS to HTTP, `https` means a forced redirect from HTTP to HTTPS. When `switch` setting `off`, this property does not need to be set or set to `http`. Default value is `http`. +* `switch` - (Optional, String) Forced redirect configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. The `header_rules` object supports the following: -* `header_mode` - (Required) Http header setting method. The following types are supported: `add`: add a head, if a head already exists, there will be a duplicate head, `del`: delete the head. -* `header_name` - (Required) Http header name. -* `header_value` - (Required) Http header value, optional when Mode is `del`, Required when Mode is `add`/`set`. -* `rule_paths` - (Required) Matching content under the corresponding type of CacheType: `all`: fill *, `file`: fill in the suffix name, such as jpg, txt, `directory`: fill in the path, such as /xxx/test, `path`: fill in the absolute path, such as /xxx/test.html. -* `rule_type` - (Required) Rule type. The following types are supported: `all`: all documents take effect, `file`: the specified file suffix takes effect, `directory`: the specified path takes effect, `path`: specify the absolute path to take effect. +* `header_mode` - (Required, String) Http header setting method. The following types are supported: `add`: add a head, if a head already exists, there will be a duplicate head, `del`: delete the head. +* `header_name` - (Required, String) Http header name. +* `header_value` - (Required, String) Http header value, optional when Mode is `del`, Required when Mode is `add`/`set`. +* `rule_paths` - (Required, List) Matching content under the corresponding type of CacheType: `all`: fill *, `file`: fill in the suffix name, such as jpg, txt, `directory`: fill in the path, such as /xxx/test, `path`: fill in the absolute path, such as /xxx/test.html. +* `rule_type` - (Required, String) Rule type. The following types are supported: `all`: all documents take effect, `file`: the specified file suffix takes effect, `directory`: the specified path takes effect, `path`: specify the absolute path to take effect. The `https_config` object supports the following: -* `https_switch` - (Required) HTTPS configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. -* `client_certificate_config` - (Optional) Client certificate configuration information. -* `force_redirect` - (Optional) Configuration of forced HTTP or HTTPS redirects. -* `http2_switch` - (Optional) HTTP2 configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. -* `ocsp_stapling_switch` - (Optional) OCSP configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. -* `server_certificate_config` - (Optional) Server certificate configuration information. -* `spdy_switch` - (Optional) Spdy configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. This parameter is for white-list customer. -* `verify_client` - (Optional) Client certificate authentication feature. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. +* `https_switch` - (Required, String) HTTPS configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. +* `client_certificate_config` - (Optional, List) Client certificate configuration information. +* `force_redirect` - (Optional, List) Configuration of forced HTTP or HTTPS redirects. +* `http2_switch` - (Optional, String) HTTP2 configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. +* `ocsp_stapling_switch` - (Optional, String) OCSP configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. +* `server_certificate_config` - (Optional, List) Server certificate configuration information. +* `spdy_switch` - (Optional, String) Spdy configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. This parameter is for white-list customer. +* `verify_client` - (Optional, String) Client certificate authentication feature. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. The `origin` object supports the following: -* `origin_list` - (Required) Master origin server list. Valid values can be ip or domain name. When modifying the origin server, you need to enter the corresponding `origin_type`. -* `origin_type` - (Required) Master origin server type. The following types are supported: `domain`: domain name type, `cos`: COS origin, `ip`: IP list used as origin server, `ipv6`: origin server list is a single IPv6 address, `ip_ipv6`: origin server list is multiple IPv4 addresses and an IPv6 address. -* `backup_origin_list` - (Optional) Backup origin server list. Valid values can be ip or domain name. When modifying the backup origin server, you need to enter the corresponding `backup_origin_type`. -* `backup_origin_type` - (Optional) Backup origin server type, which supports the following types: `domain`: domain name type, `ip`: IP list used as origin server. -* `backup_server_name` - (Optional) Host header used when accessing the backup origin server. If left empty, the ServerName of master origin server will be used by default. -* `cos_private_access` - (Optional) When OriginType is COS, you can specify if access to private buckets is allowed. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. -* `origin_pull_protocol` - (Optional) Origin-pull protocol configuration. `http`: forced HTTP origin-pull, `follow`: protocol follow origin-pull, `https`: forced HTTPS origin-pull. This only supports origin server port 443 for origin-pull. -* `server_name` - (Optional) Host header used when accessing the master origin server. If left empty, the acceleration domain name will be used by default. +* `origin_list` - (Required, List) Master origin server list. Valid values can be ip or domain name. When modifying the origin server, you need to enter the corresponding `origin_type`. +* `origin_type` - (Required, String) Master origin server type. The following types are supported: `domain`: domain name type, `cos`: COS origin, `ip`: IP list used as origin server, `ipv6`: origin server list is a single IPv6 address, `ip_ipv6`: origin server list is multiple IPv4 addresses and an IPv6 address. +* `backup_origin_list` - (Optional, List) Backup origin server list. Valid values can be ip or domain name. When modifying the backup origin server, you need to enter the corresponding `backup_origin_type`. +* `backup_origin_type` - (Optional, String) Backup origin server type, which supports the following types: `domain`: domain name type, `ip`: IP list used as origin server. +* `backup_server_name` - (Optional, String) Host header used when accessing the backup origin server. If left empty, the ServerName of master origin server will be used by default. +* `cos_private_access` - (Optional, String) When OriginType is COS, you can specify if access to private buckets is allowed. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. +* `origin_pull_protocol` - (Optional, String) Origin-pull protocol configuration. `http`: forced HTTP origin-pull, `follow`: protocol follow origin-pull, `https`: forced HTTPS origin-pull. This only supports origin server port 443 for origin-pull. +* `server_name` - (Optional, String) Host header used when accessing the master origin server. If left empty, the acceleration domain name will be used by default. The `request_header` object supports the following: -* `header_rules` - (Optional) Custom request header configuration rules. -* `switch` - (Optional) Custom request header configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. +* `header_rules` - (Optional, List) Custom request header configuration rules. +* `switch` - (Optional, String) Custom request header configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. and default value is `off`. The `rule_cache` object supports the following: -* `cache_time` - (Required) Cache expiration time setting, the unit is second, the maximum can be set to 365 days. -* `compare_max_age` - (Optional) Advanced cache expiration configuration. When it is turned on, it will compare the max-age value returned by the origin site with the cache expiration time set in CacheRules, and take the minimum value to cache at the node. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. -* `follow_origin_switch` - (Optional) Follow the source station configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. -* `ignore_cache_control` - (Optional) Force caching. After opening, the no-store and no-cache resources returned by the origin site will also be cached in accordance with the CacheRules rules. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. -* `ignore_set_cookie` - (Optional) Ignore the Set-Cookie header of the origin site. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. This parameter is for white-list customer. -* `no_cache_switch` - (Optional) Cache configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. -* `re_validate` - (Optional) Always check back to origin. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. -* `rule_paths` - (Optional) Matching content under the corresponding type of CacheType: `all`: fill *, `file`: fill in the suffix name, such as jpg, txt, `directory`: fill in the path, such as /xxx/test, `path`: fill in the absolute path, such as /xxx/test.html, `index`: fill /, `default`: Fill `no max-age`. -* `rule_type` - (Optional) Rule type. The following types are supported: `all`: all documents take effect, `file`: the specified file suffix takes effect, `directory`: the specified path takes effect, `path`: specify the absolute path to take effect, `index`: home page, `default`: effective when the source site has no max-age. -* `switch` - (Optional) Cache configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. +* `cache_time` - (Required, Int) Cache expiration time setting, the unit is second, the maximum can be set to 365 days. +* `compare_max_age` - (Optional, String) Advanced cache expiration configuration. When it is turned on, it will compare the max-age value returned by the origin site with the cache expiration time set in CacheRules, and take the minimum value to cache at the node. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. +* `follow_origin_switch` - (Optional, String) Follow the source station configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. +* `ignore_cache_control` - (Optional, String) Force caching. After opening, the no-store and no-cache resources returned by the origin site will also be cached in accordance with the CacheRules rules. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. +* `ignore_set_cookie` - (Optional, String) Ignore the Set-Cookie header of the origin site. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. This parameter is for white-list customer. +* `no_cache_switch` - (Optional, String) Cache configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. +* `re_validate` - (Optional, String) Always check back to origin. Valid values are `on` and `off`. Default value is `off`. +* `rule_paths` - (Optional, List) Matching content under the corresponding type of CacheType: `all`: fill *, `file`: fill in the suffix name, such as jpg, txt, `directory`: fill in the path, such as /xxx/test, `path`: fill in the absolute path, such as /xxx/test.html, `index`: fill /, `default`: Fill `no max-age`. +* `rule_type` - (Optional, String) Rule type. The following types are supported: `all`: all documents take effect, `file`: the specified file suffix takes effect, `directory`: the specified path takes effect, `path`: specify the absolute path to take effect, `index`: home page, `default`: effective when the source site has no max-age. +* `switch` - (Optional, String) Cache configuration switch. Valid values are `on` and `off`. The `server_certificate_config` object supports the following: -* `certificate_content` - (Optional) Server certificate information. This is required when uploading an external certificate, which should contain the complete certificate chain. -* `certificate_id` - (Optional) Server certificate ID. -* `message` - (Optional) Certificate remarks. -* `private_key` - (Optional) Server key information. This is required when uploading an external certificate. +* `certificate_content` - (Optional, String) Server certificate information. This is required when uploading an external certificate, which should contain the complete certificate chain. +* `certificate_id` - (Optional, String) Server certificate ID. +* `message` - (Optional, String) Certificate remarks. +* `private_key` - (Optional, String) Server key information. This is required when uploading an external certificate. The `type_a` object supports the following: -* `expire_time` - (Required) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. -* `file_extensions` - (Required) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. -* `filter_type` - (Required) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. -* `secret_key` - (Required) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. -* `sign_param` - (Required) Signature parameter name. Only upper and lower-case letters, digits, and underscores (_) are allowed. It cannot start with a digit. Length limit: 1-100 characters. -* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. +* `expire_time` - (Required, Int) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. +* `file_extensions` - (Required, List) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. +* `filter_type` - (Required, String) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. +* `secret_key` - (Required, String) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. +* `sign_param` - (Required, String) Signature parameter name. Only upper and lower-case letters, digits, and underscores (_) are allowed. It cannot start with a digit. Length limit: 1-100 characters. +* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional, String) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. The `type_b` object supports the following: -* `expire_time` - (Required) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. -* `file_extensions` - (Required) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. -* `filter_type` - (Required) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. -* `secret_key` - (Required) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. -* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. +* `expire_time` - (Required, Int) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. +* `file_extensions` - (Required, List) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. +* `filter_type` - (Required, String) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. +* `secret_key` - (Required, String) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. +* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional, String) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. The `type_c` object supports the following: -* `expire_time` - (Required) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. -* `file_extensions` - (Required) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. -* `filter_type` - (Required) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. -* `secret_key` - (Required) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. -* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. -* `time_format` - (Optional) Timestamp formation, available values: `dec`, `hex`. +* `expire_time` - (Required, Int) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. +* `file_extensions` - (Required, List) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. +* `filter_type` - (Required, String) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. +* `secret_key` - (Required, String) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. +* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional, String) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. +* `time_format` - (Optional, String) Timestamp formation, available values: `dec`, `hex`. The `type_d` object supports the following: -* `expire_time` - (Required) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. -* `file_extensions` - (Required) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. -* `filter_type` - (Required) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. -* `secret_key` - (Required) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. -* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. -* `time_format` - (Optional) Timestamp formation, available values: `dec`, `hex`. -* `time_param` - (Optional) Timestamp parameter name. Only upper and lower-case letters, digits, and underscores (_) are allowed. It cannot start with a digit. Length limit: 1-100 characters. +* `expire_time` - (Required, Int) Signature expiration time in second. The maximum value is 630720000. +* `file_extensions` - (Required, List) File extension list settings determining if authentication should be performed. NOTE: If it contains an asterisk (*), this indicates all files. +* `filter_type` - (Required, String) Available values: `whitelist` - all types apart from `file_extensions` are authenticated, `blacklist`: - only the types in the `file_extensions` are authenticated. +* `secret_key` - (Required, String) The key for signature calculation. Only digits, upper and lower-case letters are allowed. Length limit: 6-32 characters. +* `backup_secret_key` - (Optional, String) Used for calculate a signature. 6-32 characters. Only digits and letters are allowed. +* `time_format` - (Optional, String) Timestamp formation, available values: `dec`, `hex`. +* `time_param` - (Optional, String) Timestamp parameter name. Only upper and lower-case letters, digits, and underscores (_) are allowed. It cannot start with a digit. Length limit: 1-100 characters. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdn_url_purge.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdn_url_purge.html.markdown index a8420d86fa..20b0520035 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cdn_url_purge.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cdn_url_purge.html.markdown @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cdn_url_purge" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `urls` - (Required, ForceNew) List of url to purge. NOTE: urls need include protocol prefix `http://` or `https://`. -* `area` - (Optional) Specify purge area. NOTE: only purge same area cache contents. -* `redo` - (Optional) Change to purge again. NOTE: this argument only works while resource update, if set to `0` or null will not be triggered. -* `url_encode` - (Optional) Whether to encode urls, if set to `true` will auto encode instead of manual process. +* `urls` - (Required, List: [`String`], ForceNew) List of url to purge. NOTE: urls need include protocol prefix `http://` or `https://`. +* `area` - (Optional, String) Specify purge area. NOTE: only purge same area cache contents. +* `redo` - (Optional, Int) Change to purge again. NOTE: this argument only works while resource update, if set to `0` or null will not be triggered. +* `url_encode` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to encode urls, if set to `true` will auto encode instead of manual process. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdn_url_push.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdn_url_push.html.markdown index 3dcb50e2b7..3f659aa76e 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cdn_url_push.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cdn_url_push.html.markdown @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cdn_url_push" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `urls` - (Required, ForceNew) List of url to push. NOTE: urls need include protocol prefix `http://` or `https://`. -* `area` - (Optional) Specify push area. NOTE: only push same area cache contents. -* `layer` - (Optional) Layer to push. -* `parse_m3u8` - (Optional) Whether to recursive parse m3u8 files. -* `redo` - (Optional) Change to push again. NOTE: this argument only works while resource update, if set to `0` or null will not be triggered. -* `user_agent` - (Optional) Specify `User-Agent` HTTP header, default: `TencentCdn`. +* `urls` - (Required, List: [`String`], ForceNew) List of url to push. NOTE: urls need include protocol prefix `http://` or `https://`. +* `area` - (Optional, String) Specify push area. NOTE: only push same area cache contents. +* `layer` - (Optional, String) Layer to push. +* `parse_m3u8` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to recursive parse m3u8 files. +* `redo` - (Optional, Int) Change to push again. NOTE: this argument only works while resource update, if set to `0` or null will not be triggered. +* `user_agent` - (Optional, String) Specify `User-Agent` HTTP header, default: `TencentCdn`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cfs_access_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cfs_access_group.html.markdown index 28612deae5..9c3114cc8f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cfs_access_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cfs_access_group.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cfs_access_group" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the access group, and max length is 64. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the access group, and max length is 255. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the access group, and max length is 64. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the access group, and max length is 255. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cfs_access_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cfs_access_rule.html.markdown index 6987eaca8c..080042bc9f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cfs_access_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cfs_access_rule.html.markdown @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cfs_access_rule" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `access_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a access group. -* `auth_client_ip` - (Required) A single IP or a single IP address range such as 10.1.10.11 or 10.10.1.0/24 indicates that all IPs are allowed. Please note that the IP entered should be CVM's private IP. -* `priority` - (Required) The priority level of rule. Valid value ranges: (1~100). `1` indicates the highest priority. -* `rw_permission` - (Optional) Read and write permissions. Valid values are `RO` and `RW`. and default is `RO`. -* `user_permission` - (Optional) The permissions of accessing users. Valid values are `all_squash`, `no_all_squash`, `root_squash` and `no_root_squash`. and default is `root_squash`. `all_squash` indicates that all access users are mapped as anonymous users or user groups; `no_all_squash` indicates that access users will match local users first and be mapped to anonymous users or user groups after matching failed; `root_squash` indicates that map access root users to anonymous users or user groups; `no_root_squash` indicates that access root users keep root account permission. +* `access_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a access group. +* `auth_client_ip` - (Required, String) A single IP or a single IP address range such as 10.1.10.11 or 10.10.1.0/24 indicates that all IPs are allowed. Please note that the IP entered should be CVM's private IP. +* `priority` - (Required, Int) The priority level of rule. Valid value ranges: (1~100). `1` indicates the highest priority. +* `rw_permission` - (Optional, String) Read and write permissions. Valid values are `RO` and `RW`. and default is `RO`. +* `user_permission` - (Optional, String) The permissions of accessing users. Valid values are `all_squash`, `no_all_squash`, `root_squash` and `no_root_squash`. and default is `root_squash`. `all_squash` indicates that all access users are mapped as anonymous users or user groups; `no_all_squash` indicates that access users will match local users first and be mapped to anonymous users or user groups after matching failed; `root_squash` indicates that map access root users to anonymous users or user groups; `no_root_squash` indicates that access root users keep root account permission. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cfs_file_system.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cfs_file_system.html.markdown index 06e496b16f..3af0abff60 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cfs_file_system.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cfs_file_system.html.markdown @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cfs_file_system" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `access_group_id` - (Required) ID of a access group. -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone that the file system locates at. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a subnet. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a VPC network. -* `mount_ip` - (Optional, ForceNew) IP of mount point. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of a file system. -* `protocol` - (Optional, ForceNew) File service protocol. Valid values are `NFS` and `CIFS`. and the default is `NFS`. -* `storage_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) File service StorageType. Valid values are `SD` and `HP`. and the default is `SD`. -* `tags` - (Optional) Instance tags. +* `access_group_id` - (Required, String) ID of a access group. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone that the file system locates at. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a subnet. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a VPC network. +* `mount_ip` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) IP of mount point. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of a file system. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File service protocol. Valid values are `NFS` and `CIFS`. and the default is `NFS`. +* `storage_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File service StorageType. Valid values are `SD` and `HP`. and the default is `SD`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Instance tags. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ckafka_acl.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ckafka_acl.html.markdown index db2156d644..4a3c719ee9 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ckafka_acl.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ckafka_acl.html.markdown @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ckafka_acl" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the ckafka instance. -* `operation_type` - (Required, ForceNew) ACL operation mode. Valid values: `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `ALL`, `READ`, `WRITE`, `CREATE`, `DELETE`, `ALTER`, `DESCRIBE`, `CLUSTER_ACTION`, `DESCRIBE_CONFIGS` and `ALTER_CONFIGS`. -* `resource_name` - (Required, ForceNew) ACL resource name, which is related to `resource_type`. For example, if `resource_type` is `TOPIC`, this field indicates the topic name; if `resource_type` is `GROUP`, this field indicates the group name. -* `host` - (Optional, ForceNew) IP address allowed to access. The default value is `*`, which means that any host can access. -* `permission_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) ACL permission type. Valid values: `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `DENY`, `ALLOW`. and `ALLOW` by default. Currently, CKafka supports `ALLOW` (equivalent to allow list), and other fields will be used for future ACLs compatible with open-source Kafka. -* `principal` - (Optional, ForceNew) User list. The default value is `*`, which means that any user can access. The current user can only be one included in the user list. -* `resource_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) ACL resource type. Valid values are `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `TOPIC`, `GROUP`, `CLUSTER`, `TRANSACTIONAL_ID`. and `TOPIC` by default. Currently, only `TOPIC` is available, and other fields will be used for future ACLs compatible with open-source Kafka. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the ckafka instance. +* `operation_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ACL operation mode. Valid values: `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `ALL`, `READ`, `WRITE`, `CREATE`, `DELETE`, `ALTER`, `DESCRIBE`, `CLUSTER_ACTION`, `DESCRIBE_CONFIGS` and `ALTER_CONFIGS`. +* `resource_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ACL resource name, which is related to `resource_type`. For example, if `resource_type` is `TOPIC`, this field indicates the topic name; if `resource_type` is `GROUP`, this field indicates the group name. +* `host` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) IP address allowed to access. The default value is `*`, which means that any host can access. +* `permission_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ACL permission type. Valid values: `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `DENY`, `ALLOW`. and `ALLOW` by default. Currently, CKafka supports `ALLOW` (equivalent to allow list), and other fields will be used for future ACLs compatible with open-source Kafka. +* `principal` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) User list. The default value is `*`, which means that any user can access. The current user can only be one included in the user list. +* `resource_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ACL resource type. Valid values are `UNKNOWN`, `ANY`, `TOPIC`, `GROUP`, `CLUSTER`, `TRANSACTIONAL_ID`. and `TOPIC` by default. Currently, only `TOPIC` is available, and other fields will be used for future ACLs compatible with open-source Kafka. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ckafka_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ckafka_instance.html.markdown index 0760f2fcea..f5e5200df8 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ckafka_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ckafka_instance.html.markdown @@ -55,43 +55,43 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ckafka_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_name` - (Required) Instance name. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) Subnet id. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) Vpc id. -* `zone_id` - (Required) Available zone id. -* `band_width` - (Optional) Instance bandwidth in MBps. -* `config` - (Optional) Instance configuration. -* `disk_size` - (Optional) Disk Size. Its interval varies with bandwidth, and the input must be within the interval, which can be viewed through the control. If it is not within the interval, the plan will cause a change when first created. -* `disk_type` - (Optional) Type of disk. -* `dynamic_retention_config` - (Optional) Dynamic message retention policy configuration. -* `kafka_version` - (Optional) Kafka version (0.10.2/1.1.1/2.4.1). -* `msg_retention_time` - (Optional) The maximum retention time of instance logs, in minutes. the default is 10080 (7 days), the maximum is 30 days, and the default 0 is not filled, which means that the log retention time recovery policy is not enabled. -* `multi_zone_flag` - (Optional) Indicates whether the instance is multi zones. NOTE: if set to `true`, `zone_ids` must set together. -* `partition` - (Optional) Partition Size. Its interval varies with bandwidth, and the input must be within the interval, which can be viewed through the control. If it is not within the interval, the plan will cause a change when first created. -* `period` - (Optional) Prepaid purchase time, such as 1, is one month. -* `public_network` - (Optional) Timestamp. -* `rebalance_time` - (Optional) Modification of the rebalancing time after upgrade. -* `renew_flag` - (Optional) Prepaid automatic renewal mark, 0 means the default state, the initial state, 1 means automatic renewal, 2 means clear no automatic renewal (user setting). -* `tags` - (Optional) Partition size, the professional version does not need tag. -* `zone_ids` - (Optional) List of available zone id. NOTE: this argument must set together with `multi_zone_flag`. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) Instance name. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) Subnet id. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) Vpc id. +* `zone_id` - (Required, Int) Available zone id. +* `band_width` - (Optional, Int) Instance bandwidth in MBps. +* `config` - (Optional, List) Instance configuration. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Disk Size. Its interval varies with bandwidth, and the input must be within the interval, which can be viewed through the control. If it is not within the interval, the plan will cause a change when first created. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String) Type of disk. +* `dynamic_retention_config` - (Optional, List) Dynamic message retention policy configuration. +* `kafka_version` - (Optional, String) Kafka version (0.10.2/1.1.1/2.4.1). +* `msg_retention_time` - (Optional, Int) The maximum retention time of instance logs, in minutes. the default is 10080 (7 days), the maximum is 30 days, and the default 0 is not filled, which means that the log retention time recovery policy is not enabled. +* `multi_zone_flag` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether the instance is multi zones. NOTE: if set to `true`, `zone_ids` must set together. +* `partition` - (Optional, Int) Partition Size. Its interval varies with bandwidth, and the input must be within the interval, which can be viewed through the control. If it is not within the interval, the plan will cause a change when first created. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Prepaid purchase time, such as 1, is one month. +* `public_network` - (Optional, Int) Timestamp. +* `rebalance_time` - (Optional, Int) Modification of the rebalancing time after upgrade. +* `renew_flag` - (Optional, Int) Prepaid automatic renewal mark, 0 means the default state, the initial state, 1 means automatic renewal, 2 means clear no automatic renewal (user setting). +* `tags` - (Optional, List) Partition size, the professional version does not need tag. +* `zone_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`Int`]) List of available zone id. NOTE: this argument must set together with `multi_zone_flag`. The `config` object supports the following: -* `auto_create_topic_enable` - (Required) Automatic creation. true: enabled, false: not enabled. -* `default_num_partitions` - (Required) If auto.create.topic.enable is set to true and this value is not set, 3 will be used by default. -* `default_replication_factor` - (Required) If auto.create.topic.enable is set to true but this value is not set, 2 will be used by default. +* `auto_create_topic_enable` - (Required, Bool) Automatic creation. true: enabled, false: not enabled. +* `default_num_partitions` - (Required, Int) If auto.create.topic.enable is set to true and this value is not set, 3 will be used by default. +* `default_replication_factor` - (Required, Int) If auto.create.topic.enable is set to true but this value is not set, 2 will be used by default. The `dynamic_retention_config` object supports the following: -* `bottom_retention` - (Optional) Minimum retention time, in minutes. -* `disk_quota_percentage` - (Optional) Disk quota threshold (in percentage) for triggering the message retention time change event. -* `enable` - (Optional) Whether the dynamic message retention time configuration is enabled. 0: disabled; 1: enabled. -* `step_forward_percentage` - (Optional) Percentage by which the message retention time is shortened each time. +* `bottom_retention` - (Optional, Int) Minimum retention time, in minutes. +* `disk_quota_percentage` - (Optional, Int) Disk quota threshold (in percentage) for triggering the message retention time change event. +* `enable` - (Optional, Int) Whether the dynamic message retention time configuration is enabled. 0: disabled; 1: enabled. +* `step_forward_percentage` - (Optional, Int) Percentage by which the message retention time is shortened each time. The `tags` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) Tag key. -* `value` - (Required) Tag value. +* `key` - (Required, String) Tag key. +* `value` - (Required, String) Tag value. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ckafka_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ckafka_topic.html.markdown index efb4eb223a..c42e8f685a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ckafka_topic.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ckafka_topic.html.markdown @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ckafka_topic" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Ckafka instance ID. -* `partition_num` - (Required) The number of partition. -* `replica_num` - (Required) The number of replica. -* `topic_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the CKafka topic. It must start with a letter, the rest can contain letters, numbers and dashes(-). -* `clean_up_policy` - (Optional) Clear log policy, log clear mode, default is `delete`. `delete`: logs are deleted according to the storage time. `compact`: logs are compressed according to the key. `compact, delete`: logs are compressed according to the key and will be deleted according to the storage time. -* `enable_white_list` - (Optional) Whether to open the ip whitelist, `true`: open, `false`: close. -* `ip_white_list` - (Optional) Ip whitelist, quota limit, required when enableWhileList=true. -* `max_message_bytes` - (Optional) Max message bytes. -* `note` - (Optional) The subject note. It must start with a letter, and the remaining part can contain letters, numbers and dashes (-). -* `retention` - (Optional) Message can be selected. Retention time, unit is ms, the current minimum value is 60000ms. -* `segment` - (Optional) Segment scrolling time, in ms, the current minimum is 3600000ms. -* `sync_replica_min_num` - (Optional) Min number of sync replicas, Default is `1`. -* `unclean_leader_election_enable` - (Optional) Whether to allow unsynchronized replicas to be selected as leader, default is `false`, `true: `allowed, `false`: not allowed. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Ckafka instance ID. +* `partition_num` - (Required, Int) The number of partition. +* `replica_num` - (Required, Int) The number of replica. +* `topic_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the CKafka topic. It must start with a letter, the rest can contain letters, numbers and dashes(-). +* `clean_up_policy` - (Optional, String) Clear log policy, log clear mode, default is `delete`. `delete`: logs are deleted according to the storage time. `compact`: logs are compressed according to the key. `compact, delete`: logs are compressed according to the key and will be deleted according to the storage time. +* `enable_white_list` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to open the ip whitelist, `true`: open, `false`: close. +* `ip_white_list` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Ip whitelist, quota limit, required when enableWhileList=true. +* `max_message_bytes` - (Optional, Int) Max message bytes. +* `note` - (Optional, String) The subject note. It must start with a letter, and the remaining part can contain letters, numbers and dashes (-). +* `retention` - (Optional, Int) Message can be selected. Retention time, unit is ms, the current minimum value is 60000ms. +* `segment` - (Optional, Int) Segment scrolling time, in ms, the current minimum is 3600000ms. +* `sync_replica_min_num` - (Optional, Int) Min number of sync replicas, Default is `1`. +* `unclean_leader_election_enable` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to allow unsynchronized replicas to be selected as leader, default is `false`, `true: `allowed, `false`: not allowed. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ckafka_user.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ckafka_user.html.markdown index 69fa222d77..daac3800f8 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ckafka_user.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ckafka_user.html.markdown @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ckafka_user" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `account_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Account name used to access to ckafka instance. -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the ckafka instance. -* `password` - (Required) Password of the account. +* `account_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Account name used to access to ckafka instance. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the ckafka instance. +* `password` - (Required, String) Password of the account. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_attachment.html.markdown index 44574ea896..b5f1c9bf38 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_attachment.html.markdown @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CLB. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener. -* `targets` - (Required) Information of the backends to be attached. -* `rule_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener rule. Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `HTTP` protocol. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener. +* `targets` - (Required, Set) Information of the backends to be attached. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener rule. Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `HTTP` protocol. The `targets` object supports the following: -* `instance_id` - (Required) Id of the backend server. -* `port` - (Required) Port of the backend server. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). -* `weight` - (Optional) Forwarding weight of the backend service. Valid value ranges: (0~100). defaults to `10`. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Id of the backend server. +* `port` - (Required, Int) Port of the backend server. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) Forwarding weight of the backend service. Valid value ranges: (0~100). defaults to `10`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_customized_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_customized_config.html.markdown index 4a96432e68..16276a2040 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_customized_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_customized_config.html.markdown @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_customized_config" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `config_content` - (Required) Content of Customized Config. -* `config_name` - (Required) Name of Customized Config. -* `load_balancer_ids` - (Optional) List of LoadBalancer Ids. +* `config_content` - (Required, String) Content of Customized Config. +* `config_name` - (Required, String) Name of Customized Config. +* `load_balancer_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) List of LoadBalancer Ids. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_instance.html.markdown index 74b56b9ecd..c218981518 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_instance.html.markdown @@ -150,32 +150,32 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_instance" "internal_clb" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_name` - (Required) Name of the CLB. The name can only contain Chinese characters, English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. -* `network_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of CLB instance. Valid values: `OPEN` and `INTERNAL`. -* `address_ip_version` - (Optional) IP version, only applicable to open CLB. Valid values are `ipv4`, `ipv6` and `IPv6FullChain`. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) Bandwidth package id. If set, the `internet_charge_type` must be `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. -* `internet_bandwidth_max_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth out, only applicable to open CLB. Valid value ranges is [1, 2048]. Unit is MB. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional) Internet charge type, only applicable to open CLB. Valid values are `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. -* `load_balancer_pass_to_target` - (Optional) Whether the target allow flow come from clb. If value is true, only check security group of clb, or check both clb and backend instance security group. -* `log_set_id` - (Optional) The id of log set. -* `log_topic_id` - (Optional) The id of log topic. -* `master_zone_id` - (Optional) Setting master zone id of cross available zone disaster recovery, only applicable to open CLB. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the project within the CLB instance, `0` - Default Project. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) Security groups of the CLB instance. Supports both `OPEN` and `INTERNAL` CLBs. -* `slave_zone_id` - (Optional) Setting slave zone id of cross available zone disaster recovery, only applicable to open CLB. this zone will undertake traffic when the master is down. -* `snat_ips` - (Optional) Snat Ip List, required with `snat_pro=true`. NOTE: This argument cannot be read and modified here because dynamic ip is untraceable, please import resource `tencentcloud_clb_snat_ip` to handle fixed ips. -* `snat_pro` - (Optional) Indicates whether Binding IPs of other VPCs feature switch. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Subnet ID of the CLB. Effective only for CLB within the VPC. Only supports `INTERNAL` CLBs. Default is `ipv4`. -* `tags` - (Optional) The available tags within this CLB. -* `target_region_info_region` - (Optional) Region information of backend services are attached the CLB instance. Only supports `OPEN` CLBs. -* `target_region_info_vpc_id` - (Optional) Vpc information of backend services are attached the CLB instance. Only supports `OPEN` CLBs. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) VPC ID of the CLB. -* `zone_id` - (Optional) Available zone id, only applicable to open CLB. +* `clb_name` - (Required, String) Name of the CLB. The name can only contain Chinese characters, English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. +* `network_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of CLB instance. Valid values: `OPEN` and `INTERNAL`. +* `address_ip_version` - (Optional, String) IP version, only applicable to open CLB. Valid values are `ipv4`, `ipv6` and `IPv6FullChain`. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) Bandwidth package id. If set, the `internet_charge_type` must be `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. +* `internet_bandwidth_max_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth out, only applicable to open CLB. Valid value ranges is [1, 2048]. Unit is MB. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String) Internet charge type, only applicable to open CLB. Valid values are `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. +* `load_balancer_pass_to_target` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the target allow flow come from clb. If value is true, only check security group of clb, or check both clb and backend instance security group. +* `log_set_id` - (Optional, String) The id of log set. +* `log_topic_id` - (Optional, String) The id of log topic. +* `master_zone_id` - (Optional, String) Setting master zone id of cross available zone disaster recovery, only applicable to open CLB. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) ID of the project within the CLB instance, `0` - Default Project. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Security groups of the CLB instance. Supports both `OPEN` and `INTERNAL` CLBs. +* `slave_zone_id` - (Optional, String) Setting slave zone id of cross available zone disaster recovery, only applicable to open CLB. this zone will undertake traffic when the master is down. +* `snat_ips` - (Optional, List) Snat Ip List, required with `snat_pro=true`. NOTE: This argument cannot be read and modified here because dynamic ip is untraceable, please import resource `tencentcloud_clb_snat_ip` to handle fixed ips. +* `snat_pro` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether Binding IPs of other VPCs feature switch. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Subnet ID of the CLB. Effective only for CLB within the VPC. Only supports `INTERNAL` CLBs. Default is `ipv4`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The available tags within this CLB. +* `target_region_info_region` - (Optional, String) Region information of backend services are attached the CLB instance. Only supports `OPEN` CLBs. +* `target_region_info_vpc_id` - (Optional, String) Vpc information of backend services are attached the CLB instance. Only supports `OPEN` CLBs. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) VPC ID of the CLB. +* `zone_id` - (Optional, String) Available zone id, only applicable to open CLB. The `snat_ips` object supports the following: -* `subnet_id` - (Required) Snat subnet ID. -* `ip` - (Optional) Snat IP address, If set to empty will auto allocated. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) Snat subnet ID. +* `ip` - (Optional, String) Snat IP address, If set to empty will auto allocated. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_listener.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_listener.html.markdown index 51df03372f..9f8ac11f82 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_listener.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_listener.html.markdown @@ -154,32 +154,32 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_listener" "TCPSSL_listener" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CLB. -* `listener_name` - (Required) Name of the CLB listener, and available values can only be Chinese characters, English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. -* `protocol` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of protocol within the listener. Valid values: `TCP`, `UDP`, `HTTP`, `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL`. -* `certificate_ca_id` - (Optional) ID of the client certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL` protocol and must be set when the ssl mode is `MUTUAL`. -* `certificate_id` - (Optional) ID of the server certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL` protocol and must be set when it is available. -* `certificate_ssl_mode` - (Optional) Type of certificate. Valid values: `UNIDIRECTIONAL`, `MUTUAL`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL` protocol and must be set when it is available. -* `health_check_context_type` - (Optional) Health check protocol. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `CUSTOM`, this field is required, which represents the input format of the health check. Valid values: `HEX`, `TEXT`. -* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional) Health threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check for 3 consecutive times, the backend CVM is identified as healthy. The value range is 2-10. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule. -* `health_check_http_code` - (Optional) HTTP health check code of TCP listener. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `HTTP`, this field is required. Valid values: `1`, `2`, `4`, `8`, `16`. `1` means http_1xx, `2` means http_2xx, `4` means http_3xx, `8` means http_4xx, `16` means http_5xx. -* `health_check_http_domain` - (Optional) HTTP health check domain of TCP listener. -* `health_check_http_method` - (Optional) HTTP health check method of TCP listener. Valid values: `HEAD`, `GET`. -* `health_check_http_path` - (Optional) HTTP health check path of TCP listener. -* `health_check_http_version` - (Optional) The HTTP version of the backend service. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `HTTP`, this field is required. Valid values: `HTTP/1.0`, `HTTP/1.1`. -* `health_check_interval_time` - (Optional) Interval time of health check. Valid value ranges: [5~300] sec. and the default is 5 sec. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `health_check_port` - (Optional) The health check port is the port of the backend service by default. Unless you want to specify a specific port, it is recommended to leave it blank. Only applicable to TCP/UDP listener. -* `health_check_recv_context` - (Optional) It represents the result returned by the health check. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `CUSTOM`, this field is required. Only ASCII visible characters are allowed and the maximum length is 500. When `health_check_context_type` value is `HEX`, the characters of SendContext and RecvContext can only be selected in `0123456789ABCDEF` and the length must be even digits. -* `health_check_send_context` - (Optional) It represents the content of the request sent by the health check. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `CUSTOM`, this field is required. Only visible ASCII characters are allowed and the maximum length is 500. When `health_check_context_type` value is `HEX`, the characters of SendContext and RecvContext can only be selected in `0123456789ABCDEF` and the length must be even digits. -* `health_check_switch` - (Optional) Indicates whether health check is enabled. -* `health_check_time_out` - (Optional) Response timeout of health check. Valid value ranges: [2~60] sec. Default is 2 sec. Response timeout needs to be less than check interval. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP`,`UDP`,`TCP_SSL` protocol. -* `health_check_type` - (Optional) Protocol used for health check. Valid values: `CUSTOM`, `TCP`, `HTTP`. -* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, the CVM is identified as unhealthy. The value range is [2-10]. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `port` - (Optional, ForceNew) Port of the CLB listener. -* `scheduler` - (Optional) Scheduling method of the CLB listener, and available values are 'WRR' and 'LEAST_CONN'. The default is 'WRR'. NOTES: The listener of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol additionally supports the `IP Hash` method. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `session_expire_time` - (Optional) Time of session persistence within the CLB listener. NOTES: Available when scheduler is specified as `WRR`, and not available when listener protocol is `TCP_SSL`. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `sni_switch` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether SNI is enabled, and only supported with protocol `HTTPS`. If enabled, you can set a certificate for each rule in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`, otherwise all rules have a certificate. -* `target_type` - (Optional) Backend target type. Valid values: `NODE`, `TARGETGROUP`. `NODE` means to bind ordinary nodes, `TARGETGROUP` means to bind target group. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener must configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB. +* `listener_name` - (Required, String) Name of the CLB listener, and available values can only be Chinese characters, English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. +* `protocol` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of protocol within the listener. Valid values: `TCP`, `UDP`, `HTTP`, `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL`. +* `certificate_ca_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the client certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL` protocol and must be set when the ssl mode is `MUTUAL`. +* `certificate_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the server certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL` protocol and must be set when it is available. +* `certificate_ssl_mode` - (Optional, String) Type of certificate. Valid values: `UNIDIRECTIONAL`, `MUTUAL`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` and `TCP_SSL` protocol and must be set when it is available. +* `health_check_context_type` - (Optional, String) Health check protocol. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `CUSTOM`, this field is required, which represents the input format of the health check. Valid values: `HEX`, `TEXT`. +* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional, Int) Health threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check for 3 consecutive times, the backend CVM is identified as healthy. The value range is 2-10. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule. +* `health_check_http_code` - (Optional, Int) HTTP health check code of TCP listener. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `HTTP`, this field is required. Valid values: `1`, `2`, `4`, `8`, `16`. `1` means http_1xx, `2` means http_2xx, `4` means http_3xx, `8` means http_4xx, `16` means http_5xx. +* `health_check_http_domain` - (Optional, String) HTTP health check domain of TCP listener. +* `health_check_http_method` - (Optional, String) HTTP health check method of TCP listener. Valid values: `HEAD`, `GET`. +* `health_check_http_path` - (Optional, String) HTTP health check path of TCP listener. +* `health_check_http_version` - (Optional, String) The HTTP version of the backend service. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `HTTP`, this field is required. Valid values: `HTTP/1.0`, `HTTP/1.1`. +* `health_check_interval_time` - (Optional, Int) Interval time of health check. Valid value ranges: [5~300] sec. and the default is 5 sec. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `health_check_port` - (Optional, Int) The health check port is the port of the backend service by default. Unless you want to specify a specific port, it is recommended to leave it blank. Only applicable to TCP/UDP listener. +* `health_check_recv_context` - (Optional, String) It represents the result returned by the health check. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `CUSTOM`, this field is required. Only ASCII visible characters are allowed and the maximum length is 500. When `health_check_context_type` value is `HEX`, the characters of SendContext and RecvContext can only be selected in `0123456789ABCDEF` and the length must be even digits. +* `health_check_send_context` - (Optional, String) It represents the content of the request sent by the health check. When the value of `health_check_type` of the health check protocol is `CUSTOM`, this field is required. Only visible ASCII characters are allowed and the maximum length is 500. When `health_check_context_type` value is `HEX`, the characters of SendContext and RecvContext can only be selected in `0123456789ABCDEF` and the length must be even digits. +* `health_check_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether health check is enabled. +* `health_check_time_out` - (Optional, Int) Response timeout of health check. Valid value ranges: [2~60] sec. Default is 2 sec. Response timeout needs to be less than check interval. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP`,`UDP`,`TCP_SSL` protocol. +* `health_check_type` - (Optional, String) Protocol used for health check. Valid values: `CUSTOM`, `TCP`, `HTTP`. +* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional, Int) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, the CVM is identified as unhealthy. The value range is [2-10]. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `port` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Port of the CLB listener. +* `scheduler` - (Optional, String) Scheduling method of the CLB listener, and available values are 'WRR' and 'LEAST_CONN'. The default is 'WRR'. NOTES: The listener of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol additionally supports the `IP Hash` method. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `session_expire_time` - (Optional, Int) Time of session persistence within the CLB listener. NOTES: Available when scheduler is specified as `WRR`, and not available when listener protocol is `TCP_SSL`. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `sni_switch` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether SNI is enabled, and only supported with protocol `HTTPS`. If enabled, you can set a certificate for each rule in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`, otherwise all rules have a certificate. +* `target_type` - (Optional, String) Backend target type. Valid values: `NODE`, `TARGETGROUP`. `NODE` means to bind ordinary nodes, `TARGETGROUP` means to bind target group. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener must configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_listener_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_listener_rule.html.markdown index 390ad93956..a05f1b7022 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_listener_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_listener_rule.html.markdown @@ -41,26 +41,26 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required) ID of CLB instance. -* `domain` - (Required) Domain name of the listener rule. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of CLB listener. -* `url` - (Required) Url of the listener rule. -* `certificate_ca_id` - (Optional) ID of the client certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of HTTPS protocol. -* `certificate_id` - (Optional) ID of the server certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of HTTPS protocol. -* `certificate_ssl_mode` - (Optional, ForceNew) Type of certificate. Valid values: `UNIDIRECTIONAL`, `MUTUAL`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of HTTPS protocol. -* `forward_type` - (Optional) Forwarding protocol between the CLB instance and real server. Valid values: `HTTP`, `HTTPS`, `TRPC`. -* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional) Health threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is normal. The value range is [2-10]. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `health_check_http_code` - (Optional) HTTP Status Code. The default is 31. Valid value ranges: [1~31]. `1 means the return value '1xx' is health. `2` means the return value '2xx' is health. `4` means the return value '3xx' is health. `8` means the return value '4xx' is health. 16 means the return value '5xx' is health. If you want multiple return codes to indicate health, need to add the corresponding values. NOTES: The 'HTTP' health check of the 'TCP' listener only supports specifying one health check status code. NOTES: Only supports listeners of 'HTTP' and 'HTTPS' protocol. -* `health_check_http_domain` - (Optional) Domain name of health check. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol. -* `health_check_http_method` - (Optional) Methods of health check. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol. The default is `HEAD`, the available value are `HEAD` and `GET`. -* `health_check_http_path` - (Optional) Path of health check. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol. -* `health_check_interval_time` - (Optional) Interval time of health check. Valid value ranges: (5~300) sec. and the default is `5` sec. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `health_check_switch` - (Optional) Indicates whether health check is enabled. -* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If the unhealthy result is returned 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is abnormal. The value range is [2-10]. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `http2_switch` - (Optional) Indicate to apply HTTP2.0 protocol or not. -* `scheduler` - (Optional) Scheduling method of the CLB listener rules. Valid values: `WRR`, `IP HASH`, `LEAST_CONN`. The default is `WRR`. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `session_expire_time` - (Optional) Time of session persistence within the CLB listener. NOTES: Available when scheduler is specified as `WRR`, and not available when listener protocol is `TCP_SSL`. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. -* `target_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Backend target type. Valid values: `NODE`, `TARGETGROUP`. `NODE` means to bind ordinary nodes, `TARGETGROUP` means to bind target group. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String) ID of CLB instance. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Domain name of the listener rule. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of CLB listener. +* `url` - (Required, String) Url of the listener rule. +* `certificate_ca_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the client certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of HTTPS protocol. +* `certificate_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the server certificate. NOTES: Only supports listeners of HTTPS protocol. +* `certificate_ssl_mode` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Type of certificate. Valid values: `UNIDIRECTIONAL`, `MUTUAL`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of HTTPS protocol. +* `forward_type` - (Optional, String) Forwarding protocol between the CLB instance and real server. Valid values: `HTTP`, `HTTPS`, `TRPC`. +* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional, Int) Health threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is normal. The value range is [2-10]. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `health_check_http_code` - (Optional, Int) HTTP Status Code. The default is 31. Valid value ranges: [1~31]. `1 means the return value '1xx' is health. `2` means the return value '2xx' is health. `4` means the return value '3xx' is health. `8` means the return value '4xx' is health. 16 means the return value '5xx' is health. If you want multiple return codes to indicate health, need to add the corresponding values. NOTES: The 'HTTP' health check of the 'TCP' listener only supports specifying one health check status code. NOTES: Only supports listeners of 'HTTP' and 'HTTPS' protocol. +* `health_check_http_domain` - (Optional, String) Domain name of health check. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol. +* `health_check_http_method` - (Optional, String) Methods of health check. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol. The default is `HEAD`, the available value are `HEAD` and `GET`. +* `health_check_http_path` - (Optional, String) Path of health check. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTP` and `HTTPS` protocol. +* `health_check_interval_time` - (Optional, Int) Interval time of health check. Valid value ranges: (5~300) sec. and the default is `5` sec. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `health_check_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether health check is enabled. +* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional, Int) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If the unhealthy result is returned 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is abnormal. The value range is [2-10]. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `http2_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate to apply HTTP2.0 protocol or not. +* `scheduler` - (Optional, String) Scheduling method of the CLB listener rules. Valid values: `WRR`, `IP HASH`, `LEAST_CONN`. The default is `WRR`. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `session_expire_time` - (Optional, Int) Time of session persistence within the CLB listener. NOTES: Available when scheduler is specified as `WRR`, and not available when listener protocol is `TCP_SSL`. NOTES: TCP/UDP/TCP_SSL listener allows direct configuration, HTTP/HTTPS listener needs to be configured in `tencentcloud_clb_listener_rule`. +* `target_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Backend target type. Valid values: `NODE`, `TARGETGROUP`. `NODE` means to bind ordinary nodes, `TARGETGROUP` means to bind target group. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_log_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_log_set.html.markdown index 19c9f8c07b..b2ae95d4fd 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_log_set.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_log_set.html.markdown @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_log_set" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `period` - (Optional, ForceNew) Logset retention period in days. Maximun value is `90`. +* `period` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Logset retention period in days. Maximun value is `90`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_log_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_log_topic.html.markdown index 64c7d2ea51..004e251977 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_log_topic.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_log_topic.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_log_topic" "topic" { The following arguments are supported: -* `log_set_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Log topic of CLB instance. -* `topic_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Log topic of CLB instance. +* `log_set_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Log topic of CLB instance. +* `topic_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Log topic of CLB instance. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_redirection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_redirection.html.markdown index 203b0c6fe7..1564d5d11f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_redirection.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_redirection.html.markdown @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_redirection" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of CLB instance. -* `target_listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of source listener. -* `target_rule_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Rule ID of target listener. -* `delete_all_auto_rewrite` - (Optional) Indicates whether delete all auto redirection. Default is `false`. It will take effect only when this redirection is auto-rewrite and this auto-rewrite auto redirected more than one rules. All the auto-rewrite relations will be deleted when this parameter set true. -* `is_auto_rewrite` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether automatic forwarding is enable, default is `false`. If enabled, the source listener and location should be empty, the target listener must be https protocol and port is 443. -* `source_listener_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of source listener. -* `source_rule_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Rule ID of source listener. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of CLB instance. +* `target_listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of source listener. +* `target_rule_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Rule ID of target listener. +* `delete_all_auto_rewrite` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether delete all auto redirection. Default is `false`. It will take effect only when this redirection is auto-rewrite and this auto-rewrite auto redirected more than one rules. All the auto-rewrite relations will be deleted when this parameter set true. +* `is_auto_rewrite` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether automatic forwarding is enable, default is `false`. If enabled, the source listener and location should be empty, the target listener must be https protocol and port is 443. +* `source_listener_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of source listener. +* `source_rule_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Rule ID of source listener. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_snat_ip.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_snat_ip.html.markdown index e870a9c613..0b9c796fad 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_snat_ip.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_snat_ip.html.markdown @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_snat_ip" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required) CLB instance ID. -* `ips` - (Optional) Snat IP address config. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String) CLB instance ID. +* `ips` - (Optional, Set) Snat IP address config. The `ips` object supports the following: -* `ip` - (Required) Snat IP. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) Subnet ID. +* `ip` - (Required, String) Snat IP. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) Subnet ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_target_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_target_group.html.markdown index 13c416b1c4..074e9b93c3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_target_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_target_group.html.markdown @@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_target_group" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `port` - (Optional) The default port of target group, add server after can use it. -* `target_group_instances` - (Optional) The backend server of target group bind. -* `target_group_name` - (Optional) Target group name. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) VPC ID, default is based on the network. +* `port` - (Optional, Int) The default port of target group, add server after can use it. +* `target_group_instances` - (Optional, List) The backend server of target group bind. +* `target_group_name` - (Optional, String) Target group name. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) VPC ID, default is based on the network. The `target_group_instances` object supports the following: -* `bind_ip` - (Required) The internal ip of target group instance. -* `port` - (Required) The port of target group instance. -* `new_port` - (Optional) The new port of target group instance. -* `weight` - (Optional) The weight of target group instance. +* `bind_ip` - (Required, String) The internal ip of target group instance. +* `port` - (Required, Int) The port of target group instance. +* `new_port` - (Optional, Int) The new port of target group instance. +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) The weight of target group instance. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_attachment.html.markdown index ee9d64fcfd..2e00e925a1 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_attachment.html.markdown @@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_target_group_attachment" "group" { The following arguments are supported: -* `clb_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CLB. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener. -* `rule_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener rule. -* `target_group_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the CLB target group. -* `targrt_group_id` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.47.1. Use `target_group_id` instead. ID of the CLB target group. +* `clb_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB listener rule. +* `target_group_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the CLB target group. +* `targrt_group_id` - (Optional, String, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.47.1. Use `target_group_id` instead. ID of the CLB target group. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_instance_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_instance_attachment.html.markdown index 4f52f57e7d..18f77fe4de 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_instance_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/clb_target_group_instance_attachment.html.markdown @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_clb_target_group_instance_attachment" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bind_ip` - (Required, ForceNew) The Intranet IP of the target group instance. -* `port` - (Required, ForceNew) Port of the target group instance. -* `target_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Target group ID. -* `weight` - (Required) The weight of the target group instance. +* `bind_ip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The Intranet IP of the target group instance. +* `port` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Port of the target group instance. +* `target_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Target group ID. +* `weight` - (Required, Int) The weight of the target group instance. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_config.html.markdown index a9f46dd0c9..343e1d9de5 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_config.html.markdown @@ -48,36 +48,36 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_config" "config" { The following arguments are supported: -* `extract_rule` - (Required) Extraction rule. If ExtractRule is set, LogType must be set. -* `name` - (Required) Collection configuration name. -* `exclude_paths` - (Optional) Collection path blocklist. -* `log_type` - (Optional) Type of the log to be collected. Valid values: json_log: log in JSON format; delimiter_log: log in delimited format; minimalist_log: minimalist log; multiline_log: log in multi-line format; fullregex_log: log in full regex format. Default value: minimalist_log. -* `output` - (Optional) Log topic ID (TopicId) of collection configuration. -* `path` - (Optional) Log collection path containing the filename. -* `user_define_rule` - (Optional) Custom collection rule, which is a serialized JSON string. +* `extract_rule` - (Required, List) Extraction rule. If ExtractRule is set, LogType must be set. +* `name` - (Required, String) Collection configuration name. +* `exclude_paths` - (Optional, List) Collection path blocklist. +* `log_type` - (Optional, String) Type of the log to be collected. Valid values: json_log: log in JSON format; delimiter_log: log in delimited format; minimalist_log: minimalist log; multiline_log: log in multi-line format; fullregex_log: log in full regex format. Default value: minimalist_log. +* `output` - (Optional, String) Log topic ID (TopicId) of collection configuration. +* `path` - (Optional, String) Log collection path containing the filename. +* `user_define_rule` - (Optional, String) Custom collection rule, which is a serialized JSON string. The `exclude_paths` object supports the following: -* `type` - (Optional) Type. Valid values: File, Path. -* `value` - (Optional) Specific content corresponding to Type. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Type. Valid values: File, Path. +* `value` - (Optional, String) Specific content corresponding to Type. The `extract_rule` object supports the following: -* `backtracking` - (Optional) Size of the data to be rewound in incremental collection mode. Default value: -1 (full collection). -* `begin_regex` - (Optional) First-Line matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is multiline_log or fullregex_log. -* `delimiter` - (Optional) Delimiter for delimited log, which is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. -* `filter_key_regex` - (Optional) Log keys to be filtered and the corresponding regex. -* `keys` - (Optional) Key name of each extracted field. An empty key indicates to discard the field. This parameter is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. json_log logs use the key of JSON itself. -* `log_regex` - (Optional) Full log matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is fullregex_log. -* `time_format` - (Optional) Time field format. For more information, please see the output parameters of the time format description of the strftime function in C language. -* `time_key` - (Optional) Time field key name. time_key and time_format must appear in pair. -* `un_match_log_key` - (Optional) Unmatched log key. -* `un_match_up_load_switch` - (Optional) Whether to upload the logs that failed to be parsed. Valid values: true: yes; false: no. +* `backtracking` - (Optional, Int) Size of the data to be rewound in incremental collection mode. Default value: -1 (full collection). +* `begin_regex` - (Optional, String) First-Line matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is multiline_log or fullregex_log. +* `delimiter` - (Optional, String) Delimiter for delimited log, which is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. +* `filter_key_regex` - (Optional, List) Log keys to be filtered and the corresponding regex. +* `keys` - (Optional, Set) Key name of each extracted field. An empty key indicates to discard the field. This parameter is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. json_log logs use the key of JSON itself. +* `log_regex` - (Optional, String) Full log matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is fullregex_log. +* `time_format` - (Optional, String) Time field format. For more information, please see the output parameters of the time format description of the strftime function in C language. +* `time_key` - (Optional, String) Time field key name. time_key and time_format must appear in pair. +* `un_match_log_key` - (Optional, String) Unmatched log key. +* `un_match_up_load_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to upload the logs that failed to be parsed. Valid values: true: yes; false: no. The `filter_key_regex` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Optional) Log key to be filtered. -* `regex` - (Optional) Filter rule regex corresponding to key. +* `key` - (Optional, String) Log key to be filtered. +* `regex` - (Optional, String) Filter rule regex corresponding to key. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_config_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_config_attachment.html.markdown index e67a119b43..a618473fdd 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_config_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_config_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_config_attachment" "attach" { The following arguments are supported: -* `config_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Collection configuration id. -* `group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Machine group id. +* `config_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Collection configuration id. +* `group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Machine group id. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_config_extra.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_config_extra.html.markdown index 71d0ffa58a..4f9bbb2315 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_config_extra.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_config_extra.html.markdown @@ -48,85 +48,85 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_config_extra" "extra" { The following arguments are supported: -* `config_flag` - (Required) Collection configuration flag. -* `log_type` - (Required) Type of the log to be collected. Valid values: json_log: log in JSON format; delimiter_log: log in delimited format; minimalist_log: minimalist log; multiline_log: log in multi-line format; fullregex_log: log in full regex format. Default value: minimalist_log. -* `logset_id` - (Required) Logset Id. -* `logset_name` - (Required) Logset Name. -* `name` - (Required) Collection configuration name. -* `topic_id` - (Required) Log topic ID (TopicId) of collection configuration. -* `topic_name` - (Required) Topic Name. -* `type` - (Required) Type. Valid values: container_stdout; container_file; host_file. -* `container_file` - (Optional) Container file path info. -* `container_stdout` - (Optional) Container stdout info. -* `exclude_paths` - (Optional) Collection path blocklist. -* `extract_rule` - (Optional) Extraction rule. If ExtractRule is set, LogType must be set. -* `group_id` - (Optional) Binding group id. -* `group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Binding group ids. -* `host_file` - (Optional) Node file config info. -* `user_define_rule` - (Optional) Custom collection rule, which is a serialized JSON string. +* `config_flag` - (Required, String) Collection configuration flag. +* `log_type` - (Required, String) Type of the log to be collected. Valid values: json_log: log in JSON format; delimiter_log: log in delimited format; minimalist_log: minimalist log; multiline_log: log in multi-line format; fullregex_log: log in full regex format. Default value: minimalist_log. +* `logset_id` - (Required, String) Logset Id. +* `logset_name` - (Required, String) Logset Name. +* `name` - (Required, String) Collection configuration name. +* `topic_id` - (Required, String) Log topic ID (TopicId) of collection configuration. +* `topic_name` - (Required, String) Topic Name. +* `type` - (Required, String) Type. Valid values: container_stdout; container_file; host_file. +* `container_file` - (Optional, List) Container file path info. +* `container_stdout` - (Optional, List) Container stdout info. +* `exclude_paths` - (Optional, List) Collection path blocklist. +* `extract_rule` - (Optional, List) Extraction rule. If ExtractRule is set, LogType must be set. +* `group_id` - (Optional, String) Binding group id. +* `group_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) Binding group ids. +* `host_file` - (Optional, List) Node file config info. +* `user_define_rule` - (Optional, String) Custom collection rule, which is a serialized JSON string. The `container_file` object supports the following: -* `container` - (Required) Container name. -* `file_pattern` - (Required) log name. -* `log_path` - (Required) Log Path. -* `namespace` - (Required) Namespace. There can be multiple namespaces, separated by separators, such as A, B. -* `exclude_labels` - (Optional) Pod label to be excluded. -* `exclude_namespace` - (Optional) Namespaces to be excluded, separated by separators, such as A, B. -* `include_labels` - (Optional) Pod label info. -* `workload` - (Optional) Workload info. +* `container` - (Required, String) Container name. +* `file_pattern` - (Required, String) log name. +* `log_path` - (Required, String) Log Path. +* `namespace` - (Required, String) Namespace. There can be multiple namespaces, separated by separators, such as A, B. +* `exclude_labels` - (Optional, Set) Pod label to be excluded. +* `exclude_namespace` - (Optional, String) Namespaces to be excluded, separated by separators, such as A, B. +* `include_labels` - (Optional, Set) Pod label info. +* `workload` - (Optional, List) Workload info. The `container_stdout` object supports the following: -* `all_containers` - (Required) Is all containers. -* `exclude_labels` - (Optional) Pod label to be excluded. -* `exclude_namespace` - (Optional) Namespaces to be excluded, separated by separators, such as A, B. -* `include_labels` - (Optional) Pod label info. -* `namespace` - (Optional) Namespace. There can be multiple namespaces, separated by separators, such as A, B. -* `workloads` - (Optional) Workload info. +* `all_containers` - (Required, Bool) Is all containers. +* `exclude_labels` - (Optional, Set) Pod label to be excluded. +* `exclude_namespace` - (Optional, String) Namespaces to be excluded, separated by separators, such as A, B. +* `include_labels` - (Optional, Set) Pod label info. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String) Namespace. There can be multiple namespaces, separated by separators, such as A, B. +* `workloads` - (Optional, List) Workload info. The `exclude_paths` object supports the following: -* `type` - (Optional) Type. Valid values: File, Path. -* `value` - (Optional) Specific content corresponding to Type. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Type. Valid values: File, Path. +* `value` - (Optional, String) Specific content corresponding to Type. The `extract_rule` object supports the following: -* `backtracking` - (Optional) Size of the data to be rewound in incremental collection mode. Default value: -1 (full collection). -* `begin_regex` - (Optional) First-Line matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is multiline_log or fullregex_log. -* `delimiter` - (Optional) Delimiter for delimited log, which is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. -* `filter_key_regex` - (Optional) Log keys to be filtered and the corresponding regex. -* `keys` - (Optional) Key name of each extracted field. An empty key indicates to discard the field. This parameter is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. json_log logs use the key of JSON itself. -* `log_regex` - (Optional) Full log matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is fullregex_log. -* `time_format` - (Optional) Time field format. For more information, please see the output parameters of the time format description of the strftime function in C language. -* `time_key` - (Optional) Time field key name. time_key and time_format must appear in pair. -* `un_match_log_key` - (Optional) Unmatched log key. -* `un_match_up_load_switch` - (Optional) Whether to upload the logs that failed to be parsed. Valid values: true: yes; false: no. +* `backtracking` - (Optional, Int) Size of the data to be rewound in incremental collection mode. Default value: -1 (full collection). +* `begin_regex` - (Optional, String) First-Line matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is multiline_log or fullregex_log. +* `delimiter` - (Optional, String) Delimiter for delimited log, which is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. +* `filter_key_regex` - (Optional, List) Log keys to be filtered and the corresponding regex. +* `keys` - (Optional, Set) Key name of each extracted field. An empty key indicates to discard the field. This parameter is valid only if log_type is delimiter_log. json_log logs use the key of JSON itself. +* `log_regex` - (Optional, String) Full log matching rule, which is valid only if log_type is fullregex_log. +* `time_format` - (Optional, String) Time field format. For more information, please see the output parameters of the time format description of the strftime function in C language. +* `time_key` - (Optional, String) Time field key name. time_key and time_format must appear in pair. +* `un_match_log_key` - (Optional, String) Unmatched log key. +* `un_match_up_load_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to upload the logs that failed to be parsed. Valid values: true: yes; false: no. The `filter_key_regex` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Optional) Log key to be filtered. -* `regex` - (Optional) Filter rule regex corresponding to key. +* `key` - (Optional, String) Log key to be filtered. +* `regex` - (Optional, String) Filter rule regex corresponding to key. The `host_file` object supports the following: -* `file_pattern` - (Required) Log file name. -* `log_path` - (Required) Log file dir. -* `custom_labels` - (Optional) Metadata info. +* `file_pattern` - (Required, String) Log file name. +* `log_path` - (Required, String) Log file dir. +* `custom_labels` - (Optional, Set) Metadata info. The `workload` object supports the following: -* `kind` - (Required) workload type. -* `name` - (Required) workload name. -* `container` - (Optional) container name. -* `namespace` - (Optional) namespace. +* `kind` - (Required, String) workload type. +* `name` - (Required, String) workload name. +* `container` - (Optional, String) container name. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String) namespace. The `workloads` object supports the following: -* `kind` - (Required) workload type. -* `name` - (Required) workload name. -* `container` - (Optional) container name. -* `namespace` - (Optional) namespace. +* `kind` - (Required, String) workload type. +* `name` - (Required, String) workload name. +* `container` - (Optional, String) container name. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String) namespace. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_cos_shipper.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_cos_shipper.html.markdown index 5b1606204a..a37956bd8a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_cos_shipper.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_cos_shipper.html.markdown @@ -46,45 +46,45 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_cos_shipper" "shipper" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bucket` - (Required) Destination bucket in the shipping rule to be created. -* `prefix` - (Required) Prefix of the shipping directory in the shipping rule to be created. -* `shipper_name` - (Required) Shipping rule name. -* `topic_id` - (Required) ID of the log topic to which the shipping rule to be created belongs. -* `compress` - (Optional) Compression configuration of shipped log. -* `content` - (Optional) Format configuration of shipped log content. -* `filter_rules` - (Optional) Filter rules for shipped logs. Only logs matching the rules can be shipped. All rules are in the AND relationship, and up to five rules can be added. If the array is empty, no filtering will be performed, and all logs will be shipped. -* `interval` - (Optional) Shipping time interval in seconds. Default value: 300. Value range: 300~900. -* `max_size` - (Optional) Maximum size of a file to be shipped, in MB. Default value: 256. Value range: 100~256. -* `partition` - (Optional) Partition rule of shipped log, which can be represented in strftime time format. +* `bucket` - (Required, String) Destination bucket in the shipping rule to be created. +* `prefix` - (Required, String) Prefix of the shipping directory in the shipping rule to be created. +* `shipper_name` - (Required, String) Shipping rule name. +* `topic_id` - (Required, String) ID of the log topic to which the shipping rule to be created belongs. +* `compress` - (Optional, List) Compression configuration of shipped log. +* `content` - (Optional, List) Format configuration of shipped log content. +* `filter_rules` - (Optional, List) Filter rules for shipped logs. Only logs matching the rules can be shipped. All rules are in the AND relationship, and up to five rules can be added. If the array is empty, no filtering will be performed, and all logs will be shipped. +* `interval` - (Optional, Int) Shipping time interval in seconds. Default value: 300. Value range: 300~900. +* `max_size` - (Optional, Int) Maximum size of a file to be shipped, in MB. Default value: 256. Value range: 100~256. +* `partition` - (Optional, String) Partition rule of shipped log, which can be represented in strftime time format. The `compress` object supports the following: -* `format` - (Required) Compression format. Valid values: gzip, lzop, none (no compression). +* `format` - (Required, String) Compression format. Valid values: gzip, lzop, none (no compression). The `content` object supports the following: -* `format` - (Required) Content format. Valid values: json, csv. -* `csv` - (Optional) CSV format content description.Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `json` - (Optional) JSON format content description.Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `format` - (Required, String) Content format. Valid values: json, csv. +* `csv` - (Optional, List) CSV format content description.Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `json` - (Optional, List) JSON format content description.Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `csv` object supports the following: -* `delimiter` - (Required) Field delimiter. -* `escape_char` - (Required) Field delimiter. -* `keys` - (Required) Names of keys.Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `non_existing_field` - (Required) Content used to populate non-existing fields. -* `print_key` - (Required) Whether to print key on the first row of the CSV file. +* `delimiter` - (Required, String) Field delimiter. +* `escape_char` - (Required, String) Field delimiter. +* `keys` - (Required, Set) Names of keys.Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `non_existing_field` - (Required, String) Content used to populate non-existing fields. +* `print_key` - (Required, Bool) Whether to print key on the first row of the CSV file. The `filter_rules` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) Filter rule key. -* `regex` - (Required) Filter rule. -* `value` - (Required) Filter rule value. +* `key` - (Required, String) Filter rule key. +* `regex` - (Required, String) Filter rule. +* `value` - (Required, String) Filter rule value. The `json` object supports the following: -* `enable_tag` - (Required) Enablement flag. -* `meta_fields` - (Required) Metadata information list +* `enable_tag` - (Required, Bool) Enablement flag. +* `meta_fields` - (Required, Set) Metadata information list Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained.. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_index.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_index.html.markdown index ac5706c50e..692619b94b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_index.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_index.html.markdown @@ -70,45 +70,45 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_index" "index" { The following arguments are supported: -* `topic_id` - (Required) Log topic ID. -* `include_internal_fields` - (Optional) Internal field marker of full-text index. Default value: false. Valid value: false: excluding internal fields; true: including internal fields. -* `metadata_flag` - (Optional) Metadata flag. Default value: 0. Valid value: 0: full-text index (including the metadata field with key-value index enabled); 1: full-text index (including all metadata fields); 2: full-text index (excluding metadata fields).. -* `rule` - (Optional) Index rule. -* `status` - (Optional) Whether to take effect. Default value: true. +* `topic_id` - (Required, String) Log topic ID. +* `include_internal_fields` - (Optional, Bool) Internal field marker of full-text index. Default value: false. Valid value: false: excluding internal fields; true: including internal fields. +* `metadata_flag` - (Optional, Int) Metadata flag. Default value: 0. Valid value: 0: full-text index (including the metadata field with key-value index enabled); 1: full-text index (including all metadata fields); 2: full-text index (excluding metadata fields).. +* `rule` - (Optional, List) Index rule. +* `status` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to take effect. Default value: true. The `full_text` object supports the following: -* `case_sensitive` - (Required) Case sensitivity. -* `contain_z_h` - (Required) Whether Chinese characters are contained. -* `tokenizer` - (Required) Full-Text index delimiter. Each character in the string represents a delimiter. +* `case_sensitive` - (Required, Bool) Case sensitivity. +* `contain_z_h` - (Required, Bool) Whether Chinese characters are contained. +* `tokenizer` - (Required, String) Full-Text index delimiter. Each character in the string represents a delimiter. The `key_value` object supports the following: -* `case_sensitive` - (Required) Case sensitivity. -* `key_values` - (Optional) Key-Value pair information of the index to be created. Up to 100 key-value pairs can be configured. +* `case_sensitive` - (Required, Bool) Case sensitivity. +* `key_values` - (Optional, List) Key-Value pair information of the index to be created. Up to 100 key-value pairs can be configured. The `key_values` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) When a key value or metafield index needs to be configured for a field, the metafield Key does not need to be prefixed with __TAG__. and is consistent with the one when logs are uploaded. __TAG__. will be prefixed automatically for display in the console.. -* `value` - (Optional) Field index description information. +* `key` - (Required, String) When a key value or metafield index needs to be configured for a field, the metafield Key does not need to be prefixed with __TAG__. and is consistent with the one when logs are uploaded. __TAG__. will be prefixed automatically for display in the console.. +* `value` - (Optional, List) Field index description information. The `rule` object supports the following: -* `full_text` - (Optional) Full-Text index configuration. -* `key_value` - (Optional) Key-Value index configuration. -* `tag` - (Optional) Metafield index configuration. +* `full_text` - (Optional, List) Full-Text index configuration. +* `key_value` - (Optional, List) Key-Value index configuration. +* `tag` - (Optional, List) Metafield index configuration. The `tag` object supports the following: -* `case_sensitive` - (Required) Case sensitivity. -* `key_values` - (Optional) Key-Value pair information of the index to be created. Up to 100 key-value pairs can be configured. +* `case_sensitive` - (Required, Bool) Case sensitivity. +* `key_values` - (Optional, List) Key-Value pair information of the index to be created. Up to 100 key-value pairs can be configured. The `value` object supports the following: -* `type` - (Required) Field type. Valid values: long, text, double. -* `contain_z_h` - (Optional) Whether Chinese characters are contained. -* `sql_flag` - (Optional) Whether the analysis feature is enabled for the field. -* `tokenizer` - (Optional) Field delimiter, which is meaningful only if the field type is text. Each character in the entered string represents a delimiter. +* `type` - (Required, String) Field type. Valid values: long, text, double. +* `contain_z_h` - (Optional, Bool) Whether Chinese characters are contained. +* `sql_flag` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the analysis feature is enabled for the field. +* `tokenizer` - (Optional, String) Field delimiter, which is meaningful only if the field type is text. Each character in the entered string represents a delimiter. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_logset.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_logset.html.markdown index 157ac4aa85..1a94a2d825 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_logset.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_logset.html.markdown @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_logset" "logset" { The following arguments are supported: -* `logset_name` - (Required) Logset name, which must be unique. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tag description list. Up to 10 tag key-value pairs are supported and must be unique. +* `logset_name` - (Required, String) Logset name, which must be unique. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tag description list. Up to 10 tag key-value pairs are supported and must be unique. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_machine_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_machine_group.html.markdown index 6732dd2494..c7be47e4e4 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_machine_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_machine_group.html.markdown @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_machine_group" "group" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_name` - (Required) Machine group name, which must be unique. -* `machine_group_type` - (Required) Type of the machine group to be created. -* `auto_update` - (Optional, ForceNew) Whether to enable automatic update for the machine group. -* `service_logging` - (Optional) Whether to enable the service log to record the logs generated by the LogListener service itself. After it is enabled, the internal logset cls_service_logging and the loglistener_status, loglistener_alarm, and loglistener_business log topics will be created, which will not incur fees. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tag description list. Up to 10 tag key-value pairs are supported and must be unique. -* `update_end_time` - (Optional, ForceNew) Update end time. We recommend you update LogListener during off-peak hours. -* `update_start_time` - (Optional, ForceNew) pdate start time. We recommend you update LogListener during off-peak hours. +* `group_name` - (Required, String) Machine group name, which must be unique. +* `machine_group_type` - (Required, List) Type of the machine group to be created. +* `auto_update` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Whether to enable automatic update for the machine group. +* `service_logging` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable the service log to record the logs generated by the LogListener service itself. After it is enabled, the internal logset cls_service_logging and the loglistener_status, loglistener_alarm, and loglistener_business log topics will be created, which will not incur fees. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tag description list. Up to 10 tag key-value pairs are supported and must be unique. +* `update_end_time` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Update end time. We recommend you update LogListener during off-peak hours. +* `update_start_time` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) pdate start time. We recommend you update LogListener during off-peak hours. The `machine_group_type` object supports the following: -* `type` - (Required) Machine group type. Valid values: ip: the IP addresses of collection machines are stored in Values of the machine group; label: the tags of the machines are stored in Values of the machine group. -* `values` - (Required) Machine description list. +* `type` - (Required, String) Machine group type. Valid values: ip: the IP addresses of collection machines are stored in Values of the machine group; label: the tags of the machines are stored in Values of the machine group. +* `values` - (Required, List) Machine description list. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cls_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cls_topic.html.markdown index d7929ad9c0..44ddd2a660 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cls_topic.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cls_topic.html.markdown @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cls_topic" "topic" { The following arguments are supported: -* `logset_id` - (Required) Logset ID. -* `topic_name` - (Required) Log topic name. -* `auto_split` - (Optional) Whether to enable automatic split. Default value: true. -* `max_split_partitions` - (Optional) Maximum number of partitions to split into for this topic if automatic split is enabled. Default value: 50. -* `partition_count` - (Optional) Number of log topic partitions. Default value: 1. Maximum value: 10. -* `period` - (Optional) Lifecycle in days. Value range: 1~366. Default value: 30. -* `storage_type` - (Optional) Log topic storage class. Valid values: hot: real-time storage; cold: offline storage. Default value: hot. If cold is passed in, please contact the customer service to add the log topic to the allowlist first.. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tag description list. Up to 10 tag key-value pairs are supported and must be unique. +* `logset_id` - (Required, String) Logset ID. +* `topic_name` - (Required, String) Log topic name. +* `auto_split` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable automatic split. Default value: true. +* `max_split_partitions` - (Optional, Int) Maximum number of partitions to split into for this topic if automatic split is enabled. Default value: 50. +* `partition_count` - (Optional, Int) Number of log topic partitions. Default value: 1. Maximum value: 10. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Lifecycle in days. Value range: 1~366. Default value: 30. +* `storage_type` - (Optional, String) Log topic storage class. Valid values: hot: real-time storage; cold: offline storage. Default value: hot. If cold is passed in, please contact the customer service to add the log topic to the allowlist first.. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tag description list. Up to 10 tag key-value pairs are supported and must be unique. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/container_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/container_cluster.html.markdown index 1a77cfaab3..9aa52c4e29 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/container_cluster.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/container_cluster.html.markdown @@ -49,36 +49,36 @@ resource "tencentcloud_container_cluster" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bandwidth_type` - (Required) The network type of the node. -* `bandwidth` - (Required) The network bandwidth of the node. -* `cluster_cidr` - (Required) The CIDR which the cluster is going to use. -* `cluster_name` - (Required) The name of the cluster. -* `goods_num` - (Required) The node number is going to create in the cluster. -* `instance_type` - (Required) The instance type of the node needed by cvm. -* `is_vpc_gateway` - (Required) Describe whether the node enable the gateway capability. -* `os_name` - (Required) The system os name of the node. -* `root_size` - (Required) The size of the root volume. -* `storage_size` - (Required) The size of the data volume. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) The subnet id which the node stays in. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) Specify vpc which the node(s) stay in. -* `zone_id` - (Required) The zone which the node stays in. -* `cluster_desc` - (Optional) The description of the cluster. -* `cluster_version` - (Optional) The kubernetes version of the cluster. -* `cpu` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The cpu of the node. -* `cvm_type` - (Optional) The type of node needed by cvm. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional) The docker graph path is going to mounted. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) The name ot node. -* `key_id` - (Optional) The key_id of each node(if using key pair to access). -* `mem` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The memory of the node. -* `mount_target` - (Optional) The path which volume is going to be mounted. -* `password` - (Optional) The password of each node. -* `period` - (Optional) The puchase duration of the node needed by cvm. -* `require_wan_ip` - (Optional) Indicate whether wan ip is needed. -* `root_type` - (Optional) The type of the root volume. see more from CVM. -* `sg_id` - (Optional) The security group id. -* `storage_type` - (Optional) The type of the data volume. see more from CVM. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional) Determine whether the node will be schedulable. 0 is the default meaning node will be schedulable. 1 for unschedulable. -* `user_script` - (Optional) User defined script in a base64-format. The script runs after the kubernetes component is ready on node. see more from CCS api documents. +* `bandwidth_type` - (Required, String) The network type of the node. +* `bandwidth` - (Required, Int) The network bandwidth of the node. +* `cluster_cidr` - (Required, String) The CIDR which the cluster is going to use. +* `cluster_name` - (Required, String) The name of the cluster. +* `goods_num` - (Required, Int) The node number is going to create in the cluster. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String) The instance type of the node needed by cvm. +* `is_vpc_gateway` - (Required, Int) Describe whether the node enable the gateway capability. +* `os_name` - (Required, String) The system os name of the node. +* `root_size` - (Required, Int) The size of the root volume. +* `storage_size` - (Required, Int) The size of the data volume. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) The subnet id which the node stays in. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) Specify vpc which the node(s) stay in. +* `zone_id` - (Required, String) The zone which the node stays in. +* `cluster_desc` - (Optional, String) The description of the cluster. +* `cluster_version` - (Optional, String) The kubernetes version of the cluster. +* `cpu` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The cpu of the node. +* `cvm_type` - (Optional, String) The type of node needed by cvm. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String) The docker graph path is going to mounted. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) The name ot node. +* `key_id` - (Optional, String) The key_id of each node(if using key pair to access). +* `mem` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The memory of the node. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String) The path which volume is going to be mounted. +* `password` - (Optional, String) The password of each node. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) The puchase duration of the node needed by cvm. +* `require_wan_ip` - (Optional, Int) Indicate whether wan ip is needed. +* `root_type` - (Optional, String) The type of the root volume. see more from CVM. +* `sg_id` - (Optional, String) The security group id. +* `storage_type` - (Optional, String) The type of the data volume. see more from CVM. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int) Determine whether the node will be schedulable. 0 is the default meaning node will be schedulable. 1 for unschedulable. +* `user_script` - (Optional, String) User defined script in a base64-format. The script runs after the kubernetes component is ready on node. see more from CCS api documents. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/container_cluster_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/container_cluster_instance.html.markdown index 8835b9d2fc..f28b733013 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/container_cluster_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/container_cluster_instance.html.markdown @@ -41,30 +41,30 @@ resource "tencentcloud_container_cluster_instance" "bar_instance" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bandwidth_type` - (Required) The network type of the node. -* `bandwidth` - (Required) The network bandwidth of the node. -* `cluster_id` - (Required) The id of the cluster. -* `is_vpc_gateway` - (Required) Describe whether the node enable the gateway capability. -* `root_size` - (Required) The size of the root volume. -* `storage_size` - (Required) The size of the data volume. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) The subnet id which the node stays in. -* `zone_id` - (Required) The zone which the node stays in. -* `cpu` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The cpu of the node. -* `cvm_type` - (Optional) The type of node needed by cvm. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional) The docker graph path is going to mounted. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) The name ot node. -* `instance_type` - (Optional) The instance type of the node needed by cvm. -* `key_id` - (Optional) The key_id of each node(if using key pair to access). -* `mem` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The memory of the node. -* `mount_target` - (Optional) The path which volume is going to be mounted. -* `password` - (Optional) The password of each node. -* `period` - (Optional) The puchase duration of the node needed by cvm. -* `require_wan_ip` - (Optional) Indicate whether wan ip is needed. -* `root_type` - (Optional) The type of the root volume. see more from CVM. -* `sg_id` - (Optional) The security group id. -* `storage_type` - (Optional) The type of the data volume. see more from CVM. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional) Determine whether the node will be schedulable. 0 is the default meaning node will be schedulable. 1 for unschedulable. -* `user_script` - (Optional) User defined script in a base64-format. The script runs after the kubernetes component is ready on node. see more from CCS api documents. +* `bandwidth_type` - (Required, String) The network type of the node. +* `bandwidth` - (Required, Int) The network bandwidth of the node. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) The id of the cluster. +* `is_vpc_gateway` - (Required, Int) Describe whether the node enable the gateway capability. +* `root_size` - (Required, Int) The size of the root volume. +* `storage_size` - (Required, Int) The size of the data volume. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) The subnet id which the node stays in. +* `zone_id` - (Required, String) The zone which the node stays in. +* `cpu` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The cpu of the node. +* `cvm_type` - (Optional, String) The type of node needed by cvm. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String) The docker graph path is going to mounted. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) The name ot node. +* `instance_type` - (Optional, String) The instance type of the node needed by cvm. +* `key_id` - (Optional, String) The key_id of each node(if using key pair to access). +* `mem` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.16.0. Set 'instance_type' instead. The memory of the node. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String) The path which volume is going to be mounted. +* `password` - (Optional, String) The password of each node. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) The puchase duration of the node needed by cvm. +* `require_wan_ip` - (Optional, Int) Indicate whether wan ip is needed. +* `root_type` - (Optional, String) The type of the root volume. see more from CVM. +* `sg_id` - (Optional, String) The security group id. +* `storage_type` - (Optional, String) The type of the data volume. see more from CVM. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int) Determine whether the node will be schedulable. 0 is the default meaning node will be schedulable. 1 for unschedulable. +* `user_script` - (Optional, String) User defined script in a base64-format. The script runs after the kubernetes component is ready on node. see more from CCS api documents. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cos_bucket.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cos_bucket.html.markdown index fadc9a6f2d..63d7eeaee0 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cos_bucket.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cos_bucket.html.markdown @@ -236,92 +236,92 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cos_bucket" "mycos" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bucket` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of a bucket to be created. Bucket format should be [custom name]-[appid], for example `mycos-1258798060`. -* `acl_body` - (Optional) ACL XML body for multiple grant info. NOTE: this argument will overwrite `acl`. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/436/7737 for more detail. -* `acl` - (Optional) The canned ACL to apply. Valid values: private, public-read, and public-read-write. Defaults to private. -* `cors_rules` - (Optional) A rule of Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (documented below). -* `encryption_algorithm` - (Optional) The server-side encryption algorithm to use. Valid value is `AES256`. -* `lifecycle_rules` - (Optional) A configuration of object lifecycle management (documented below). -* `log_enable` - (Optional) Indicate the access log of this bucket to be saved or not. Default is `false`. If set `true`, the access log will be saved with `log_target_bucket`. To enable log, the full access of log service must be granted. [Full Access Role Policy](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/436/16920). -* `log_prefix` - (Optional) The prefix log name which saves the access log of this bucket per 5 minutes. Eg. `MyLogPrefix/`. The log access file format is `log_target_bucket`/`log_prefix`{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{time}_{random}_{index}.gz. Only valid when `log_enable` is `true`. -* `log_target_bucket` - (Optional) The target bucket name which saves the access log of this bucket per 5 minutes. The log access file format is `log_target_bucket`/`log_prefix`{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{time}_{random}_{index}.gz. Only valid when `log_enable` is `true`. User must have full access on this bucket. -* `multi_az` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether to create a bucket of multi available zone. NOTE: If set to true, the versioning must enable. -* `origin_domain_rules` - (Optional) Bucket Origin Domain settings. -* `origin_pull_rules` - (Optional) Bucket Origin-Pull settings. -* `replica_role` - (Optional) Request initiator identifier, format: `qcs::cam::uin/:uin/`. NOTE: only `versioning_enable` is true can configure this argument. -* `replica_rules` - (Optional) List of replica rule. NOTE: only `versioning_enable` is true and `replica_role` set can configure this argument. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of a bucket. -* `versioning_enable` - (Optional) Enable bucket versioning. -* `website` - (Optional) A website object(documented below). +* `bucket` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of a bucket to be created. Bucket format should be [custom name]-[appid], for example `mycos-1258798060`. +* `acl_body` - (Optional, String) ACL XML body for multiple grant info. NOTE: this argument will overwrite `acl`. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/436/7737 for more detail. +* `acl` - (Optional, String) The canned ACL to apply. Valid values: private, public-read, and public-read-write. Defaults to private. +* `cors_rules` - (Optional, List) A rule of Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (documented below). +* `encryption_algorithm` - (Optional, String) The server-side encryption algorithm to use. Valid value is `AES256`. +* `lifecycle_rules` - (Optional, List) A configuration of object lifecycle management (documented below). +* `log_enable` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate the access log of this bucket to be saved or not. Default is `false`. If set `true`, the access log will be saved with `log_target_bucket`. To enable log, the full access of log service must be granted. [Full Access Role Policy](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/436/16920). +* `log_prefix` - (Optional, String) The prefix log name which saves the access log of this bucket per 5 minutes. Eg. `MyLogPrefix/`. The log access file format is `log_target_bucket`/`log_prefix`{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{time}_{random}_{index}.gz. Only valid when `log_enable` is `true`. +* `log_target_bucket` - (Optional, String) The target bucket name which saves the access log of this bucket per 5 minutes. The log access file format is `log_target_bucket`/`log_prefix`{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{time}_{random}_{index}.gz. Only valid when `log_enable` is `true`. User must have full access on this bucket. +* `multi_az` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether to create a bucket of multi available zone. NOTE: If set to true, the versioning must enable. +* `origin_domain_rules` - (Optional, List) Bucket Origin Domain settings. +* `origin_pull_rules` - (Optional, List) Bucket Origin-Pull settings. +* `replica_role` - (Optional, String) Request initiator identifier, format: `qcs::cam::uin/:uin/`. NOTE: only `versioning_enable` is true can configure this argument. +* `replica_rules` - (Optional, List) List of replica rule. NOTE: only `versioning_enable` is true and `replica_role` set can configure this argument. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of a bucket. +* `versioning_enable` - (Optional, Bool) Enable bucket versioning. +* `website` - (Optional, List) A website object(documented below). The `cors_rules` object supports the following: -* `allowed_headers` - (Required) Specifies which headers are allowed. -* `allowed_methods` - (Required) Specifies which methods are allowed. Can be `GET`, `PUT`, `POST`, `DELETE` or `HEAD`. -* `allowed_origins` - (Required) Specifies which origins are allowed. -* `expose_headers` - (Optional) Specifies expose header in the response. -* `max_age_seconds` - (Optional) Specifies time in seconds that browser can cache the response for a preflight request. +* `allowed_headers` - (Required, List) Specifies which headers are allowed. +* `allowed_methods` - (Required, List) Specifies which methods are allowed. Can be `GET`, `PUT`, `POST`, `DELETE` or `HEAD`. +* `allowed_origins` - (Required, List) Specifies which origins are allowed. +* `expose_headers` - (Optional, List) Specifies expose header in the response. +* `max_age_seconds` - (Optional, Int) Specifies time in seconds that browser can cache the response for a preflight request. The `expiration` object supports the following: -* `date` - (Optional) Specifies the date after which you want the corresponding action to take effect. -* `days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days after object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. -* `delete_marker` - (Optional) Indicates whether the delete marker of an expired object will be removed. +* `date` - (Optional, String) Specifies the date after which you want the corresponding action to take effect. +* `days` - (Optional, Int) Specifies the number of days after object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. +* `delete_marker` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether the delete marker of an expired object will be removed. The `lifecycle_rules` object supports the following: -* `filter_prefix` - (Required) Object key prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. -* `expiration` - (Optional) Specifies a period in the object's expire (documented below). -* `id` - (Optional) A unique identifier for the rule. It can be up to 255 characters. -* `non_current_expiration` - (Optional) Specifies when non current object versions shall expire. -* `non_current_transition` - (Optional) Specifies a period in the non current object's transitions. -* `transition` - (Optional) Specifies a period in the object's transitions (documented below). +* `filter_prefix` - (Required, String) Object key prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. +* `expiration` - (Optional, Set) Specifies a period in the object's expire (documented below). +* `id` - (Optional, String) A unique identifier for the rule. It can be up to 255 characters. +* `non_current_expiration` - (Optional, Set) Specifies when non current object versions shall expire. +* `non_current_transition` - (Optional, Set) Specifies a period in the non current object's transitions. +* `transition` - (Optional, Set) Specifies a period in the object's transitions (documented below). The `non_current_expiration` object supports the following: -* `non_current_days` - (Optional) Number of days after non current object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. The maximum value is 3650. +* `non_current_days` - (Optional, Int) Number of days after non current object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. The maximum value is 3650. The `non_current_transition` object supports the following: -* `storage_class` - (Required) Specifies the storage class to which you want the non current object to transition. Available values include `STANDARD`, `STANDARD_IA` and `ARCHIVE`. -* `non_current_days` - (Optional) Number of days after non current object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. +* `storage_class` - (Required, String) Specifies the storage class to which you want the non current object to transition. Available values include `STANDARD`, `STANDARD_IA` and `ARCHIVE`. +* `non_current_days` - (Optional, Int) Number of days after non current object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. The `origin_domain_rules` object supports the following: -* `domain` - (Required) Specify domain host. -* `status` - (Optional) Domain status, default: `ENABLED`. -* `type` - (Optional) Specify origin domain type, available values: `REST`, `WEBSITE`, `ACCELERATE`, default: `REST`. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Specify domain host. +* `status` - (Optional, String) Domain status, default: `ENABLED`. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Specify origin domain type, available values: `REST`, `WEBSITE`, `ACCELERATE`, default: `REST`. The `origin_pull_rules` object supports the following: -* `host` - (Required) Allows only a domain name or IP address. You can optionally append a port number to the address. -* `priority` - (Required) Priority of origin-pull rules, do not set the same value for multiple rules. -* `custom_http_headers` - (Optional) Specifies the custom headers that you can add for COS to access your origin server. -* `follow_http_headers` - (Optional) Specifies the pass through headers when accessing the origin server. -* `follow_query_string` - (Optional) Specifies whether to pass through COS request query string when accessing the origin server. -* `follow_redirection` - (Optional) Specifies whether to follow 3XX redirect to another origin server to pull data from. -* `prefix` - (Optional) Triggers the origin-pull rule when the requested file name matches this prefix. -* `protocol` - (Optional) the protocol used for COS to access the specified origin server. The available value include `HTTP`, `HTTPS` and `FOLLOW`. -* `sync_back_to_source` - (Optional) If `true`, COS will not return 3XX status code when pulling data from an origin server. Current available zone: ap-beijing, ap-shanghai, ap-singapore, ap-mumbai. +* `host` - (Required, String) Allows only a domain name or IP address. You can optionally append a port number to the address. +* `priority` - (Required, Int) Priority of origin-pull rules, do not set the same value for multiple rules. +* `custom_http_headers` - (Optional, Map) Specifies the custom headers that you can add for COS to access your origin server. +* `follow_http_headers` - (Optional, List) Specifies the pass through headers when accessing the origin server. +* `follow_query_string` - (Optional, Bool) Specifies whether to pass through COS request query string when accessing the origin server. +* `follow_redirection` - (Optional, Bool) Specifies whether to follow 3XX redirect to another origin server to pull data from. +* `prefix` - (Optional, String) Triggers the origin-pull rule when the requested file name matches this prefix. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) the protocol used for COS to access the specified origin server. The available value include `HTTP`, `HTTPS` and `FOLLOW`. +* `sync_back_to_source` - (Optional, Bool) If `true`, COS will not return 3XX status code when pulling data from an origin server. Current available zone: ap-beijing, ap-shanghai, ap-singapore, ap-mumbai. The `replica_rules` object supports the following: -* `destination_bucket` - (Required) Destination bucket identifier, format: `qcs::cos:::`. NOTE: destination bucket must enable versioning. -* `status` - (Required) Status identifier, available values: `Enabled`, `Disabled`. -* `destination_storage_class` - (Optional) Storage class of destination, available values: `STANDARD`, `INTELLIGENT_TIERING`, `STANDARD_IA`. default is following current class of destination. -* `id` - (Optional) Name of a specific rule. -* `prefix` - (Optional) Prefix matching policy. Policies cannot overlap; otherwise, an error will be returned. To match the root directory, leave this parameter empty. +* `destination_bucket` - (Required, String) Destination bucket identifier, format: `qcs::cos:::`. NOTE: destination bucket must enable versioning. +* `status` - (Required, String) Status identifier, available values: `Enabled`, `Disabled`. +* `destination_storage_class` - (Optional, String) Storage class of destination, available values: `STANDARD`, `INTELLIGENT_TIERING`, `STANDARD_IA`. default is following current class of destination. +* `id` - (Optional, String) Name of a specific rule. +* `prefix` - (Optional, String) Prefix matching policy. Policies cannot overlap; otherwise, an error will be returned. To match the root directory, leave this parameter empty. The `transition` object supports the following: -* `storage_class` - (Required) Specifies the storage class to which you want the object to transition. Available values include `STANDARD`, `STANDARD_IA` and `ARCHIVE`. -* `date` - (Optional) Specifies the date after which you want the corresponding action to take effect. -* `days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days after object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. +* `storage_class` - (Required, String) Specifies the storage class to which you want the object to transition. Available values include `STANDARD`, `STANDARD_IA` and `ARCHIVE`. +* `date` - (Optional, String) Specifies the date after which you want the corresponding action to take effect. +* `days` - (Optional, Int) Specifies the number of days after object creation when the specific rule action takes effect. The `website` object supports the following: -* `error_document` - (Optional) An absolute path to the document to return in case of a 4XX error. -* `index_document` - (Optional) COS returns this index document when requests are made to the root domain or any of the subfolders. +* `error_document` - (Optional, String) An absolute path to the document to return in case of a 4XX error. +* `index_document` - (Optional, String) COS returns this index document when requests are made to the root domain or any of the subfolders. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown index a1a57aaf60..2f64f73add 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_object.html.markdown @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cos_bucket_object" "myobject" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bucket` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of a bucket to use. Bucket format should be [custom name]-[appid], for example `mycos-1258798060`. -* `key` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of the object once it is in the bucket. -* `acl` - (Optional) The canned ACL to apply. Available values include `private`, `public-read`, and `public-read-write`. Defaults to `private`. -* `cache_control` - (Optional) Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For further details, RFC2616 can be referred. -* `content_disposition` - (Optional) Specifies presentational information for the object. -* `content_encoding` - (Optional) Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. -* `content_type` - (Optional) A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. -* `content` - (Optional) Literal string value to use as the object content, which will be uploaded as UTF-8-encoded text. -* `etag` - (Optional) The ETag generated for the object (an MD5 sum of the object content). -* `source` - (Optional) The path to the source file being uploaded to the bucket. -* `storage_class` - (Optional) Object storage type, Available values include `STANDARD`, `STANDARD_IA` and `ARCHIVE`. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tag of the object. +* `bucket` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of a bucket to use. Bucket format should be [custom name]-[appid], for example `mycos-1258798060`. +* `key` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of the object once it is in the bucket. +* `acl` - (Optional, String) The canned ACL to apply. Available values include `private`, `public-read`, and `public-read-write`. Defaults to `private`. +* `cache_control` - (Optional, String) Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For further details, RFC2616 can be referred. +* `content_disposition` - (Optional, String) Specifies presentational information for the object. +* `content_encoding` - (Optional, String) Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. +* `content_type` - (Optional, String) A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. +* `content` - (Optional, String) Literal string value to use as the object content, which will be uploaded as UTF-8-encoded text. +* `etag` - (Optional, String) The ETag generated for the object (an MD5 sum of the object content). +* `source` - (Optional, String) The path to the source file being uploaded to the bucket. +* `storage_class` - (Optional, String) Object storage type, Available values include `STANDARD`, `STANDARD_IA` and `ARCHIVE`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tag of the object. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_policy.html.markdown index 421ba514ab..de18bae0f2 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cos_bucket_policy.html.markdown @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ EOF The following arguments are supported: -* `bucket` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of a bucket to be created. Bucket format should be [custom name]-[appid], for example `mycos-1258798060`. -* `policy` - (Required) The text of the policy. For more info please refer to [Tencent official doc](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/436/18023). +* `bucket` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of a bucket to be created. Bucket format should be [custom name]-[appid], for example `mycos-1258798060`. +* `policy` - (Required, String) The text of the policy. For more info please refer to [Tencent official doc](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/436/18023). ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cynosdb_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cynosdb_cluster.html.markdown index f8d8ca7268..3ea1b0d4cc 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cynosdb_cluster.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cynosdb_cluster.html.markdown @@ -62,35 +62,35 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cynosdb_cluster" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `available_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone of the CynosDB Cluster. -* `cluster_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of CynosDB cluster. -* `db_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of CynosDB, and available values include `MYSQL`. -* `db_version` - (Required, ForceNew) Version of CynosDB, which is related to `db_type`. For `MYSQL`, available value is `5.7`. -* `instance_cpu_core` - (Required) The number of CPU cores of read-write type instance in the CynosDB cluster. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. -* `instance_memory_size` - (Required) Memory capacity of read-write type instance, unit in GB. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. -* `password` - (Required, ForceNew) Password of `root` account. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(AUTO_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Only works for PREPAID cluster. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to delete cluster instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, the cluster and its `All RELATED INSTANCES` will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: works for both `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` cluster. -* `instance_maintain_duration` - (Optional) Duration time for maintenance, unit in second. `3600` by default. -* `instance_maintain_start_time` - (Optional) Offset time from 00:00, unit in second. For example, 03:00am should be `10800`. `10800` by default. -* `instance_maintain_weekdays` - (Optional) Weekdays for maintenance. `["Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat", "Sun"]` by default. -* `param_items` - (Optional) Specify parameter list of database. Use `data.tencentcloud_mysql_default_params` to query available parameter details. -* `port` - (Optional, ForceNew) Port of CynosDB cluster. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the project. `0` by default. -* `ro_group_sg` - (Optional) IDs of security group for `ro_group`. -* `rw_group_sg` - (Optional) IDs of security group for `rw_group`. -* `storage_limit` - (Optional, ForceNew) Storage limit of CynosDB cluster instance, unit in GB. The maximum storage of a non-serverless instance in GB. NOTE: If db_type is `MYSQL` and charge_type is `PREPAID`, the value cannot exceed the maximum storage corresponding to the CPU and memory specifications, when charge_type is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, this argument is unnecessary. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the CynosDB cluster. +* `available_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone of the CynosDB Cluster. +* `cluster_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of CynosDB cluster. +* `db_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of CynosDB, and available values include `MYSQL`. +* `db_version` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Version of CynosDB, which is related to `db_type`. For `MYSQL`, available value is `5.7`. +* `instance_cpu_core` - (Required, Int) The number of CPU cores of read-write type instance in the CynosDB cluster. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. +* `instance_memory_size` - (Required, Int) Memory capacity of read-write type instance, unit in GB. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. +* `password` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Password of `root` account. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(AUTO_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Only works for PREPAID cluster. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to delete cluster instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, the cluster and its `All RELATED INSTANCES` will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: works for both `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` cluster. +* `instance_maintain_duration` - (Optional, Int) Duration time for maintenance, unit in second. `3600` by default. +* `instance_maintain_start_time` - (Optional, Int) Offset time from 00:00, unit in second. For example, 03:00am should be `10800`. `10800` by default. +* `instance_maintain_weekdays` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Weekdays for maintenance. `["Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat", "Sun"]` by default. +* `param_items` - (Optional, List) Specify parameter list of database. Use `data.tencentcloud_mysql_default_params` to query available parameter details. +* `port` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Port of CynosDB cluster. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) ID of the project. `0` by default. +* `ro_group_sg` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) IDs of security group for `ro_group`. +* `rw_group_sg` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) IDs of security group for `rw_group`. +* `storage_limit` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Storage limit of CynosDB cluster instance, unit in GB. The maximum storage of a non-serverless instance in GB. NOTE: If db_type is `MYSQL` and charge_type is `PREPAID`, the value cannot exceed the maximum storage corresponding to the CPU and memory specifications, when charge_type is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, this argument is unnecessary. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the CynosDB cluster. The `param_items` object supports the following: -* `current_value` - (Required) Param expected value to set. -* `name` - (Required) Name of param, e.g. `character_set_server`. -* `old_value` - (Optional) Param old value, indicates the value which already set, this value is required when modifying current_value. +* `current_value` - (Required, String) Param expected value to set. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of param, e.g. `character_set_server`. +* `old_value` - (Optional, String) Param old value, indicates the value which already set, this value is required when modifying current_value. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/cynosdb_readonly_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cynosdb_readonly_instance.html.markdown index 9a1bd1c868..c129fb848a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/cynosdb_readonly_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/cynosdb_readonly_instance.html.markdown @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_cynosdb_readonly_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Cluster ID which the readonly instance belongs to. -* `instance_cpu_core` - (Required) The number of CPU cores of read-write type instance in the CynosDB cluster. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. -* `instance_memory_size` - (Required) Memory capacity of read-write type instance, unit in GB. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. -* `instance_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of instance. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to delete readonly instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: works for both `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` cluster. -* `instance_maintain_duration` - (Optional) Duration time for maintenance, unit in second. `3600` by default. -* `instance_maintain_start_time` - (Optional) Offset time from 00:00, unit in second. For example, 03:00am should be `10800`. `10800` by default. -* `instance_maintain_weekdays` - (Optional) Weekdays for maintenance. `["Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat", "Sun"]` by default. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Cluster ID which the readonly instance belongs to. +* `instance_cpu_core` - (Required, Int) The number of CPU cores of read-write type instance in the CynosDB cluster. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. +* `instance_memory_size` - (Required, Int) Memory capacity of read-write type instance, unit in GB. Note: modification of this field will take effect immediately, if want to upgrade on maintenance window, please upgrade from console. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of instance. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to delete readonly instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: works for both `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` cluster. +* `instance_maintain_duration` - (Optional, Int) Duration time for maintenance, unit in second. `3600` by default. +* `instance_maintain_start_time` - (Optional, Int) Offset time from 00:00, unit in second. For example, 03:00am should be `10800`. `10800` by default. +* `instance_maintain_weekdays` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Weekdays for maintenance. `["Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat", "Sun"]` by default. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_http_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_http_policy.html.markdown index 9983156005..771a94ad22 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_http_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_http_policy.html.markdown @@ -78,21 +78,21 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_cc_http_policy" "test_bgp" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the CC self-define http policy. Length should between 1 and 20. -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the CC self-define http policy works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the CC self-define http policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `action` - (Optional) Action mode, only valid when `smode` is `matching`. Valid values are `alg` and `drop`. -* `frequency` - (Optional) Max frequency per minute, only valid when `smode` is `speedlimit`, the valid value ranges from 1 to 10000. -* `ip` - (Optional) Ip of the CC self-define http policy, only valid when `resource_type` is `bgp-multip`. The num of list items can only be set one. -* `rule_list` - (Optional) Rule list of the CC self-define http policy, only valid when `smode` is `matching`. -* `smode` - (Optional) Match mode, and valid values are `matching`, `speedlimit`. Note: the speed limit type CC self-define policy can only set one. -* `switch` - (Optional) Indicate the CC self-define http policy takes effect or not. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the CC self-define http policy. Length should between 1 and 20. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the CC self-define http policy works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the CC self-define http policy works for, valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `action` - (Optional, String) Action mode, only valid when `smode` is `matching`. Valid values are `alg` and `drop`. +* `frequency` - (Optional, Int) Max frequency per minute, only valid when `smode` is `speedlimit`, the valid value ranges from 1 to 10000. +* `ip` - (Optional, String) Ip of the CC self-define http policy, only valid when `resource_type` is `bgp-multip`. The num of list items can only be set one. +* `rule_list` - (Optional, Set) Rule list of the CC self-define http policy, only valid when `smode` is `matching`. +* `smode` - (Optional, String) Match mode, and valid values are `matching`, `speedlimit`. Note: the speed limit type CC self-define policy can only set one. +* `switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate the CC self-define http policy takes effect or not. The `rule_list` object supports the following: -* `operator` - (Optional) Operator of the rule. Valid values: `include`, `not_include`, `equal`. -* `skey` - (Optional) Key of the rule. Valid values: `host`, `cgi`, `ua`, `referer`. -* `value` - (Optional) Rule value, then length should be less than 31 bytes. +* `operator` - (Optional, String) Operator of the rule. Valid values: `include`, `not_include`, `equal`. +* `skey` - (Optional, String) Key of the rule. Valid values: `host`, `cgi`, `ua`, `referer`. +* `value` - (Optional, String) Rule value, then length should be less than 31 bytes. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_https_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_https_policy.html.markdown index 12aa8d80a4..6d9e7181ee 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_https_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_https_policy.html.markdown @@ -37,20 +37,20 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_cc_https_policy" "test_policy" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Domain that the CC self-define https policy works for, only valid when `protocol` is `https`. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the CC self-define https policy. Length should between 1 and 20. -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the CC self-define https policy works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the CC self-define https policy works for, valid value is `bgpip`. -* `rule_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Rule id of the domain that the CC self-define https policy works for, only valid when `protocol` is `https`. -* `rule_list` - (Required) Rule list of the CC self-define https policy. -* `action` - (Optional) Action mode. Valid values are `alg` and `drop`. -* `switch` - (Optional) Indicate the CC self-define https policy takes effect or not. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Domain that the CC self-define https policy works for, only valid when `protocol` is `https`. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the CC self-define https policy. Length should between 1 and 20. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the CC self-define https policy works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the CC self-define https policy works for, valid value is `bgpip`. +* `rule_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Rule id of the domain that the CC self-define https policy works for, only valid when `protocol` is `https`. +* `rule_list` - (Required, Set) Rule list of the CC self-define https policy. +* `action` - (Optional, String) Action mode. Valid values are `alg` and `drop`. +* `switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate the CC self-define https policy takes effect or not. The `rule_list` object supports the following: -* `operator` - (Required) Operator of the rule. Valid values are `include` and `equal`. -* `skey` - (Required) Key of the rule. Valid values are `cgi`, `ua` and `referer`. -* `value` - (Required) Rule value, then length should be less than 31 bytes. +* `operator` - (Required, String) Operator of the rule. Valid values are `include` and `equal`. +* `skey` - (Required, String) Key of the rule. Valid values are `cgi`, `ua` and `referer`. +* `value` - (Required, String) Rule value, then length should be less than 31 bytes. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_policy_v2.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_policy_v2.html.markdown index 59155ed141..dc92f67268 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_policy_v2.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_cc_policy_v2.html.markdown @@ -66,70 +66,70 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_cc_policy_v2" "demo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `business` - (Required) Bussiness of resource instance. bgpip indicates anti-anti-ip ip; bgp means exclusive package; bgp-multip means shared packet; net indicates anti-anti-ip pro version. -* `resource_id` - (Required) The ID of the resource instance. -* `cc_black_white_ips` - (Optional) Blacklist and whitelist. -* `cc_geo_ip_policys` - (Optional) Details of the CC region blocking policy list. -* `cc_precision_policys` - (Optional) CC Precision Protection List. -* `cc_precision_req_limits` - (Optional) CC frequency throttling policy. -* `thresholds` - (Optional) List of protection threshold configurations. +* `business` - (Required, String) Bussiness of resource instance. bgpip indicates anti-anti-ip ip; bgp means exclusive package; bgp-multip means shared packet; net indicates anti-anti-ip pro version. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String) The ID of the resource instance. +* `cc_black_white_ips` - (Optional, List) Blacklist and whitelist. +* `cc_geo_ip_policys` - (Optional, List) Details of the CC region blocking policy list. +* `cc_precision_policys` - (Optional, List) CC Precision Protection List. +* `cc_precision_req_limits` - (Optional, List) CC frequency throttling policy. +* `thresholds` - (Optional, List) List of protection threshold configurations. The `cc_black_white_ips` object supports the following: -* `black_white_ip` - (Required) Blacklist and whitelist IP addresses. -* `domain` - (Required) Domain. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol. -* `type` - (Required) IP type, value [black(blacklist IP), white (whitelist IP)]. -* `create_time` - (Optional) Create time. -* `modify_time` - (Optional) Modify time. +* `black_white_ip` - (Required, String) Blacklist and whitelist IP addresses. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Domain. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol. +* `type` - (Required, String) IP type, value [black(blacklist IP), white (whitelist IP)]. +* `create_time` - (Optional, String) Create time. +* `modify_time` - (Optional, String) Modify time. The `cc_geo_ip_policys` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Required) User action, drop or arg. -* `domain` - (Required) domain. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol, preferably HTTP, HTTPS. -* `region_type` - (Required) Regional types, divided into china, oversea and customized. -* `area_list` - (Optional) The list of region IDs that the user selects to block. -* `create_time` - (Optional) Create time. -* `modify_time` - (Optional) Modify time. +* `action` - (Required, String) User action, drop or arg. +* `domain` - (Required, String) domain. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol, preferably HTTP, HTTPS. +* `region_type` - (Required, String) Regional types, divided into china, oversea and customized. +* `area_list` - (Optional, List) The list of region IDs that the user selects to block. +* `create_time` - (Optional, String) Create time. +* `modify_time` - (Optional, String) Modify time. The `cc_precision_policys` object supports the following: -* `domain` - (Required) Domain. -* `ip` - (Required) Ip address. -* `policy_action` - (Required) Policy mode (discard or captcha). -* `policys` - (Required) A list of policies. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Domain. +* `ip` - (Required, String) Ip address. +* `policy_action` - (Required, String) Policy mode (discard or captcha). +* `policys` - (Required, List) A list of policies. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol. The `cc_precision_req_limits` object supports the following: -* `domain` - (Required) Domain. -* `level` - (Required) Protection rating, the optional value of default means default policy, loose means loose, and strict means strict. -* `policys` - (Required) The CC Frequency Limit Policy Item field. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol, preferably HTTP, HTTPS. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Domain. +* `level` - (Required, String) Protection rating, the optional value of default means default policy, loose means loose, and strict means strict. +* `policys` - (Required, List) The CC Frequency Limit Policy Item field. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol, preferably HTTP, HTTPS. The `policys` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Required) The frequency limit policy mode, the optional value of arg indicates the verification code, and drop indicates the discard. -* `execute_duration` - (Required) The duration of the frequency limit policy can be taken from 1 to 86400 per second. -* `mode` - (Required) The policy item is compared, and the optional value include indicates inclusion, and equal means equal. -* `period` - (Required) Statistical period, take values 1, 10, 30, 60, in seconds. -* `request_num` - (Required) The number of requests, the value is 1 to 20000. -* `cookie` - (Optional) Cookies, one of the three policy entries can only be filled in. -* `uri` - (Optional) Uri, one of the three policy entries can only be filled in. -* `user_agent` - (Optional) User-Agent, only one of the three policy entries can be filled in. +* `action` - (Required, String) The frequency limit policy mode, the optional value of arg indicates the verification code, and drop indicates the discard. +* `execute_duration` - (Required, Int) The duration of the frequency limit policy can be taken from 1 to 86400 per second. +* `mode` - (Required, String) The policy item is compared, and the optional value include indicates inclusion, and equal means equal. +* `period` - (Required, Int) Statistical period, take values 1, 10, 30, 60, in seconds. +* `request_num` - (Required, Int) The number of requests, the value is 1 to 20000. +* `cookie` - (Optional, String) Cookies, one of the three policy entries can only be filled in. +* `uri` - (Optional, String) Uri, one of the three policy entries can only be filled in. +* `user_agent` - (Optional, String) User-Agent, only one of the three policy entries can be filled in. The `policys` object supports the following: -* `field_name` - (Required) Configuration item types, currently only support value. -* `field_type` - (Required) Configuration fields with the desirable values cgi, ua, cookie, referer, accept, srcip. -* `value_operator` - (Required) Configure the item-value comparison mode, which can be taken as the value of evaluate, not_equal, include. -* `value` - (Required) Configure the value. +* `field_name` - (Required, String) Configuration item types, currently only support value. +* `field_type` - (Required, String) Configuration fields with the desirable values cgi, ua, cookie, referer, accept, srcip. +* `value_operator` - (Required, String) Configure the item-value comparison mode, which can be taken as the value of evaluate, not_equal, include. +* `value` - (Required, String) Configure the value. The `thresholds` object supports the following: -* `domain` - (Required) domain. -* `threshold` - (Required) Cleaning threshold, -1 indicates that the `default` mode is turned on. +* `domain` - (Required, String) domain. +* `threshold` - (Required, Int) Cleaning threshold, -1 indicates that the `default` mode is turned on. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy.html.markdown index 8d155f062a..03efcf7ff3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy.html.markdown @@ -80,69 +80,69 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policy" "test_policy" { The following arguments are supported: -* `drop_options` - (Required) Option list of abnormal check of the DDos policy, should set at least one policy. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the DDoS policy. Length should between 1 and 32. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for. Valid values: `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. -* `black_ips` - (Optional) Black IP list. -* `packet_filters` - (Optional) Message filter options list. -* `port_filters` - (Optional) Port limits of abnormal check of the DDos policy. -* `watermark_filters` - (Optional) Watermark policy options, and only support one watermark policy at most. -* `white_ips` - (Optional) White IP list. +* `drop_options` - (Required, List) Option list of abnormal check of the DDos policy, should set at least one policy. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the DDoS policy. Length should between 1 and 32. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for. Valid values: `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip` and `net`. +* `black_ips` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Black IP list. +* `packet_filters` - (Optional, List) Message filter options list. +* `port_filters` - (Optional, List) Port limits of abnormal check of the DDos policy. +* `watermark_filters` - (Optional, List) Watermark policy options, and only support one watermark policy at most. +* `white_ips` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) White IP list. The `drop_options` object supports the following: -* `bad_conn_threshold` - (Required) The number of new connections based on destination IP that trigger suppression of connections. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). -* `check_sync_conn` - (Required) Indicate whether to check null connection or not. -* `conn_timeout` - (Required) Connection timeout of abnormal connection check. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). -* `d_conn_limit` - (Required) The limit of concurrent connections based on destination IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). -* `d_new_limit` - (Required) The limit of new connections based on destination IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). -* `drop_abroad` - (Required) Indicate whether to drop abroad traffic or not. -* `drop_icmp` - (Required) Indicate whether to drop ICMP protocol or not. -* `drop_other` - (Required) Indicate whether to drop other protocols(exclude TCP/UDP/ICMP) or not. -* `drop_tcp` - (Required) Indicate whether to drop TCP protocol or not. -* `drop_udp` - (Required) Indicate to drop UDP protocol or not. -* `icmp_mbps_limit` - (Required) The limit of ICMP traffic rate. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). -* `null_conn_enable` - (Required) Indicate to enable null connection or not. -* `other_mbps_limit` - (Required) The limit of other protocols(exclude TCP/UDP/ICMP) traffic rate. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). -* `s_conn_limit` - (Required) The limit of concurrent connections based on source IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). -* `s_new_limit` - (Required) The limit of new connections based on source IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). -* `syn_limit` - (Required) The limit of syn of abnormal connection check. Valid value ranges: (0~100). -* `tcp_mbps_limit` - (Required) The limit of TCP traffic. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). -* `udp_mbps_limit` - (Required) The limit of UDP traffic rate. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). -* `syn_rate` - (Optional) The percentage of syn in ack of abnormal connection check. Valid value ranges: (0~100). +* `bad_conn_threshold` - (Required, Int) The number of new connections based on destination IP that trigger suppression of connections. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). +* `check_sync_conn` - (Required, Bool) Indicate whether to check null connection or not. +* `conn_timeout` - (Required, Int) Connection timeout of abnormal connection check. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `d_conn_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of concurrent connections based on destination IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). +* `d_new_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of new connections based on destination IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). +* `drop_abroad` - (Required, Bool) Indicate whether to drop abroad traffic or not. +* `drop_icmp` - (Required, Bool) Indicate whether to drop ICMP protocol or not. +* `drop_other` - (Required, Bool) Indicate whether to drop other protocols(exclude TCP/UDP/ICMP) or not. +* `drop_tcp` - (Required, Bool) Indicate whether to drop TCP protocol or not. +* `drop_udp` - (Required, Bool) Indicate to drop UDP protocol or not. +* `icmp_mbps_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of ICMP traffic rate. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). +* `null_conn_enable` - (Required, Bool) Indicate to enable null connection or not. +* `other_mbps_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of other protocols(exclude TCP/UDP/ICMP) traffic rate. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). +* `s_conn_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of concurrent connections based on source IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). +* `s_new_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of new connections based on source IP. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295). +* `syn_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of syn of abnormal connection check. Valid value ranges: (0~100). +* `tcp_mbps_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of TCP traffic. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). +* `udp_mbps_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit of UDP traffic rate. Valid value ranges: (0~4294967295)(Mbps). +* `syn_rate` - (Optional, Int) The percentage of syn in ack of abnormal connection check. Valid value ranges: (0~100). The `packet_filters` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Optional) Action of port to take. Valid values: `drop`, `drop_black`,`drop_rst`,`drop_black_rst`,`transmit`.`drop`(drop the packet), `drop_black`(drop the packet and black the ip),`drop_rst`(drop the packet and disconnect),`drop_black_rst`(drop the packet, black the ip and disconnect),`transmit`(transmit the packet). -* `d_end_port` - (Optional) End port of the destination. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `d_start_port`. -* `d_start_port` - (Optional) Start port of the destination. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). -* `depth` - (Optional) The depth of match. Valid value ranges: (0~1500). -* `is_include` - (Optional) Indicate whether to include the key word/regular expression or not. -* `match_begin` - (Optional) Indicate whether to check load or not, `begin_l5` means to match and `no_match` means not. -* `match_str` - (Optional) The key word or regular expression. -* `match_type` - (Optional) Match type. Valid values: `sunday` and `pcre`. `sunday` means key word match while `pcre` means regular match. -* `offset` - (Optional) The offset of match. Valid value ranges: (0~1500). -* `pkt_length_max` - (Optional) The max length of the packet. Valid value ranges: (0~1500)(Mbps). It must be greater than `pkt_length_min`. -* `pkt_length_min` - (Optional) The minimum length of the packet. Valid value ranges: (0~1500)(Mbps). -* `protocol` - (Optional) Protocol. Valid values: `tcp`, `udp`, `icmp`, `all`. -* `s_end_port` - (Optional) End port of the source. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `s_start_port`. -* `s_start_port` - (Optional) Start port of the source. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `action` - (Optional, String) Action of port to take. Valid values: `drop`, `drop_black`,`drop_rst`,`drop_black_rst`,`transmit`.`drop`(drop the packet), `drop_black`(drop the packet and black the ip),`drop_rst`(drop the packet and disconnect),`drop_black_rst`(drop the packet, black the ip and disconnect),`transmit`(transmit the packet). +* `d_end_port` - (Optional, Int) End port of the destination. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `d_start_port`. +* `d_start_port` - (Optional, Int) Start port of the destination. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `depth` - (Optional, Int) The depth of match. Valid value ranges: (0~1500). +* `is_include` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to include the key word/regular expression or not. +* `match_begin` - (Optional, String) Indicate whether to check load or not, `begin_l5` means to match and `no_match` means not. +* `match_str` - (Optional, String) The key word or regular expression. +* `match_type` - (Optional, String) Match type. Valid values: `sunday` and `pcre`. `sunday` means key word match while `pcre` means regular match. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) The offset of match. Valid value ranges: (0~1500). +* `pkt_length_max` - (Optional, Int) The max length of the packet. Valid value ranges: (0~1500)(Mbps). It must be greater than `pkt_length_min`. +* `pkt_length_min` - (Optional, Int) The minimum length of the packet. Valid value ranges: (0~1500)(Mbps). +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) Protocol. Valid values: `tcp`, `udp`, `icmp`, `all`. +* `s_end_port` - (Optional, Int) End port of the source. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `s_start_port`. +* `s_start_port` - (Optional, Int) Start port of the source. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). The `port_filters` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Optional) Action of port to take. Valid values: `drop`, `transmit`. -* `end_port` - (Optional) End port. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `start_port`. -* `kind` - (Optional) The type of forbidden port. Valid values: `0`, `1`, `2`. `0` for destination ports make effect, `1` for source ports make effect. `2` for both destination and source ports. -* `protocol` - (Optional) Protocol. Valid values are `tcp`, `udp`, `icmp`, `all`. -* `start_port` - (Optional) Start port. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `action` - (Optional, String) Action of port to take. Valid values: `drop`, `transmit`. +* `end_port` - (Optional, Int) End port. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `start_port`. +* `kind` - (Optional, Int) The type of forbidden port. Valid values: `0`, `1`, `2`. `0` for destination ports make effect, `1` for source ports make effect. `2` for both destination and source ports. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) Protocol. Valid values are `tcp`, `udp`, `icmp`, `all`. +* `start_port` - (Optional, Int) Start port. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). The `watermark_filters` object supports the following: -* `auto_remove` - (Optional) Indicate whether to auto-remove the watermark or not. -* `offset` - (Optional) The offset of watermark. Valid value ranges: (0~1500). -* `open_switch` - (Optional) Indicate whether to open watermark or not. It muse be set `true` when any field of watermark was set. -* `tcp_port_list` - (Optional) Port range of TCP, the format is like `2000-3000`. -* `udp_port_list` - (Optional) Port range of TCP, the format is like `2000-3000`. +* `auto_remove` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to auto-remove the watermark or not. +* `offset` - (Optional, Int) The offset of watermark. Valid value ranges: (0~1500). +* `open_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to open watermark or not. It muse be set `true` when any field of watermark was set. +* `tcp_port_list` - (Optional, List) Port range of TCP, the format is like `2000-3000`. +* `udp_port_list` - (Optional, List) Port range of TCP, the format is like `2000-3000`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_attachment.html.markdown index 48528e1c49..fff2a945c2 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_attachment.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policy_attachment" "dayu_ddos_policy_attachment The following arguments are supported: -* `policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the policy. -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the attached resource. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for. Valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip`, `net`. +* `policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the policy. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the attached resource. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy works for. Valid values are `bgpip`, `bgp`, `bgp-multip`, `net`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_case.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_case.html.markdown index 72a515a965..74b164a698 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_case.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_case.html.markdown @@ -46,28 +46,28 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policy_case" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `app_protocols` - (Required) App protocol set of the DDoS policy case. -* `app_type` - (Required) App type of the DDoS policy case. Valid values: `WEB`, `GAME`, `APP` and `OTHER`. -* `has_abroad` - (Required) Indicate whether the service involves overseas or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. -* `has_initiate_tcp` - (Required) Indicate whether the service actively initiates TCP requests or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the DDoS policy case. Length should between 1 and 64. -* `platform_types` - (Required) Platform set of the DDoS policy case. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy case works for. Valid values: `bgpip`, `bgp` and `bgp-multip`. -* `tcp_end_port` - (Required) End port of the TCP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `tcp_start_port`. -* `tcp_start_port` - (Required) Start port of the TCP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). -* `udp_end_port` - (Required) End port of the UDP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `udp_start_port`. -* `udp_start_port` - (Required) Start port of the UDP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). -* `web_api_urls` - (Required) Web API url set. -* `has_initiate_udp` - (Optional) Indicate whether the actively initiate UDP requests or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. -* `has_vpn` - (Optional) Indicate whether the service involves VPN service or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. -* `max_tcp_package_len` - (Optional) The max length of TCP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. It should be greater than `min_tcp_package_len`. -* `max_udp_package_len` - (Optional) The max length of UDP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. It should be greater than `min_udp_package_len`. -* `min_tcp_package_len` - (Optional) The minimum length of TCP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. -* `min_udp_package_len` - (Optional) The minimum length of UDP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. -* `peer_tcp_port` - (Optional) The port that actively initiates TCP requests. Valid value ranges: (1~65535). -* `peer_udp_port` - (Optional) The port that actively initiates UDP requests. Valid value ranges: (1~65535). -* `tcp_footprint` - (Optional) The fixed signature of TCP protocol load, valid value length is range from 1 to 512. -* `udp_footprint` - (Optional) The fixed signature of TCP protocol load, valid value length is range from 1 to 512. +* `app_protocols` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) App protocol set of the DDoS policy case. +* `app_type` - (Required, String) App type of the DDoS policy case. Valid values: `WEB`, `GAME`, `APP` and `OTHER`. +* `has_abroad` - (Required, String) Indicate whether the service involves overseas or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. +* `has_initiate_tcp` - (Required, String) Indicate whether the service actively initiates TCP requests or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the DDoS policy case. Length should between 1 and 64. +* `platform_types` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Platform set of the DDoS policy case. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the DDoS policy case works for. Valid values: `bgpip`, `bgp` and `bgp-multip`. +* `tcp_end_port` - (Required, String) End port of the TCP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `tcp_start_port`. +* `tcp_start_port` - (Required, String) Start port of the TCP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `udp_end_port` - (Required, String) End port of the UDP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). It must be greater than `udp_start_port`. +* `udp_start_port` - (Required, String) Start port of the UDP service. Valid value ranges: (0~65535). +* `web_api_urls` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Web API url set. +* `has_initiate_udp` - (Optional, String) Indicate whether the actively initiate UDP requests or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. +* `has_vpn` - (Optional, String) Indicate whether the service involves VPN service or not. Valid values: `no` and `yes`. +* `max_tcp_package_len` - (Optional, String) The max length of TCP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. It should be greater than `min_tcp_package_len`. +* `max_udp_package_len` - (Optional, String) The max length of UDP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. It should be greater than `min_udp_package_len`. +* `min_tcp_package_len` - (Optional, String) The minimum length of TCP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. +* `min_udp_package_len` - (Optional, String) The minimum length of UDP message package, valid value length should be greater than 0 and less than 1500. +* `peer_tcp_port` - (Optional, String) The port that actively initiates TCP requests. Valid value ranges: (1~65535). +* `peer_udp_port` - (Optional, String) The port that actively initiates UDP requests. Valid value ranges: (1~65535). +* `tcp_footprint` - (Optional, String) The fixed signature of TCP protocol load, valid value length is range from 1 to 512. +* `udp_footprint` - (Optional, String) The fixed signature of TCP protocol load, valid value length is range from 1 to 512. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_v2.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_v2.html.markdown index 7aaa903be5..008918e85f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_v2.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_ddos_policy_v2.html.markdown @@ -92,90 +92,90 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_ddos_policy_v2" "ddos_v2" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of the resource instance. -* `acls` - (Optional) Port ACL policy for DDoS protection. -* `black_white_ips` - (Optional) DDoS-protected IP blacklist and whitelist. -* `business` - (Optional) Bussiness of resource instance. bgpip indicates anti-anti-ip ip; bgp means exclusive package; bgp-multip means shared packet; net indicates anti-anti-ip pro version. -* `ddos_ai` - (Optional) AI protection switch, take the value [`on`, `off`]. -* `ddos_connect_limit` - (Optional) DDoS connection suppression options. -* `ddos_geo_ip_block_config` - (Optional) DDoS-protected area block configuration. -* `ddos_level` - (Optional) Protection class, value [`low`, `middle`, `high`]. -* `ddos_speed_limit_config` - (Optional) Access speed limit configuration for DDoS protection. -* `ddos_threshold` - (Optional) DDoS cleaning threshold, value[0, 60, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 700, 1000]; When the value is set to 0, it means that the default value is adopted. -* `packet_filters` - (Optional) Feature filtering rules for DDoS protection. -* `protocol_block_config` - (Optional) Protocol block configuration for DDoS protection. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of the resource instance. +* `acls` - (Optional, List) Port ACL policy for DDoS protection. +* `black_white_ips` - (Optional, List) DDoS-protected IP blacklist and whitelist. +* `business` - (Optional, String) Bussiness of resource instance. bgpip indicates anti-anti-ip ip; bgp means exclusive package; bgp-multip means shared packet; net indicates anti-anti-ip pro version. +* `ddos_ai` - (Optional, String) AI protection switch, take the value [`on`, `off`]. +* `ddos_connect_limit` - (Optional, List) DDoS connection suppression options. +* `ddos_geo_ip_block_config` - (Optional, List) DDoS-protected area block configuration. +* `ddos_level` - (Optional, String) Protection class, value [`low`, `middle`, `high`]. +* `ddos_speed_limit_config` - (Optional, List) Access speed limit configuration for DDoS protection. +* `ddos_threshold` - (Optional, Int) DDoS cleaning threshold, value[0, 60, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 700, 1000]; When the value is set to 0, it means that the default value is adopted. +* `packet_filters` - (Optional, List) Feature filtering rules for DDoS protection. +* `protocol_block_config` - (Optional, List) Protocol block configuration for DDoS protection. The `acls` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Required) Action, optional values: drop, transmit, forward. -* `d_port_end` - (Required) The destination port ends, and the value range is 0~65535. -* `d_port_start` - (Required) The destination port starts, and the value range is 0~65535. -* `forward_protocol` - (Required) Protocol type, desirable values tcp, udp, all. -* `priority` - (Required) Policy priority, the lower the number, the higher the level, the higher the rule matches, taking a value of 1-1000.Note: This field may return null, indicating that a valid value could not be retrieved. -* `s_port_end` - (Required) The source port ends, and the acceptable value ranges from 0 to 65535. -* `s_port_start` - (Required) The source port starts, and the value range is 0~65535. +* `action` - (Required, String) Action, optional values: drop, transmit, forward. +* `d_port_end` - (Required, Int) The destination port ends, and the value range is 0~65535. +* `d_port_start` - (Required, Int) The destination port starts, and the value range is 0~65535. +* `forward_protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol type, desirable values tcp, udp, all. +* `priority` - (Required, Int) Policy priority, the lower the number, the higher the level, the higher the rule matches, taking a value of 1-1000.Note: This field may return null, indicating that a valid value could not be retrieved. +* `s_port_end` - (Required, Int) The source port ends, and the acceptable value ranges from 0 to 65535. +* `s_port_start` - (Required, Int) The source port starts, and the value range is 0~65535. The `black_white_ips` object supports the following: -* `ip_type` - (Required) IP type, value [`black`(blacklist IP), `white` (whitelist IP)]. -* `ip` - (Required) Ip of resource instance. +* `ip_type` - (Required, String) IP type, value [`black`(blacklist IP), `white` (whitelist IP)]. +* `ip` - (Required, String) Ip of resource instance. The `ddos_connect_limit` object supports the following: -* `bad_conn_threshold` - (Required) Based on connection suppression trigger threshold, value range [0,4294967295]. -* `conn_timeout` - (Required) Abnormal connection detection condition, connection timeout, value range [0,65535]. -* `dst_conn_limit` - (Required) Concurrent connection control based on destination IP+ destination port. -* `dst_new_limit` - (Required) Limit on the number of news per second based on the destination IP. -* `null_conn_enable` - (Required) Abnormal connection detection conditions, empty connection guard switch, value range[0,1]. -* `sd_conn_limit` - (Required) Concurrent connection control based on source IP + destination IP. -* `sd_new_limit` - (Required) The limit on the number of news per second based on source IP + destination IP. -* `syn_limit` - (Required) Anomaly connection detection condition, syn threshold, value range [0,100]. -* `syn_rate` - (Required) Anomalous connection detection condition, percentage of syn ack, value range [0,100]. +* `bad_conn_threshold` - (Required, Int) Based on connection suppression trigger threshold, value range [0,4294967295]. +* `conn_timeout` - (Required, Int) Abnormal connection detection condition, connection timeout, value range [0,65535]. +* `dst_conn_limit` - (Required, Int) Concurrent connection control based on destination IP+ destination port. +* `dst_new_limit` - (Required, Int) Limit on the number of news per second based on the destination IP. +* `null_conn_enable` - (Required, Int) Abnormal connection detection conditions, empty connection guard switch, value range[0,1]. +* `sd_conn_limit` - (Required, Int) Concurrent connection control based on source IP + destination IP. +* `sd_new_limit` - (Required, Int) The limit on the number of news per second based on source IP + destination IP. +* `syn_limit` - (Required, Int) Anomaly connection detection condition, syn threshold, value range [0,100]. +* `syn_rate` - (Required, Int) Anomalous connection detection condition, percentage of syn ack, value range [0,100]. The `ddos_geo_ip_block_config` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Required) Block action, take the value [`drop`, `trans`]. -* `area_list` - (Required) When the RegionType is customized, the AreaList must be filled in, and a maximum of 128 must be filled in. -* `region_type` - (Required) Zone type, value [oversea (overseas),china (domestic),customized (custom region)]. +* `action` - (Required, String) Block action, take the value [`drop`, `trans`]. +* `area_list` - (Required, List) When the RegionType is customized, the AreaList must be filled in, and a maximum of 128 must be filled in. +* `region_type` - (Required, String) Zone type, value [oversea (overseas),china (domestic),customized (custom region)]. The `ddos_speed_limit_config` object supports the following: -* `bandwidth` - (Required) Bandwidth bps. -* `dst_port_list` - (Required) List of port ranges, up to 8, multiple; Separated, the range is represented with -; this port range must be filled in; fill in the style 1:0-65535, style 2:80; 443; 1000-2000. -* `mode` - (Required) Speed limit mode, take the value [1 (speed limit based on source IP),2 (speed limit based on destination port)]. -* `packet_rate` - (Required) Packet rate pps. -* `protocol_list` - (Required) IP protocol numbers, take the value[ ALL (all protocols),TCP (tcp protocol),UDP (udp protocol),SMP (smp protocol),1; 2-100 (custom protocol number range, up to 8)]. +* `bandwidth` - (Required, Int) Bandwidth bps. +* `dst_port_list` - (Required, String) List of port ranges, up to 8, multiple; Separated, the range is represented with -; this port range must be filled in; fill in the style 1:0-65535, style 2:80; 443; 1000-2000. +* `mode` - (Required, Int) Speed limit mode, take the value [1 (speed limit based on source IP),2 (speed limit based on destination port)]. +* `packet_rate` - (Required, Int) Packet rate pps. +* `protocol_list` - (Required, String) IP protocol numbers, take the value[ ALL (all protocols),TCP (tcp protocol),UDP (udp protocol),SMP (smp protocol),1; 2-100 (custom protocol number range, up to 8)]. The `packet_filters` object supports the following: -* `action` - (Required) Action, take the value [drop,transmit,drop_black (discard and black out),drop_rst (Interception),drop_black_rst (intercept and block),forward]. -* `d_port_end` - (Required) The end destination port, take the value 1~65535, which must be greater than or equal to the starting destination port. -* `d_port_start` - (Required) From the destination port, take the value 0~65535. -* `depth2` - (Required) Second detection depth starting from the second detection position, value [0,1500]. -* `depth` - (Required) Detection depth from the detection position, value [0,1500]. -* `is_not2` - (Required) Whether the second detection contains the detected value, the value [0 (included),1 (not included)]. -* `is_not` - (Required) Whether to include the detected value, take the value [0 (included),1 (not included)]. -* `match_begin2` - (Required) The second detection position. take the value [begin_l3 (IP header),begin_l4 (TCP/UDP header),begin_l5 (T load), no_match (mismatch)]. -* `match_begin` - (Required) Detect position, take the value [begin_l3 (IP header),begin_l4 (TCP/UDP header),begin_l5 (T load), no_match (mismatch)]. -* `match_logic` - (Required) When there is a second detection condition, the and/or relationship with the first detection condition, takes the value [And (and relationship),none (fill in this value when there is no second detection condition)]. -* `match_type2` - (Required) The second type of detection, takes the value [sunday (keyword),pcre (regular expression)]. -* `match_type` - (Required) Detection type, value [sunday (keyword),pcre (regular expression)]. -* `offset2` - (Required) Offset from the second detection position, value range [0,Depth2]. -* `offset` - (Required) Offset from detection position, value range [0, Depth]. -* `pktlen_max` - (Required) The maximum message length, taken from 1 to 1500, must be greater than or equal to the minimum message length. -* `pktlen_min` - (Required) Minimum message length, 1-1500. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol, value [tcp udp icmp all]. -* `s_port_end` - (Required) End source port, take the value 1~65535, must be greater than or equal to the starting source port. -* `s_port_start` - (Required) Start the source port, take the value 0~65535. -* `str2` - (Required) The second detection value, the key string or regular expression, takes the value [When the detection type is sunday, please fill in the string or hexadecimal bytecode, for example 13233 corresponds to the hexadecimal bytecode of the string `123`;When the detection type is pcre, please fill in the regular expression string;]. -* `str` - (Required) Detect values, key strings or regular expressions, take the value [When the detection type is sunday, please fill in the string or hexadecimal bytecode, for example 13233 corresponds to the hexadecimal bytecode of the string `123`;When the detection type is pcre, please fill in the regular expression string;]. +* `action` - (Required, String) Action, take the value [drop,transmit,drop_black (discard and black out),drop_rst (Interception),drop_black_rst (intercept and block),forward]. +* `d_port_end` - (Required, Int) The end destination port, take the value 1~65535, which must be greater than or equal to the starting destination port. +* `d_port_start` - (Required, Int) From the destination port, take the value 0~65535. +* `depth2` - (Required, Int) Second detection depth starting from the second detection position, value [0,1500]. +* `depth` - (Required, Int) Detection depth from the detection position, value [0,1500]. +* `is_not2` - (Required, Int) Whether the second detection contains the detected value, the value [0 (included),1 (not included)]. +* `is_not` - (Required, Int) Whether to include the detected value, take the value [0 (included),1 (not included)]. +* `match_begin2` - (Required, String) The second detection position. take the value [begin_l3 (IP header),begin_l4 (TCP/UDP header),begin_l5 (T load), no_match (mismatch)]. +* `match_begin` - (Required, String) Detect position, take the value [begin_l3 (IP header),begin_l4 (TCP/UDP header),begin_l5 (T load), no_match (mismatch)]. +* `match_logic` - (Required, String) When there is a second detection condition, the and/or relationship with the first detection condition, takes the value [And (and relationship),none (fill in this value when there is no second detection condition)]. +* `match_type2` - (Required, String) The second type of detection, takes the value [sunday (keyword),pcre (regular expression)]. +* `match_type` - (Required, String) Detection type, value [sunday (keyword),pcre (regular expression)]. +* `offset2` - (Required, Int) Offset from the second detection position, value range [0,Depth2]. +* `offset` - (Required, Int) Offset from detection position, value range [0, Depth]. +* `pktlen_max` - (Required, Int) The maximum message length, taken from 1 to 1500, must be greater than or equal to the minimum message length. +* `pktlen_min` - (Required, Int) Minimum message length, 1-1500. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol, value [tcp udp icmp all]. +* `s_port_end` - (Required, Int) End source port, take the value 1~65535, must be greater than or equal to the starting source port. +* `s_port_start` - (Required, Int) Start the source port, take the value 0~65535. +* `str2` - (Required, String) The second detection value, the key string or regular expression, takes the value [When the detection type is sunday, please fill in the string or hexadecimal bytecode, for example 13233 corresponds to the hexadecimal bytecode of the string `123`;When the detection type is pcre, please fill in the regular expression string;]. +* `str` - (Required, String) Detect values, key strings or regular expressions, take the value [When the detection type is sunday, please fill in the string or hexadecimal bytecode, for example 13233 corresponds to the hexadecimal bytecode of the string `123`;When the detection type is pcre, please fill in the regular expression string;]. The `protocol_block_config` object supports the following: -* `drop_icmp` - (Required) ICMP block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. -* `drop_other` - (Required) Other block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. -* `drop_tcp` - (Required) TCP block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. -* `drop_udp` - (Required) UDP block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. +* `drop_icmp` - (Required, Int) ICMP block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. +* `drop_other` - (Required, Int) Other block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. +* `drop_tcp` - (Required, Int) TCP block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. +* `drop_udp` - (Required, Int) UDP block, value [0 (block off), 1 (block on)]. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_eip.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_eip.html.markdown index 24f3309d4d..1e7c6f5fb2 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_eip.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_eip.html.markdown @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_eip" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `bind_resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Resource id to bind. -* `bind_resource_region` - (Required, ForceNew) Resource region to bind. -* `bind_resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Resource type to bind, value range [`clb`, `cvm`]. -* `eip` - (Required, ForceNew) Eip of the resource. -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the resource. +* `bind_resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Resource id to bind. +* `bind_resource_region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Resource region to bind. +* `bind_resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Resource type to bind, value range [`clb`, `cvm`]. +* `eip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Eip of the resource. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the resource. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_l4_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_l4_rule.html.markdown index 585fa8a30d..78b04778e6 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_l4_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_l4_rule.html.markdown @@ -47,26 +47,26 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_l4_rule" "test_rule" { The following arguments are supported: -* `d_port` - (Required) The destination port of the L4 rule. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the rule. When the `resource_type` is `net`, this field should be set with valid domain. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol of the rule. Valid values: `http`, `https`. When `source_type` is 1(host source), the value of this field can only set with `tcp`. -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for. Valid values: `bgpip` and `net`. -* `s_port` - (Required) The source port of the L4 rule. -* `source_list` - (Required) Source list of the rule, it can be a set of ip sources or a set of domain sources. The number of items ranges from 1 to 20. -* `source_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Source type, `1` for source of host, `2` for source of IP. -* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional) Health threshold of health check, and the default is 3. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is normal. The value range is 2-10. -* `health_check_interval` - (Optional) Interval time of health check. The value range is 10-60 sec, and the default is 15 sec. -* `health_check_switch` - (Optional) Indicates whether health check is enabled. The default is `false`. Only valid when source list has more than one source item. -* `health_check_timeout` - (Optional) HTTP Status Code. The default is 26 and value range is 2-60. -* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is 3. If the unhealthy result is returned 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is abnormal. The value range is 2-10. -* `session_switch` - (Optional) Indicate that the session will keep or not, and default value is `false`. -* `session_time` - (Optional) Session keep time, only valid when `session_switch` is true, the available value ranges from 1 to 300 and unit is second. +* `d_port` - (Required, Int) The destination port of the L4 rule. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the rule. When the `resource_type` is `net`, this field should be set with valid domain. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol of the rule. Valid values: `http`, `https`. When `source_type` is 1(host source), the value of this field can only set with `tcp`. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the layer 4 rule works for. Valid values: `bgpip` and `net`. +* `s_port` - (Required, Int) The source port of the L4 rule. +* `source_list` - (Required, Set) Source list of the rule, it can be a set of ip sources or a set of domain sources. The number of items ranges from 1 to 20. +* `source_type` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Source type, `1` for source of host, `2` for source of IP. +* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional, Int) Health threshold of health check, and the default is 3. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is normal. The value range is 2-10. +* `health_check_interval` - (Optional, Int) Interval time of health check. The value range is 10-60 sec, and the default is 15 sec. +* `health_check_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether health check is enabled. The default is `false`. Only valid when source list has more than one source item. +* `health_check_timeout` - (Optional, Int) HTTP Status Code. The default is 26 and value range is 2-60. +* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional, Int) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is 3. If the unhealthy result is returned 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is abnormal. The value range is 2-10. +* `session_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate that the session will keep or not, and default value is `false`. +* `session_time` - (Optional, Int) Session keep time, only valid when `session_switch` is true, the available value ranges from 1 to 300 and unit is second. The `source_list` object supports the following: -* `source` - (Required) Source IP or domain, valid format of ip is like `1.1.1.1` and valid format of host source is like `abc.com`. -* `weight` - (Required) Weight of the source, the valid value ranges from 0 to 100. +* `source` - (Required, String) Source IP or domain, valid format of ip is like `1.1.1.1` and valid format of host source is like `abc.com`. +* `weight` - (Required, Int) Weight of the source, the valid value ranges from 0 to 100. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule.html.markdown index 7d4f7abfef..755cf64ad2 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule.html.markdown @@ -40,22 +40,22 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_l7_rule" "test_rule" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Domain that the layer 7 rule works for. Valid string length ranges from 0 to 80. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the rule. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol of the rule. Valid values: `http`, `https`. -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for, valid value is `bgpip`. -* `source_list` - (Required) Source list of the rule, it can be a set of ip sources or a set of domain sources. The number of items ranges from 1 to 16. -* `source_type` - (Required) Source type, `1` for source of host, `2` for source of IP. -* `switch` - (Required) Indicate the rule will take effect or not. -* `health_check_code` - (Optional) HTTP Status Code. The default is `26`. Valid value ranges: [1~31]. `1` means the return value '1xx' is health. `2` means the return value '2xx' is health. `4` means the return value '3xx' is health. `8` means the return value '4xx' is health. `16` means the return value '5xx' is health. If you want multiple return codes to indicate health, need to add the corresponding values. -* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional) Health threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is normal. The value range is [2-10]. -* `health_check_interval` - (Optional) Interval time of health check. Valid value ranges: [10~60]sec. The default is 15 sec. -* `health_check_method` - (Optional) Methods of health check. The default is 'HEAD', the available value are 'HEAD' and 'GET'. -* `health_check_path` - (Optional) Path of health check. The default is `/`. -* `health_check_switch` - (Optional) Indicates whether health check is enabled. The default is `false`. -* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If the unhealthy result is returned 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is abnormal. The value range is [2-10]. -* `ssl_id` - (Optional) SSL ID, when the `protocol` is `https`, the field should be set with valid SSL id. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Domain that the layer 7 rule works for. Valid string length ranges from 0 to 80. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the rule. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol of the rule. Valid values: `http`, `https`. +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for, valid value is `bgpip`. +* `source_list` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Source list of the rule, it can be a set of ip sources or a set of domain sources. The number of items ranges from 1 to 16. +* `source_type` - (Required, Int) Source type, `1` for source of host, `2` for source of IP. +* `switch` - (Required, Bool) Indicate the rule will take effect or not. +* `health_check_code` - (Optional, Int) HTTP Status Code. The default is `26`. Valid value ranges: [1~31]. `1` means the return value '1xx' is health. `2` means the return value '2xx' is health. `4` means the return value '3xx' is health. `8` means the return value '4xx' is health. `16` means the return value '5xx' is health. If you want multiple return codes to indicate health, need to add the corresponding values. +* `health_check_health_num` - (Optional, Int) Health threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If a success result is returned for the health check 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is normal. The value range is [2-10]. +* `health_check_interval` - (Optional, Int) Interval time of health check. Valid value ranges: [10~60]sec. The default is 15 sec. +* `health_check_method` - (Optional, String) Methods of health check. The default is 'HEAD', the available value are 'HEAD' and 'GET'. +* `health_check_path` - (Optional, String) Path of health check. The default is `/`. +* `health_check_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether health check is enabled. The default is `false`. +* `health_check_unhealth_num` - (Optional, Int) Unhealthy threshold of health check, and the default is `3`. If the unhealthy result is returned 3 consecutive times, indicates that the forwarding is abnormal. The value range is [2-10]. +* `ssl_id` - (Optional, String) SSL ID, when the `protocol` is `https`, the field should be set with valid SSL id. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule_v2.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule_v2.html.markdown index b9c5a19ef5..dea91fe027 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule_v2.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dayu_l7_rule_v2.html.markdown @@ -43,24 +43,24 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dayu_l7_rule_v2" "tencentcloud_dayu_l7_rule_v2" { The following arguments are supported: -* `resource_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. -* `resource_ip` - (Required, ForceNew) Ip of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for, valid value is `bgpip`. -* `rule` - (Required) A list of layer 7 rules. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `resource_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. +* `resource_ip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Ip of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the resource that the layer 7 rule works for, valid value is `bgpip`. +* `rule` - (Required, List) A list of layer 7 rules. Each element contains the following attributes: The `rule` object supports the following: -* `domain` - (Required) Domain of the rule. -* `keep_enable` - (Required) session hold switch. -* `keeptime` - (Required) The keeptime of the layer 4 rule. -* `lb_type` - (Required) LB type of the rule, `1` for weight cycling and `2` for IP hash. -* `protocol` - (Required) Protocol of the rule. -* `source_list` - (Required) -* `source_type` - (Required) Source type, `1` for source of host, `2` for source of IP. -* `cc_enable` - (Optional) HTTPS protocol CC protection status, value [0 (off), 1 (on)], defaule is 0. -* `cert_type` - (Optional) The source of the certificate must be filled in when the forwarding protocol is https, the value [2 (Tencent Cloud Hosting Certificate)], and 0 when the forwarding protocol is http. -* `https_to_http_enable` - (Optional) Whether to enable the Https protocol to use Http back-to-source, take the value [0 (off), 1 (on)], do not fill in the default is off, defaule is 0. -* `ssl_id` - (Optional) When the certificate source is a Tencent Cloud managed certificate, this field must be filled in with the managed certificate ID. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Domain of the rule. +* `keep_enable` - (Required, Int) session hold switch. +* `keeptime` - (Required, Int) The keeptime of the layer 4 rule. +* `lb_type` - (Required, Int) LB type of the rule, `1` for weight cycling and `2` for IP hash. +* `protocol` - (Required, String) Protocol of the rule. +* `source_list` - (Required, List) +* `source_type` - (Required, Int) Source type, `1` for source of host, `2` for source of IP. +* `cc_enable` - (Optional, Int) HTTPS protocol CC protection status, value [0 (off), 1 (on)], defaule is 0. +* `cert_type` - (Optional, Int) The source of the certificate must be filled in when the forwarding protocol is https, the value [2 (Tencent Cloud Hosting Certificate)], and 0 when the forwarding protocol is http. +* `https_to_http_enable` - (Optional, Int) Whether to enable the Https protocol to use Http back-to-source, take the value [0 (off), 1 (on)], do not fill in the default is off, defaule is 0. +* `ssl_id` - (Optional, String) When the certificate source is a Tencent Cloud managed certificate, this field must be filled in with the managed certificate ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dc_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dc_gateway.html.markdown index 6b5a6e615d..5d80e12363 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dc_gateway.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dc_gateway.html.markdown @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dc_gateway" "vpc_main" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the DCG. -* `network_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) If the `network_type` value is `VPC`, the available value is VPC ID. But when the `network_type` value is `CCN`, the available value is CCN instance ID. -* `network_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of associated network. Valid value: `VPC` and `CCN`. -* `gateway_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Type of the gateway. Valid value: `NORMAL` and `NAT`. Default is `NORMAL`. NOTES: CCN only supports `NORMAL` and a VPC can create two DCGs, the one is NAT type and the other is non-NAT type. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the DCG. +* `network_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) If the `network_type` value is `VPC`, the available value is VPC ID. But when the `network_type` value is `CCN`, the available value is CCN instance ID. +* `network_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of associated network. Valid value: `VPC` and `CCN`. +* `gateway_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Type of the gateway. Valid value: `NORMAL` and `NAT`. Default is `NORMAL`. NOTES: CCN only supports `NORMAL` and a VPC can create two DCGs, the one is NAT type and the other is non-NAT type. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dc_gateway_ccn_route.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dc_gateway_ccn_route.html.markdown index b3bb0aec5a..c6763cecce 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dc_gateway_ccn_route.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dc_gateway_ccn_route.html.markdown @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dc_gateway_ccn_route" "route2" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cidr_block` - (Required, ForceNew) A network address segment of IDC. -* `dcg_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the DCG. +* `cidr_block` - (Required, String, ForceNew) A network address segment of IDC. +* `dcg_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the DCG. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dcx.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dcx.html.markdown index dc3423c0bc..4080858ec3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dcx.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dcx.html.markdown @@ -58,19 +58,19 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dcx" "static_main" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the DC to be queried, application deployment offline. -* `dcg_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the DC Gateway. Currently only new in the console. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the dedicated tunnel. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the VPC or BMVPC. -* `bandwidth` - (Optional, ForceNew) Bandwidth of the DC. -* `bgp_asn` - (Optional, ForceNew) BGP ASN of the user. A required field within BGP. -* `bgp_auth_key` - (Optional, ForceNew) BGP key of the user. -* `customer_address` - (Optional, ForceNew) Interconnect IP of the DC within client. -* `network_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Type of the network. Valid value: `VPC`, `BMVPC` and `CCN`. The default value is `VPC`. -* `route_filter_prefixes` - (Optional, ForceNew) Static route, the network address of the user IDC. It can be modified after setting but cannot be deleted. AN unable field within BGP. -* `route_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Type of the route, and available values include BGP and STATIC. The default value is `BGP`. -* `tencent_address` - (Optional, ForceNew) Interconnect IP of the DC within Tencent. -* `vlan` - (Optional, ForceNew) Vlan of the dedicated tunnels. Valid value ranges: (0~3000). `0` means that only one tunnel can be created for the physical connect. +* `dc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the DC to be queried, application deployment offline. +* `dcg_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the DC Gateway. Currently only new in the console. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the dedicated tunnel. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC or BMVPC. +* `bandwidth` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Bandwidth of the DC. +* `bgp_asn` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) BGP ASN of the user. A required field within BGP. +* `bgp_auth_key` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) BGP key of the user. +* `customer_address` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Interconnect IP of the DC within client. +* `network_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Type of the network. Valid value: `VPC`, `BMVPC` and `CCN`. The default value is `VPC`. +* `route_filter_prefixes` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) Static route, the network address of the user IDC. It can be modified after setting but cannot be deleted. AN unable field within BGP. +* `route_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Type of the route, and available values include BGP and STATIC. The default value is `BGP`. +* `tencent_address` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Interconnect IP of the DC within Tencent. +* `vlan` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Vlan of the dedicated tunnels. Valid value ranges: (0~3000). `0` means that only one tunnel can be created for the physical connect. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dnat.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dnat.html.markdown index 05246382ee..a0f69895d9 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dnat.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dnat.html.markdown @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dnat" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `elastic_ip` - (Required, ForceNew) Network address of the EIP. -* `elastic_port` - (Required, ForceNew) Port of the EIP. -* `nat_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the NAT gateway. -* `private_ip` - (Required, ForceNew) Network address of the backend service. -* `private_port` - (Required, ForceNew) Port of intranet. -* `protocol` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the network protocol. Valid value: `TCP` and `UDP`. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the NAT forward. +* `elastic_ip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Network address of the EIP. +* `elastic_port` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Port of the EIP. +* `nat_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the NAT gateway. +* `private_ip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Network address of the backend service. +* `private_port` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Port of intranet. +* `protocol` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the network protocol. Valid value: `TCP` and `UDP`. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the NAT forward. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dnspod_domain_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dnspod_domain_instance.html.markdown index dc0130d2de..c92143a4ca 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dnspod_domain_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dnspod_domain_instance.html.markdown @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dnspod_domain_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required) The Domain. -* `group_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The Group Id of Domain. -* `is_mark` - (Optional, ForceNew) Whether to Mark the Domain. -* `remark` - (Optional) The remark of Domain. -* `status` - (Optional) The status of Domain. +* `domain` - (Required, String) The Domain. +* `group_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The Group Id of Domain. +* `is_mark` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Whether to Mark the Domain. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) The remark of Domain. +* `status` - (Optional, String) The status of Domain. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/dnspod_record.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dnspod_record.html.markdown index 6645ac66ab..3a527c159b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/dnspod_record.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/dnspod_record.html.markdown @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_dnspod_record" "demo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required) The Domain. -* `record_line` - (Required) The record line. -* `record_type` - (Required) The record type. -* `value` - (Required) The record value. -* `mx` - (Optional) MX priority, valid when the record type is MX, range 1-20. Note: must set when record type equal MX. -* `status` - (Optional) Records the initial state, with values ranging from ENABLE and DISABLE. The default is ENABLE, and if DISABLE is passed in, resolution will not take effect and the limits of load balancing will not be verified. -* `sub_domain` - (Optional) The host records, default value is `@`. -* `ttl` - (Optional) TTL, the range is 1-604800, and the minimum value of different levels of domain names is different. Default is 600. -* `weight` - (Optional) Weight information. An integer from 0 to 100. Only enterprise VIP domain names are available, 0 means off, does not pass this parameter, means that the weight information is not set. Default is 0. +* `domain` - (Required, String) The Domain. +* `record_line` - (Required, String) The record line. +* `record_type` - (Required, String) The record type. +* `value` - (Required, String) The record value. +* `mx` - (Optional, Int) MX priority, valid when the record type is MX, range 1-20. Note: must set when record type equal MX. +* `status` - (Optional, String) Records the initial state, with values ranging from ENABLE and DISABLE. The default is ENABLE, and if DISABLE is passed in, resolution will not take effect and the limits of load balancing will not be verified. +* `sub_domain` - (Optional, String) The host records, default value is `@`. +* `ttl` - (Optional, Int) TTL, the range is 1-604800, and the minimum value of different levels of domain names is different. Default is 600. +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) Weight information. An integer from 0 to 100. Only enterprise VIP domain names are available, 0 means off, does not pass this parameter, means that the weight information is not set. Default is 0. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/eip.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eip.html.markdown index af74177331..15fef11286 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/eip.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/eip.html.markdown @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_eip" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `anycast_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) The zone of anycast. Valid value: `ANYCAST_ZONE_GLOBAL` and `ANYCAST_ZONE_OVERSEAS`. -* `applicable_for_clb` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.27.0. Indicates whether the anycast eip can be associated to a CLB. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of eip. Valid value: `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) The bandwidth limit of EIP, unit is Mbps. -* `internet_service_provider` - (Optional, ForceNew) Internet service provider of eip. Valid value: `BGP`, `CMCC`, `CTCC` and `CUCC`. -* `name` - (Optional) The name of eip. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of eip. -* `type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The type of eip. Valid value: `EIP` and `AnycastEIP` and `HighQualityEIP`. Default is `EIP`. +* `anycast_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The zone of anycast. Valid value: `ANYCAST_ZONE_GLOBAL` and `ANYCAST_ZONE_OVERSEAS`. +* `applicable_for_clb` - (Optional, Bool, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.27.0. Indicates whether the anycast eip can be associated to a CLB. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of eip. Valid value: `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) The bandwidth limit of EIP, unit is Mbps. +* `internet_service_provider` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Internet service provider of eip. Valid value: `BGP`, `CMCC`, `CTCC` and `CUCC`. +* `name` - (Optional, String) The name of eip. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of eip. +* `type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The type of eip. Valid value: `EIP` and `AnycastEIP` and `HighQualityEIP`. Default is `EIP`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/eip_association.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eip_association.html.markdown index e4adc1263e..c3b49dacdf 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/eip_association.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/eip_association.html.markdown @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_eip_association" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `eip_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of EIP. -* `instance_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The CVM or CLB instance id going to bind with the EIP. This field is conflict with `network_interface_id` and `private_ip fields`. -* `network_interface_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates the network interface id like `eni-xxxxxx`. This field is conflict with `instance_id`. -* `private_ip` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates an IP belongs to the `network_interface_id`. This field is conflict with `instance_id`. +* `eip_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of EIP. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The CVM or CLB instance id going to bind with the EIP. This field is conflict with `network_interface_id` and `private_ip fields`. +* `network_interface_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Indicates the network interface id like `eni-xxxxxx`. This field is conflict with `instance_id`. +* `private_ip` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Indicates an IP belongs to the `network_interface_id`. This field is conflict with `instance_id`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/eks_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eks_cluster.html.markdown index aa089b8b92..22d2069ffa 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/eks_cluster.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/eks_cluster.html.markdown @@ -58,36 +58,36 @@ resource "tencentcloud_eks_cluster" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_name` - (Required) Name of EKS cluster. -* `k8s_version` - (Required, ForceNew) Kubernetes version of EKS cluster. -* `subnet_ids` - (Required) Subnet Ids for EKS cluster. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Vpc Id of EKS cluster. -* `cluster_desc` - (Optional) Description of EKS cluster. -* `dns_servers` - (Optional) List of cluster custom DNS Server info. -* `enable_vpc_core_dns` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether to enable dns in user cluster, default value is `true`. -* `extra_param` - (Optional, ForceNew) Extend parameters. -* `internal_lb` - (Optional) Cluster internal access LoadBalancer info. -* `need_delete_cbs` - (Optional) Delete CBS after EKS cluster remove. -* `public_lb` - (Optional) Cluster public access LoadBalancer info. -* `service_subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet id of service. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of EKS cluster. +* `cluster_name` - (Required, String) Name of EKS cluster. +* `k8s_version` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Kubernetes version of EKS cluster. +* `subnet_ids` - (Required, List: [`String`]) Subnet Ids for EKS cluster. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Vpc Id of EKS cluster. +* `cluster_desc` - (Optional, String) Description of EKS cluster. +* `dns_servers` - (Optional, List) List of cluster custom DNS Server info. +* `enable_vpc_core_dns` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether to enable dns in user cluster, default value is `true`. +* `extra_param` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Extend parameters. +* `internal_lb` - (Optional, List) Cluster internal access LoadBalancer info. +* `need_delete_cbs` - (Optional, Bool) Delete CBS after EKS cluster remove. +* `public_lb` - (Optional, List) Cluster public access LoadBalancer info. +* `service_subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet id of service. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of EKS cluster. The `dns_servers` object supports the following: -* `domain` - (Optional) DNS Server domain. Empty indicates all domain. -* `servers` - (Optional) List of DNS Server IP address, pattern: "ip[:port]". +* `domain` - (Optional, String) DNS Server domain. Empty indicates all domain. +* `servers` - (Optional, List) List of DNS Server IP address, pattern: "ip[:port]". The `internal_lb` object supports the following: -* `enabled` - (Required) Indicates weather the internal access LB enabled. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) ID of subnet which related to Internal LB. +* `enabled` - (Required, Bool) Indicates weather the internal access LB enabled. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) ID of subnet which related to Internal LB. The `public_lb` object supports the following: -* `enabled` - (Required) Indicates weather the public access LB enabled. -* `allow_from_cidrs` - (Optional) List of CIDRs which allowed to access. -* `extra_param` - (Optional) Extra param text json. -* `security_policies` - (Optional) List of security allow IP or CIDRs, default deny all. +* `enabled` - (Required, Bool) Indicates weather the public access LB enabled. +* `allow_from_cidrs` - (Optional, List) List of CIDRs which allowed to access. +* `extra_param` - (Optional, String) Extra param text json. +* `security_policies` - (Optional, List) List of security allow IP or CIDRs, default deny all. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/eks_container_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eks_container_instance.html.markdown index 72187f04fc..fdfef3ce65 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/eks_container_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/eks_container_instance.html.markdown @@ -90,112 +90,112 @@ resource "tencentcloud_eks_container_instance" "eci1" { The following arguments are supported: -* `container` - (Required) List of container. -* `cpu` - (Required) The number of CPU cores. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. -* `name` - (Required) Name of EKS container instance. -* `security_groups` - (Required) List of security group id. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) Subnet ID of container instance. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) VPC ID. -* `auto_create_eip` - (Optional) Indicates whether to create EIP instead of specify existing EIPs. Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `cbs_volume` - (Optional) List of CBS volume. -* `cpu_type` - (Optional) Type of cpu, which can set to `intel` or `amd`. It also support backup list like `amd,intel` which indicates using `intel` when `amd` sold out. -* `dns_config_options` - (Optional, ForceNew) Map of DNS config options. -* `dns_names_servers` - (Optional, ForceNew) IP Addresses of DNS Servers. -* `dns_searches` - (Optional, ForceNew) List of DNS Search Domain. -* `eip_delete_policy` - (Optional) Indicates weather the EIP release or not after instance deleted. Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. -* `eip_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Maximum outgoing bandwidth to the public network, measured in Mbps (Mega bits per second). Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. -* `eip_service_provider` - (Optional) EIP service provider. Default is `BGP`, values `CMCC`,`CTCC`,`CUCC` are available for whitelist customer. Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. -* `existed_eip_ids` - (Optional) Existed EIP ID List which used to bind container instance. Conflict with `auto_create_eip` and auto create EIP options. -* `gpu_count` - (Optional) Count of GPU. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. -* `gpu_type` - (Optional) Type of GPU. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. -* `image_registry_credential` - (Optional) List of credentials which pull from image registry. -* `init_container` - (Optional) List of initialized container. -* `nfs_volume` - (Optional) List of NFS volume. -* `restart_policy` - (Optional) Container instance restart policy. Available values: `Always`, `Never`, `OnFailure`. +* `container` - (Required, List) List of container. +* `cpu` - (Required, Float64) The number of CPU cores. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. +* `memory` - (Required, Float64) Memory size. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of EKS container instance. +* `security_groups` - (Required, List: [`String`]) List of security group id. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) Subnet ID of container instance. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) VPC ID. +* `auto_create_eip` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether to create EIP instead of specify existing EIPs. Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `cbs_volume` - (Optional, List) List of CBS volume. +* `cpu_type` - (Optional, String) Type of cpu, which can set to `intel` or `amd`. It also support backup list like `amd,intel` which indicates using `intel` when `amd` sold out. +* `dns_config_options` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Map of DNS config options. +* `dns_names_servers` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) IP Addresses of DNS Servers. +* `dns_searches` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) List of DNS Search Domain. +* `eip_delete_policy` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates weather the EIP release or not after instance deleted. Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. +* `eip_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Maximum outgoing bandwidth to the public network, measured in Mbps (Mega bits per second). Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. +* `eip_service_provider` - (Optional, String) EIP service provider. Default is `BGP`, values `CMCC`,`CTCC`,`CUCC` are available for whitelist customer. Conflict with `existed_eip_ids`. +* `existed_eip_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Existed EIP ID List which used to bind container instance. Conflict with `auto_create_eip` and auto create EIP options. +* `gpu_count` - (Optional, Int) Count of GPU. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. +* `gpu_type` - (Optional, String) Type of GPU. Check https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/457/34057 for specification references. +* `image_registry_credential` - (Optional, List) List of credentials which pull from image registry. +* `init_container` - (Optional, List) List of initialized container. +* `nfs_volume` - (Optional, List) List of NFS volume. +* `restart_policy` - (Optional, String) Container instance restart policy. Available values: `Always`, `Never`, `OnFailure`. The `cbs_volume` object supports the following: -* `disk_id` - (Required) ID of CBS. -* `name` - (Required) Name of CBS volume. +* `disk_id` - (Required, String) ID of CBS. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of CBS volume. The `container` object supports the following: -* `image` - (Required) Image of Container. -* `name` - (Required) Name of Container. -* `args` - (Optional) Container launch argument list. -* `commands` - (Optional) Container launch command list. -* `cpu` - (Optional) Number of cpu core of container. -* `env_vars` - (Optional) Map of environment variables of container OS. -* `liveness_probe` - (Optional) Configuration block of LivenessProbe. -* `memory` - (Optional) Memory size of container. -* `readiness_probe` - (Optional) Configuration block of ReadinessProbe. -* `volume_mount` - (Optional) List of volume mount informations. -* `working_dir` - (Optional) Container working directory. +* `image` - (Required, String) Image of Container. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of Container. +* `args` - (Optional, List) Container launch argument list. +* `commands` - (Optional, List) Container launch command list. +* `cpu` - (Optional, Float64) Number of cpu core of container. +* `env_vars` - (Optional, Map) Map of environment variables of container OS. +* `liveness_probe` - (Optional, List) Configuration block of LivenessProbe. +* `memory` - (Optional, Float64) Memory size of container. +* `readiness_probe` - (Optional, List) Configuration block of ReadinessProbe. +* `volume_mount` - (Optional, List) List of volume mount informations. +* `working_dir` - (Optional, String) Container working directory. The `image_registry_credential` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Optional) Name of credential. -* `password` - (Optional) Password. -* `server` - (Optional) Address of image registry. -* `username` - (Optional) Username. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of credential. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password. +* `server` - (Optional, String) Address of image registry. +* `username` - (Optional, String) Username. The `init_container` object supports the following: -* `image` - (Required) Image of Container. -* `name` - (Required) Name of Container. -* `args` - (Optional) Container launch argument list. -* `commands` - (Optional) Container launch command list. -* `cpu` - (Optional) Number of cpu core of container. -* `env_vars` - (Optional) Map of environment variables of container OS. -* `memory` - (Optional) Memory size of container. -* `volume_mount` - (Optional) List of volume mount informations. -* `working_dir` - (Optional) Container working directory. +* `image` - (Required, String) Image of Container. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of Container. +* `args` - (Optional, List) Container launch argument list. +* `commands` - (Optional, List) Container launch command list. +* `cpu` - (Optional, Float64) Number of cpu core of container. +* `env_vars` - (Optional, Map) Map of environment variables of container OS. +* `memory` - (Optional, Float64) Memory size of container. +* `volume_mount` - (Optional, List) List of volume mount informations. +* `working_dir` - (Optional, String) Container working directory. The `liveness_probe` object supports the following: -* `exec_commands` - (Optional) List of execution commands. -* `failure_threshold` - (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded.Default: `3`. Minimum value is `1`. -* `http_get_path` - (Optional) HttpGet detection path. -* `http_get_port` - (Optional) HttpGet detection port. -* `http_get_scheme` - (Optional) HttpGet detection scheme. Available values: `HTTP`, `HTTPS`. -* `init_delay_seconds` - (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before probes are initiated. -* `period_seconds` - (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is `1`. -* `success_threshold` - (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Default: `1`. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is `1`. -* `tcp_socket_port` - (Optional) TCP Socket detection port. -* `timeout_seconds` - (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. +* `exec_commands` - (Optional, List) List of execution commands. +* `failure_threshold` - (Optional, Int) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded.Default: `3`. Minimum value is `1`. +* `http_get_path` - (Optional, String) HttpGet detection path. +* `http_get_port` - (Optional, Int) HttpGet detection port. +* `http_get_scheme` - (Optional, String) HttpGet detection scheme. Available values: `HTTP`, `HTTPS`. +* `init_delay_seconds` - (Optional, Int) Number of seconds after the container has started before probes are initiated. +* `period_seconds` - (Optional, Int) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is `1`. +* `success_threshold` - (Optional, Int) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Default: `1`. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is `1`. +* `tcp_socket_port` - (Optional, Int) TCP Socket detection port. +* `timeout_seconds` - (Optional, Int) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is `1`. The `nfs_volume` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Name of NFS volume. -* `path` - (Required) NFS volume path. -* `server` - (Required) NFS server address. -* `read_only` - (Optional) Indicates whether the volume is read only. Default is `false`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of NFS volume. +* `path` - (Required, String) NFS volume path. +* `server` - (Required, String) NFS server address. +* `read_only` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether the volume is read only. Default is `false`. The `readiness_probe` object supports the following: -* `exec_commands` - (Optional) List of execution commands. -* `failure_threshold` - (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded.Default: `3`. Minimum value is `1`. -* `http_get_path` - (Optional) HttpGet detection path. -* `http_get_port` - (Optional) HttpGet detection port. -* `http_get_scheme` - (Optional) HttpGet detection scheme. Available values: `HTTP`, `HTTPS`. -* `init_delay_seconds` - (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before probes are initiated. -* `period_seconds` - (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is `1`. -* `success_threshold` - (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Default: `1`. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is `1`. -* `tcp_socket_port` - (Optional) TCP Socket detection port. -* `timeout_seconds` - (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. +* `exec_commands` - (Optional, List) List of execution commands. +* `failure_threshold` - (Optional, Int) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded.Default: `3`. Minimum value is `1`. +* `http_get_path` - (Optional, String) HttpGet detection path. +* `http_get_port` - (Optional, Int) HttpGet detection port. +* `http_get_scheme` - (Optional, String) HttpGet detection scheme. Available values: `HTTP`, `HTTPS`. +* `init_delay_seconds` - (Optional, Int) Number of seconds after the container has started before probes are initiated. +* `period_seconds` - (Optional, Int) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is `1`. +* `success_threshold` - (Optional, Int) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Default: `1`. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is `1`. +* `tcp_socket_port` - (Optional, Int) TCP Socket detection port. +* `timeout_seconds` - (Optional, Int) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is `1`. The `volume_mount` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Volume name. -* `path` - (Required) Volume mount path. -* `mount_propagation` - (Optional) Volume mount propagation. -* `read_only` - (Optional) Whether the volume is read-only. -* `sub_path_expr` - (Optional) Volume mount sub-path expression. -* `sub_path` - (Optional) Volume mount sub-path. +* `name` - (Required, String) Volume name. +* `path` - (Required, String) Volume mount path. +* `mount_propagation` - (Optional, String) Volume mount propagation. +* `read_only` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the volume is read-only. +* `sub_path_expr` - (Optional, String) Volume mount sub-path expression. +* `sub_path` - (Optional, String) Volume mount sub-path. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/elasticsearch_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/elasticsearch_instance.html.markdown index 9525db31a3..df0f127f6f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/elasticsearch_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/elasticsearch_instance.html.markdown @@ -44,41 +44,41 @@ resource "tencentcloud_elasticsearch_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `node_info_list` - (Required) Node information list, which is used to describe the specification information of various types of nodes in the cluster, such as node type, node quantity, node specification, disk type, and disk size. -* `password` - (Required) Password to an instance. -* `version` - (Required) Version of the instance. Valid values are `5.6.4`, `6.4.3`, `6.8.2` and `7.5.1`. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of a VPC network. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Availability zone. When create multi-az es, this parameter must be omitted. -* `basic_security_type` - (Optional) Whether to enable X-Pack security authentication in Basic Edition 6.8 and above. Valid values are `1` and `2`. `1` is disabled, `2` is enabled, and default value is `1`. -* `charge_period` - (Optional, ForceNew) The tenancy of the prepaid instance, and uint is month. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `deploy_mode` - (Optional, ForceNew) Cluster deployment mode. Valid values are `0` and `1`. `0` is single-AZ deployment, and `1` is multi-AZ deployment. Default value is `0`. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) Name of the instance, which can contain 1 to 50 English letters, Chinese characters, digits, dashes(-), or underscores(_). -* `license_type` - (Optional) License type. Valid values are `oss`, `basic` and `platinum`. The default value is `platinum`. -* `multi_zone_infos` - (Optional, ForceNew) Details of AZs in multi-AZ deployment mode (which is required when deploy_mode is `1`). -* `renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) When enabled, the instance will be renew automatically when it reach the end of the prepaid tenancy. Valid values are `RENEW_FLAG_AUTO` and `RENEW_FLAG_MANUAL`. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The ID of a VPC subnetwork. When create multi-az es, this parameter must be omitted. -* `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the instance. For tag limits, please refer to [Use Limits](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/651/13354). -* `web_node_type_info` - (Optional) Visual node configuration. +* `node_info_list` - (Required, List) Node information list, which is used to describe the specification information of various types of nodes in the cluster, such as node type, node quantity, node specification, disk type, and disk size. +* `password` - (Required, String) Password to an instance. +* `version` - (Required, String) Version of the instance. Valid values are `5.6.4`, `6.4.3`, `6.8.2` and `7.5.1`. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of a VPC network. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Availability zone. When create multi-az es, this parameter must be omitted. +* `basic_security_type` - (Optional, Int) Whether to enable X-Pack security authentication in Basic Edition 6.8 and above. Valid values are `1` and `2`. `1` is disabled, `2` is enabled, and default value is `1`. +* `charge_period` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The tenancy of the prepaid instance, and uint is month. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `deploy_mode` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Cluster deployment mode. Valid values are `0` and `1`. `0` is single-AZ deployment, and `1` is multi-AZ deployment. Default value is `0`. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the instance, which can contain 1 to 50 English letters, Chinese characters, digits, dashes(-), or underscores(_). +* `license_type` - (Optional, String) License type. Valid values are `oss`, `basic` and `platinum`. The default value is `platinum`. +* `multi_zone_infos` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Details of AZs in multi-AZ deployment mode (which is required when deploy_mode is `1`). +* `renew_flag` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) When enabled, the instance will be renew automatically when it reach the end of the prepaid tenancy. Valid values are `RENEW_FLAG_AUTO` and `RENEW_FLAG_MANUAL`. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The ID of a VPC subnetwork. When create multi-az es, this parameter must be omitted. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A mapping of tags to assign to the instance. For tag limits, please refer to [Use Limits](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/651/13354). +* `web_node_type_info` - (Optional, List) Visual node configuration. The `multi_zone_infos` object supports the following: -* `availability_zone` - (Required) Availability zone. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) The ID of a VPC subnetwork. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String) Availability zone. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) The ID of a VPC subnetwork. The `node_info_list` object supports the following: -* `node_num` - (Required) Number of nodes. -* `node_type` - (Required) Node specification, and valid values refer to [document of tencentcloud](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/845/18376). -* `disk_size` - (Optional) Node disk size. Unit is GB, and default value is `100`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional) Node disk type. Valid values are `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. The default value is `CLOUD_SSD`. -* `encrypt` - (Optional) Decides to encrypt this disk or not. -* `type` - (Optional) Node type. Valid values are `hotData`, `warmData` and `dedicatedMaster`. The default value is 'hotData`. +* `node_num` - (Required, Int) Number of nodes. +* `node_type` - (Required, String) Node specification, and valid values refer to [document of tencentcloud](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/845/18376). +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Node disk size. Unit is GB, and default value is `100`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String) Node disk type. Valid values are `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. The default value is `CLOUD_SSD`. +* `encrypt` - (Optional, Bool) Decides to encrypt this disk or not. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Node type. Valid values are `hotData`, `warmData` and `dedicatedMaster`. The default value is 'hotData`. The `web_node_type_info` object supports the following: -* `node_num` - (Required) Visual node number. -* `node_type` - (Required) Visual node specifications. +* `node_num` - (Required, Int) Visual node number. +* `node_type` - (Required, String) Visual node specifications. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/emr_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/emr_cluster.html.markdown index 8593095e52..d228111b82 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/emr_cluster.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/emr_cluster.html.markdown @@ -61,36 +61,36 @@ resource "tencentcloud_emr_cluster" "emrrrr" { The following arguments are supported: -* `display_strategy` - (Required, ForceNew) Display strategy of EMR instance. -* `instance_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the instance, which can contain 6 to 36 English letters, Chinese characters, digits, dashes(-), or underscores(_). -* `login_settings` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance login settings. -* `pay_mode` - (Required) The pay mode of instance. 0 is pay on an annual basis, 1 is pay on a measure basis. -* `placement` - (Required, ForceNew) The location of the instance. -* `product_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The product id of EMR instance. -* `softwares` - (Required, ForceNew) The softwares of a EMR instance. -* `support_ha` - (Required, ForceNew) The flag whether the instance support high availability.(0=>not support, 1=>support). -* `time_span` - (Required) The length of time the instance was purchased. Use with TimeUnit.When TimeUnit is s, the parameter can only be filled in at 3600, representing a metered instance. +* `display_strategy` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Display strategy of EMR instance. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the instance, which can contain 6 to 36 English letters, Chinese characters, digits, dashes(-), or underscores(_). +* `login_settings` - (Required, Map, ForceNew) Instance login settings. +* `pay_mode` - (Required, Int) The pay mode of instance. 0 is pay on an annual basis, 1 is pay on a measure basis. +* `placement` - (Required, Map, ForceNew) The location of the instance. +* `product_id` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) The product id of EMR instance. +* `softwares` - (Required, List: [`String`], ForceNew) The softwares of a EMR instance. +* `support_ha` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) The flag whether the instance support high availability.(0=>not support, 1=>support). +* `time_span` - (Required, Int) The length of time the instance was purchased. Use with TimeUnit.When TimeUnit is s, the parameter can only be filled in at 3600, representing a metered instance. When TimeUnit is m, the number filled in by this parameter indicates the length of purchase of the monthly instance of the package year, such as 1 for one month of purchase. -* `time_unit` - (Required) The unit of time in which the instance was purchased. When PayMode is 0, TimeUnit can only take values of s(second). When PayMode is 1, TimeUnit can only take the value m(month). -* `vpc_settings` - (Required, ForceNew) The private net config of EMR instance. -* `extend_fs_field` - (Optional) Access the external file system. -* `need_master_wan` - (Optional, ForceNew) Whether to enable the cluster Master node public network. Value range: +* `time_unit` - (Required, String) The unit of time in which the instance was purchased. When PayMode is 0, TimeUnit can only take values of s(second). When PayMode is 1, TimeUnit can only take the value m(month). +* `vpc_settings` - (Required, Map, ForceNew) The private net config of EMR instance. +* `extend_fs_field` - (Optional, String) Access the external file system. +* `need_master_wan` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Whether to enable the cluster Master node public network. Value range: - NEED_MASTER_WAN: Indicates that the cluster Master node public network is enabled. - NOT_NEED_MASTER_WAN: Indicates that it is not turned on. By default, the cluster Master node internet is enabled. -* `resource_spec` - (Optional) Resource specification of EMR instance. -* `sg_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The ID of the security group to which the instance belongs, in the form of sg-xxxxxxxx. +* `resource_spec` - (Optional, List) Resource specification of EMR instance. +* `sg_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The ID of the security group to which the instance belongs, in the form of sg-xxxxxxxx. The `resource_spec` object supports the following: -* `common_count` - (Optional, ForceNew) The number of common node. -* `common_resource_spec` - (Optional, ForceNew) -* `core_count` - (Optional) The number of core node. -* `core_resource_spec` - (Optional, ForceNew) -* `master_count` - (Optional) The number of master node. -* `master_resource_spec` - (Optional, ForceNew) -* `task_count` - (Optional) The number of core node. -* `task_resource_spec` - (Optional, ForceNew) +* `common_count` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The number of common node. +* `common_resource_spec` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) +* `core_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of core node. +* `core_resource_spec` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) +* `master_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of master node. +* `master_resource_spec` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) +* `task_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of core node. +* `task_resource_spec` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/eni.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eni.html.markdown index df29943d5d..42b8369fa1 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/eni.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/eni.html.markdown @@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ resource "tencentcloud_eni" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the ENI, maximum length 60. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this vpc. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the vpc. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the ENI, maximum length 60. -* `ipv4_count` - (Optional) The number of intranet IPv4s. When it is greater than 1, there is only one primary intranet IP. The others are auxiliary intranet IPs, which conflict with `ipv4s`. -* `ipv4s` - (Optional) Applying for intranet IPv4s collection, conflict with `ipv4_count`. When there are multiple ipv4s, can only be one primary IP, and the maximum length of the array is 30. Each element contains the following attributes: -* `security_groups` - (Optional) A set of security group IDs. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the ENI. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the ENI, maximum length 60. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this vpc. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the vpc. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the ENI, maximum length 60. +* `ipv4_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of intranet IPv4s. When it is greater than 1, there is only one primary intranet IP. The others are auxiliary intranet IPs, which conflict with `ipv4s`. +* `ipv4s` - (Optional, Set) Applying for intranet IPv4s collection, conflict with `ipv4_count`. When there are multiple ipv4s, can only be one primary IP, and the maximum length of the array is 30. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) A set of security group IDs. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the ENI. The `ipv4s` object supports the following: -* `ip` - (Required) Intranet IP. -* `primary` - (Required) Indicates whether the IP is primary. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the IP, maximum length 25. +* `ip` - (Required, String) Intranet IP. +* `primary` - (Required, Bool) Indicates whether the IP is primary. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the IP, maximum length 25. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/eni_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eni_attachment.html.markdown index 3c2b61fd77..d40e14046f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/eni_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/eni_attachment.html.markdown @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_eni_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `eni_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the ENI. -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the instance which bind the ENI. +* `eni_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the ENI. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the instance which bind the ENI. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_certificate.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_certificate.html.markdown index 886eafcb86..65ed511ba8 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_certificate.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_certificate.html.markdown @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_certificate" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `content` - (Required, ForceNew) Content of the certificate, and URL encoding. When the certificate is basic authentication, use the `user:xxx password:xxx` format, where the password is encrypted with `htpasswd` or `openssl`; When the certificate is `CA` or `SSL`, the format is `pem`. -* `type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the certificate. Valid value: `BASIC`, `CLIENT`, `SERVER`, `REALSERVER` and `PROXY`. `BASIC` means basic certificate; `CLIENT` means client CA certificate; `SERVER` means server SSL certificate; `REALSERVER` means realserver CA certificate; `PROXY` means proxy SSL certificate. -* `key` - (Optional, ForceNew) Key of the `SSL` certificate. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the certificate. +* `content` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Content of the certificate, and URL encoding. When the certificate is basic authentication, use the `user:xxx password:xxx` format, where the password is encrypted with `htpasswd` or `openssl`; When the certificate is `CA` or `SSL`, the format is `pem`. +* `type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the certificate. Valid value: `BASIC`, `CLIENT`, `SERVER`, `REALSERVER` and `PROXY`. `BASIC` means basic certificate; `CLIENT` means client CA certificate; `SERVER` means server SSL certificate; `REALSERVER` means realserver CA certificate; `PROXY` means proxy SSL certificate. +* `key` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Key of the `SSL` certificate. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the certificate. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_domain_error_page.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_domain_error_page.html.markdown index 37afd804ff..2292469e79 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_domain_error_page.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_domain_error_page.html.markdown @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ resource tencentcloud_gaap_domain_error_page "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `body` - (Required, ForceNew) New response body. -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) HTTP domain. -* `error_codes` - (Required, ForceNew) Original error codes. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the layer7 listener. -* `clear_headers` - (Optional, ForceNew) Response headers to be removed. -* `new_error_code` - (Optional, ForceNew) New error code. -* `set_headers` - (Optional, ForceNew) Response headers to be set. +* `body` - (Required, String, ForceNew) New response body. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) HTTP domain. +* `error_codes` - (Required, Set: [`Int`], ForceNew) Original error codes. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the layer7 listener. +* `clear_headers` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) Response headers to be removed. +* `new_error_code` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) New error code. +* `set_headers` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Response headers to be set. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_http_domain.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_http_domain.html.markdown index 0f93bcffec..a3dd46053c 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_http_domain.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_http_domain.html.markdown @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_http_domain" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Forward domain of the layer7 listener. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the layer7 listener. -* `basic_auth_id` - (Optional) ID of the basic authentication. -* `basic_auth` - (Optional) Indicates whether basic authentication is enable, default value is `false`. -* `certificate_id` - (Optional) ID of the server certificate, default value is `default`. -* `client_certificate_id` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.26.0. Set `client_certificate_ids` instead. ID of the client certificate, default value is `default`. -* `client_certificate_ids` - (Optional) ID list of the poly client certificate. -* `gaap_auth_id` - (Optional) ID of the SSL certificate. -* `gaap_auth` - (Optional) Indicates whether SSL certificate authentication is enable, default value is `false`. -* `realserver_auth` - (Optional) Indicates whether realserver authentication is enable, default value is `false`. -* `realserver_certificate_domain` - (Optional) CA certificate domain of the realserver. It has been deprecated. -* `realserver_certificate_id` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.28.0. Set `realserver_certificate_ids` instead. CA certificate ID of the realserver. -* `realserver_certificate_ids` - (Optional) CA certificate ID list of the realserver. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Forward domain of the layer7 listener. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the layer7 listener. +* `basic_auth_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the basic authentication. +* `basic_auth` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether basic authentication is enable, default value is `false`. +* `certificate_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the server certificate, default value is `default`. +* `client_certificate_id` - (Optional, String, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.26.0. Set `client_certificate_ids` instead. ID of the client certificate, default value is `default`. +* `client_certificate_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) ID list of the poly client certificate. +* `gaap_auth_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the SSL certificate. +* `gaap_auth` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether SSL certificate authentication is enable, default value is `false`. +* `realserver_auth` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether realserver authentication is enable, default value is `false`. +* `realserver_certificate_domain` - (Optional, String) CA certificate domain of the realserver. It has been deprecated. +* `realserver_certificate_id` - (Optional, String, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.28.0. Set `realserver_certificate_ids` instead. CA certificate ID of the realserver. +* `realserver_certificate_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) CA certificate ID list of the realserver. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_http_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_http_rule.html.markdown index 8ab1eb9ce6..c6063a2d90 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_http_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_http_rule.html.markdown @@ -72,28 +72,28 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_http_rule" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Forward domain of the forward rule. -* `health_check` - (Required) Indicates whether health check is enable. -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the layer7 listener. -* `path` - (Required) Path of the forward rule. Maximum length is 80. -* `realserver_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the realserver. Valid value: `IP` and `DOMAIN`. -* `connect_timeout` - (Optional) Timeout of the health check response, default value is 2s. -* `forward_host` - (Optional) The default value of requested host which is forwarded to the realserver by the listener is `default`. -* `health_check_method` - (Optional) Method of the health check. Valid value: `GET` and `HEAD`. -* `health_check_path` - (Optional) Path of health check. Maximum length is 80. -* `health_check_status_codes` - (Optional) Return code of confirmed normal. Valid value: `100`, `200`, `300`, `400` and `500`. -* `interval` - (Optional) Interval of the health check, default value is 5s. -* `realservers` - (Optional) An information list of GAAP realserver. -* `scheduler` - (Optional) Scheduling policy of the forward rule, default value is `rr`. Valid value: `rr`, `wrr` and `lc`. -* `sni_switch` - (Optional) ServerNameIndication (SNI) switch. ON means on and OFF means off. -* `sni` - (Optional) ServerNameIndication (SNI) is required when the SNI switch is turned on. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Forward domain of the forward rule. +* `health_check` - (Required, Bool) Indicates whether health check is enable. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the layer7 listener. +* `path` - (Required, String) Path of the forward rule. Maximum length is 80. +* `realserver_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the realserver. Valid value: `IP` and `DOMAIN`. +* `connect_timeout` - (Optional, Int) Timeout of the health check response, default value is 2s. +* `forward_host` - (Optional, String) The default value of requested host which is forwarded to the realserver by the listener is `default`. +* `health_check_method` - (Optional, String) Method of the health check. Valid value: `GET` and `HEAD`. +* `health_check_path` - (Optional, String) Path of health check. Maximum length is 80. +* `health_check_status_codes` - (Optional, Set: [`Int`]) Return code of confirmed normal. Valid value: `100`, `200`, `300`, `400` and `500`. +* `interval` - (Optional, Int) Interval of the health check, default value is 5s. +* `realservers` - (Optional, Set) An information list of GAAP realserver. +* `scheduler` - (Optional, String) Scheduling policy of the forward rule, default value is `rr`. Valid value: `rr`, `wrr` and `lc`. +* `sni_switch` - (Optional, String) ServerNameIndication (SNI) switch. ON means on and OFF means off. +* `sni` - (Optional, String) ServerNameIndication (SNI) is required when the SNI switch is turned on. The `realservers` object supports the following: -* `id` - (Required) ID of the GAAP realserver. -* `ip` - (Required) IP of the GAAP realserver. -* `port` - (Required) Port of the GAAP realserver. -* `weight` - (Optional) Scheduling weight, default value is `1`. Valid value ranges: (1~100). +* `id` - (Required, String) ID of the GAAP realserver. +* `ip` - (Required, String) IP of the GAAP realserver. +* `port` - (Required, Int) Port of the GAAP realserver. +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) Scheduling weight, default value is `1`. Valid value ranges: (1~100). ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_layer4_listener.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_layer4_listener.html.markdown index e515fb5a35..5a68691f57 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_layer4_listener.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_layer4_listener.html.markdown @@ -58,24 +58,24 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_layer4_listener" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the layer4 listener, the maximum length is 30. -* `port` - (Required, ForceNew) Port of the layer4 listener. -* `protocol` - (Required, ForceNew) Protocol of the layer4 listener. Valid value: `TCP` and `UDP`. -* `proxy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the GAAP proxy. -* `realserver_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the realserver. Valid value: `IP` and `DOMAIN`. NOTES: when the `protocol` is specified as `TCP` and the `scheduler` is specified as `wrr`, the item can only be set to `IP`. -* `client_ip_method` - (Optional, ForceNew) The way the listener gets the client IP, 0 for TOA, 1 for Proxy Protocol, default value is 0. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol. -* `connect_timeout` - (Optional) Timeout of the health check response, should less than interval, default value is 2s. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol and require less than `interval`. -* `health_check` - (Optional) Indicates whether health check is enable, default value is `false`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol. -* `interval` - (Optional) Interval of the health check, default value is 5s. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol. -* `realserver_bind_set` - (Optional) An information list of GAAP realserver. -* `scheduler` - (Optional) Scheduling policy of the layer4 listener, default value is `rr`. Valid value: `rr`, `wrr` and `lc`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the layer4 listener, the maximum length is 30. +* `port` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Port of the layer4 listener. +* `protocol` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Protocol of the layer4 listener. Valid value: `TCP` and `UDP`. +* `proxy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the GAAP proxy. +* `realserver_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the realserver. Valid value: `IP` and `DOMAIN`. NOTES: when the `protocol` is specified as `TCP` and the `scheduler` is specified as `wrr`, the item can only be set to `IP`. +* `client_ip_method` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The way the listener gets the client IP, 0 for TOA, 1 for Proxy Protocol, default value is 0. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol. +* `connect_timeout` - (Optional, Int) Timeout of the health check response, should less than interval, default value is 2s. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol and require less than `interval`. +* `health_check` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether health check is enable, default value is `false`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol. +* `interval` - (Optional, Int) Interval of the health check, default value is 5s. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `TCP` protocol. +* `realserver_bind_set` - (Optional, Set) An information list of GAAP realserver. +* `scheduler` - (Optional, String) Scheduling policy of the layer4 listener, default value is `rr`. Valid value: `rr`, `wrr` and `lc`. The `realserver_bind_set` object supports the following: -* `id` - (Required) ID of the GAAP realserver. -* `ip` - (Required) IP of the GAAP realserver. -* `port` - (Required) Port of the GAAP realserver. -* `weight` - (Optional) Scheduling weight, default value is `1`. The range of values is [1,100]. +* `id` - (Required, String) ID of the GAAP realserver. +* `ip` - (Required, String) IP of the GAAP realserver. +* `port` - (Required, Int) Port of the GAAP realserver. +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) Scheduling weight, default value is `1`. The range of values is [1,100]. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_layer7_listener.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_layer7_listener.html.markdown index 0affc11986..15345c547f 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_layer7_listener.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_layer7_listener.html.markdown @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_layer7_listener" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the layer7 listener, the maximum length is 30. -* `port` - (Required, ForceNew) Port of the layer7 listener. -* `protocol` - (Required, ForceNew) Protocol of the layer7 listener. Valid value: `HTTP` and `HTTPS`. -* `proxy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the GAAP proxy. -* `auth_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Authentication type of the layer7 listener. `0` is one-way authentication and `1` is mutual authentication. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. -* `certificate_id` - (Optional) Certificate ID of the layer7 listener. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. -* `client_certificate_id` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.26.0. Set `client_certificate_ids` instead. ID of the client certificate. Set only when `auth_type` is specified as mutual authentication. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. -* `client_certificate_ids` - (Optional) ID list of the client certificate. Set only when `auth_type` is specified as mutual authentication. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. -* `forward_protocol` - (Optional, ForceNew) Protocol type of the forwarding. Valid value: `HTTP` and `HTTPS`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the layer7 listener, the maximum length is 30. +* `port` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Port of the layer7 listener. +* `protocol` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Protocol of the layer7 listener. Valid value: `HTTP` and `HTTPS`. +* `proxy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the GAAP proxy. +* `auth_type` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Authentication type of the layer7 listener. `0` is one-way authentication and `1` is mutual authentication. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. +* `certificate_id` - (Optional, String) Certificate ID of the layer7 listener. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. +* `client_certificate_id` - (Optional, String, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.26.0. Set `client_certificate_ids` instead. ID of the client certificate. Set only when `auth_type` is specified as mutual authentication. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. +* `client_certificate_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) ID list of the client certificate. Set only when `auth_type` is specified as mutual authentication. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. +* `forward_protocol` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Protocol type of the forwarding. Valid value: `HTTP` and `HTTPS`. NOTES: Only supports listeners of `HTTPS` protocol. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_proxy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_proxy.html.markdown index 597b9e14a3..077f9c2d50 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_proxy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_proxy.html.markdown @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_proxy" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `access_region` - (Required, ForceNew) Access region of the GAAP proxy. Valid value: `NorthChina`, `EastChina`, `SouthChina`, `SouthwestChina`, `Hongkong`, `SL_TAIWAN`, `SoutheastAsia`, `Korea`, `SL_India`, `SL_Australia`, `Europe`, `SL_UK`, `SL_SouthAmerica`, `NorthAmerica`, `SL_MiddleUSA`, `Canada`, `SL_VIET`, `WestIndia`, `Thailand`, `Virginia`, `Russia`, `Japan` and `SL_Indonesia`. -* `bandwidth` - (Required) Maximum bandwidth of the GAAP proxy, unit is Mbps. Valid value: `10`, `20`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500` and `1000`. -* `concurrent` - (Required) Maximum concurrency of the GAAP proxy, unit is 10k. Valid value: `2`, `5`, `10`, `20`, `30`, `40`, `50`, `60`, `70`, `80`, `90` and `100`. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the GAAP proxy, the maximum length is 30. -* `realserver_region` - (Required, ForceNew) Region of the GAAP realserver. Valid value: `NorthChina`, `EastChina`, `SouthChina`, `SouthwestChina`, `Hongkong`, `SL_TAIWAN`, `SoutheastAsia`, `Korea`, `SL_India`, `SL_Australia`, `Europe`, `SL_UK`, `SL_SouthAmerica`, `NorthAmerica`, `SL_MiddleUSA`, `Canada`, `SL_VIET`, `WestIndia`, `Thailand`, `Virginia`, `Russia`, `Japan` and `SL_Indonesia`. -* `enable` - (Optional) Indicates whether GAAP proxy is enabled, default value is `true`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project within the GAAP proxy, `0` means is default project. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the GAAP proxy. +* `access_region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Access region of the GAAP proxy. Valid value: `NorthChina`, `EastChina`, `SouthChina`, `SouthwestChina`, `Hongkong`, `SL_TAIWAN`, `SoutheastAsia`, `Korea`, `SL_India`, `SL_Australia`, `Europe`, `SL_UK`, `SL_SouthAmerica`, `NorthAmerica`, `SL_MiddleUSA`, `Canada`, `SL_VIET`, `WestIndia`, `Thailand`, `Virginia`, `Russia`, `Japan` and `SL_Indonesia`. +* `bandwidth` - (Required, Int) Maximum bandwidth of the GAAP proxy, unit is Mbps. Valid value: `10`, `20`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500` and `1000`. +* `concurrent` - (Required, Int) Maximum concurrency of the GAAP proxy, unit is 10k. Valid value: `2`, `5`, `10`, `20`, `30`, `40`, `50`, `60`, `70`, `80`, `90` and `100`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the GAAP proxy, the maximum length is 30. +* `realserver_region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Region of the GAAP realserver. Valid value: `NorthChina`, `EastChina`, `SouthChina`, `SouthwestChina`, `Hongkong`, `SL_TAIWAN`, `SoutheastAsia`, `Korea`, `SL_India`, `SL_Australia`, `Europe`, `SL_UK`, `SL_SouthAmerica`, `NorthAmerica`, `SL_MiddleUSA`, `Canada`, `SL_VIET`, `WestIndia`, `Thailand`, `Virginia`, `Russia`, `Japan` and `SL_Indonesia`. +* `enable` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether GAAP proxy is enabled, default value is `true`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project within the GAAP proxy, `0` means is default project. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the GAAP proxy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_realserver.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_realserver.html.markdown index 9d64b16189..5f72858f05 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_realserver.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_realserver.html.markdown @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_realserver" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the GAAP realserver, the maximum length is 30. -* `domain` - (Optional, ForceNew) Domain of the GAAP realserver, conflict with `ip`. -* `ip` - (Optional, ForceNew) IP of the GAAP realserver, conflict with `domain`. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the project within the GAAP realserver, '0' means is default project. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the GAAP realserver. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the GAAP realserver, the maximum length is 30. +* `domain` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Domain of the GAAP realserver, conflict with `ip`. +* `ip` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) IP of the GAAP realserver, conflict with `domain`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) ID of the project within the GAAP realserver, '0' means is default project. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the GAAP realserver. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_security_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_security_policy.html.markdown index 9f34e2adc5..c88e4a9563 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_security_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_security_policy.html.markdown @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_security_policy" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `action` - (Required, ForceNew) Default policy. Valid value: `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. -* `proxy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the GAAP proxy. -* `enable` - (Optional) Indicates whether policy is enable, default value is `true`. +* `action` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Default policy. Valid value: `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. +* `proxy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the GAAP proxy. +* `enable` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether policy is enable, default value is `true`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/gaap_security_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/gaap_security_rule.html.markdown index 7383d3ab93..2df61d6334 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/gaap_security_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/gaap_security_rule.html.markdown @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_gaap_security_rule" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `action` - (Required, ForceNew) Policy of the rule. Valid value: `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. -* `cidr_ip` - (Required, ForceNew) A network address block of the request source. -* `policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the security policy. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the security policy rule. Maximum length is 30. -* `port` - (Optional, ForceNew) Target port. Default value is `ALL`. Valid examples: `80`, `80,443` and `3306-20000`. -* `protocol` - (Optional, ForceNew) Protocol of the security policy rule. Default value is `ALL`. Valid value: `TCP`, `UDP` and `ALL`. +* `action` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Policy of the rule. Valid value: `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. +* `cidr_ip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) A network address block of the request source. +* `policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the security policy. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the security policy rule. Maximum length is 30. +* `port` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Target port. Default value is `ALL`. Valid examples: `80`, `80,443` and `3306-20000`. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Protocol of the security policy rule. Default value is `ALL`. Valid value: `TCP`, `UDP` and `ALL`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ha_vip.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ha_vip.html.markdown index 43a24c94bc..7c5d2e26aa 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ha_vip.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ha_vip.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ha_vip" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the HA VIP. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Subnet ID. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPC ID. -* `vip` - (Optional, ForceNew) Virtual IP address, it must not be occupied and in this VPC network segment. If not set, it will be assigned after resource created automatically. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the HA VIP. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Subnet ID. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPC ID. +* `vip` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Virtual IP address, it must not be occupied and in this VPC network segment. If not set, it will be assigned after resource created automatically. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ha_vip_eip_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ha_vip_eip_attachment.html.markdown index 122238dc60..c55f3b8543 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ha_vip_eip_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ha_vip_eip_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ha_vip_eip_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `address_ip` - (Required, ForceNew) Public address of the EIP. -* `havip_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the attached HA VIP. +* `address_ip` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Public address of the EIP. +* `havip_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the attached HA VIP. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown index ae3ab75b73..3f514c2a22 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown @@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_image" "image_snap" { The following arguments are supported: -* `image_name` - (Required) Image name. -* `data_disk_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Cloud disk ID list, When creating a whole machine image based on an instance, specify the data disk ID contained in the image. -* `force_poweroff` - (Optional) Set whether to force shutdown during mirroring. The default value is `false`, when set to true, it means that the mirror will be made after shutdown. -* `image_description` - (Optional) Image Description. -* `instance_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Cloud server instance ID. -* `snapshot_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Cloud disk snapshot ID list; creating a mirror based on a snapshot must include a system disk snapshot. It cannot be passed in simultaneously with InstanceId. -* `sysprep` - (Optional) Sysprep function under Windows. When creating a Windows image, you can select true or false to enable or disable the Syspre function. +* `image_name` - (Required, String) Image name. +* `data_disk_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) Cloud disk ID list, When creating a whole machine image based on an instance, specify the data disk ID contained in the image. +* `force_poweroff` - (Optional, Bool) Set whether to force shutdown during mirroring. The default value is `false`, when set to true, it means that the mirror will be made after shutdown. +* `image_description` - (Optional, String) Image Description. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Cloud server instance ID. +* `snapshot_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) Cloud disk snapshot ID list; creating a mirror based on a snapshot must include a system disk snapshot. It cannot be passed in simultaneously with InstanceId. +* `sysprep` - (Optional, Bool) Sysprep function under Windows. When creating a Windows image, you can select true or false to enable or disable the Syspre function. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/instance.html.markdown index df639a59e0..664d8e4a60 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/instance.html.markdown @@ -139,55 +139,55 @@ resource "tencentcloud_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone for the CVM instance. -* `image_id` - (Required) The image to use for the instance. Changing `image_id` will cause the instance reset. -* `allocate_public_ip` - (Optional, ForceNew) Associate a public IP address with an instance in a VPC or Classic. Boolean value, Default is false. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `cdh_host_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Id of cdh instance. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `CDHPAID`. -* `cdh_instance_type` - (Optional) Type of instance created on cdh, the value of this parameter is in the format of CDH_XCXG based on the number of CPU cores and memory capacity. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `CDHPAID`. -* `data_disks` - (Optional, ForceNew) Settings for data disks. -* `disable_monitor_service` - (Optional) Disable enhance service for monitor, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, monitor agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `disable_security_service` - (Optional) Disable enhance service for security, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, security agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to force delete the instance. Default is `false`. If set true, the instance will be permanently deleted instead of being moved into the recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. -* `hostname` - (Optional) The hostname of the instance. Windows instance: The name should be a combination of 2 to 15 characters comprised of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Period (.) is not supported, and the name cannot be a string of pure numbers. Other types (such as Linux) of instances: The name should be a combination of 2 to 60 characters, supporting multiple periods (.). The piece between two periods is composed of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `SPOTPAID` and `CDHPAID`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `CDHPAID`. `PREPAID` instance may not allow to delete before expired. `SPOTPAID` instance must set `spot_instance_type` and `spot_max_price` at the same time. `CDHPAID` instance must set `cdh_instance_type` and `cdh_host_id`. -* `instance_count` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.18. Use built-in `count` instead. The number of instances to be purchased. Value range:[1,100]; default value: 1. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) The name of the instance. The max length of instance_name is 60, and default value is `Terraform-CVM-Instance`. -* `instance_type` - (Optional) The type of the instance. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Internet charge type of the instance, Valid values are `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Maximum outgoing bandwidth to the public network, measured in Mbps (Mega bits per second). This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. -* `keep_image_login` - (Optional) Whether to keep image login or not, default is `false`. When the image type is private or shared or imported, this parameter can be set `true`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `key_name` - (Optional) The key pair to use for the instance, it looks like `skey-16jig7tx`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `password` - (Optional) Password for the instance. In order for the new password to take effect, the instance will be restarted after the password change. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `placement_group_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The ID of a placement group. -* `private_ip` - (Optional) The private IP to be assigned to this instance, must be in the provided subnet and available. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project the instance belongs to, default to 0. -* `running_flag` - (Optional) Set instance to running or stop. Default value is true, the instance will shutdown when this flag is false. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) A list of security group IDs to associate with. -* `spot_instance_type` - (Optional) Type of spot instance, only support `ONE-TIME` now. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. -* `spot_max_price` - (Optional, ForceNew) Max price of a spot instance, is the format of decimal string, for example "0.50". Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. -* `stopped_mode` - (Optional) Billing method of a pay-as-you-go instance after shutdown. Available values: `KEEP_CHARGING`,`STOP_CHARGING`. Default `KEEP_CHARGING`. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) The ID of a VPC subnet. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. -* `system_disk_id` - (Optional) System disk snapshot ID used to initialize the system disk. When system disk type is `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD`, disk id is not supported. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional) Size of the system disk. Valid value ranges: (50~1000). and unit is GB. Default is 50GB. If modified, the instance may force stop. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: 1. `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated; 2. If modified, the instance may force stop. -* `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource. For tag limits, please refer to [Use Limits](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/651/13354). -* `user_data_raw` - (Optional, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance, in plain text. Conflicts with `user_data`. Up to 16 KB after base64 encoded. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance. Must be base64 encoded and up to 16 KB. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) The ID of a VPC network. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone for the CVM instance. +* `image_id` - (Required, String) The image to use for the instance. Changing `image_id` will cause the instance reset. +* `allocate_public_ip` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Associate a public IP address with an instance in a VPC or Classic. Boolean value, Default is false. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `cdh_host_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Id of cdh instance. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `CDHPAID`. +* `cdh_instance_type` - (Optional, String) Type of instance created on cdh, the value of this parameter is in the format of CDH_XCXG based on the number of CPU cores and memory capacity. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `CDHPAID`. +* `data_disks` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Settings for data disks. +* `disable_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool) Disable enhance service for monitor, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, monitor agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `disable_security_service` - (Optional, Bool) Disable enhance service for security, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, security agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to force delete the instance. Default is `false`. If set true, the instance will be permanently deleted instead of being moved into the recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. +* `hostname` - (Optional, String) The hostname of the instance. Windows instance: The name should be a combination of 2 to 15 characters comprised of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Period (.) is not supported, and the name cannot be a string of pure numbers. Other types (such as Linux) of instances: The name should be a combination of 2 to 60 characters, supporting multiple periods (.). The piece between two periods is composed of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `SPOTPAID` and `CDHPAID`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `CDHPAID`. `PREPAID` instance may not allow to delete before expired. `SPOTPAID` instance must set `spot_instance_type` and `spot_max_price` at the same time. `CDHPAID` instance must set `cdh_instance_type` and `cdh_host_id`. +* `instance_count` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.59.18. Use built-in `count` instead. The number of instances to be purchased. Value range:[1,100]; default value: 1. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) The name of the instance. The max length of instance_name is 60, and default value is `Terraform-CVM-Instance`. +* `instance_type` - (Optional, String) The type of the instance. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Internet charge type of the instance, Valid values are `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Maximum outgoing bandwidth to the public network, measured in Mbps (Mega bits per second). This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. +* `keep_image_login` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to keep image login or not, default is `false`. When the image type is private or shared or imported, this parameter can be set `true`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `key_name` - (Optional, String) The key pair to use for the instance, it looks like `skey-16jig7tx`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password for the instance. In order for the new password to take effect, the instance will be restarted after the password change. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `placement_group_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The ID of a placement group. +* `private_ip` - (Optional, String) The private IP to be assigned to this instance, must be in the provided subnet and available. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project the instance belongs to, default to 0. +* `running_flag` - (Optional, Bool) Set instance to running or stop. Default value is true, the instance will shutdown when this flag is false. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) A list of security group IDs to associate with. +* `spot_instance_type` - (Optional, String) Type of spot instance, only support `ONE-TIME` now. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. +* `spot_max_price` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Max price of a spot instance, is the format of decimal string, for example "0.50". Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. +* `stopped_mode` - (Optional, String) Billing method of a pay-as-you-go instance after shutdown. Available values: `KEEP_CHARGING`,`STOP_CHARGING`. Default `KEEP_CHARGING`. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) The ID of a VPC subnet. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. +* `system_disk_id` - (Optional, String) System disk snapshot ID used to initialize the system disk. When system disk type is `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD`, disk id is not supported. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Size of the system disk. Valid value ranges: (50~1000). and unit is GB. Default is 50GB. If modified, the instance may force stop. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: 1. `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated; 2. If modified, the instance may force stop. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource. For tag limits, please refer to [Use Limits](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/651/13354). +* `user_data_raw` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance, in plain text. Conflicts with `user_data`. Up to 16 KB after base64 encoded. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance. Must be base64 encoded and up to 16 KB. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) The ID of a VPC network. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. The `data_disks` object supports the following: -* `data_disk_size` - (Required) Size of the data disk, and unit is GB. If disk type is `CLOUD_SSD`, the size range is [100, 16000], and the others are [10-16000]. -* `data_disk_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Data disk type. For more information about limits on different data disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_HSSD`: Enhanced SSD. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. -* `data_disk_id` - (Optional) Data disk ID used to initialize the data disk. When data disk type is `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD`, disk id is not supported. -* `data_disk_snapshot_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Snapshot ID of the data disk. The selected data disk snapshot size must be smaller than the data disk size. -* `delete_with_instance` - (Optional, ForceNew) Decides whether the disk is deleted with instance(only applied to `CLOUD_BASIC`, `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_PREMIUM` disk with `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` instance), default is true. -* `encrypt` - (Optional, ForceNew) Decides whether the disk is encrypted. Default is `false`. -* `throughput_performance` - (Optional, ForceNew) Add extra performance to the data disk. Only works when disk type is `CLOUD_TSSD` or `CLOUD_HSSD`. +* `data_disk_size` - (Required, Int) Size of the data disk, and unit is GB. If disk type is `CLOUD_SSD`, the size range is [100, 16000], and the others are [10-16000]. +* `data_disk_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Data disk type. For more information about limits on different data disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_HSSD`: Enhanced SSD. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. +* `data_disk_id` - (Optional, String) Data disk ID used to initialize the data disk. When data disk type is `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD`, disk id is not supported. +* `data_disk_snapshot_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Snapshot ID of the data disk. The selected data disk snapshot size must be smaller than the data disk size. +* `delete_with_instance` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Decides whether the disk is deleted with instance(only applied to `CLOUD_BASIC`, `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_PREMIUM` disk with `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` instance), default is true. +* `encrypt` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Decides whether the disk is encrypted. Default is `false`. +* `throughput_performance` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Add extra performance to the data disk. Only works when disk type is `CLOUD_TSSD` or `CLOUD_HSSD`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/instance_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/instance_set.html.markdown index 5cc4e68829..82f064fac3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/instance_set.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/instance_set.html.markdown @@ -77,35 +77,35 @@ resource "tencentcloud_instance_set" "my_awesome_app" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone for the CVM instance. -* `image_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The image to use for the instance. Changing `image_id` will cause the instance reset. -* `allocate_public_ip` - (Optional, ForceNew) Associate a public IP address with an instance in a VPC or Classic. Boolean value, Default is false. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `disable_monitor_service` - (Optional) Disable enhance service for monitor, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, monitor agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `disable_security_service` - (Optional) Disable enhance service for security, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, security agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `exclude_instance_ids` - (Optional) instance ids list to exclude. -* `hostname` - (Optional) The hostname of the instance. Windows instance: The name should be a combination of 2 to 15 characters comprised of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Period (.) is not supported, and the name cannot be a string of pure numbers. Other types (such as Linux) of instances: The name should be a combination of 2 to 60 characters, supporting multiple periods (.). The piece between two periods is composed of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional) The charge type of instance. Only support `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `instance_count` - (Optional) The number of instances to be purchased. Value range:[1,100]; default value: 1. -* `instance_name` - (Optional) The name of the instance. The max length of instance_name is 60, and default value is `Terraform-CVM-Instance`. -* `instance_type` - (Optional) The type of the instance. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Internet charge type of the instance, Valid values are `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Maximum outgoing bandwidth to the public network, measured in Mbps (Mega bits per second). This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. -* `keep_image_login` - (Optional) Whether to keep image login or not, default is `false`. When the image type is private or shared or imported, this parameter can be set `true`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `key_name` - (Optional) The key pair to use for the instance, it looks like `skey-16jig7tx`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `password` - (Optional) Password for the instance. In order for the new password to take effect, the instance will be restarted after the password change. Modifying will cause the instance reset. -* `placement_group_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The ID of a placement group. -* `private_ip` - (Optional) The private IP to be assigned to this instance, must be in the provided subnet and available. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The project the instance belongs to, default to 0. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) A list of security group IDs to associate with. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) The ID of a VPC subnet. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. -* `system_disk_id` - (Optional) System disk snapshot ID used to initialize the system disk. When system disk type is `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD`, disk id is not supported. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional) Size of the system disk. Valid value ranges: (50~1000). and unit is GB. Default is 50GB. If modified, the instance may force stop. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: 1. `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated; 2. If modified, the instance may force stop. -* `user_data_raw` - (Optional, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance, in plain text. Conflicts with `user_data`. Up to 16 KB after base64 encoded. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance. Must be base64 encoded and up to 16 KB. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) The ID of a VPC network. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone for the CVM instance. +* `image_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The image to use for the instance. Changing `image_id` will cause the instance reset. +* `allocate_public_ip` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Associate a public IP address with an instance in a VPC or Classic. Boolean value, Default is false. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `disable_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool) Disable enhance service for monitor, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, monitor agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `disable_security_service` - (Optional, Bool) Disable enhance service for security, it is enabled by default. When this options is set, security agent won't be installed. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `exclude_instance_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) instance ids list to exclude. +* `hostname` - (Optional, String) The hostname of the instance. Windows instance: The name should be a combination of 2 to 15 characters comprised of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Period (.) is not supported, and the name cannot be a string of pure numbers. Other types (such as Linux) of instances: The name should be a combination of 2 to 60 characters, supporting multiple periods (.). The piece between two periods is composed of letters (case insensitive), numbers, and hyphens (-). Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String) The charge type of instance. Only support `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `instance_count` - (Optional, Int) The number of instances to be purchased. Value range:[1,100]; default value: 1. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String) The name of the instance. The max length of instance_name is 60, and default value is `Terraform-CVM-Instance`. +* `instance_type` - (Optional, String) The type of the instance. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Internet charge type of the instance, Valid values are `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `BANDWIDTH_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Maximum outgoing bandwidth to the public network, measured in Mbps (Mega bits per second). This value does not need to be set when `allocate_public_ip` is false. +* `keep_image_login` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to keep image login or not, default is `false`. When the image type is private or shared or imported, this parameter can be set `true`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `key_name` - (Optional, String) The key pair to use for the instance, it looks like `skey-16jig7tx`. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password for the instance. In order for the new password to take effect, the instance will be restarted after the password change. Modifying will cause the instance reset. +* `placement_group_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The ID of a placement group. +* `private_ip` - (Optional, String) The private IP to be assigned to this instance, must be in the provided subnet and available. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The project the instance belongs to, default to 0. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) A list of security group IDs to associate with. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) The ID of a VPC subnet. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. +* `system_disk_id` - (Optional, String) System disk snapshot ID used to initialize the system disk. When system disk type is `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD`, disk id is not supported. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Size of the system disk. Valid value ranges: (50~1000). and unit is GB. Default is 50GB. If modified, the instance may force stop. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: 1. `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated; 2. If modified, the instance may force stop. +* `user_data_raw` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance, in plain text. Conflicts with `user_data`. Up to 16 KB after base64 encoded. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The user data to be injected into this instance. Must be base64 encoded and up to 16 KB. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) The ID of a VPC network. If you want to create instances in a VPC network, this parameter must be set. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/key_pair.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/key_pair.html.markdown index 4f68c108b3..3f5f26c817 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/key_pair.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/key_pair.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_key_pair" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `key_name` - (Required) The key pair's name. It is the only in one TencentCloud account. -* `public_key` - (Required, ForceNew) You can import an existing public key and using TencentCloud key pair to manage it. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specifys to which project the key pair belongs. +* `key_name` - (Required, String) The key pair's name. It is the only in one TencentCloud account. +* `public_key` - (Required, String, ForceNew) You can import an existing public key and using TencentCloud key pair to manage it. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Specifys to which project the key pair belongs. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kms_external_key.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kms_external_key.html.markdown index e7ca6e0742..ac1cbe9ca3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kms_external_key.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kms_external_key.html.markdown @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kms_external_key" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `alias` - (Required) Name of CMK. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of CMK. The maximum is 1024 bytes. -* `is_archived` - (Optional) Specify whether to archive key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_enabled`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. -* `is_enabled` - (Optional) Specify whether to enable key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_archived`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. -* `key_material_base64` - (Optional) The base64-encoded key material encrypted with the public_key. For regions using the national secret version, the length of the imported key material is required to be 128 bits, and for regions using the FIPS version, the length of the imported key material is required to be 256 bits. -* `pending_delete_window_in_days` - (Optional) Duration in days after which the key is deleted after destruction of the resource, must be between 7 and 30 days. Defaults to 7 days. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of CMK. -* `valid_to` - (Optional) This value means the effective timestamp of the key material, 0 means it does not expire. Need to be greater than the current timestamp, the maximum support is 2147443200. -* `wrapping_algorithm` - (Optional) The algorithm for encrypting key material. Available values include `RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5`, `RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1` and `RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256`. Default value is `RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5`. +* `alias` - (Required, String) Name of CMK. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of CMK. The maximum is 1024 bytes. +* `is_archived` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to archive key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_enabled`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. +* `is_enabled` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to enable key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_archived`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. +* `key_material_base64` - (Optional, String) The base64-encoded key material encrypted with the public_key. For regions using the national secret version, the length of the imported key material is required to be 128 bits, and for regions using the FIPS version, the length of the imported key material is required to be 256 bits. +* `pending_delete_window_in_days` - (Optional, Int) Duration in days after which the key is deleted after destruction of the resource, must be between 7 and 30 days. Defaults to 7 days. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of CMK. +* `valid_to` - (Optional, Int) This value means the effective timestamp of the key material, 0 means it does not expire. Need to be greater than the current timestamp, the maximum support is 2147443200. +* `wrapping_algorithm` - (Optional, String) The algorithm for encrypting key material. Available values include `RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5`, `RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1` and `RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256`. Default value is `RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kms_key.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kms_key.html.markdown index c1f5bb90ed..50032e520c 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kms_key.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kms_key.html.markdown @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kms_key" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `alias` - (Required) Name of CMK. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of CMK. The maximum is 1024 bytes. -* `is_archived` - (Optional) Specify whether to archive key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_enabled`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. -* `is_enabled` - (Optional) Specify whether to enable key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_archived`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. -* `key_rotation_enabled` - (Optional) Specify whether to enable key rotation, valid when key_usage is `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`. Default value is `false`. -* `key_usage` - (Optional, ForceNew) Usage of CMK. Available values include `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_ECC`. Default value is `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`. -* `pending_delete_window_in_days` - (Optional) Duration in days after which the key is deleted after destruction of the resource, must be between 7 and 30 days. Defaults to 7 days. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of CMK. +* `alias` - (Required, String) Name of CMK. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of CMK. The maximum is 1024 bytes. +* `is_archived` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to archive key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_enabled`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. +* `is_enabled` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to enable key. Default value is `false`. This field is conflict with `is_archived`, valid when key_state is `Enabled`, `Disabled`, `Archived`. +* `key_rotation_enabled` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to enable key rotation, valid when key_usage is `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`. Default value is `false`. +* `key_usage` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Usage of CMK. Available values include `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_SM2`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_RSA_2048`, `ASYMMETRIC_SIGN_VERIFY_ECC`. Default value is `ENCRYPT_DECRYPT`. +* `pending_delete_window_in_days` - (Optional, Int) Duration in days after which the key is deleted after destruction of the resource, must be between 7 and 30 days. Defaults to 7 days. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of CMK. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_addon_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_addon_attachment.html.markdown index 186311e344..b23d99b975 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_addon_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_addon_attachment.html.markdown @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ EOF The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of cluster. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of addon. -* `request_body` - (Optional) Serialized json string as request body of addon spec. If set, will ignore `version` and `values`. -* `values` - (Optional) Values the addon passthroughs. Conflict with `request_body`. -* `version` - (Optional) Addon version, default latest version. Conflict with `request_body`. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of cluster. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of addon. +* `request_body` - (Optional, String) Serialized json string as request body of addon spec. If set, will ignore `version` and `values`. +* `values` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Values the addon passthroughs. Conflict with `request_body`. +* `version` - (Optional, String) Addon version, default latest version. Conflict with `request_body`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_as_scaling_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_as_scaling_group.html.markdown index a516b57025..adcade267e 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_as_scaling_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_as_scaling_group.html.markdown @@ -21,65 +21,65 @@ Auto scaling group for kubernetes cluster (offlined). The following arguments are supported: -* `auto_scaling_config` - (Required, ForceNew) Auto scaling config parameters. -* `auto_scaling_group` - (Required) Auto scaling group parameters. -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. -* `extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. -* `labels` - (Optional, ForceNew) Labels of kubernetes AS Group created nodes. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. +* `auto_scaling_config` - (Required, List, ForceNew) Auto scaling config parameters. +* `auto_scaling_group` - (Required, List) Auto scaling group parameters. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. +* `extra_args` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. +* `labels` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Labels of kubernetes AS Group created nodes. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. The `auto_scaling_config` object supports the following: -* `configuration_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of a launch configuration. -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. -* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. -* `instance_tags` - (Optional, ForceNew) A list of tags used to associate different resources. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Valid value: `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is `0`. -* `key_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of keys. -* `password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Password to access. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specifys to which project the configuration belongs. -* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. -* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Type of a CVM disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. Default is `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. +* `configuration_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of a launch configuration. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. +* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. +* `instance_tags` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Valid value: `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is `0`. +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of keys. +* `password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Password to access. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Specifys to which project the configuration belongs. +* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. +* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Type of a CVM disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. Default is `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. The `auto_scaling_group` object supports the following: -* `max_size` - (Required) Maximum number of CVM instances (0~2000). -* `min_size` - (Required) Minimum number of CVM instances (0~2000). -* `scaling_group_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of a scaling group. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of VPC network. -* `default_cooldown` - (Optional, ForceNew) Default cooldown time in second, and default value is 300. -* `desired_capacity` - (Optional, ForceNew) Desired volume of CVM instances, which is between max_size and min_size. -* `forward_balancer_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) List of application load balancers, which can't be specified with load_balancer_ids together. -* `load_balancer_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of traditional load balancers. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specifys to which project the scaling group belongs. -* `retry_policy` - (Optional, ForceNew) Available values for retry policies include `IMMEDIATE_RETRY` and `INCREMENTAL_INTERVALS`. -* `subnet_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of subnet, and for VPC it is required. -* `tags` - (Optional, ForceNew) Tags of a scaling group. -* `termination_policies` - (Optional, ForceNew) Available values for termination policies include `OLDEST_INSTANCE` and `NEWEST_INSTANCE`. -* `zones` - (Optional, ForceNew) List of available zones, for Basic network it is required. +* `max_size` - (Required, Int) Maximum number of CVM instances (0~2000). +* `min_size` - (Required, Int) Minimum number of CVM instances (0~2000). +* `scaling_group_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of a scaling group. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC network. +* `default_cooldown` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Default cooldown time in second, and default value is 300. +* `desired_capacity` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Desired volume of CVM instances, which is between max_size and min_size. +* `forward_balancer_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) List of application load balancers, which can't be specified with load_balancer_ids together. +* `load_balancer_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of traditional load balancers. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Specifys to which project the scaling group belongs. +* `retry_policy` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Available values for retry policies include `IMMEDIATE_RETRY` and `INCREMENTAL_INTERVALS`. +* `subnet_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of subnet, and for VPC it is required. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Tags of a scaling group. +* `termination_policies` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Available values for termination policies include `OLDEST_INSTANCE` and `NEWEST_INSTANCE`. +* `zones` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) List of available zones, for Basic network it is required. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. The `forward_balancer_ids` object supports the following: -* `listener_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Listener ID for application load balancers. -* `load_balancer_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of available load balancers. -* `target_attribute` - (Required, ForceNew) Attribute list of target rules. -* `rule_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of forwarding rules. +* `listener_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Listener ID for application load balancers. +* `load_balancer_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of available load balancers. +* `target_attribute` - (Required, List, ForceNew) Attribute list of target rules. +* `rule_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of forwarding rules. The `target_attribute` object supports the following: -* `port` - (Required, ForceNew) Port number. -* `weight` - (Required, ForceNew) Weight. +* `port` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Port number. +* `weight` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Weight. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_auth_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_auth_attachment.html.markdown index 771f9dd849..9166946714 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_auth_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_auth_attachment.html.markdown @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kubernetes_auth_attachment" "test_auth_attach" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) ID of clusters. -* `issuer` - (Required) Specify service-account-issuer. -* `auto_create_discovery_anonymous_auth` - (Optional) If set to `true`, the rbac rule will be created automatically which allow anonymous user to access '/.well-known/openid-configuration' and '/openid/v1/jwks'. -* `jwks_uri` - (Optional) Specify service-account-jwks-uri. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) ID of clusters. +* `issuer` - (Required, String) Specify service-account-issuer. +* `auto_create_discovery_anonymous_auth` - (Optional, Bool) If set to `true`, the rbac rule will be created automatically which allow anonymous user to access '/.well-known/openid-configuration' and '/openid/v1/jwks'. +* `jwks_uri` - (Optional, String) Specify service-account-jwks-uri. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown index cc19770f00..55886c48d9 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown @@ -435,183 +435,183 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kubernetes_cluster" "managed_cluster" { The following arguments are supported: -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Vpc Id of the cluster. -* `acquire_cluster_admin_role` - (Optional) If set to true, it will acquire the ClusterRole tke:admin. NOTE: this arguments cannot revoke to `false` after acquired. -* `auth_options` - (Optional) Specify cluster authentication configuration. Only available for managed cluster and `cluster_version` >= 1.20. -* `auto_upgrade_cluster_level` - (Optional) Whether the cluster level auto upgraded, valid for managed cluster. -* `base_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) The number of basic pods. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true. -* `claim_expired_seconds` - (Optional) Claim expired seconds to recycle ENI. This field can only set when field `network_type` is 'VPC-CNI'. `claim_expired_seconds` must greater or equal than 300 and less than 15768000. -* `cluster_as_enabled` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether to enable cluster node auto scaling. Default is false. -* `cluster_audit` - (Optional) Specify Cluster Audit config. NOTE: Please make sure your TKE CamRole have permission to access CLS service. -* `cluster_cidr` - (Optional, ForceNew) A network address block of the cluster. Different from vpc cidr and cidr of other clusters within this vpc. Must be in 10./192.168/172.[16-31] segments. -* `cluster_deploy_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Deployment type of the cluster, the available values include: 'MANAGED_CLUSTER' and 'INDEPENDENT_CLUSTER'. Default is 'MANAGED_CLUSTER'. -* `cluster_desc` - (Optional) Description of the cluster. -* `cluster_extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Customized parameters for master component,such as kube-apiserver, kube-controller-manager, kube-scheduler. -* `cluster_internet` - (Optional) Open internet access or not. If this field is set 'true', the field below `worker_config` must be set. Because only cluster with node is allowed enable access endpoint. -* `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet id who can access this independent cluster, this field must and can only set when `cluster_intranet` is true. `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` can not modify once be set. -* `cluster_intranet` - (Optional) Open intranet access or not. If this field is set 'true', the field below `worker_config` must be set. Because only cluster with node is allowed enable access endpoint. -* `cluster_ipvs` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether `ipvs` is enabled. Default is true. False means `iptables` is enabled. -* `cluster_level` - (Optional) Specify cluster level, valid for managed cluster, use data source `tencentcloud_kubernetes_cluster_levels` to query available levels. Available value examples `L5`, `LL20`, `L50`, `L100`, etc. -* `cluster_max_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) The maximum number of Pods per node in the cluster. Default is 256. The minimum value is 4. When its power unequal to 2, it will round upward to the closest power of 2. -* `cluster_max_service_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) The maximum number of services in the cluster. Default is 256. The range is from 32 to 32768. When its power unequal to 2, it will round upward to the closest power of 2. -* `cluster_name` - (Optional) Name of the cluster. -* `cluster_os_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Image type of the cluster os, the available values include: 'GENERAL'. Default is 'GENERAL'. -* `cluster_os` - (Optional, ForceNew) Operating system of the cluster, the available values include: 'centos7.6.0_x64','ubuntu18.04.1x86_64','tlinux2.4x86_64'. Default is 'tlinux2.4x86_64'. -* `cluster_version` - (Optional) Version of the cluster, Default is '1.10.5'. -* `container_runtime` - (Optional, ForceNew) Runtime type of the cluster, the available values include: 'docker' and 'containerd'. Default is 'docker'. -* `deletion_protection` - (Optional) Indicates whether cluster deletion protection is enabled. Default is false. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. -* `enable_customized_pod_cidr` - (Optional) Whether to enable the custom mode of node podCIDR size. Default is false. -* `eni_subnet_ids` - (Optional) Subnet Ids for cluster with VPC-CNI network mode. This field can only set when field `network_type` is 'VPC-CNI'. `eni_subnet_ids` can not empty once be set. -* `event_persistence` - (Optional) Specify cluster Event Persistence config. NOTE: Please make sure your TKE CamRole have permission to access CLS service. -* `exist_instance` - (Optional, ForceNew) create tke cluster by existed instances. -* `extension_addon` - (Optional, ForceNew) Information of the add-on to be installed. -* `extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. -* `globe_desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it takes effect for all nodes. -* `ignore_cluster_cidr_conflict` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether to ignore the cluster cidr conflict error. Default is false. -* `is_non_static_ip_mode` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether non-static ip mode is enabled. Default is false. -* `kube_proxy_mode` - (Optional) Cluster kube-proxy mode, the available values include: 'kube-proxy-bpf'. Default is not set.When set to kube-proxy-bpf, cluster version greater than 1.14 and with Tencent Linux 2.4 is required. -* `labels` - (Optional, ForceNew) Labels of tke cluster nodes. -* `log_agent` - (Optional) Specify cluster log agent config. -* `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` - (Optional) Security policies for managed cluster internet, like:'192.168.1.0/24' or '113.116.51.27', '0.0.0.0/0' means all. This field can only set when field `cluster_deploy_type` is 'MANAGED_CLUSTER' and `cluster_internet` is true. `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` can not delete or empty once be set. -* `master_config` - (Optional, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'MASTER_ETCD' service, and create <=7 units for common users. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. -* `network_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Cluster network type, GR or VPC-CNI. Default is GR. -* `node_name_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Node name type of Cluster, the available values include: 'lan-ip' and 'hostname', Default is 'lan-ip'. -* `node_pool_global_config` - (Optional) Global config effective for all node pools. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID, default value is 0. -* `runtime_version` - (Optional) Container Runtime version. -* `service_cidr` - (Optional, ForceNew) A network address block of the service. Different from vpc cidr and cidr of other clusters within this vpc. Must be in 10./192.168/172.[16-31] segments. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the cluster. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. -* `upgrade_instances_follow_cluster` - (Optional) Indicates whether upgrade all instances when cluster_version change. Default is false. -* `worker_config` - (Optional, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'WORKER' service, and create <=20 units for common users. The other 'WORK' service are added by 'tencentcloud_kubernetes_worker'. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Vpc Id of the cluster. +* `acquire_cluster_admin_role` - (Optional, Bool) If set to true, it will acquire the ClusterRole tke:admin. NOTE: this arguments cannot revoke to `false` after acquired. +* `auth_options` - (Optional, List) Specify cluster authentication configuration. Only available for managed cluster and `cluster_version` >= 1.20. +* `auto_upgrade_cluster_level` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the cluster level auto upgraded, valid for managed cluster. +* `base_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The number of basic pods. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true. +* `claim_expired_seconds` - (Optional, Int) Claim expired seconds to recycle ENI. This field can only set when field `network_type` is 'VPC-CNI'. `claim_expired_seconds` must greater or equal than 300 and less than 15768000. +* `cluster_as_enabled` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether to enable cluster node auto scaling. Default is false. +* `cluster_audit` - (Optional, List) Specify Cluster Audit config. NOTE: Please make sure your TKE CamRole have permission to access CLS service. +* `cluster_cidr` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) A network address block of the cluster. Different from vpc cidr and cidr of other clusters within this vpc. Must be in 10./192.168/172.[16-31] segments. +* `cluster_deploy_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Deployment type of the cluster, the available values include: 'MANAGED_CLUSTER' and 'INDEPENDENT_CLUSTER'. Default is 'MANAGED_CLUSTER'. +* `cluster_desc` - (Optional, String) Description of the cluster. +* `cluster_extra_args` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Customized parameters for master component,such as kube-apiserver, kube-controller-manager, kube-scheduler. +* `cluster_internet` - (Optional, Bool) Open internet access or not. If this field is set 'true', the field below `worker_config` must be set. Because only cluster with node is allowed enable access endpoint. +* `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet id who can access this independent cluster, this field must and can only set when `cluster_intranet` is true. `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` can not modify once be set. +* `cluster_intranet` - (Optional, Bool) Open intranet access or not. If this field is set 'true', the field below `worker_config` must be set. Because only cluster with node is allowed enable access endpoint. +* `cluster_ipvs` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether `ipvs` is enabled. Default is true. False means `iptables` is enabled. +* `cluster_level` - (Optional, String) Specify cluster level, valid for managed cluster, use data source `tencentcloud_kubernetes_cluster_levels` to query available levels. Available value examples `L5`, `LL20`, `L50`, `L100`, etc. +* `cluster_max_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The maximum number of Pods per node in the cluster. Default is 256. The minimum value is 4. When its power unequal to 2, it will round upward to the closest power of 2. +* `cluster_max_service_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The maximum number of services in the cluster. Default is 256. The range is from 32 to 32768. When its power unequal to 2, it will round upward to the closest power of 2. +* `cluster_name` - (Optional, String) Name of the cluster. +* `cluster_os_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Image type of the cluster os, the available values include: 'GENERAL'. Default is 'GENERAL'. +* `cluster_os` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Operating system of the cluster, the available values include: 'centos7.6.0_x64','ubuntu18.04.1x86_64','tlinux2.4x86_64'. Default is 'tlinux2.4x86_64'. +* `cluster_version` - (Optional, String) Version of the cluster, Default is '1.10.5'. +* `container_runtime` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Runtime type of the cluster, the available values include: 'docker' and 'containerd'. Default is 'docker'. +* `deletion_protection` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether cluster deletion protection is enabled. Default is false. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. +* `enable_customized_pod_cidr` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable the custom mode of node podCIDR size. Default is false. +* `eni_subnet_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Subnet Ids for cluster with VPC-CNI network mode. This field can only set when field `network_type` is 'VPC-CNI'. `eni_subnet_ids` can not empty once be set. +* `event_persistence` - (Optional, List) Specify cluster Event Persistence config. NOTE: Please make sure your TKE CamRole have permission to access CLS service. +* `exist_instance` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) create tke cluster by existed instances. +* `extension_addon` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Information of the add-on to be installed. +* `extra_args` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. +* `globe_desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it takes effect for all nodes. +* `ignore_cluster_cidr_conflict` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether to ignore the cluster cidr conflict error. Default is false. +* `is_non_static_ip_mode` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether non-static ip mode is enabled. Default is false. +* `kube_proxy_mode` - (Optional, String) Cluster kube-proxy mode, the available values include: 'kube-proxy-bpf'. Default is not set.When set to kube-proxy-bpf, cluster version greater than 1.14 and with Tencent Linux 2.4 is required. +* `labels` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Labels of tke cluster nodes. +* `log_agent` - (Optional, List) Specify cluster log agent config. +* `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Security policies for managed cluster internet, like:'192.168.1.0/24' or '113.116.51.27', '0.0.0.0/0' means all. This field can only set when field `cluster_deploy_type` is 'MANAGED_CLUSTER' and `cluster_internet` is true. `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` can not delete or empty once be set. +* `master_config` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'MASTER_ETCD' service, and create <=7 units for common users. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. +* `network_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Cluster network type, GR or VPC-CNI. Default is GR. +* `node_name_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Node name type of Cluster, the available values include: 'lan-ip' and 'hostname', Default is 'lan-ip'. +* `node_pool_global_config` - (Optional, List) Global config effective for all node pools. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID, default value is 0. +* `runtime_version` - (Optional, String) Container Runtime version. +* `service_cidr` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) A network address block of the service. Different from vpc cidr and cidr of other clusters within this vpc. Must be in 10./192.168/172.[16-31] segments. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the cluster. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. +* `upgrade_instances_follow_cluster` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether upgrade all instances when cluster_version change. Default is false. +* `worker_config` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'WORKER' service, and create <=20 units for common users. The other 'WORK' service are added by 'tencentcloud_kubernetes_worker'. The `auth_options` object supports the following: -* `auto_create_discovery_anonymous_auth` - (Optional) If set to `true`, the rbac rule will be created automatically which allow anonymous user to access '/.well-known/openid-configuration' and '/openid/v1/jwks'. -* `issuer` - (Optional) Specify service-account-issuer. -* `jwks_uri` - (Optional) Specify service-account-jwks-uri. +* `auto_create_discovery_anonymous_auth` - (Optional, Bool) If set to `true`, the rbac rule will be created automatically which allow anonymous user to access '/.well-known/openid-configuration' and '/openid/v1/jwks'. +* `issuer` - (Optional, String) Specify service-account-issuer. +* `jwks_uri` - (Optional, String) Specify service-account-jwks-uri. The `cluster_audit` object supports the following: -* `enabled` - (Required) Specify weather the Cluster Audit enabled. NOTE: Enable Cluster Audit will also auto install Log Agent. -* `log_set_id` - (Optional) Specify id of existing CLS log set, or auto create a new set by leave it empty. -* `topic_id` - (Optional) Specify id of existing CLS log topic, or auto create a new topic by leave it empty. +* `enabled` - (Required, Bool) Specify weather the Cluster Audit enabled. NOTE: Enable Cluster Audit will also auto install Log Agent. +* `log_set_id` - (Optional, String) Specify id of existing CLS log set, or auto create a new set by leave it empty. +* `topic_id` - (Optional, String) Specify id of existing CLS log topic, or auto create a new topic by leave it empty. The `cluster_extra_args` object supports the following: -* `kube_apiserver` - (Optional, ForceNew) The customized parameters for kube-apiserver. -* `kube_controller_manager` - (Optional, ForceNew) The customized parameters for kube-controller-manager. -* `kube_scheduler` - (Optional, ForceNew) The customized parameters for kube-scheduler. +* `kube_apiserver` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) The customized parameters for kube-apiserver. +* `kube_controller_manager` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) The customized parameters for kube-controller-manager. +* `kube_scheduler` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) The customized parameters for kube-scheduler. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. -* `disk_partition` - (Optional, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_HSSD` and `CLOUD_TSSD`. -* `encrypt` - (Optional) Indicates whether to encrypt data disk, default `false`. -* `file_system` - (Optional, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. -* `kms_key_id` - (Optional) ID of the custom CMK in the format of UUID or `kms-abcd1234`. This parameter is used to encrypt cloud disks. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. +* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. +* `disk_partition` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_HSSD` and `CLOUD_TSSD`. +* `encrypt` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether to encrypt data disk, default `false`. +* `file_system` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. +* `kms_key_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the custom CMK in the format of UUID or `kms-abcd1234`. This parameter is used to encrypt cloud disks. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. The `event_persistence` object supports the following: -* `enabled` - (Required) Specify weather the Event Persistence enabled. -* `log_set_id` - (Optional) Specify id of existing CLS log set, or auto create a new set by leave it empty. -* `topic_id` - (Optional) Specify id of existing CLS log topic, or auto create a new topic by leave it empty. +* `enabled` - (Required, Bool) Specify weather the Event Persistence enabled. +* `log_set_id` - (Optional, String) Specify id of existing CLS log set, or auto create a new set by leave it empty. +* `topic_id` - (Optional, String) Specify id of existing CLS log topic, or auto create a new topic by leave it empty. The `exist_instance` object supports the following: -* `desired_pod_numbers` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom mode cluster, you can specify the number of pods for each node. corresponding to the existed_instances_para.instance_ids parameter. -* `instances_para` - (Optional, ForceNew) Reinstallation parameters of an existing instance. -* `node_role` - (Optional, ForceNew) Role of existed node. value:MASTER_ETCD or WORKER. +* `desired_pod_numbers` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Custom mode cluster, you can specify the number of pods for each node. corresponding to the existed_instances_para.instance_ids parameter. +* `instances_para` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Reinstallation parameters of an existing instance. +* `node_role` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Role of existed node. value:MASTER_ETCD or WORKER. The `extension_addon` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Add-on name. -* `param` - (Required) Description of the add-on resource object in JSON string format. +* `name` - (Required, String) Add-on name. +* `param` - (Required, String) Description of the add-on resource object in JSON string format. The `instances_para` object supports the following: -* `instance_ids` - (Required, ForceNew) Cluster IDs. +* `instance_ids` - (Required, List, ForceNew) Cluster IDs. The `log_agent` object supports the following: -* `enabled` - (Required) Whether the log agent enabled. -* `kubelet_root_dir` - (Optional) Kubelet root directory as the literal. +* `enabled` - (Required, Bool) Whether the log agent enabled. +* `kubelet_root_dir` - (Optional, String) Kubelet root directory as the literal. The `master_config` object supports the following: -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Private network ID. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `count` - (Optional, ForceNew) Number of cvm. -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it override `[globe_]desired_pod_num` for current node. Either all the fields `desired_pod_num` or none. -* `disaster_recover_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Disaster recover groups to which a CVM instance belongs. Only support maximum 1. -* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. -* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. -* `hostname` - (Optional, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). -* `img_id` - (Optional) The valid image id, format of img-xxx. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `PREPAID` instance will not terminated after cluster deleted, and may not allow to delete before expired. -* `instance_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) Name of the CVMs. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Available values include `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is 0. -* `key_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of keys, should be set if `password` not set. -* `password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. -* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. -* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Private network ID. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `count` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Number of cvm. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it override `[globe_]desired_pod_num` for current node. Either all the fields `desired_pod_num` or none. +* `disaster_recover_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Disaster recover groups to which a CVM instance belongs. Only support maximum 1. +* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. +* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. +* `hostname` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). +* `img_id` - (Optional, String) The valid image id, format of img-xxx. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `PREPAID` instance will not terminated after cluster deleted, and may not allow to delete before expired. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Name of the CVMs. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Available values include `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is 0. +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of keys, should be set if `password` not set. +* `password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. +* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. +* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. The `node_pool_global_config` object supports the following: -* `expander` - (Optional) Indicates which scale-out method will be used when there are multiple scaling groups. Valid values: `random` - select a random scaling group, `most-pods` - select the scaling group that can schedule the most pods, `least-waste` - select the scaling group that can ensure the fewest remaining resources after Pod scheduling. -* `ignore_daemon_sets_utilization` - (Optional) Whether to ignore DaemonSet pods by default when calculating resource usage. -* `is_scale_in_enabled` - (Optional) Indicates whether to enable scale-in. -* `max_concurrent_scale_in` - (Optional) Max concurrent scale-in volume. -* `scale_in_delay` - (Optional) Number of minutes after cluster scale-out when the system starts judging whether to perform scale-in. -* `scale_in_unneeded_time` - (Optional) Number of consecutive minutes of idleness after which the node is subject to scale-in. -* `scale_in_utilization_threshold` - (Optional) Percentage of node resource usage below which the node is considered to be idle. -* `skip_nodes_with_local_storage` - (Optional) During scale-in, ignore nodes with local storage pods. -* `skip_nodes_with_system_pods` - (Optional) During scale-in, ignore nodes with pods in the kube-system namespace that are not managed by DaemonSet. +* `expander` - (Optional, String) Indicates which scale-out method will be used when there are multiple scaling groups. Valid values: `random` - select a random scaling group, `most-pods` - select the scaling group that can schedule the most pods, `least-waste` - select the scaling group that can ensure the fewest remaining resources after Pod scheduling. +* `ignore_daemon_sets_utilization` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to ignore DaemonSet pods by default when calculating resource usage. +* `is_scale_in_enabled` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether to enable scale-in. +* `max_concurrent_scale_in` - (Optional, Int) Max concurrent scale-in volume. +* `scale_in_delay` - (Optional, Int) Number of minutes after cluster scale-out when the system starts judging whether to perform scale-in. +* `scale_in_unneeded_time` - (Optional, Int) Number of consecutive minutes of idleness after which the node is subject to scale-in. +* `scale_in_utilization_threshold` - (Optional, Int) Percentage of node resource usage below which the node is considered to be idle. +* `skip_nodes_with_local_storage` - (Optional, Bool) During scale-in, ignore nodes with local storage pods. +* `skip_nodes_with_system_pods` - (Optional, Bool) During scale-in, ignore nodes with pods in the kube-system namespace that are not managed by DaemonSet. The `worker_config` object supports the following: -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Private network ID. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `count` - (Optional, ForceNew) Number of cvm. -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it override `[globe_]desired_pod_num` for current node. Either all the fields `desired_pod_num` or none. -* `disaster_recover_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Disaster recover groups to which a CVM instance belongs. Only support maximum 1. -* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. -* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. -* `hostname` - (Optional, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). -* `img_id` - (Optional) The valid image id, format of img-xxx. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `PREPAID` instance will not terminated after cluster deleted, and may not allow to delete before expired. -* `instance_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) Name of the CVMs. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Available values include `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is 0. -* `key_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of keys, should be set if `password` not set. -* `password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. -* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. -* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Private network ID. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `count` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Number of cvm. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it override `[globe_]desired_pod_num` for current node. Either all the fields `desired_pod_num` or none. +* `disaster_recover_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Disaster recover groups to which a CVM instance belongs. Only support maximum 1. +* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. +* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. +* `hostname` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). +* `img_id` - (Optional, String) The valid image id, format of img-xxx. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `PREPAID` instance will not terminated after cluster deleted, and may not allow to delete before expired. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Name of the CVMs. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Available values include `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is 0. +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of keys, should be set if `password` not set. +* `password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. +* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. +* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_attachment.html.markdown index c02de23ca2..279a832099 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_attachment.html.markdown @@ -108,44 +108,44 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kubernetes_cluster_attachment" "test_attach" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the CVM instance, this cvm will reinstall the system. -* `hostname` - (Optional, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). -* `key_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) The key pair to use for the instance, it looks like skey-16jig7tx, it should be set if `password` not set. -* `labels` - (Optional, ForceNew) Labels of tke attachment exits CVM. -* `password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. -* `worker_config_overrides` - (Optional, ForceNew) Override variable worker_config, commonly used to attach existing instances. -* `worker_config` - (Optional, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'WORKER', commonly used to attach existing instances. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the CVM instance, this cvm will reinstall the system. +* `hostname` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) The key pair to use for the instance, it looks like skey-16jig7tx, it should be set if `password` not set. +* `labels` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Labels of tke attachment exits CVM. +* `password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. +* `worker_config_overrides` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Override variable worker_config, commonly used to attach existing instances. +* `worker_config` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'WORKER', commonly used to attach existing instances. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. -* `disk_partition` - (Optional, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. NOTE: this argument doesn't support setting in node pool, or will leads to mount error. -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. -* `file_system` - (Optional, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. +* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. +* `disk_partition` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. NOTE: this argument doesn't support setting in node pool, or will leads to mount error. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. +* `file_system` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. The `worker_config_overrides` object supports the following: -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when the cluster is podCIDR. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. -* `extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. This is a white-list parameter. -* `is_schedule` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to schedule the adding node or not. Default is true. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) Base64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when the cluster is podCIDR. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. +* `extra_args` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. This is a white-list parameter. +* `is_schedule` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate to schedule the adding node or not. Default is true. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Base64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. The `worker_config` object supports the following: -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when the cluster is podCIDR. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. -* `extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. This is a white-list parameter. -* `is_schedule` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to schedule the adding node or not. Default is true. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) Base64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when the cluster is podCIDR. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. +* `extra_args` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. This is a white-list parameter. +* `is_schedule` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate to schedule the adding node or not. Default is true. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Base64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_endpoint.html.markdown index a0f013b9c4..58e67a5033 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_endpoint.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_endpoint.html.markdown @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kubernetes_cluster_endpoint" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) Specify cluster ID. -* `cluster_internet` - (Optional) Open internet access or not. -* `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet id who can access this independent cluster, this field must and can only set when `cluster_intranet` is true. `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` can not modify once be set. -* `cluster_intranet` - (Optional) Open intranet access or not. -* `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` - (Optional) Security policies for managed cluster internet, like:'192.168.1.0/24' or '113.116.51.27', '0.0.0.0/0' means all. This field can only set when field `cluster_deploy_type` is 'MANAGED_CLUSTER' and `cluster_internet` is true. `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` can not delete or empty once be set. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) Specify cluster ID. +* `cluster_internet` - (Optional, Bool) Open internet access or not. +* `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet id who can access this independent cluster, this field must and can only set when `cluster_intranet` is true. `cluster_intranet_subnet_id` can not modify once be set. +* `cluster_intranet` - (Optional, Bool) Open intranet access or not. +* `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Security policies for managed cluster internet, like:'192.168.1.0/24' or '113.116.51.27', '0.0.0.0/0' means all. This field can only set when field `cluster_deploy_type` is 'MANAGED_CLUSTER' and `cluster_internet` is true. `managed_cluster_internet_security_policies` can not delete or empty once be set. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_node_pool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_node_pool.html.markdown index 574e38986d..efa47c8d46 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_node_pool.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_node_pool.html.markdown @@ -152,85 +152,85 @@ resource "tencentcloud_kubernetes_node_pool" "mynodepool" { The following arguments are supported: -* `auto_scaling_config` - (Required) Auto scaling config parameters. -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. -* `max_size` - (Required) Maximum number of node. -* `min_size` - (Required) Minimum number of node. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the node pool. The name does not exceed 25 characters, and only supports Chinese, English, numbers, underscores, separators (`-`) and decimal points. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of VPC network. -* `default_cooldown` - (Optional) Seconds of scaling group cool down. Default value is `300`. -* `delete_keep_instance` - (Optional) Indicate to keep the CVM instance when delete the node pool. Default is `true`. -* `desired_capacity` - (Optional) Desired capacity ot the node. If `enable_auto_scale` is set `true`, this will be a computed parameter. -* `enable_auto_scale` - (Optional) Indicate whether to enable auto scaling or not. -* `labels` - (Optional) Labels of kubernetes node pool created nodes. The label key name does not exceed 63 characters, only supports English, numbers,'/','-', and does not allow beginning with ('/'). -* `multi_zone_subnet_policy` - (Optional, ForceNew) Multi-availability zone/subnet policy. Valid values: PRIORITY and EQUALITY. Default value: PRIORITY. -* `node_config` - (Optional) Node config. -* `node_os_type` - (Optional) The image version of the node. Valida values are `DOCKER_CUSTOMIZE` and `GENERAL`. Default is `GENERAL`. This parameter will only affect new nodes, not including the existing nodes. -* `node_os` - (Optional) Operating system of the cluster, the available values include: `tlinux2.4x86_64`, `ubuntu18.04.1x86_64`, `ubuntu16.04.1 LTSx86_64`, `centos7.6.0_x64` and `centos7.2x86_64`. Default is 'tlinux2.4x86_64'. This parameter will only affect new nodes, not including the existing nodes. -* `retry_policy` - (Optional, ForceNew) Available values for retry policies include `IMMEDIATE_RETRY` and `INCREMENTAL_INTERVALS`. -* `scaling_group_name` - (Optional) Name of relative scaling group. -* `scaling_group_project_id` - (Optional) Project ID the scaling group belongs to. -* `scaling_mode` - (Optional, ForceNew) Auto scaling mode. Valid values are `CLASSIC_SCALING`(scaling by create/destroy instances), `WAKE_UP_STOPPED_SCALING`(Boot priority for expansion. When expanding the capacity, the shutdown operation is given priority to the shutdown of the instance. If the number of instances is still lower than the expected number of instances after the startup, the instance will be created, and the method of destroying the instance will still be used for shrinking). -* `subnet_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of subnet, and for VPC it is required. -* `taints` - (Optional) Taints of kubernetes node pool created nodes. -* `termination_policies` - (Optional) Policy of scaling group termination. Available values: `["OLDEST_INSTANCE"]`, `["NEWEST_INSTANCE"]`. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. -* `zones` - (Optional) List of auto scaling group available zones, for Basic network it is required. +* `auto_scaling_config` - (Required, List) Auto scaling config parameters. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. +* `max_size` - (Required, Int) Maximum number of node. +* `min_size` - (Required, Int) Minimum number of node. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the node pool. The name does not exceed 25 characters, and only supports Chinese, English, numbers, underscores, separators (`-`) and decimal points. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC network. +* `default_cooldown` - (Optional, Int) Seconds of scaling group cool down. Default value is `300`. +* `delete_keep_instance` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate to keep the CVM instance when delete the node pool. Default is `true`. +* `desired_capacity` - (Optional, Int) Desired capacity ot the node. If `enable_auto_scale` is set `true`, this will be a computed parameter. +* `enable_auto_scale` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to enable auto scaling or not. +* `labels` - (Optional, Map) Labels of kubernetes node pool created nodes. The label key name does not exceed 63 characters, only supports English, numbers,'/','-', and does not allow beginning with ('/'). +* `multi_zone_subnet_policy` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Multi-availability zone/subnet policy. Valid values: PRIORITY and EQUALITY. Default value: PRIORITY. +* `node_config` - (Optional, List) Node config. +* `node_os_type` - (Optional, String) The image version of the node. Valida values are `DOCKER_CUSTOMIZE` and `GENERAL`. Default is `GENERAL`. This parameter will only affect new nodes, not including the existing nodes. +* `node_os` - (Optional, String) Operating system of the cluster, the available values include: `tlinux2.4x86_64`, `ubuntu18.04.1x86_64`, `ubuntu16.04.1 LTSx86_64`, `centos7.6.0_x64` and `centos7.2x86_64`. Default is 'tlinux2.4x86_64'. This parameter will only affect new nodes, not including the existing nodes. +* `retry_policy` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Available values for retry policies include `IMMEDIATE_RETRY` and `INCREMENTAL_INTERVALS`. +* `scaling_group_name` - (Optional, String) Name of relative scaling group. +* `scaling_group_project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID the scaling group belongs to. +* `scaling_mode` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Auto scaling mode. Valid values are `CLASSIC_SCALING`(scaling by create/destroy instances), `WAKE_UP_STOPPED_SCALING`(Boot priority for expansion. When expanding the capacity, the shutdown operation is given priority to the shutdown of the instance. If the number of instances is still lower than the expected number of instances after the startup, the instance will be created, and the method of destroying the instance will still be used for shrinking). +* `subnet_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) ID list of subnet, and for VPC it is required. +* `taints` - (Optional, List) Taints of kubernetes node pool created nodes. +* `termination_policies` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Policy of scaling group termination. Available values: `["OLDEST_INSTANCE"]`, `["NEWEST_INSTANCE"]`. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. +* `zones` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List of auto scaling group available zones, for Basic network it is required. The `auto_scaling_config` object supports the following: -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. -* `backup_instance_types` - (Optional) Backup CVM instance types if specified instance type sold out or mismatch. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) Name of cam role. -* `data_disk` - (Optional) Configurations of data disk. -* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. -* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (in month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional) Charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `SPOTPAID`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. NOTE: `SPOTPAID` instance must set `spot_instance_type` and `spot_max_price` at the same time. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional) Charge types for network traffic. Valid value: `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is `0`. -* `key_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of keys. -* `password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Password to access. -* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. -* `security_group_ids` - (Optional) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. -* `spot_instance_type` - (Optional) Type of spot instance, only support `one-time` now. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. -* `spot_max_price` - (Optional) Max price of a spot instance, is the format of decimal string, for example "0.50". Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional) Type of a CVM disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. Default is `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. +* `backup_instance_types` - (Optional, List) Backup CVM instance types if specified instance type sold out or mismatch. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Name of cam role. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List) Configurations of data disk. +* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. +* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (in month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String) Charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `SPOTPAID`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. NOTE: `SPOTPAID` instance must set `spot_instance_type` and `spot_max_price` at the same time. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String) Charge types for network traffic. Valid value: `BANDWIDTH_PREPAID`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` and `BANDWIDTH_PACKAGE`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is `0`. +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of keys. +* `password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Password to access. +* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. +* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, List) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. +* `spot_instance_type` - (Optional, String) Type of spot instance, only support `one-time` now. Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. +* `spot_max_price` - (Optional, String) Max price of a spot instance, is the format of decimal string, for example "0.50". Note: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `SPOTPAID`. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String) Type of a CVM disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. Default is `CLOUD_PREMIUM`. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. -* `disk_partition` - (Optional, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. NOTE: this argument doesn't support setting in node pool, or will leads to mount error. -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. -* `file_system` - (Optional, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. +* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. +* `disk_partition` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. NOTE: this argument doesn't support setting in node pool, or will leads to mount error. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. +* `file_system` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `delete_with_instance` - (Optional) Indicates whether the disk remove after instance terminated. -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. +* `delete_with_instance` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether the disk remove after instance terminated. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk. Valid value: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD`. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. The `node_config` object supports the following: -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when the cluster is podCIDR. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. -* `extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. This is a white-list parameter. -* `is_schedule` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to schedule the adding node or not. Default is true. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) Base64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when the cluster is podCIDR. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. +* `extra_args` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. This is a white-list parameter. +* `is_schedule` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate to schedule the adding node or not. Default is true. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Base64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. The `taints` object supports the following: -* `effect` - (Required) Effect of the taint. Valid values are: `NoSchedule`, `PreferNoSchedule`, `NoExecute`. -* `key` - (Required) Key of the taint. The taint key name does not exceed 63 characters, only supports English, numbers,'/','-', and does not allow beginning with ('/'). -* `value` - (Required) Value of the taint. +* `effect` - (Required, String) Effect of the taint. Valid values are: `NoSchedule`, `PreferNoSchedule`, `NoExecute`. +* `key` - (Required, String) Key of the taint. The taint key name does not exceed 63 characters, only supports English, numbers,'/','-', and does not allow beginning with ('/'). +* `value` - (Required, String) Value of the taint. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_scale_worker.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_scale_worker.html.markdown index 957d243a75..267c50d381 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_scale_worker.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_scale_worker.html.markdown @@ -114,64 +114,64 @@ resource tencentcloud_kubernetes_scale_worker test_scale { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. -* `worker_config` - (Required, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'WORK' service, and create <=20 units for common users. -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in current node. Valid when the cluster enable customized pod cidr. -* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. -* `extra_args` - (Optional, ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. -* `labels` - (Optional, ForceNew) Labels of kubernetes scale worker created nodes. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. -* `unschedulable` - (Optional, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the cluster. +* `worker_config` - (Required, List, ForceNew) Deploy the machine configuration information of the 'WORK' service, and create <=20 units for common users. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in current node. Valid when the cluster enable customized pod cidr. +* `docker_graph_path` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Docker graph path. Default is `/var/lib/docker`. +* `extra_args` - (Optional, List: [`String`], ForceNew) Custom parameter information related to the node. +* `labels` - (Optional, Map, ForceNew) Labels of kubernetes scale worker created nodes. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. Default is not mounting. +* `unschedulable` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Sets whether the joining node participates in the schedule. Default is '0'. Participate in scheduling. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. -* `disk_partition` - (Optional, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_HSSD` and `CLOUD_TSSD`. -* `encrypt` - (Optional) Indicates whether to encrypt data disk, default `false`. -* `file_system` - (Optional, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. -* `kms_key_id` - (Optional) ID of the custom CMK in the format of UUID or `kms-abcd1234`. This parameter is used to encrypt cloud disks. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. -* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. +* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. +* `disk_partition` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The name of the device or partition to mount. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_HSSD` and `CLOUD_TSSD`. +* `encrypt` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether to encrypt data disk, default `false`. +* `file_system` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. +* `kms_key_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the custom CMK in the format of UUID or `kms-abcd1234`. This parameter is used to encrypt cloud disks. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. +* `snapshot_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Data disk snapshot ID. The `data_disk` object supports the following: -* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. -* `disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. -* `disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_HSSD` and `CLOUD_TSSD`. -* `file_system` - (Optional, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. -* `mount_target` - (Optional, ForceNew) Mount target. +* `auto_format_and_mount` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate whether to auto format and mount or not. Default is `false`. +* `disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of disk in GB. Default is `0`. +* `disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Types of disk, available values: `CLOUD_PREMIUM` and `CLOUD_SSD` and `CLOUD_HSSD` and `CLOUD_TSSD`. +* `file_system` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) File system, e.g. `ext3/ext4/xfs`. +* `mount_target` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Mount target. The `worker_config` object supports the following: -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Private network ID. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. -* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. -* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. -* `count` - (Optional, ForceNew) Number of cvm. -* `data_disk` - (Optional, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. -* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it override `[globe_]desired_pod_num` for current node. Either all the fields `desired_pod_num` or none. -* `disaster_recover_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Disaster recover groups to which a CVM instance belongs. Only support maximum 1. -* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. -* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. -* `hostname` - (Optional, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). -* `img_id` - (Optional) The valid image id, format of img-xxx. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `PREPAID` instance will not terminated after cluster deleted, and may not allow to delete before expired. -* `instance_name` - (Optional, ForceNew) Name of the CVMs. -* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Available values include `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is 0. -* `key_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID list of keys, should be set if `password` not set. -* `password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. -* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. -* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. -* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. -* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. -* `user_data` - (Optional, ForceNew) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specified types of CVM instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Private network ID. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. +* `bandwidth_package_id` - (Optional, String) bandwidth package id. if user is standard user, then the bandwidth_package_id is needed, or default has bandwidth_package_id. +* `cam_role_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CAM role name authorized to access. +* `count` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Number of cvm. +* `data_disk` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Configurations of data disk. +* `desired_pod_num` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Indicate to set desired pod number in node. valid when enable_customized_pod_cidr=true, and it override `[globe_]desired_pod_num` for current node. Either all the fields `desired_pod_num` or none. +* `disaster_recover_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Disaster recover groups to which a CVM instance belongs. Only support maximum 1. +* `enhanced_monitor_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud monitor service. Default is TRUE. +* `enhanced_security_service` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) To specify whether to enable cloud security service. Default is TRUE. +* `hostname` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The host name of the attached instance. Dot (.) and dash (-) cannot be used as the first and last characters of HostName and cannot be used consecutively. Windows example: The length of the name character is [2, 15], letters (capitalization is not restricted), numbers and dashes (-) are allowed, dots (.) are not supported, and not all numbers are allowed. Examples of other types (Linux, etc.): The character length is [2, 60], and multiple dots are allowed. There is a segment between the dots. Each segment allows letters (with no limitation on capitalization), numbers and dashes (-). +* `img_id` - (Optional, String) The valid image id, format of img-xxx. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `instance_charge_type_prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Auto renewal flag. Valid values: `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`: notify upon expiration and renew automatically, `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically, `DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: `NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW`. If this parameter is specified as `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, the instance will be automatically renewed on a monthly basis if the account balance is sufficient. NOTE: it only works when instance_charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`, `PREPAID` instance will not terminated after cluster deleted, and may not allow to delete before expired. +* `instance_name` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Name of the CVMs. +* `internet_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Charge types for network traffic. Available values include `TRAFFIC_POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `internet_max_bandwidth_out` - (Optional, Int) Max bandwidth of Internet access in Mbps. Default is 0. +* `key_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID list of keys, should be set if `password` not set. +* `password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Password to access, should be set if `key_ids` not set. +* `public_ip_assigned` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Specify whether to assign an Internet IP address. +* `security_group_ids` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Security groups to which a CVM instance belongs. +* `system_disk_size` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Volume of system disk in GB. Default is `50`. +* `system_disk_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) System disk type. For more information on limits of system disk types, see [Storage Overview](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/213/4952). Valid values: `LOCAL_BASIC`: local disk, `LOCAL_SSD`: local SSD disk, `CLOUD_SSD`: SSD, `CLOUD_PREMIUM`: Premium Cloud Storage. NOTE: `CLOUD_BASIC`, `LOCAL_BASIC` and `LOCAL_SSD` are deprecated. +* `user_data` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ase64-encoded User Data text, the length limit is 16KB. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown index 90972bf7e0..650e4ce23e 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_lb" "classic" { The following arguments are supported: -* `type` - (Required, ForceNew) The network type of the LB. Valid value: 'OPEN', 'INTERNAL'. -* `forward` - (Optional, ForceNew) The type of the LB. Valid value: 'CLASSIC', 'APPLICATION'. -* `name` - (Optional) The name of the LB. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The project id of the LB, unspecified or 0 stands for default project. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The VPC ID of the LB, unspecified or 0 stands for CVM basic network. +* `type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The network type of the LB. Valid value: 'OPEN', 'INTERNAL'. +* `forward` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The type of the LB. Valid value: 'CLASSIC', 'APPLICATION'. +* `name` - (Optional, String) The name of the LB. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The project id of the LB, unspecified or 0 stands for default project. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The VPC ID of the LB, unspecified or 0 stands for CVM basic network. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/lighthouse_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/lighthouse_instance.html.markdown index 4ca9cc66a2..1421f55cf3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/lighthouse_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/lighthouse_instance.html.markdown @@ -85,47 +85,47 @@ resource "tencentcloud_lighthouse_instance" "lighthouse" { The following arguments are supported: -* `blueprint_id` - (Required) ID of the Lighthouse image. -* `bundle_id` - (Required) ID of the Lighthouse package. -* `instance_name` - (Required) The display name of the Lighthouse instance. -* `period` - (Required) Subscription period in months. Valid values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60. -* `renew_flag` - (Required) Auto-Renewal flag. Valid values: NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW: notify upon expiration and renew automatically; NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically. You need to manually renew DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW. -* `client_token` - (Optional) A unique string supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. Its maximum length is 64 ASCII characters. If this parameter is not specified, the idem-potency of the request cannot be guaranteed. -* `containers` - (Optional) Configuration of the containers to create. -* `dry_run` - (Optional) Whether the request is a dry run only.true: dry run only. The request will not create instance(s). A dry run can check whether all the required parameters are specified, whether the request format is right, whether the request exceeds service limits, and whether the specified CVMs are available. If the dry run fails, the corresponding error code will be returned.If the dry run succeeds, the RequestId will be returned.false (default value): send a normal request and create instance(s) if all the requirements are met. -* `login_configuration` - (Optional) Login password of the instance. It is only available for Windows instances. If it is not specified, it means that the user choose to set the login password after the instance creation. -* `zone` - (Optional) List of availability zones. A random AZ is selected by default. +* `blueprint_id` - (Required, String) ID of the Lighthouse image. +* `bundle_id` - (Required, String) ID of the Lighthouse package. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) The display name of the Lighthouse instance. +* `period` - (Required, Int) Subscription period in months. Valid values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60. +* `renew_flag` - (Required, String) Auto-Renewal flag. Valid values: NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW: notify upon expiration and renew automatically; NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW: notify upon expiration but do not renew automatically. You need to manually renew DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW: neither notify upon expiration nor renew automatically. Default value: NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW. +* `client_token` - (Optional, String) A unique string supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. Its maximum length is 64 ASCII characters. If this parameter is not specified, the idem-potency of the request cannot be guaranteed. +* `containers` - (Optional, List) Configuration of the containers to create. +* `dry_run` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the request is a dry run only.true: dry run only. The request will not create instance(s). A dry run can check whether all the required parameters are specified, whether the request format is right, whether the request exceeds service limits, and whether the specified CVMs are available. If the dry run fails, the corresponding error code will be returned.If the dry run succeeds, the RequestId will be returned.false (default value): send a normal request and create instance(s) if all the requirements are met. +* `login_configuration` - (Optional, List) Login password of the instance. It is only available for Windows instances. If it is not specified, it means that the user choose to set the login password after the instance creation. +* `zone` - (Optional, String) List of availability zones. A random AZ is selected by default. The `containers` object supports the following: -* `command` - (Optional) The command to run. -* `container_image` - (Optional) Container image address. -* `container_name` - (Optional) Container name. -* `envs` - (Optional) List of environment variables. -* `publish_ports` - (Optional) List of mappings of container ports and host ports. -* `volumes` - (Optional) List of container mount volumes. +* `command` - (Optional, String) The command to run. +* `container_image` - (Optional, String) Container image address. +* `container_name` - (Optional, String) Container name. +* `envs` - (Optional, List) List of environment variables. +* `publish_ports` - (Optional, List) List of mappings of container ports and host ports. +* `volumes` - (Optional, List) List of container mount volumes. The `envs` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) Environment variable key. -* `value` - (Required) Environment variable value. +* `key` - (Required, String) Environment variable key. +* `value` - (Required, String) Environment variable value. The `login_configuration` object supports the following: -* `auto_generate_password` - (Required) whether auto generate password. if false, need set password. -* `password` - (Optional) Login password. +* `auto_generate_password` - (Required, String) whether auto generate password. if false, need set password. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Login password. The `publish_ports` object supports the following: -* `container_port` - (Required) Container port. -* `host_port` - (Required) Host port. -* `ip` - (Optional) External IP. It defaults to 0.0.0.0. -* `protocol` - (Optional) The protocol defaults to tcp. Valid values: tcp, udp and sctp. +* `container_port` - (Required, Int) Container port. +* `host_port` - (Required, Int) Host port. +* `ip` - (Optional, String) External IP. It defaults to 0.0.0.0. +* `protocol` - (Optional, String) The protocol defaults to tcp. Valid values: tcp, udp and sctp. The `volumes` object supports the following: -* `container_path` - (Required) Container path. -* `host_path` - (Required) Host path. +* `container_path` - (Required, String) Container path. +* `host_path` - (Required, String) Host path. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mongodb_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mongodb_instance.html.markdown index 7d857ee613..407b06ae14 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mongodb_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mongodb_instance.html.markdown @@ -32,21 +32,21 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mongodb_instance" "mongodb" { The following arguments are supported: -* `available_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone of the Mongodb. -* `engine_version` - (Required, ForceNew) Version of the Mongodb, and available values include `MONGO_36_WT` (MongoDB 3.6 WiredTiger Edition), `MONGO_40_WT` (MongoDB 4.0 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_42_WT` (MongoDB 4.2 WiredTiger Edition). NOTE: `MONGO_3_WT` (MongoDB 3.2 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_3_ROCKS` (MongoDB 3.2 RocksDB Edition) will deprecated. -* `instance_name` - (Required) Name of the Mongodb instance. -* `machine_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of Mongodb instance, and available values include `HIO`(or `GIO` which will be deprecated, represents high IO) and `HIO10G`(or `TGIO` which will be deprecated, represents 10-gigabit high IO). -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size. The minimum value is 2, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. -* `volume` - (Required) Disk size. The minimum value is 25, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW) and `2`(DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Note: only works for PREPAID instance. Only supports`0` and `1` for creation. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new one with new charge type. -* `password` - (Optional) Password of this Mongodb account. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project which the instance belongs. -* `security_groups` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the security group. NOTE: for instance which `engine_version` is `MONGO_40_WT`, `security_groups` is not supported. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. The value is required if `vpc_id` is set. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the Mongodb. Key name `project` is system reserved and can't be used. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. +* `available_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone of the Mongodb. +* `engine_version` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Version of the Mongodb, and available values include `MONGO_36_WT` (MongoDB 3.6 WiredTiger Edition), `MONGO_40_WT` (MongoDB 4.0 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_42_WT` (MongoDB 4.2 WiredTiger Edition). NOTE: `MONGO_3_WT` (MongoDB 3.2 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_3_ROCKS` (MongoDB 3.2 RocksDB Edition) will deprecated. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) Name of the Mongodb instance. +* `machine_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of Mongodb instance, and available values include `HIO`(or `GIO` which will be deprecated, represents high IO) and `HIO10G`(or `TGIO` which will be deprecated, represents 10-gigabit high IO). +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size. The minimum value is 2, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. +* `volume` - (Required, Int) Disk size. The minimum value is 25, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW) and `2`(DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Note: only works for PREPAID instance. Only supports`0` and `1` for creation. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new one with new charge type. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password of this Mongodb account. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project which the instance belongs. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) ID of the security group. NOTE: for instance which `engine_version` is `MONGO_40_WT`, `security_groups` is not supported. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. The value is required if `vpc_id` is set. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the Mongodb. Key name `project` is system reserved and can't be used. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mongodb_sharding_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mongodb_sharding_instance.html.markdown index 4cf31ee8db..99d3446510 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mongodb_sharding_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mongodb_sharding_instance.html.markdown @@ -34,23 +34,23 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mongodb_sharding_instance" "mongodb" { The following arguments are supported: -* `available_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone of the Mongodb. -* `engine_version` - (Required, ForceNew) Version of the Mongodb, and available values include `MONGO_36_WT` (MongoDB 3.6 WiredTiger Edition), `MONGO_40_WT` (MongoDB 4.0 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_42_WT` (MongoDB 4.2 WiredTiger Edition). NOTE: `MONGO_3_WT` (MongoDB 3.2 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_3_ROCKS` (MongoDB 3.2 RocksDB Edition) will deprecated. -* `instance_name` - (Required) Name of the Mongodb instance. -* `machine_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of Mongodb instance, and available values include `HIO`(or `GIO` which will be deprecated, represents high IO) and `HIO10G`(or `TGIO` which will be deprecated, represents 10-gigabit high IO). -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size. The minimum value is 2, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. -* `nodes_per_shard` - (Required, ForceNew) Number of nodes per shard, at least 3(one master and two slaves). -* `shard_quantity` - (Required, ForceNew) Number of sharding. -* `volume` - (Required) Disk size. The minimum value is 25, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW) and `2`(DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Note: only works for PREPAID instance. Only supports`0` and `1` for creation. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new one with new charge type. -* `password` - (Optional) Password of this Mongodb account. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project which the instance belongs. -* `security_groups` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the security group. NOTE: for instance which `engine_version` is `MONGO_40_WT`, `security_groups` is not supported. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. The value is required if `vpc_id` is set. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the Mongodb. Key name `project` is system reserved and can't be used. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. +* `available_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone of the Mongodb. +* `engine_version` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Version of the Mongodb, and available values include `MONGO_36_WT` (MongoDB 3.6 WiredTiger Edition), `MONGO_40_WT` (MongoDB 4.0 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_42_WT` (MongoDB 4.2 WiredTiger Edition). NOTE: `MONGO_3_WT` (MongoDB 3.2 WiredTiger Edition) and `MONGO_3_ROCKS` (MongoDB 3.2 RocksDB Edition) will deprecated. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) Name of the Mongodb instance. +* `machine_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of Mongodb instance, and available values include `HIO`(or `GIO` which will be deprecated, represents high IO) and `HIO10G`(or `TGIO` which will be deprecated, represents 10-gigabit high IO). +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size. The minimum value is 2, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. +* `nodes_per_shard` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Number of nodes per shard, at least 3(one master and two slaves). +* `shard_quantity` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Number of sharding. +* `volume` - (Required, Int) Disk size. The minimum value is 25, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW) and `2`(DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Note: only works for PREPAID instance. Only supports`0` and `1` for creation. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new one with new charge type. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password of this Mongodb account. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project which the instance belongs. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) ID of the security group. NOTE: for instance which `engine_version` is `MONGO_40_WT`, `security_groups` is not supported. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. The value is required if `vpc_id` is set. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the Mongodb. Key name `project` is system reserved and can't be used. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mongodb_standby_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mongodb_standby_instance.html.markdown index 78420180c5..da2f6305c5 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mongodb_standby_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mongodb_standby_instance.html.markdown @@ -58,20 +58,20 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mongodb_standby_instance" "mongodb" { The following arguments are supported: -* `available_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone of the Mongodb standby instance. NOTE: must not be same with father instance's. -* `father_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Indicates the main instance ID of standby instances. -* `father_instance_region` - (Required, ForceNew) Indicates the region of main instance. -* `instance_name` - (Required) Name of the Mongodb instance. -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size. The minimum value is 2, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. -* `volume` - (Required) Disk size. The minimum value is 25, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW) and `2`(DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Note: only works for PREPAID instance. Only supports`0` and `1` for creation. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new one with new charge type. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of the project which the instance belongs. -* `security_groups` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the security group. NOTE: for instance which `engine_version` is `MONGO_40_WT`, `security_groups` is not supported. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. The value is required if `vpc_id` is set. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the Mongodb. Key name `project` is system reserved and can't be used. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. +* `available_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone of the Mongodb standby instance. NOTE: must not be same with father instance's. +* `father_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Indicates the main instance ID of standby instances. +* `father_instance_region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Indicates the region of main instance. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) Name of the Mongodb instance. +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size. The minimum value is 2, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. +* `volume` - (Required, Int) Disk size. The minimum value is 25, and unit is GB. Memory and volume must be upgraded or degraded simultaneously. +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int) Auto renew flag. Valid values are `0`(NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW), `1`(NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW) and `2`(DISABLE_NOTIFY_AND_MANUAL_RENEW). Default value is `0`. Note: only works for PREPAID instance. Only supports`0` and `1` for creation. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values are `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Default value is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new one with new charge type. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance. Valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 24, 36. NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of the project which the instance belongs. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) ID of the security group. NOTE: for instance which `engine_version` is `MONGO_40_WT`, `security_groups` is not supported. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the subnet within this VPC. The value is required if `vpc_id` is set. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the Mongodb. Key name `project` is system reserved and can't be used. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_alarm_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_alarm_policy.html.markdown index 96c46064d4..75f6347351 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_alarm_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_alarm_policy.html.markdown @@ -227,66 +227,66 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_alarm_policy" "policy" { The following arguments are supported: -* `monitor_type` - (Required, ForceNew) The type of monitor. -* `namespace` - (Required, ForceNew) The type of alarm. -* `policy_name` - (Required) The name of policy. -* `conditions` - (Optional) A list of metric trigger condition. -* `conditon_template_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of trigger condition template. -* `enable` - (Optional) Whether to enable, default is `1`. -* `event_conditions` - (Optional) A list of event trigger condition. -* `notice_ids` - (Optional) List of notification rule IDs. -* `policy_tag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Policy tag to bind object. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Project ID. For products with different projects, a value other than -1 must be passed in. -* `remark` - (Optional) The remark of policy group. -* `trigger_tasks` - (Optional) Triggered task list. +* `monitor_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The type of monitor. +* `namespace` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The type of alarm. +* `policy_name` - (Required, String) The name of policy. +* `conditions` - (Optional, List) A list of metric trigger condition. +* `conditon_template_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) ID of trigger condition template. +* `enable` - (Optional, Int) Whether to enable, default is `1`. +* `event_conditions` - (Optional, List) A list of event trigger condition. +* `notice_ids` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List of notification rule IDs. +* `policy_tag` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) Policy tag to bind object. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Project ID. For products with different projects, a value other than -1 must be passed in. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) The remark of policy group. +* `trigger_tasks` - (Optional, List) Triggered task list. The `conditions` object supports the following: -* `is_union_rule` - (Optional) The and or relation of indicator alarm rule. -* `rules` - (Optional) A list of metric trigger condition. +* `is_union_rule` - (Optional, Int) The and or relation of indicator alarm rule. +* `rules` - (Optional, List) A list of metric trigger condition. The `event_conditions` object supports the following: -* `continue_period` - (Optional) Number of periods. -* `description` - (Optional) Metric display name, which is used in the output parameter. -* `filter` - (Optional) Filter condition for one single trigger rule. Must set it when create tke-xxx rules. -* `is_power_notice` - (Optional) Whether the alarm frequency increases exponentially. -* `metric_name` - (Optional) Metric name or event name. -* `notice_frequency` - (Optional) Alarm interval in seconds. -* `operator` - (Optional) Operator. -* `period` - (Optional) Statistical period in seconds. -* `rule_type` - (Optional) Trigger condition type. -* `unit` - (Optional) Unit, which is used in the output parameter. -* `value` - (Optional) Threshold. +* `continue_period` - (Optional, Int) Number of periods. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Metric display name, which is used in the output parameter. +* `filter` - (Optional, List) Filter condition for one single trigger rule. Must set it when create tke-xxx rules. +* `is_power_notice` - (Optional, Int) Whether the alarm frequency increases exponentially. +* `metric_name` - (Optional, String) Metric name or event name. +* `notice_frequency` - (Optional, Int) Alarm interval in seconds. +* `operator` - (Optional, String) Operator. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Statistical period in seconds. +* `rule_type` - (Optional, String) Trigger condition type. +* `unit` - (Optional, String) Unit, which is used in the output parameter. +* `value` - (Optional, String) Threshold. The `filter` object supports the following: -* `dimensions` - (Optional) JSON string generated by serializing the AlarmPolicyDimension two-dimensional array. -* `type` - (Optional) Filter condition type. Valid values: DIMENSION (uses dimensions for filtering). +* `dimensions` - (Optional, String) JSON string generated by serializing the AlarmPolicyDimension two-dimensional array. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Filter condition type. Valid values: DIMENSION (uses dimensions for filtering). The `policy_tag` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) Tag key. -* `value` - (Required) Tag value. +* `key` - (Required, String) Tag key. +* `value` - (Required, String) Tag value. The `rules` object supports the following: -* `continue_period` - (Optional) Number of periods. -* `description` - (Optional) Metric display name, which is used in the output parameter. -* `filter` - (Optional) Filter condition for one single trigger rule. Must set it when create tke-xxx rules. -* `is_power_notice` - (Optional) Whether the alarm frequency increases exponentially. -* `metric_name` - (Optional) Metric name or event name. -* `notice_frequency` - (Optional) Alarm interval in seconds. -* `operator` - (Optional) Operator. -* `period` - (Optional) Statistical period in seconds. -* `rule_type` - (Optional) Trigger condition type. -* `unit` - (Optional) Unit, which is used in the output parameter. -* `value` - (Optional) Threshold. +* `continue_period` - (Optional, Int) Number of periods. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Metric display name, which is used in the output parameter. +* `filter` - (Optional, List) Filter condition for one single trigger rule. Must set it when create tke-xxx rules. +* `is_power_notice` - (Optional, Int) Whether the alarm frequency increases exponentially. +* `metric_name` - (Optional, String) Metric name or event name. +* `notice_frequency` - (Optional, Int) Alarm interval in seconds. +* `operator` - (Optional, String) Operator. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Statistical period in seconds. +* `rule_type` - (Optional, String) Trigger condition type. +* `unit` - (Optional, String) Unit, which is used in the output parameter. +* `value` - (Optional, String) Threshold. The `trigger_tasks` object supports the following: -* `task_config` - (Required) Configuration information in JSON format. -* `type` - (Required) Triggered task type. +* `task_config` - (Required, String) Configuration information in JSON format. +* `type` - (Required, String) Triggered task type. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_object.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_object.html.markdown index 454e25e6c5..53c33749cd 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_object.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_object.html.markdown @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_binding_object" "binding" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dimensions` - (Required, ForceNew) A list objects. Each element contains the following attributes: -* `group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Policy group ID for binding objects. +* `dimensions` - (Required, Set, ForceNew) A list objects. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `group_id` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Policy group ID for binding objects. The `dimensions` object supports the following: -* `dimensions_json` - (Required, ForceNew) Represents a collection of dimensions of an object instance, json format.eg:'{"unInstanceId":"ins-ot3cq4bi"}'. +* `dimensions_json` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Represents a collection of dimensions of an object instance, json format.eg:'{"unInstanceId":"ins-ot3cq4bi"}'. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_receiver.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_receiver.html.markdown index 887b8f9af3..e3ea98ef19 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_receiver.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_binding_receiver.html.markdown @@ -50,18 +50,18 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_binding_receiver" "receiver" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Policy group ID for binding receivers. -* `receivers` - (Optional) A list of receivers(will overwrite the configuration of the server or other resources). Each element contains the following attributes: +* `group_id` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Policy group ID for binding receivers. +* `receivers` - (Optional, List) A list of receivers(will overwrite the configuration of the server or other resources). Each element contains the following attributes: The `receivers` object supports the following: -* `notify_way` - (Required) Method of warning notification.Optional `CALL`,`EMAIL`,`SITE`,`SMS`,`WECHAT`. -* `receiver_type` - (Required) Receive type. Optional `group`,`user`. -* `end_time` - (Optional) End of alarm period. Meaning with `start_time`. -* `receive_language` - (Optional) Alert sending language. Optional `en-US`,`zh-CN`. -* `receiver_group_list` - (Optional) Alarm receive group ID list. -* `receiver_user_list` - (Optional) Alarm receiver ID list. -* `start_time` - (Optional) Alarm period start time. Valid value ranges: (0~86399). which removes the date after it is converted to Beijing time as a Unix timestamp, for example 7200 means '10:0:0'. +* `notify_way` - (Required, List) Method of warning notification.Optional `CALL`,`EMAIL`,`SITE`,`SMS`,`WECHAT`. +* `receiver_type` - (Required, String) Receive type. Optional `group`,`user`. +* `end_time` - (Optional, Int) End of alarm period. Meaning with `start_time`. +* `receive_language` - (Optional, String) Alert sending language. Optional `en-US`,`zh-CN`. +* `receiver_group_list` - (Optional, List) Alarm receive group ID list. +* `receiver_user_list` - (Optional, List) Alarm receiver ID list. +* `start_time` - (Optional, Int) Alarm period start time. Valid value ranges: (0~86399). which removes the date after it is converted to Beijing time as a Unix timestamp, for example 7200 means '10:0:0'. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_binding_object.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_binding_object.html.markdown index 3c778de258..6f33ef668b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_binding_object.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_binding_object.html.markdown @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_policy_binding_object" "binding" { The following arguments are supported: -* `dimensions` - (Required, ForceNew) A list objects. Each element contains the following attributes: -* `policy_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Alarm policy ID for binding objects. +* `dimensions` - (Required, Set, ForceNew) A list objects. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `policy_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Alarm policy ID for binding objects. The `dimensions` object supports the following: -* `dimensions_json` - (Required, ForceNew) Represents a collection of dimensions of an object instance, json format.eg:'{"unInstanceId":"ins-ot3cq4bi"}'. +* `dimensions_json` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Represents a collection of dimensions of an object instance, json format.eg:'{"unInstanceId":"ins-ot3cq4bi"}'. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_group.html.markdown index e9c3912e14..73ee5d4079 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_policy_group.html.markdown @@ -56,29 +56,29 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_policy_group" "group" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group_name` - (Required) Policy group name, length should between 1 and 20. -* `policy_view_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Policy view name, eg:`cvm_device`,`BANDWIDTHPACKAGE`, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(policy_view_name)`. -* `remark` - (Required, ForceNew) Policy group's remark information. -* `conditions` - (Optional) A list of threshold rules. Each element contains the following attributes: -* `event_conditions` - (Optional) A list of event rules. Each element contains the following attributes: -* `is_union_rule` - (Optional) The and or relation of indicator alarm rule. Valid values: `0`, `1`. `0` represents or rule (if any rule is met, the alarm will be raised), `1` represents and rule (if all rules are met, the alarm will be raised).The default is 0. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) The project id to which the policy group belongs, default is `0`. +* `group_name` - (Required, String) Policy group name, length should between 1 and 20. +* `policy_view_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Policy view name, eg:`cvm_device`,`BANDWIDTHPACKAGE`, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(policy_view_name)`. +* `remark` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Policy group's remark information. +* `conditions` - (Optional, List) A list of threshold rules. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `event_conditions` - (Optional, List) A list of event rules. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `is_union_rule` - (Optional, Int) The and or relation of indicator alarm rule. Valid values: `0`, `1`. `0` represents or rule (if any rule is met, the alarm will be raised), `1` represents and rule (if all rules are met, the alarm will be raised).The default is 0. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The project id to which the policy group belongs, default is `0`. The `conditions` object supports the following: -* `alarm_notify_period` - (Required) Alarm sending cycle per second. <0 does not fire, `0` only fires once, and >0 fires every triggerTime second. -* `alarm_notify_type` - (Required) Alarm sending convergence type. `0` continuous alarm, `1` index alarm. -* `metric_id` - (Required) Id of the metric, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(metric_id)`. -* `calc_period` - (Optional) Data aggregation cycle (unit of second), if the metric has a default value can not be filled, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(period_keys)`. -* `calc_type` - (Optional) Compare type. Valid value ranges: [1~12]. `1` means more than, `2` means greater than or equal, `3` means less than, `4` means less than or equal to, `5` means equal, `6` means not equal, `7` means days rose, `8` means days fell, `9` means weeks rose, `10` means weeks fell, `11` means period rise, `12` means period fell, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(calc_type_keys)`. -* `calc_value` - (Optional) Threshold value, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(calc_value_*)`. -* `continue_period` - (Optional) The rule triggers an alert that lasts for several detection cycles, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(period_num_keys)`. +* `alarm_notify_period` - (Required, Int) Alarm sending cycle per second. <0 does not fire, `0` only fires once, and >0 fires every triggerTime second. +* `alarm_notify_type` - (Required, Int) Alarm sending convergence type. `0` continuous alarm, `1` index alarm. +* `metric_id` - (Required, Int) Id of the metric, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(metric_id)`. +* `calc_period` - (Optional, Int) Data aggregation cycle (unit of second), if the metric has a default value can not be filled, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(period_keys)`. +* `calc_type` - (Optional, Int) Compare type. Valid value ranges: [1~12]. `1` means more than, `2` means greater than or equal, `3` means less than, `4` means less than or equal to, `5` means equal, `6` means not equal, `7` means days rose, `8` means days fell, `9` means weeks rose, `10` means weeks fell, `11` means period rise, `12` means period fell, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(calc_type_keys)`. +* `calc_value` - (Optional, Float64) Threshold value, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(calc_value_*)`. +* `continue_period` - (Optional, Int) The rule triggers an alert that lasts for several detection cycles, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(period_num_keys)`. The `event_conditions` object supports the following: -* `alarm_notify_period` - (Required) Alarm sending cycle per second. <0 does not fire, `0` only fires once, and >0 fires every triggerTime second. -* `alarm_notify_type` - (Required) Alarm sending convergence type. `0` continuous alarm, `1` index alarm. -* `event_id` - (Required) The ID of this event metric, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(event_id). +* `alarm_notify_period` - (Required, Int) Alarm sending cycle per second. <0 does not fire, `0` only fires once, and >0 fires every triggerTime second. +* `alarm_notify_type` - (Required, Int) Alarm sending convergence type. `0` continuous alarm, `1` index alarm. +* `event_id` - (Required, Int) The ID of this event metric, refer to `data.tencentcloud_monitor_policy_conditions(event_id). ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_alert_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_alert_rule.html.markdown index 9a148c1510..381b298702 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_alert_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_alert_rule.html.markdown @@ -36,25 +36,25 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_tmp_alert_rule" "tmpAlertRule" { The following arguments are supported: -* `expr` - (Required) Rule expression. -* `instance_id` - (Required) Instance id. -* `receivers` - (Required) Alarm notification template id list. -* `rule_name` - (Required) Rule name. -* `annotations` - (Optional) Rule alarm duration. -* `duration` - (Optional) Rule alarm duration. -* `labels` - (Optional) Rule alarm duration. -* `rule_state` - (Optional) Rule state code. -* `type` - (Optional) Alarm Policy Template Classification. +* `expr` - (Required, String) Rule expression. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Instance id. +* `receivers` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Alarm notification template id list. +* `rule_name` - (Required, String) Rule name. +* `annotations` - (Optional, List) Rule alarm duration. +* `duration` - (Optional, String) Rule alarm duration. +* `labels` - (Optional, List) Rule alarm duration. +* `rule_state` - (Optional, Int) Rule state code. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Alarm Policy Template Classification. The `annotations` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) key. -* `value` - (Required) value. +* `key` - (Required, String) key. +* `value` - (Required, String) value. The `labels` object supports the following: -* `key` - (Required) key. -* `value` - (Required) value. +* `key` - (Required, String) key. +* `value` - (Required, String) value. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_cvm_agent.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_cvm_agent.html.markdown index 5e1e82cd6b..6e5eadf345 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_cvm_agent.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_cvm_agent.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_tmp_cvm_agent" "tmpCvmAgent" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required) Instance id. -* `name` - (Required) Agent name. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Instance id. +* `name` - (Required, String) Agent name. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_instance.html.markdown index c57a704723..328ba209c0 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_instance.html.markdown @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_tmp_instance" "tmpInstance" { The following arguments are supported: -* `data_retention_time` - (Required) Data retention time. -* `instance_name` - (Required) Instance name. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) Subnet Id. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) Vpc Id. -* `zone` - (Required) Available zone. -* `grafana_instance_id` - (Optional) Associated grafana instance id. +* `data_retention_time` - (Required, Int) Data retention time. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) Instance name. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) Subnet Id. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) Vpc Id. +* `zone` - (Required, String) Available zone. +* `grafana_instance_id` - (Optional, String) Associated grafana instance id. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_recording_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_recording_rule.html.markdown index 4170d2e1d0..0855da2c95 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_recording_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_recording_rule.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_tmp_recording_rule" "recordingRule" { The following arguments are supported: -* `group` - (Required) Recording rule group. -* `instance_id` - (Required) Instance id. -* `name` - (Required) Recording rule name. -* `rule_state` - (Optional) Rule state. +* `group` - (Required, String) Recording rule group. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String) Instance id. +* `name` - (Required, String) Recording rule name. +* `rule_state` - (Optional, Int) Rule state. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_tke_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_tke_template.html.markdown index 1a8206186e..504ba33835 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_tke_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_tmp_tke_template.html.markdown @@ -31,45 +31,45 @@ resource "tencentcloud_monitor_tmp_tke_template" "template" { The following arguments are supported: -* `template` - (Required) Template settings. +* `template` - (Required, List) Template settings. The `pod_monitors` object supports the following: -* `config` - (Required) Config. -* `name` - (Required) Name. -* `template_id` - (Optional) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. +* `config` - (Required, String) Config. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. The `raw_jobs` object supports the following: -* `config` - (Required) Config. -* `name` - (Required) Name. -* `template_id` - (Optional) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. +* `config` - (Required, String) Config. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. The `record_rules` object supports the following: -* `config` - (Required) Config. -* `name` - (Required) Name. -* `template_id` - (Optional) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. +* `config` - (Required, String) Config. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. The `service_monitors` object supports the following: -* `config` - (Required) Config. -* `name` - (Required) Name. -* `template_id` - (Optional) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. +* `config` - (Required, String) Config. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String) Used for the argument, if the configuration comes to the template, the template id. The `template` object supports the following: -* `level` - (Required) Template dimensions, the following types are supported `instance` instance level, `cluster` cluster level. -* `name` - (Required) Template name. -* `describe` - (Optional) Template description. -* `is_default` - (Optional) Whether the system-supplied default template is used for outgoing references. -* `pod_monitors` - (Optional) Effective when Level is a cluster, A list of PodMonitors rules in the template. -* `raw_jobs` - (Optional) Effective when Level is a cluster, A list of RawJobs rules in the template. -* `record_rules` - (Optional) Effective when Level is instance, A list of aggregation rules in the template. -* `service_monitors` - (Optional) Effective when Level is a cluster, A list of ServiceMonitor rules in the template. -* `template_id` - (Optional) The ID of the template, which is used for the outgoing reference. -* `update_time` - (Optional) Last updated, for outgoing references. -* `version` - (Optional) Whether the system-supplied default template is used for outgoing references. +* `level` - (Required, String) Template dimensions, the following types are supported `instance` instance level, `cluster` cluster level. +* `name` - (Required, String) Template name. +* `describe` - (Optional, String) Template description. +* `is_default` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the system-supplied default template is used for outgoing references. +* `pod_monitors` - (Optional, List) Effective when Level is a cluster, A list of PodMonitors rules in the template. +* `raw_jobs` - (Optional, List) Effective when Level is a cluster, A list of RawJobs rules in the template. +* `record_rules` - (Optional, List) Effective when Level is instance, A list of aggregation rules in the template. +* `service_monitors` - (Optional, List) Effective when Level is a cluster, A list of ServiceMonitor rules in the template. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String) The ID of the template, which is used for the outgoing reference. +* `update_time` - (Optional, String) Last updated, for outgoing references. +* `version` - (Optional, String) Whether the system-supplied default template is used for outgoing references. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_account.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_account.html.markdown index c0fb86065f..13f5a35658 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mysql_account.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_account.html.markdown @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_account" "default" { The following arguments are supported: -* `mysql_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance ID to which the account belongs. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Account name. -* `password` - (Required) Operation password. -* `description` - (Optional) Database description. -* `host` - (Optional, ForceNew) Account host, default is `%`. +* `mysql_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Instance ID to which the account belongs. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Account name. +* `password` - (Required, String) Operation password. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Database description. +* `host` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Account host, default is `%`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_account_privilege.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_account_privilege.html.markdown index b4af727236..15e87a199d 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mysql_account_privilege.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_account_privilege.html.markdown @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_account_privilege" "default" { The following arguments are supported: -* `account_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Account name. -* `database_names` - (Required) List of specified database name. -* `mysql_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance ID. -* `account_host` - (Optional, ForceNew) Account host, default is `%`. -* `privileges` - (Optional) Database permissions. Valid values: `SELECT`, `INSERT`, `UPDATE`, `DELETE`, `CREATE`, `DROP`, `REFERENCES`, `INDEX`, `ALTER`, `CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES`, `LOCK TABLES`, `EXECUTE`, `CREATE VIEW`, `SHOW VIEW`, `CREATE ROUTINE`, `ALTER ROUTINE`, `EVENT` and `TRIGGER``. +* `account_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Account name. +* `database_names` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) List of specified database name. +* `mysql_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Instance ID. +* `account_host` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Account host, default is `%`. +* `privileges` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Database permissions. Valid values: `SELECT`, `INSERT`, `UPDATE`, `DELETE`, `CREATE`, `DROP`, `REFERENCES`, `INDEX`, `ALTER`, `CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES`, `LOCK TABLES`, `EXECUTE`, `CREATE VIEW`, `SHOW VIEW`, `CREATE ROUTINE`, `ALTER ROUTINE`, `EVENT` and `TRIGGER``. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_backup_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_backup_policy.html.markdown index 5b7a1c15ec..060006c4e4 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mysql_backup_policy.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_backup_policy.html.markdown @@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_backup_policy" "default" { The following arguments are supported: -* `mysql_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance ID to which policies will be applied. -* `backup_model` - (Optional) Backup method. Supported values include: `physical` - physical backup. -* `backup_time` - (Optional) Instance backup time, in the format of 'HH:mm-HH:mm'. Time setting interval is four hours. Default to `02:00-06:00`. The following value can be supported: `02:00-06:00`, `06:00-10:00`, `10:00-14:00`, `14:00-18:00`, `18:00-22:00`, and `22:00-02:00`. -* `retention_period` - (Optional) Instance backup retention days. Valid value ranges: [7~730]. And default value is `7`. +* `mysql_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Instance ID to which policies will be applied. +* `backup_model` - (Optional, String) Backup method. Supported values include: `physical` - physical backup. +* `backup_time` - (Optional, String) Instance backup time, in the format of 'HH:mm-HH:mm'. Time setting interval is four hours. Default to `02:00-06:00`. The following value can be supported: `02:00-06:00`, `06:00-10:00`, `10:00-14:00`, `14:00-18:00`, `18:00-22:00`, and `22:00-02:00`. +* `retention_period` - (Optional, Int) Instance backup retention days. Valid value ranges: [7~730]. And default value is `7`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_instance.html.markdown index 16c44f9cbc..34659e1973 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mysql_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_instance.html.markdown @@ -49,34 +49,34 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_instance" "default" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_name` - (Required) The name of a mysql instance. -* `mem_size` - (Required) Memory size (in MB). -* `volume_size` - (Required) Disk size (in GB). -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renew flag. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Pay type of instance. Valid values:`PREPAID`, `POSTPAID`. Default is `POSTPAID`. -* `cpu` - (Optional) CPU cores. -* `device_type` - (Optional) Specify device type, available values: `UNIVERSAL` (default), `EXCLUSIVE`, `BASIC`. -* `engine_version` - (Optional, ForceNew) The version number of the database engine to use. Supported versions include 5.5/5.6/5.7/8.0, and default is 5.7. -* `fast_upgrade` - (Optional) Specify whether to enable fast upgrade when upgrade instance spec, available value: `1` - enabled, `0` - disabled. -* `first_slave_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Zone information about first slave instance. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to delete instance directly or not. Default is `false`. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. When the main mysql instance set true, this para of the readonly mysql instance will not take effect. -* `internet_service` - (Optional) Indicates whether to enable the access to an instance from public network: 0 - No, 1 - Yes. -* `intranet_port` - (Optional) Public access port. Valid value ranges: [1024~65535]. The default value is `3306`. -* `param_template_id` - (Optional) Specify parameter template id. -* `parameters` - (Optional) List of parameters to use. -* `pay_type` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `charge_type` instead. Pay type of instance. Valid values: `0`, `1`. `0`: prepaid, `1`: postpaid. -* `period` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `prepaid_period` instead. Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID, default value is 0. -* `root_password` - (Optional) Password of root account. This parameter can be specified when you purchase master instances, but it should be ignored when you purchase read-only instances or disaster recovery instances. -* `second_slave_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Zone information about second slave instance. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) Security groups to use. -* `slave_deploy_mode` - (Optional, ForceNew) Availability zone deployment method. Available values: 0 - Single availability zone; 1 - Multiple availability zones. -* `slave_sync_mode` - (Optional, ForceNew) Data replication mode. 0 - Async replication; 1 - Semisync replication; 2 - Strongsync replication. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Private network ID. If `vpc_id` is set, this value is required. -* `tags` - (Optional) Instance tags. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of VPC, which can be modified once every 24 hours and can't be removed. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) The name of a mysql instance. +* `mem_size` - (Required, Int) Memory size (in MB). +* `volume_size` - (Required, Int) Disk size (in GB). +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int) Auto renew flag. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Indicates which availability zone will be used. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Pay type of instance. Valid values:`PREPAID`, `POSTPAID`. Default is `POSTPAID`. +* `cpu` - (Optional, Int) CPU cores. +* `device_type` - (Optional, String) Specify device type, available values: `UNIVERSAL` (default), `EXCLUSIVE`, `BASIC`. +* `engine_version` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The version number of the database engine to use. Supported versions include 5.5/5.6/5.7/8.0, and default is 5.7. +* `fast_upgrade` - (Optional, Int) Specify whether to enable fast upgrade when upgrade instance spec, available value: `1` - enabled, `0` - disabled. +* `first_slave_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Zone information about first slave instance. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to delete instance directly or not. Default is `false`. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. When the main mysql instance set true, this para of the readonly mysql instance will not take effect. +* `internet_service` - (Optional, Int) Indicates whether to enable the access to an instance from public network: 0 - No, 1 - Yes. +* `intranet_port` - (Optional, Int) Public access port. Valid value ranges: [1024~65535]. The default value is `3306`. +* `param_template_id` - (Optional, Int) Specify parameter template id. +* `parameters` - (Optional, Map) List of parameters to use. +* `pay_type` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `charge_type` instead. Pay type of instance. Valid values: `0`, `1`. `0`: prepaid, `1`: postpaid. +* `period` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `prepaid_period` instead. Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID, default value is 0. +* `root_password` - (Optional, String) Password of root account. This parameter can be specified when you purchase master instances, but it should be ignored when you purchase read-only instances or disaster recovery instances. +* `second_slave_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Zone information about second slave instance. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Security groups to use. +* `slave_deploy_mode` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Availability zone deployment method. Available values: 0 - Single availability zone; 1 - Multiple availability zones. +* `slave_sync_mode` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Data replication mode. 0 - Async replication; 1 - Semisync replication; 2 - Strongsync replication. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Private network ID. If `vpc_id` is set, this value is required. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Instance tags. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of VPC, which can be modified once every 24 hours and can't be removed. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_privilege.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_privilege.html.markdown index 73e5e693ef..ccf7cf7bec 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mysql_privilege.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_privilege.html.markdown @@ -70,31 +70,31 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_privilege" "tttt" { The following arguments are supported: -* `account_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Account name.the forbidden value is:root,mysql.sys,tencentroot. -* `global` - (Required) Global privileges. available values for Privileges:ALTER,ALTER ROUTINE,CREATE,CREATE ROUTINE,CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES,CREATE USER,CREATE VIEW,DELETE,DROP,EVENT,EXECUTE,INDEX,INSERT,LOCK TABLES,PROCESS,REFERENCES,RELOAD,REPLICATION CLIENT,REPLICATION SLAVE,SELECT,SHOW DATABASES,SHOW VIEW,TRIGGER,UPDATE. -* `mysql_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance ID. -* `account_host` - (Optional, ForceNew) Account host, default is `%`. -* `column` - (Optional) Column privileges list. -* `database` - (Optional) Database privileges list. -* `table` - (Optional) Table privileges list. +* `account_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Account name.the forbidden value is:root,mysql.sys,tencentroot. +* `global` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Global privileges. available values for Privileges:ALTER,ALTER ROUTINE,CREATE,CREATE ROUTINE,CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES,CREATE USER,CREATE VIEW,DELETE,DROP,EVENT,EXECUTE,INDEX,INSERT,LOCK TABLES,PROCESS,REFERENCES,RELOAD,REPLICATION CLIENT,REPLICATION SLAVE,SELECT,SHOW DATABASES,SHOW VIEW,TRIGGER,UPDATE. +* `mysql_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Instance ID. +* `account_host` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Account host, default is `%`. +* `column` - (Optional, Set) Column privileges list. +* `database` - (Optional, Set) Database privileges list. +* `table` - (Optional, Set) Table privileges list. The `column` object supports the following: -* `column_name` - (Required) Column name. -* `database_name` - (Required) Database name. -* `privileges` - (Required) Column privilege.available values for Privileges:SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,REFERENCES. -* `table_name` - (Required) Table name. +* `column_name` - (Required, String) Column name. +* `database_name` - (Required, String) Database name. +* `privileges` - (Required, Set) Column privilege.available values for Privileges:SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,REFERENCES. +* `table_name` - (Required, String) Table name. The `database` object supports the following: -* `database_name` - (Required) Database name. -* `privileges` - (Required) Database privilege.available values for Privileges:SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,REFERENCES,INDEX,ALTER,CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES,LOCK TABLES,EXECUTE,CREATE VIEW,SHOW VIEW,CREATE ROUTINE,ALTER ROUTINE,EVENT,TRIGGER. +* `database_name` - (Required, String) Database name. +* `privileges` - (Required, Set) Database privilege.available values for Privileges:SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,REFERENCES,INDEX,ALTER,CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES,LOCK TABLES,EXECUTE,CREATE VIEW,SHOW VIEW,CREATE ROUTINE,ALTER ROUTINE,EVENT,TRIGGER. The `table` object supports the following: -* `database_name` - (Required) Database name. -* `privileges` - (Required) Table privilege.available values for Privileges:SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,REFERENCES,INDEX,ALTER,CREATE VIEW,SHOW VIEW,TRIGGER. -* `table_name` - (Required) Table name. +* `database_name` - (Required, String) Database name. +* `privileges` - (Required, Set) Table privilege.available values for Privileges:SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,REFERENCES,INDEX,ALTER,CREATE VIEW,SHOW VIEW,TRIGGER. +* `table_name` - (Required, String) Table name. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_readonly_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_readonly_instance.html.markdown index 50727aa01c..7477bea2ba 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/mysql_readonly_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_readonly_instance.html.markdown @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ resource "tencentcloud_mysql_readonly_instance" "default" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_name` - (Required) The name of a mysql instance. -* `master_instance_id` - (Required) Indicates the master instance ID of recovery instances. -* `mem_size` - (Required) Memory size (in MB). -* `volume_size` - (Required) Disk size (in GB). -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional) Auto renew flag. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Pay type of instance. Valid values:`PREPAID`, `POSTPAID`. Default is `POSTPAID`. -* `cpu` - (Optional) CPU cores. -* `device_type` - (Optional) Specify device type, available values: `UNIVERSAL` (default), `EXCLUSIVE`, `BASIC`. -* `fast_upgrade` - (Optional) Specify whether to enable fast upgrade when upgrade instance spec, available value: `1` - enabled, `0` - disabled. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to delete instance directly or not. Default is `false`. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. When the main mysql instance set true, this para of the readonly mysql instance will not take effect. -* `intranet_port` - (Optional) Public access port. Valid value ranges: [1024~65535]. The default value is `3306`. -* `master_region` - (Optional) The zone information of the primary instance is required when you purchase a disaster recovery instance. -* `param_template_id` - (Optional) Specify parameter template id. -* `pay_type` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `charge_type` instead. Pay type of instance. Valid values: `0`, `1`. `0`: prepaid, `1`: postpaid. -* `period` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `prepaid_period` instead. Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) Security groups to use. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Private network ID. If `vpc_id` is set, this value is required. -* `tags` - (Optional) Instance tags. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) ID of VPC, which can be modified once every 24 hours and can't be removed. -* `zone` - (Optional) Zone information, this parameter defaults to, the system automatically selects an Availability Zone. +* `instance_name` - (Required, String) The name of a mysql instance. +* `master_instance_id` - (Required, String) Indicates the master instance ID of recovery instances. +* `mem_size` - (Required, Int) Memory size (in MB). +* `volume_size` - (Required, Int) Disk size (in GB). +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int) Auto renew flag. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Pay type of instance. Valid values:`PREPAID`, `POSTPAID`. Default is `POSTPAID`. +* `cpu` - (Optional, Int) CPU cores. +* `device_type` - (Optional, String) Specify device type, available values: `UNIVERSAL` (default), `EXCLUSIVE`, `BASIC`. +* `fast_upgrade` - (Optional, Int) Specify whether to enable fast upgrade when upgrade instance spec, available value: `1` - enabled, `0` - disabled. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to delete instance directly or not. Default is `false`. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. When the main mysql instance set true, this para of the readonly mysql instance will not take effect. +* `intranet_port` - (Optional, Int) Public access port. Valid value ranges: [1024~65535]. The default value is `3306`. +* `master_region` - (Optional, String) The zone information of the primary instance is required when you purchase a disaster recovery instance. +* `param_template_id` - (Optional, Int) Specify parameter template id. +* `pay_type` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `charge_type` instead. Pay type of instance. Valid values: `0`, `1`. `0`: prepaid, `1`: postpaid. +* `period` - (Optional, Int, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.36.0. Please use `prepaid_period` instead. Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) Period of instance. NOTES: Only supported prepaid instance. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Security groups to use. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Private network ID. If `vpc_id` is set, this value is required. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Instance tags. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) ID of VPC, which can be modified once every 24 hours and can't be removed. +* `zone` - (Optional, String) Zone information, this parameter defaults to, the system automatically selects an Availability Zone. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/nat_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/nat_gateway.html.markdown index 1b0670c752..fce01374e9 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/nat_gateway.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/nat_gateway.html.markdown @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_nat_gateway" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `assigned_eip_set` - (Required) EIP IP address set bound to the gateway. The value of at least 1 and at most 10. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the NAT gateway. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the vpc. -* `bandwidth` - (Optional) The maximum public network output bandwidth of NAT gateway (unit: Mbps). Valid values: `20`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, `1000`, `2000`, `5000`. Default is 100. -* `max_concurrent` - (Optional) The upper limit of concurrent connection of NAT gateway. Valid values: `1000000`, `3000000`, `10000000`. Default is `1000000`. -* `tags` - (Optional) The available tags within this NAT gateway. +* `assigned_eip_set` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) EIP IP address set bound to the gateway. The value of at least 1 and at most 10. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the NAT gateway. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the vpc. +* `bandwidth` - (Optional, Int) The maximum public network output bandwidth of NAT gateway (unit: Mbps). Valid values: `20`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, `1000`, `2000`, `5000`. Default is 100. +* `max_concurrent` - (Optional, Int) The upper limit of concurrent connection of NAT gateway. Valid values: `1000000`, `3000000`, `10000000`. Default is `1000000`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The available tags within this NAT gateway. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/nat_gateway_snat.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/nat_gateway_snat.html.markdown index c206b71c0c..f3e894dbfe 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/nat_gateway_snat.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/nat_gateway_snat.html.markdown @@ -116,14 +116,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_nat_gateway_snat" "my_instance_snat" { The following arguments are supported: -* `description` - (Required) Description. -* `nat_gateway_id` - (Required, ForceNew) NAT gateway ID. -* `public_ip_addr` - (Required) Elastic IP address pool. -* `resource_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Resource type. Valid values: SUBNET, NETWORKINTERFACE. -* `instance_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Instance ID, required when `resource_type` is NETWORKINTERFACE. -* `instance_private_ip_addr` - (Optional, ForceNew) Private IPs of the instance's primary ENI, required when `resource_type` is NETWORKINTERFACE. -* `subnet_cidr_block` - (Optional, ForceNew) The IPv4 CIDR of the subnet, required when `resource_type` is SUBNET. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Subnet instance ID, required when `resource_type` is SUBNET. +* `description` - (Required, String) Description. +* `nat_gateway_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) NAT gateway ID. +* `public_ip_addr` - (Required, List: [`String`]) Elastic IP address pool. +* `resource_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Resource type. Valid values: SUBNET, NETWORKINTERFACE. +* `instance_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Instance ID, required when `resource_type` is NETWORKINTERFACE. +* `instance_private_ip_addr` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Private IPs of the instance's primary ENI, required when `resource_type` is NETWORKINTERFACE. +* `subnet_cidr_block` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The IPv4 CIDR of the subnet, required when `resource_type` is SUBNET. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Subnet instance ID, required when `resource_type` is SUBNET. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/placement_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/placement_group.html.markdown index 4ff81236bd..894eb5524c 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/placement_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/placement_group.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_placement_group" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the placement group, 1-60 characters in length. -* `type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the placement group. Valid values: `HOST`, `SW` and `RACK`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the placement group, 1-60 characters in length. +* `type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the placement group. Valid values: `HOST`, `SW` and `RACK`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_instance.html.markdown index e844fb0b9b..68714e992b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_instance.html.markdown @@ -147,42 +147,42 @@ resource "tencentcloud_postgresql_instance" "pg" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) Availability zone. NOTE: If value modified but included in `db_node_set`, the diff will be suppressed. -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size(in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos` provides. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the postgresql instance. -* `root_password` - (Required) Password of root account. This parameter can be specified when you purchase master instances, but it should be ignored when you purchase read-only instances or disaster recovery instances. -* `storage` - (Required) Volume size(in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos` provides. -* `backup_plan` - (Optional) Specify DB backup plan. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Pay type of the postgresql instance. For now, only `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` is valid. -* `charset` - (Optional, ForceNew) Charset of the root account. Valid values are `UTF8`,`LATIN1`. -* `db_kernel_version` - (Optional) PostgreSQL kernel version number. If it is specified, an instance running kernel DBKernelVersion will be created. -* `db_major_vesion` - (Optional) PostgreSQL major version number. Valid values: 10, 11, 12, 13. If it is specified, an instance running the latest kernel of PostgreSQL DBMajorVersion will be created. -* `db_node_set` - (Optional) Specify instance node info for disaster migration. -* `engine_version` - (Optional, ForceNew) Version of the postgresql database engine. Valid values: `10.4`, `11.8`, `12.4`. -* `kms_key_id` - (Optional) KeyId of the custom key. -* `kms_region` - (Optional) Region of the custom key. -* `max_standby_archive_delay` - (Optional) max_standby_archive_delay applies when WAL data is being read from WAL archive (and is therefore not current). Units are milliseconds if not specified. -* `max_standby_streaming_delay` - (Optional) max_standby_streaming_delay applies when WAL data is being received via streaming replication. Units are milliseconds if not specified. -* `need_support_tde` - (Optional) Whether to support data transparent encryption, 1: yes, 0: no (default). -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project id, default value is `0`. -* `public_access_switch` - (Optional) Indicates whether to enable the access to an instance from public network or not. -* `root_user` - (Optional, ForceNew) Instance root account name. This parameter is optional, Default value is `root`. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) ID of security group. If both vpc_id and subnet_id are not set, this argument should not be set either. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of subnet. -* `tags` - (Optional) The available tags within this postgresql. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of VPC. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Availability zone. NOTE: If value modified but included in `db_node_set`, the diff will be suppressed. +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size(in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos` provides. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the postgresql instance. +* `root_password` - (Required, String) Password of root account. This parameter can be specified when you purchase master instances, but it should be ignored when you purchase read-only instances or disaster recovery instances. +* `storage` - (Required, Int) Volume size(in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos` provides. +* `backup_plan` - (Optional, List) Specify DB backup plan. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Pay type of the postgresql instance. For now, only `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` is valid. +* `charset` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Charset of the root account. Valid values are `UTF8`,`LATIN1`. +* `db_kernel_version` - (Optional, String) PostgreSQL kernel version number. If it is specified, an instance running kernel DBKernelVersion will be created. +* `db_major_vesion` - (Optional, String) PostgreSQL major version number. Valid values: 10, 11, 12, 13. If it is specified, an instance running the latest kernel of PostgreSQL DBMajorVersion will be created. +* `db_node_set` - (Optional, Set) Specify instance node info for disaster migration. +* `engine_version` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Version of the postgresql database engine. Valid values: `10.4`, `11.8`, `12.4`. +* `kms_key_id` - (Optional, String) KeyId of the custom key. +* `kms_region` - (Optional, String) Region of the custom key. +* `max_standby_archive_delay` - (Optional, Int) max_standby_archive_delay applies when WAL data is being read from WAL archive (and is therefore not current). Units are milliseconds if not specified. +* `max_standby_streaming_delay` - (Optional, Int) max_standby_streaming_delay applies when WAL data is being received via streaming replication. Units are milliseconds if not specified. +* `need_support_tde` - (Optional, Int) Whether to support data transparent encryption, 1: yes, 0: no (default). +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project id, default value is `0`. +* `public_access_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether to enable the access to an instance from public network or not. +* `root_user` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Instance root account name. This parameter is optional, Default value is `root`. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) ID of security group. If both vpc_id and subnet_id are not set, this argument should not be set either. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of subnet. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The available tags within this postgresql. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC. The `backup_plan` object supports the following: -* `backup_period` - (Optional) List of backup period per week, available values: `monday`, `tuesday`, `wednesday`, `thursday`, `friday`, `saturday`, `sunday`. NOTE: At least specify two days. -* `base_backup_retention_period` - (Optional) Specify days of the retention. -* `max_backup_start_time` - (Optional) Specify latest backup start time, format `hh:mm:ss`. -* `min_backup_start_time` - (Optional) Specify earliest backup start time, format `hh:mm:ss`. +* `backup_period` - (Optional, List) List of backup period per week, available values: `monday`, `tuesday`, `wednesday`, `thursday`, `friday`, `saturday`, `sunday`. NOTE: At least specify two days. +* `base_backup_retention_period` - (Optional, Int) Specify days of the retention. +* `max_backup_start_time` - (Optional, String) Specify latest backup start time, format `hh:mm:ss`. +* `min_backup_start_time` - (Optional, String) Specify earliest backup start time, format `hh:mm:ss`. The `db_node_set` object supports the following: -* `zone` - (Required) Indicates the node available zone. -* `role` - (Optional) Indicates node type, available values:`Primary`, `Standby`. Default: `Standby`. +* `zone` - (Required, String) Indicates the node available zone. +* `role` - (Optional, String) Indicates node type, available values:`Primary`, `Standby`. Default: `Standby`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_attachment.html.markdown index 7419350941..7ddb20587a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_attachment.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_postgresql_readonly_attachment" "attach" { The following arguments are supported: -* `db_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Read only instance ID. -* `read_only_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Read only group ID. +* `db_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Read only instance ID. +* `read_only_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Read only group ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_group.html.markdown index 70aff9d3a2..0279c826d7 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_group.html.markdown @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ resource "tencentcloud_postgresql_readonly_group" "group" { The following arguments are supported: -* `master_db_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Primary instance ID. -* `max_replay_lag` - (Required) Delay threshold in ms. -* `max_replay_latency` - (Required) Delayed log size threshold in MB. -* `min_delay_eliminate_reserve` - (Required) The minimum number of read-only replicas that must be retained in an RO group. -* `name` - (Required) RO group name. -* `project_id` - (Required) Project ID. -* `replay_lag_eliminate` - (Required) Whether to remove a read-only replica from an RO group if the delay between the read-only replica and the primary instance exceeds the threshold. Valid values: 0 (no), 1 (yes). -* `replay_latency_eliminate` - (Required) Whether to remove a read-only replica from an RO group if the sync log size difference between the read-only replica and the primary instance exceeds the threshold. Valid values: 0 (no), 1 (yes). -* `subnet_id` - (Required) VPC subnet ID. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPC ID. -* `security_groups_ids` - (Optional) ID of security group. If both vpc_id and subnet_id are not set, this argument should not be set either. +* `master_db_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Primary instance ID. +* `max_replay_lag` - (Required, Int) Delay threshold in ms. +* `max_replay_latency` - (Required, Int) Delayed log size threshold in MB. +* `min_delay_eliminate_reserve` - (Required, Int) The minimum number of read-only replicas that must be retained in an RO group. +* `name` - (Required, String) RO group name. +* `project_id` - (Required, Int) Project ID. +* `replay_lag_eliminate` - (Required, Int) Whether to remove a read-only replica from an RO group if the delay between the read-only replica and the primary instance exceeds the threshold. Valid values: 0 (no), 1 (yes). +* `replay_latency_eliminate` - (Required, Int) Whether to remove a read-only replica from an RO group if the sync log size difference between the read-only replica and the primary instance exceeds the threshold. Valid values: 0 (no), 1 (yes). +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) VPC subnet ID. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPC ID. +* `security_groups_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) ID of security group. If both vpc_id and subnet_id are not set, this argument should not be set either. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_instance.html.markdown index a84e1e7c99..0704c67861 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_readonly_instance.html.markdown @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ resource "tencentcloud_postgresql_readonly_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `db_version` - (Required, ForceNew) PostgreSQL kernel version, which must be the same as that of the primary instance. -* `master_db_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the primary instance to which the read-only replica belongs. -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size(in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos` provides. -* `name` - (Required) Instance name. -* `project_id` - (Required) Project ID. -* `security_groups_ids` - (Required) ID of security group. -* `storage` - (Required) Instance storage capacity in GB. -* `subnet_id` - (Required) VPC subnet ID. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPC ID. -* `zone` - (Required, ForceNew) Availability zone ID, which can be obtained through the Zone field in the returned value of the DescribeZones API. -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Renewal flag. Valid values: 0 (manual renewal), 1 (auto-renewal). Default value: 0. -* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) instance billing mode. Valid values: PREPAID (monthly subscription), POSTPAID_BY_HOUR (pay-as-you-go). -* `need_support_ipv6` - (Optional, ForceNew) Whether to support IPv6 address access. Valid values: 1 (yes), 0 (no). +* `db_version` - (Required, String, ForceNew) PostgreSQL kernel version, which must be the same as that of the primary instance. +* `master_db_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the primary instance to which the read-only replica belongs. +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size(in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_postgresql_specinfos` provides. +* `name` - (Required, String) Instance name. +* `project_id` - (Required, Int) Project ID. +* `security_groups_ids` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) ID of security group. +* `storage` - (Required, Int) Instance storage capacity in GB. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String) VPC subnet ID. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPC ID. +* `zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Availability zone ID, which can be obtained through the Zone field in the returned value of the DescribeZones API. +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Renewal flag. Valid values: 0 (manual renewal), 1 (auto-renewal). Default value: 0. +* `instance_charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) instance billing mode. Valid values: PREPAID (monthly subscription), POSTPAID_BY_HOUR (pay-as-you-go). +* `need_support_ipv6` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Whether to support IPv6 address access. Valid values: 1 (yes), 0 (no). ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/private_dns_record.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/private_dns_record.html.markdown index 5e7ebd04d0..f7e5adddb0 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/private_dns_record.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/private_dns_record.html.markdown @@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_private_dns_record" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `record_type` - (Required) Record type. Valid values: "A", "AAAA", "CNAME", "MX", "TXT", "PTR". -* `record_value` - (Required) Record value, such as IP: 192.168.10.2, CNAME: cname.qcloud.com, and MX: mail.qcloud.com.. -* `sub_domain` - (Required) Subdomain, such as "www", "m", and "@". -* `zone_id` - (Required) Private domain ID. -* `mx` - (Optional) MX priority, which is required when the record type is MX. Valid values: 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50. -* `ttl` - (Optional) Record cache time. The smaller the value, the faster the record will take effect. Value range: 1~86400s. -* `weight` - (Optional) Record weight. Value range: 1~100. +* `record_type` - (Required, String) Record type. Valid values: "A", "AAAA", "CNAME", "MX", "TXT", "PTR". +* `record_value` - (Required, String) Record value, such as IP: 192.168.10.2, CNAME: cname.qcloud.com, and MX: mail.qcloud.com.. +* `sub_domain` - (Required, String) Subdomain, such as "www", "m", and "@". +* `zone_id` - (Required, String) Private domain ID. +* `mx` - (Optional, Int) MX priority, which is required when the record type is MX. Valid values: 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50. +* `ttl` - (Optional, Int) Record cache time. The smaller the value, the faster the record will take effect. Value range: 1~86400s. +* `weight` - (Optional, Int) Record weight. Value range: 1~100. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/private_dns_zone.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/private_dns_zone.html.markdown index cdaee875b9..8b77e532fe 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/private_dns_zone.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/private_dns_zone.html.markdown @@ -38,30 +38,30 @@ resource "tencentcloud_private_dns_zone" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required) Domain name, which must be in the format of standard TLD. -* `account_vpc_set` - (Optional) List of authorized accounts' VPCs to associate with the private domain. -* `dns_forward_status` - (Optional) Whether to enable subdomain recursive DNS. Valid values: ENABLED, DISABLED. Default value: DISABLED. -* `remark` - (Optional) Remarks. -* `tag_set` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.72.4. Use `tags` instead. Tags the private domain when it is created. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the private dns zone. -* `vpc_set` - (Optional) Associates the private domain to a VPC when it is created. +* `domain` - (Required, String) Domain name, which must be in the format of standard TLD. +* `account_vpc_set` - (Optional, List) List of authorized accounts' VPCs to associate with the private domain. +* `dns_forward_status` - (Optional, String) Whether to enable subdomain recursive DNS. Valid values: ENABLED, DISABLED. Default value: DISABLED. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Remarks. +* `tag_set` - (Optional, List, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.72.4. Use `tags` instead. Tags the private domain when it is created. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the private dns zone. +* `vpc_set` - (Optional, List) Associates the private domain to a VPC when it is created. The `account_vpc_set` object supports the following: -* `region` - (Required) Region. -* `uin` - (Required) UIN of the VPC account. -* `uniq_vpc_id` - (Required) VPC ID. -* `vpc_name` - (Required) VPC NAME. +* `region` - (Required, String) Region. +* `uin` - (Required, String) UIN of the VPC account. +* `uniq_vpc_id` - (Required, String) VPC ID. +* `vpc_name` - (Required, String) VPC NAME. The `tag_set` object supports the following: -* `tag_key` - (Required) Key of Tag. -* `tag_value` - (Required) Value of Tag. +* `tag_key` - (Required, String) Key of Tag. +* `tag_value` - (Required, String) Value of Tag. The `vpc_set` object supports the following: -* `region` - (Required) VPC REGION. -* `uniq_vpc_id` - (Required) VPC ID. +* `region` - (Required, String) VPC REGION. +* `uniq_vpc_id` - (Required, String) VPC ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/protocol_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/protocol_template.html.markdown index 10096e684f..21ecfea3b7 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/protocol_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/protocol_template.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_protocol_template" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the protocol template. -* `protocols` - (Required) Protocol list. Valid protocols are `tcp`, `udp`, `icmp`, `gre`. Single port(tcp:80), multi-port(tcp:80,443), port range(tcp:3306-20000), all(tcp:all) format are support. Protocol `icmp` and `gre` cannot specify port. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the protocol template. +* `protocols` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Protocol list. Valid protocols are `tcp`, `udp`, `icmp`, `gre`. Single port(tcp:80), multi-port(tcp:80,443), port range(tcp:3306-20000), all(tcp:all) format are support. Protocol `icmp` and `gre` cannot specify port. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/protocol_template_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/protocol_template_group.html.markdown index dfbbc1f6d9..75138f5d48 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/protocol_template_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/protocol_template_group.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_protocol_template_group" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the protocol template group. -* `template_ids` - (Required) Service template ID list. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the protocol template group. +* `template_ids` - (Required, Set: [`String`]) Service template ID list. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/redis_backup_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/redis_backup_config.html.markdown index 8bebce9973..10971e2cd6 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/redis_backup_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/redis_backup_config.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_redis_backup_config" "redislab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `backup_time` - (Required) Specifys what time the backup action should take place. And the time interval should be one hour. -* `redis_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of a redis instance to which the policy will be applied. -* `backup_period` - (Optional, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.58.2. It makes no difference to online config at all Specifys which day the backup action should take place. Valid values: `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday`, `Saturday` and `Sunday`. +* `backup_time` - (Required, String) Specifys what time the backup action should take place. And the time interval should be one hour. +* `redis_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of a redis instance to which the policy will be applied. +* `backup_period` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.58.2. It makes no difference to online config at all Specifys which day the backup action should take place. Valid values: `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday`, `Saturday` and `Sunday`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/redis_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/redis_instance.html.markdown index a3a10c10f8..9cc765c0a4 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/redis_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/redis_instance.html.markdown @@ -67,27 +67,27 @@ resource "tencentcloud_redis_instance" "red1" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The available zone ID of an instance to be created, please refer to `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config.list`. -* `mem_size` - (Required) The memory volume of an available instance(in MB), please refer to `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config.list[zone].shard_memories`. When redis is standard type, it represents total memory size of the instance; when Redis is cluster type, it represents memory size of per sharding. -* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, ForceNew) Auto-renew flag. 0 - default state (manual renewal); 1 - automatic renewal; 2 - explicit no automatic renewal. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values: `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID`. Default value is `POSTPAID`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new with new charge type. -* `force_delete` - (Optional) Indicate whether to delete Redis instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. -* `name` - (Optional) Instance name. -* `no_auth` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicates whether the redis instance support no-auth access. NOTE: Only available in private cloud environment. -* `password` - (Optional) Password for a Redis user, which should be 8 to 16 characters. NOTE: Only `no_auth=true` specified can make password empty. -* `port` - (Optional, ForceNew) The port used to access a redis instance. The default value is 6379. And this value can't be changed after creation, or the Redis instance will be recreated. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Specifies which project the instance should belong to. -* `redis_replicas_num` - (Optional) The number of instance copies. This is not required for standalone and master slave versions. -* `redis_shard_num` - (Optional) The number of instance shard, default is 1. This is not required for standalone and master slave versions. -* `replica_zone_ids` - (Optional) ID of replica nodes available zone. This is not required for standalone and master slave versions. -* `replicas_read_only` - (Optional) Whether copy read-only is supported, Redis 2.8 Standard Edition and CKV Standard Edition do not support replica read-only, turn on replica read-only, the instance will automatically read and write separate, write requests are routed to the primary node, read requests are routed to the replica node, if you need to open replica read-only, the recommended number of replicas >=2. -* `security_groups` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of security group. If both vpc_id and subnet_id are not set, this argument should not be set either. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specifies which subnet the instance should belong to. -* `tags` - (Optional) Instance tags. -* `type_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Instance type. Available values reference data source `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config` or [document](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/239/32069). -* `type` - (Optional, ForceNew, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.33.1. Please use 'type_id' instead. Instance type. Available values: `cluster_ckv`,`cluster_redis5.0`,`cluster_redis`,`master_slave_ckv`,`master_slave_redis4.0`,`master_slave_redis5.0`,`master_slave_redis`,`standalone_redis`, specific region support specific types, need to refer data `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config`. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the vpc with which the instance is to be associated. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The available zone ID of an instance to be created, please refer to `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config.list`. +* `mem_size` - (Required, Int) The memory volume of an available instance(in MB), please refer to `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config.list[zone].shard_memories`. When redis is standard type, it represents total memory size of the instance; when Redis is cluster type, it represents memory size of per sharding. +* `auto_renew_flag` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Auto-renew flag. 0 - default state (manual renewal); 1 - automatic renewal; 2 - explicit no automatic renewal. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The charge type of instance. Valid values: `PREPAID` and `POSTPAID`. Default value is `POSTPAID`. Note: TencentCloud International only supports `POSTPAID`. Caution that update operation on this field will delete old instances and create new with new charge type. +* `force_delete` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate whether to delete Redis instance directly or not. Default is false. If set true, the instance will be deleted instead of staying recycle bin. Note: only works for `PREPAID` instance. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Instance name. +* `no_auth` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicates whether the redis instance support no-auth access. NOTE: Only available in private cloud environment. +* `password` - (Optional, String) Password for a Redis user, which should be 8 to 16 characters. NOTE: Only `no_auth=true` specified can make password empty. +* `port` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The port used to access a redis instance. The default value is 6379. And this value can't be changed after creation, or the Redis instance will be recreated. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) The tenancy (time unit is month) of the prepaid instance, NOTE: it only works when charge_type is set to `PREPAID`. Valid values are `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `5`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `10`, `11`, `12`, `24`, `36`. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Specifies which project the instance should belong to. +* `redis_replicas_num` - (Optional, Int) The number of instance copies. This is not required for standalone and master slave versions. +* `redis_shard_num` - (Optional, Int) The number of instance shard, default is 1. This is not required for standalone and master slave versions. +* `replica_zone_ids` - (Optional, List: [`Int`]) ID of replica nodes available zone. This is not required for standalone and master slave versions. +* `replicas_read_only` - (Optional, Bool) Whether copy read-only is supported, Redis 2.8 Standard Edition and CKV Standard Edition do not support replica read-only, turn on replica read-only, the instance will automatically read and write separate, write requests are routed to the primary node, read requests are routed to the replica node, if you need to open replica read-only, the recommended number of replicas >=2. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`], ForceNew) ID of security group. If both vpc_id and subnet_id are not set, this argument should not be set either. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Specifies which subnet the instance should belong to. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Instance tags. +* `type_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Instance type. Available values reference data source `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config` or [document](https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/document/product/239/32069). +* `type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew, **Deprecated**) It has been deprecated from version 1.33.1. Please use 'type_id' instead. Instance type. Available values: `cluster_ckv`,`cluster_redis5.0`,`cluster_redis`,`master_slave_ckv`,`master_slave_redis4.0`,`master_slave_redis5.0`,`master_slave_redis`,`standalone_redis`, specific region support specific types, need to refer data `tencentcloud_redis_zone_config`. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the vpc with which the instance is to be associated. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/reserved_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/reserved_instance.html.markdown index d99cdc893c..cd29634e4a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/reserved_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/reserved_instance.html.markdown @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_reserved_instance" "ri" { The following arguments are supported: -* `config_id` - (Required) Configuration ID of the reserved instance. -* `instance_count` - (Required) Number of reserved instances to be purchased. -* `reserved_instance_name` - (Optional) Reserved Instance display name. +* `config_id` - (Required, String) Configuration ID of the reserved instance. +* `instance_count` - (Required, Int) Number of reserved instances to be purchased. +* `reserved_instance_name` - (Optional, String) Reserved Instance display name. - If you do not specify an instance display name, 'Unnamed' is displayed by default. - Up to 60 characters (including pattern strings) are supported. diff --git a/website/docs/r/route_entry.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/route_entry.html.markdown index 8b1e9ef9d9..a53eabd78a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/route_entry.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/route_entry.html.markdown @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_route_entry" "rtb_entry_instance" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cidr_block` - (Required, ForceNew) The RouteEntry's target network segment. -* `next_hub` - (Required, ForceNew) The route entry's next hub. CVM instance ID or VPC router interface ID. -* `next_type` - (Required, ForceNew) The next hop type. Valid values: `public_gateway`,`vpn_gateway`,`sslvpn_gateway`,`dc_gateway`,`peering_connection`,`nat_gateway`,`havip`,`local_gateway` and `instance`. `instance` points to CVM Instance. -* `route_table_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The ID of the route table. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The VPC ID. +* `cidr_block` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The RouteEntry's target network segment. +* `next_hub` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The route entry's next hub. CVM instance ID or VPC router interface ID. +* `next_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The next hop type. Valid values: `public_gateway`,`vpn_gateway`,`sslvpn_gateway`,`dc_gateway`,`peering_connection`,`nat_gateway`,`havip`,`local_gateway` and `instance`. `instance` points to CVM Instance. +* `route_table_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The ID of the route table. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The VPC ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown index 3e2014ad8d..3a22f20633 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_route_table" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) The name of routing table. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of VPC to which the route table should be associated. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of routing table. +* `name` - (Required, String) The name of routing table. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC to which the route table should be associated. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of routing table. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/route_table_entry.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/route_table_entry.html.markdown index 551b799572..bc8abed897 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/route_table_entry.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/route_table_entry.html.markdown @@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_route_table_entry" "instance" { The following arguments are supported: -* `destination_cidr_block` - (Required, ForceNew) Destination address block. -* `next_hub` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of next-hop gateway. Note: when `next_type` is EIP, GatewayId should be `0`. -* `next_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of next-hop. Valid values: `CVM`, `VPN`, `DIRECTCONNECT`, `PEERCONNECTION`, `SSLVPN`, `NAT`, `NORMAL_CVM`, `EIP` and `CCN`. -* `route_table_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of routing table to which this entry belongs. -* `description` - (Optional, ForceNew) Description of the routing table entry. -* `disabled` - (Optional) Whether the entry is disabled, default is `false`. +* `destination_cidr_block` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Destination address block. +* `next_hub` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of next-hop gateway. Note: when `next_type` is EIP, GatewayId should be `0`. +* `next_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of next-hop. Valid values: `CVM`, `VPN`, `DIRECTCONNECT`, `PEERCONNECTION`, `SSLVPN`, `NAT`, `NORMAL_CVM`, `EIP` and `CCN`. +* `route_table_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of routing table to which this entry belongs. +* `description` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Description of the routing table entry. +* `disabled` - (Optional, Bool) Whether the entry is disabled, default is `false`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/scf_function.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/scf_function.html.markdown index 9338fae4be..7011081cca 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/scf_function.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/scf_function.html.markdown @@ -48,61 +48,61 @@ resource "tencentcloud_scf_function" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `handler` - (Required) Handler of the SCF function. The format of name is `.`, and it supports 26 English letters, numbers, connectors, and underscores, it should start with a letter. The last character cannot be `-` or `_`. Available length is 2-60. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the SCF function. Name supports 26 English letters, numbers, connectors, and underscores, it should start with a letter. The last character cannot be `-` or `_`. Available length is 2-60. -* `runtime` - (Required) Runtime of the SCF function, only supports `Python2.7`, `Python3.6`, `Nodejs6.10`, `Nodejs8.9`, `Nodejs10.15`, `PHP5`, `PHP7`, `Golang1`, and `Java8`. -* `cfs_config` - (Optional) List of CFS configurations. -* `cls_logset_id` - (Optional) cls logset id of the SCF function. -* `cls_topic_id` - (Optional) cls topic id of the SCF function. -* `cos_bucket_name` - (Optional) Cos bucket name of the SCF function, such as `cos-1234567890`, conflict with `zip_file`. -* `cos_bucket_region` - (Optional) Cos bucket region of the SCF function, conflict with `zip_file`. -* `cos_object_name` - (Optional) Cos object name of the SCF function, should have suffix `.zip` or `.jar`, conflict with `zip_file`. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the SCF function. Description supports English letters, numbers, spaces, commas, newlines, periods and Chinese, the maximum length is 1000. -* `enable_eip_config` - (Optional) Indicates whether EIP config set to `ENABLE` when `enable_public_net` was true. -* `enable_public_net` - (Optional) Indicates whether public net config enabled. NOTE: only `vpc_id` specified can disable public net config. -* `environment` - (Optional) Environment of the SCF function. -* `image_config` - (Optional) Image of the SCF function, conflict with ``. -* `l5_enable` - (Optional) Enable L5 for SCF function, default is `false`. -* `layers` - (Optional) The list of association layers. -* `mem_size` - (Optional) Memory size of the SCF function, unit is MB. The default is `128`MB. The ladder is 128M. -* `namespace` - (Optional, ForceNew) Namespace of the SCF function, default is `default`. -* `role` - (Optional) Role of the SCF function. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional) Subnet ID of the SCF function. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the SCF function. -* `timeout` - (Optional) Timeout of the SCF function, unit is second. Default `3`. Available value is 1-900. -* `triggers` - (Optional) Trigger list of the SCF function, note that if you modify the trigger list, all existing triggers will be deleted, and then create triggers in the new list. Each element contains the following attributes: -* `vpc_id` - (Optional) VPC ID of the SCF function. -* `zip_file` - (Optional) Zip file of the SCF function, conflict with `cos_bucket_name`, `cos_object_name`, `cos_bucket_region`. +* `handler` - (Required, String) Handler of the SCF function. The format of name is `.`, and it supports 26 English letters, numbers, connectors, and underscores, it should start with a letter. The last character cannot be `-` or `_`. Available length is 2-60. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the SCF function. Name supports 26 English letters, numbers, connectors, and underscores, it should start with a letter. The last character cannot be `-` or `_`. Available length is 2-60. +* `runtime` - (Required, String) Runtime of the SCF function, only supports `Python2.7`, `Python3.6`, `Nodejs6.10`, `Nodejs8.9`, `Nodejs10.15`, `PHP5`, `PHP7`, `Golang1`, and `Java8`. +* `cfs_config` - (Optional, List) List of CFS configurations. +* `cls_logset_id` - (Optional, String) cls logset id of the SCF function. +* `cls_topic_id` - (Optional, String) cls topic id of the SCF function. +* `cos_bucket_name` - (Optional, String) Cos bucket name of the SCF function, such as `cos-1234567890`, conflict with `zip_file`. +* `cos_bucket_region` - (Optional, String) Cos bucket region of the SCF function, conflict with `zip_file`. +* `cos_object_name` - (Optional, String) Cos object name of the SCF function, should have suffix `.zip` or `.jar`, conflict with `zip_file`. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the SCF function. Description supports English letters, numbers, spaces, commas, newlines, periods and Chinese, the maximum length is 1000. +* `enable_eip_config` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether EIP config set to `ENABLE` when `enable_public_net` was true. +* `enable_public_net` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether public net config enabled. NOTE: only `vpc_id` specified can disable public net config. +* `environment` - (Optional, Map) Environment of the SCF function. +* `image_config` - (Optional, List) Image of the SCF function, conflict with ``. +* `l5_enable` - (Optional, Bool) Enable L5 for SCF function, default is `false`. +* `layers` - (Optional, List) The list of association layers. +* `mem_size` - (Optional, Int) Memory size of the SCF function, unit is MB. The default is `128`MB. The ladder is 128M. +* `namespace` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Namespace of the SCF function, default is `default`. +* `role` - (Optional, String) Role of the SCF function. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String) Subnet ID of the SCF function. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the SCF function. +* `timeout` - (Optional, Int) Timeout of the SCF function, unit is second. Default `3`. Available value is 1-900. +* `triggers` - (Optional, Set) Trigger list of the SCF function, note that if you modify the trigger list, all existing triggers will be deleted, and then create triggers in the new list. Each element contains the following attributes: +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String) VPC ID of the SCF function. +* `zip_file` - (Optional, String) Zip file of the SCF function, conflict with `cos_bucket_name`, `cos_object_name`, `cos_bucket_region`. The `cfs_config` object supports the following: -* `cfs_id` - (Required) File system instance ID. -* `local_mount_dir` - (Required) Local mount directory. -* `mount_ins_id` - (Required) File system mount instance ID. -* `remote_mount_dir` - (Required) Remote mount directory. -* `user_group_id` - (Required) ID of user group. -* `user_id` - (Required) ID of user. +* `cfs_id` - (Required, String) File system instance ID. +* `local_mount_dir` - (Required, String) Local mount directory. +* `mount_ins_id` - (Required, String) File system mount instance ID. +* `remote_mount_dir` - (Required, String) Remote mount directory. +* `user_group_id` - (Required, String) ID of user group. +* `user_id` - (Required, String) ID of user. The `image_config` object supports the following: -* `image_type` - (Required) The image type. personal or enterprise. -* `image_uri` - (Required) The uri of image. -* `args` - (Optional) the parameters of command. -* `command` - (Optional) The command of entrypoint. -* `entry_point` - (Optional) The entrypoint of app. -* `registry_id` - (Optional) The registry id of TCR. When image type is enterprise, it must be set. +* `image_type` - (Required, String) The image type. personal or enterprise. +* `image_uri` - (Required, String) The uri of image. +* `args` - (Optional, String) the parameters of command. +* `command` - (Optional, String) The command of entrypoint. +* `entry_point` - (Optional, String) The entrypoint of app. +* `registry_id` - (Optional, String) The registry id of TCR. When image type is enterprise, it must be set. The `layers` object supports the following: -* `layer_name` - (Required) The name of Layer. -* `layer_version` - (Required) The version of layer. +* `layer_name` - (Required, String) The name of Layer. +* `layer_version` - (Required, Int) The version of layer. The `triggers` object supports the following: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the SCF function trigger, if `type` is `ckafka`, the format of name must be `-`; if `type` is `cos`, the name is cos bucket id, other In any case, it can be combined arbitrarily. It can only contain English letters, numbers, connectors and underscores. The maximum length is 100. -* `trigger_desc` - (Required) TriggerDesc of the SCF function trigger, parameter format of `timer` is linux cron expression; parameter of `cos` type is json string `{"bucketUrl":".cos..myqcloud.com","event":"cos:ObjectCreated:*","filter":{"Prefix":"","Suffix":""}}`, where `bucketUrl` is cos bucket (optional), `event` is the cos event trigger, `Prefix` is the corresponding file prefix filter condition, `Suffix` is the suffix filter condition, if not need filter condition can not pass; `cmq` type does not pass this parameter; `ckafka` type parameter format is json string `{"maxMsgNum":"1","offset":"latest"}`; `apigw` type parameter format is json string `{"api":{"authRequired":"FALSE","requestConfig":{"method":"ANY"},"isIntegratedResponse":"FALSE"},"service":{"serviceId":"service-dqzh68sg"},"release":{"environmentName":"test"}}`. -* `type` - (Required) Type of the SCF function trigger, support `cos`, `cmq`, `timer`, `ckafka`, `apigw`. -* `cos_region` - (Optional) Region of cos bucket. if `type` is `cos`, `cos_region` is required. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the SCF function trigger, if `type` is `ckafka`, the format of name must be `-`; if `type` is `cos`, the name is cos bucket id, other In any case, it can be combined arbitrarily. It can only contain English letters, numbers, connectors and underscores. The maximum length is 100. +* `trigger_desc` - (Required, String) TriggerDesc of the SCF function trigger, parameter format of `timer` is linux cron expression; parameter of `cos` type is json string `{"bucketUrl":".cos..myqcloud.com","event":"cos:ObjectCreated:*","filter":{"Prefix":"","Suffix":""}}`, where `bucketUrl` is cos bucket (optional), `event` is the cos event trigger, `Prefix` is the corresponding file prefix filter condition, `Suffix` is the suffix filter condition, if not need filter condition can not pass; `cmq` type does not pass this parameter; `ckafka` type parameter format is json string `{"maxMsgNum":"1","offset":"latest"}`; `apigw` type parameter format is json string `{"api":{"authRequired":"FALSE","requestConfig":{"method":"ANY"},"isIntegratedResponse":"FALSE"},"service":{"serviceId":"service-dqzh68sg"},"release":{"environmentName":"test"}}`. +* `type` - (Required, String) Type of the SCF function trigger, support `cos`, `cmq`, `timer`, `ckafka`, `apigw`. +* `cos_region` - (Optional, String) Region of cos bucket. if `type` is `cos`, `cos_region` is required. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/scf_layer.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/scf_layer.html.markdown index 3a810b8755..c52b8be360 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/scf_layer.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/scf_layer.html.markdown @@ -31,18 +31,18 @@ resource "tencentcloud_scf_layer" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `compatible_runtimes` - (Required) The compatible runtimes of layer. -* `content` - (Required) The source code of layer. -* `layer_name` - (Required) The name of layer. -* `description` - (Optional) The description of layer. -* `license_info` - (Optional) The license info of layer. +* `compatible_runtimes` - (Required, List: [`String`]) The compatible runtimes of layer. +* `content` - (Required, List) The source code of layer. +* `layer_name` - (Required, String) The name of layer. +* `description` - (Optional, String) The description of layer. +* `license_info` - (Optional, String) The license info of layer. The `content` object supports the following: -* `cos_bucket_name` - (Optional) Cos bucket name of the SCF layer, such as `cos-1234567890`, conflict with `zip_file`. -* `cos_bucket_region` - (Optional) Cos bucket region of the SCF layer, conflict with `zip_file`. -* `cos_object_name` - (Optional) Cos object name of the SCF layer, should have suffix `.zip` or `.jar`, conflict with `zip_file`. -* `zip_file` - (Optional) Zip file of the SCF layer, conflict with `cos_bucket_name`, `cos_object_name`, `cos_bucket_region`. +* `cos_bucket_name` - (Optional, String) Cos bucket name of the SCF layer, such as `cos-1234567890`, conflict with `zip_file`. +* `cos_bucket_region` - (Optional, String) Cos bucket region of the SCF layer, conflict with `zip_file`. +* `cos_object_name` - (Optional, String) Cos object name of the SCF layer, should have suffix `.zip` or `.jar`, conflict with `zip_file`. +* `zip_file` - (Optional, String) Zip file of the SCF layer, conflict with `cos_bucket_name`, `cos_object_name`, `cos_bucket_region`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/scf_namespace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/scf_namespace.html.markdown index 0fe894183a..d623c6b951 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/scf_namespace.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/scf_namespace.html.markdown @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_scf_namespace" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `namespace` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the SCF namespace. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the SCF namespace. +* `namespace` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the SCF namespace. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the SCF namespace. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/security_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/security_group.html.markdown index 8759542c12..06b7e693d2 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/security_group.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/security_group.html.markdown @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_security_group" "sglab" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the security group to be queried. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the security group. -* `project_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Project ID of the security group. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the security group. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the security group to be queried. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the security group. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) Project ID of the security group. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the security group. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/security_group_lite_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/security_group_lite_rule.html.markdown index 446d197937..ae18f2dcb4 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/security_group_lite_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/security_group_lite_rule.html.markdown @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_security_group_lite_rule" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `security_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the security group. -* `egress` - (Optional) Egress rules set. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[source]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'source' can be an IP address network, segment, security group ID and Address Template ID. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. -* `ingress` - (Optional) Ingress rules set. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[source]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'source' can be an IP address network, segment, security group ID and Address Template ID. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. +* `security_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the security group. +* `egress` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Egress rules set. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[source]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'source' can be an IP address network, segment, security group ID and Address Template ID. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. +* `ingress` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Ingress rules set. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[source]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'source' can be an IP address network, segment, security group ID and Address Template ID. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/security_group_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/security_group_rule.html.markdown index 5a06b4a7b0..30a7ccffdc 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/security_group_rule.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/security_group_rule.html.markdown @@ -63,26 +63,26 @@ resource "tencentcloud_security_group_rule" "sglab_2" { The following arguments are supported: -* `policy` - (Required, ForceNew) Rule policy of security group. Valid values: `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. -* `security_group_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the security group to be queried. -* `type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the security group rule. Valid values: `ingress` and `egress`. -* `address_template` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the address template, and confilicts with `source_sgid` and `cidr_ip`. -* `cidr_ip` - (Optional, ForceNew) An IP address network or segment, and conflict with `source_sgid` and `address_template`. -* `description` - (Optional, ForceNew) Description of the security group rule. -* `ip_protocol` - (Optional, ForceNew) Type of IP protocol. Valid values: `TCP`, `UDP` and `ICMP`. Default to all types protocol, and conflicts with `protocol_template`. -* `port_range` - (Optional, ForceNew) Range of the port. The available value can be one, multiple or one segment. E.g. `80`, `80,90` and `80-90`. Default to all ports, and confilicts with `protocol_template`. -* `protocol_template` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the address template, and conflict with `ip_protocol`, `port_range`. -* `source_sgid` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the nested security group, and conflicts with `cidr_ip` and `address_template`. +* `policy` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Rule policy of security group. Valid values: `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. +* `security_group_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the security group to be queried. +* `type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the security group rule. Valid values: `ingress` and `egress`. +* `address_template` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID of the address template, and confilicts with `source_sgid` and `cidr_ip`. +* `cidr_ip` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) An IP address network or segment, and conflict with `source_sgid` and `address_template`. +* `description` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Description of the security group rule. +* `ip_protocol` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Type of IP protocol. Valid values: `TCP`, `UDP` and `ICMP`. Default to all types protocol, and conflicts with `protocol_template`. +* `port_range` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Range of the port. The available value can be one, multiple or one segment. E.g. `80`, `80,90` and `80-90`. Default to all ports, and confilicts with `protocol_template`. +* `protocol_template` - (Optional, List, ForceNew) ID of the address template, and conflict with `ip_protocol`, `port_range`. +* `source_sgid` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the nested security group, and conflicts with `cidr_ip` and `address_template`. The `address_template` object supports the following: -* `group_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Address template group ID, conflicts with `template_id`. -* `template_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Address template ID, conflicts with `group_id`. +* `group_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Address template group ID, conflicts with `template_id`. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Address template ID, conflicts with `group_id`. The `protocol_template` object supports the following: -* `group_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Address template group ID, conflicts with `template_id`. -* `template_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Address template ID, conflicts with `group_id`. +* `group_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Address template group ID, conflicts with `template_id`. +* `template_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Address template ID, conflicts with `group_id`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account.html.markdown index af4ba9979b..8a99a95891 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account.html.markdown @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_account" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance ID that the account belongs to. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the SQL Server account. -* `password` - (Required) Password of the SQL Server account. -* `is_admin` - (Optional) Indicate that the account is root account or not. -* `remark` - (Optional) Remark of the SQL Server account. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Instance ID that the account belongs to. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the SQL Server account. +* `password` - (Required, String) Password of the SQL Server account. +* `is_admin` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate that the account is root account or not. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Remark of the SQL Server account. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account_db_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account_db_attachment.html.markdown index 79e7dd016f..786a71fab3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account_db_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_account_db_attachment.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_account_db_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `account_name` - (Required, ForceNew) SQL Server account name. -* `db_name` - (Required, ForceNew) SQL Server DB name. -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) SQL Server instance ID that the account belongs to. -* `privilege` - (Required) Privilege of the account on DB. Valid values: `ReadOnly`, `ReadWrite`. +* `account_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) SQL Server account name. +* `db_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) SQL Server DB name. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) SQL Server instance ID that the account belongs to. +* `privilege` - (Required, String) Privilege of the account on DB. Valid values: `ReadOnly`, `ReadWrite`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_basic_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_basic_instance.html.markdown index 60849b38f3..795bb50d0a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_basic_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_basic_instance.html.markdown @@ -40,26 +40,26 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_basic_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cpu` - (Required) The CPU number of the SQL Server basic instance. -* `machine_type` - (Required) The host type of the purchased instance, `CLOUD_PREMIUM` for virtual machine high-performance cloud disk, `CLOUD_SSD` for virtual machine SSD cloud disk. -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size (in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the SQL Server basic instance. -* `storage` - (Required) Disk size (in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. -* `auto_renew` - (Optional) Automatic renewal sign. 0 for normal renewal, 1 for automatic renewal, the default is 1 automatic renewal. Only valid when purchasing a prepaid instance. -* `auto_voucher` - (Optional) Whether to use the voucher automatically; 1 for yes, 0 for no, the default is 0. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Availability zone. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Pay type of the SQL Server basic instance. For now, only `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` is valid. -* `engine_version` - (Optional, ForceNew) Version of the SQL Server basic database engine. Allowed values are `2008R2`(SQL Server 2008 Enterprise), `2012SP3`(SQL Server 2012 Enterprise), `2016SP1` (SQL Server 2016 Enterprise), `201602`(SQL Server 2016 Standard) and `2017`(SQL Server 2017 Enterprise). Default is `2008R2`. -* `maintenance_start_time` - (Optional) Start time of the maintenance in one day, format like `HH:mm`. -* `maintenance_time_span` - (Optional) The timespan of maintenance in one day, unit is hour. -* `maintenance_week_set` - (Optional) A list of integer indicates weekly maintenance. For example, [1,7] presents do weekly maintenance on every Monday and Sunday. -* `period` - (Optional) Purchase instance period, the default value is 1, which means one month. The value does not exceed 48. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID, default value is 0. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) Security group bound to the instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of subnet. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the SQL Server basic instance. -* `voucher_ids` - (Optional) An array of voucher IDs, currently only one can be used for a single order. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of VPC. +* `cpu` - (Required, Int) The CPU number of the SQL Server basic instance. +* `machine_type` - (Required, String) The host type of the purchased instance, `CLOUD_PREMIUM` for virtual machine high-performance cloud disk, `CLOUD_SSD` for virtual machine SSD cloud disk. +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size (in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the SQL Server basic instance. +* `storage` - (Required, Int) Disk size (in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. +* `auto_renew` - (Optional, Int) Automatic renewal sign. 0 for normal renewal, 1 for automatic renewal, the default is 1 automatic renewal. Only valid when purchasing a prepaid instance. +* `auto_voucher` - (Optional, Int) Whether to use the voucher automatically; 1 for yes, 0 for no, the default is 0. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Availability zone. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Pay type of the SQL Server basic instance. For now, only `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR` is valid. +* `engine_version` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Version of the SQL Server basic database engine. Allowed values are `2008R2`(SQL Server 2008 Enterprise), `2012SP3`(SQL Server 2012 Enterprise), `2016SP1` (SQL Server 2016 Enterprise), `201602`(SQL Server 2016 Standard) and `2017`(SQL Server 2017 Enterprise). Default is `2008R2`. +* `maintenance_start_time` - (Optional, String) Start time of the maintenance in one day, format like `HH:mm`. +* `maintenance_time_span` - (Optional, Int) The timespan of maintenance in one day, unit is hour. +* `maintenance_week_set` - (Optional, Set: [`Int`]) A list of integer indicates weekly maintenance. For example, [1,7] presents do weekly maintenance on every Monday and Sunday. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Purchase instance period, the default value is 1, which means one month. The value does not exceed 48. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID, default value is 0. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Security group bound to the instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of subnet. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the SQL Server basic instance. +* `voucher_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) An array of voucher IDs, currently only one can be used for a single order. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_db.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_db.html.markdown index 2ad428de08..bd772345a2 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_db.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_db.html.markdown @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_db" "example" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) SQL Server instance ID which DB belongs to. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of SQL Server DB. The database name must be unique and must be composed of numbers, letters and underlines, and the first one can not be underline. -* `charset` - (Optional, ForceNew) Character set DB uses. Valid values: `Chinese_PRC_CI_AS`, `Chinese_PRC_CS_AS`, `Chinese_PRC_BIN`, `Chinese_Taiwan_Stroke_CI_AS`, `SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS`, and `SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CS_AS`. Default value is `Chinese_PRC_CI_AS`. -* `remark` - (Optional) Remark of the DB. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) SQL Server instance ID which DB belongs to. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of SQL Server DB. The database name must be unique and must be composed of numbers, letters and underlines, and the first one can not be underline. +* `charset` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Character set DB uses. Valid values: `Chinese_PRC_CI_AS`, `Chinese_PRC_CS_AS`, `Chinese_PRC_BIN`, `Chinese_Taiwan_Stroke_CI_AS`, `SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS`, and `SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CS_AS`. Default value is `Chinese_PRC_CI_AS`. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Remark of the DB. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_instance.html.markdown index f82f34ec08..0161230e8a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_instance.html.markdown @@ -30,26 +30,26 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size (in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the SQL Server instance. -* `storage` - (Required) Disk size (in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. -* `auto_renew` - (Optional) Automatic renewal sign. 0 for normal renewal, 1 for automatic renewal (Default). Only valid when purchasing a prepaid instance. -* `auto_voucher` - (Optional) Whether to use the voucher automatically; 1 for yes, 0 for no, the default is 0. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Availability zone. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Pay type of the SQL Server instance. Available values `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `engine_version` - (Optional, ForceNew) Version of the SQL Server database engine. Allowed values are `2008R2`(SQL Server 2008 Enterprise), `2012SP3`(SQL Server 2012 Enterprise), `2016SP1` (SQL Server 2016 Enterprise), `201602`(SQL Server 2016 Standard) and `2017`(SQL Server 2017 Enterprise). Default is `2008R2`. -* `ha_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Instance type. `DUAL` (dual-server high availability), `CLUSTER` (cluster). Default is `DUAL`. -* `maintenance_start_time` - (Optional) Start time of the maintenance in one day, format like `HH:mm`. -* `maintenance_time_span` - (Optional) The timespan of maintenance in one day, unit is hour. -* `maintenance_week_set` - (Optional) A list of integer indicates weekly maintenance. For example, [2,7] presents do weekly maintenance on every Tuesday and Sunday. -* `multi_zones` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate whether to deploy across availability zones. -* `period` - (Optional) Purchase instance period in month. The value does not exceed 48. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID, default value is 0. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) Security group bound to the instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of subnet. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the SQL Server. -* `voucher_ids` - (Optional) An array of voucher IDs, currently only one can be used for a single order. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of VPC. +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size (in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the SQL Server instance. +* `storage` - (Required, Int) Disk size (in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. +* `auto_renew` - (Optional, Int) Automatic renewal sign. 0 for normal renewal, 1 for automatic renewal (Default). Only valid when purchasing a prepaid instance. +* `auto_voucher` - (Optional, Int) Whether to use the voucher automatically; 1 for yes, 0 for no, the default is 0. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Availability zone. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Pay type of the SQL Server instance. Available values `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `engine_version` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Version of the SQL Server database engine. Allowed values are `2008R2`(SQL Server 2008 Enterprise), `2012SP3`(SQL Server 2012 Enterprise), `2016SP1` (SQL Server 2016 Enterprise), `201602`(SQL Server 2016 Standard) and `2017`(SQL Server 2017 Enterprise). Default is `2008R2`. +* `ha_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Instance type. `DUAL` (dual-server high availability), `CLUSTER` (cluster). Default is `DUAL`. +* `maintenance_start_time` - (Optional, String) Start time of the maintenance in one day, format like `HH:mm`. +* `maintenance_time_span` - (Optional, Int) The timespan of maintenance in one day, unit is hour. +* `maintenance_week_set` - (Optional, Set: [`Int`]) A list of integer indicates weekly maintenance. For example, [2,7] presents do weekly maintenance on every Tuesday and Sunday. +* `multi_zones` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate whether to deploy across availability zones. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Purchase instance period in month. The value does not exceed 48. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID, default value is 0. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Security group bound to the instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of subnet. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the SQL Server. +* `voucher_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) An array of voucher IDs, currently only one can be used for a single order. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_publish_subscribe.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_publish_subscribe.html.markdown index 646f58c689..e0a95be2e7 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_publish_subscribe.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_publish_subscribe.html.markdown @@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_publish_subscribe" "example" { The following arguments are supported: -* `database_tuples` - (Required) Database Publish and Publish relationship list. The elements inside can be deleted and added individually, but modification is not allowed. -* `publish_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the SQL Server instance which publish. -* `subscribe_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the SQL Server instance which subscribe. -* `delete_subscribe_db` - (Optional) Whether to delete the subscriber database when deleting the Publish and Subscribe. `true` for deletes the subscribe database, `false` for does not delete the subscribe database. default is `false`. -* `publish_subscribe_name` - (Optional) The name of the Publish and Subscribe. Default is `default_name`. +* `database_tuples` - (Required, Set) Database Publish and Publish relationship list. The elements inside can be deleted and added individually, but modification is not allowed. +* `publish_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the SQL Server instance which publish. +* `subscribe_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the SQL Server instance which subscribe. +* `delete_subscribe_db` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to delete the subscriber database when deleting the Publish and Subscribe. `true` for deletes the subscribe database, `false` for does not delete the subscribe database. default is `false`. +* `publish_subscribe_name` - (Optional, String) The name of the Publish and Subscribe. Default is `default_name`. The `database_tuples` object supports the following: -* `publish_database` - (Required) Publish the database. +* `publish_database` - (Required, String) Publish the database. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_readonly_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_readonly_instance.html.markdown index cb5231150e..cbf0eb359e 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/sqlserver_readonly_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/sqlserver_readonly_instance.html.markdown @@ -32,22 +32,22 @@ resource "tencentcloud_sqlserver_readonly_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `master_instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Indicates the master instance ID of recovery instances. -* `memory` - (Required) Memory size (in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the SQL Server instance. -* `readonly_group_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of readonly group. Valid values: `1`, `3`. `1` for one auto-assigned readonly instance per one readonly group, `2` for creating new readonly group, `3` for all exist readonly instances stay in the exist readonly group. For now, only `1` and `3` are supported. -* `storage` - (Required) Disk size (in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. -* `auto_voucher` - (Optional) Whether to use the voucher automatically; 1 for yes, 0 for no, the default is 0. -* `availability_zone` - (Optional, ForceNew) Availability zone. -* `charge_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) Pay type of the SQL Server instance. Available values `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `force_upgrade` - (Optional, ForceNew) Indicate that the master instance upgrade or not. `true` for upgrading the master SQL Server instance to cluster type by force. Default is false. Note: this is not supported with `DUAL`(ha_type), `2017`(engine_version) master SQL Server instance, for it will cause ha_type of the master SQL Server instance change. -* `period` - (Optional) Purchase instance period in month. The value does not exceed 48. -* `readonly_group_id` - (Optional) ID of the readonly group that this instance belongs to. When `readonly_group_type` set value `3`, it must be set with valid value. -* `security_groups` - (Optional) Security group bound to the instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of subnet. -* `tags` - (Optional) The tags of the SQL Server. -* `voucher_ids` - (Optional) An array of voucher IDs, currently only one can be used for a single order. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of VPC. +* `master_instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Indicates the master instance ID of recovery instances. +* `memory` - (Required, Int) Memory size (in GB). Allowed value must be larger than `memory` that data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the SQL Server instance. +* `readonly_group_type` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Type of readonly group. Valid values: `1`, `3`. `1` for one auto-assigned readonly instance per one readonly group, `2` for creating new readonly group, `3` for all exist readonly instances stay in the exist readonly group. For now, only `1` and `3` are supported. +* `storage` - (Required, Int) Disk size (in GB). Allowed value must be a multiple of 10. The storage must be set with the limit of `storage_min` and `storage_max` which data source `tencentcloud_sqlserver_specinfos` provides. +* `auto_voucher` - (Optional, Int) Whether to use the voucher automatically; 1 for yes, 0 for no, the default is 0. +* `availability_zone` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Availability zone. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Pay type of the SQL Server instance. Available values `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `force_upgrade` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) Indicate that the master instance upgrade or not. `true` for upgrading the master SQL Server instance to cluster type by force. Default is false. Note: this is not supported with `DUAL`(ha_type), `2017`(engine_version) master SQL Server instance, for it will cause ha_type of the master SQL Server instance change. +* `period` - (Optional, Int) Purchase instance period in month. The value does not exceed 48. +* `readonly_group_id` - (Optional, String) ID of the readonly group that this instance belongs to. When `readonly_group_type` set value `3`, it must be set with valid value. +* `security_groups` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) Security group bound to the instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of subnet. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The tags of the SQL Server. +* `voucher_ids` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) An array of voucher IDs, currently only one can be used for a single order. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ssl_certificate.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ssl_certificate.html.markdown index aafadf4fc0..0a1e5b14c0 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ssl_certificate.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ssl_certificate.html.markdown @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ssl_certificate" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cert` - (Required, ForceNew) Content of the SSL certificate. Not allowed newline at the start and end. -* `type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the SSL certificate. Valid values: `CA` and `SVR`. -* `key` - (Optional, ForceNew) Key of the SSL certificate and required when certificate type is `SVR`. Not allowed newline at the start and end. -* `name` - (Optional) Name of the SSL certificate. -* `project_id` - (Optional) Project ID of the SSL certificate. Default is `0`. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the SSL certificate. +* `cert` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Content of the SSL certificate. Not allowed newline at the start and end. +* `type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the SSL certificate. Valid values: `CA` and `SVR`. +* `key` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Key of the SSL certificate and required when certificate type is `SVR`. Not allowed newline at the start and end. +* `name` - (Optional, String) Name of the SSL certificate. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) Project ID of the SSL certificate. Default is `0`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the SSL certificate. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ssl_free_certificate.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ssl_free_certificate.html.markdown index 660c09efde..a8c6acd20c 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ssl_free_certificate.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ssl_free_certificate.html.markdown @@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ssl_free_certificate" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Specify domain name. -* `dv_auth_method` - (Required, ForceNew) Specify DV authorize method, available values: `DNS_AUTO` - automatic DNS auth, `DNS` - manual DNS auth, `FILE` - auth by file. -* `alias` - (Optional) Specify alias for remark. -* `contact_email` - (Optional) Email address. -* `contact_phone` - (Optional) Phone number. -* `csr_encrypt_algo` - (Optional) Specify CSR encrypt algorithm, only support `RSA` for now. -* `csr_key_parameter` - (Optional) Specify CSR key parameter, only support `"2048"` for now. -* `csr_key_password` - (Optional) Specify CSR key password. -* `old_certificate_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) Specify old certificate ID, used for re-apply. -* `package_type` - (Optional) Type of package. Only support `"2"` (TrustAsia TLS RSA CA). -* `project_id` - (Optional) ID of projects which this certification belong to. -* `validity_period` - (Optional) Specify validity period in month, only support `"12"` months for now. +* `domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specify domain name. +* `dv_auth_method` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Specify DV authorize method, available values: `DNS_AUTO` - automatic DNS auth, `DNS` - manual DNS auth, `FILE` - auth by file. +* `alias` - (Optional, String) Specify alias for remark. +* `contact_email` - (Optional, String) Email address. +* `contact_phone` - (Optional, String) Phone number. +* `csr_encrypt_algo` - (Optional, String) Specify CSR encrypt algorithm, only support `RSA` for now. +* `csr_key_parameter` - (Optional, String) Specify CSR key parameter, only support `"2048"` for now. +* `csr_key_password` - (Optional, String) Specify CSR key password. +* `old_certificate_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Specify old certificate ID, used for re-apply. +* `package_type` - (Optional, String) Type of package. Only support `"2"` (TrustAsia TLS RSA CA). +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of projects which this certification belong to. +* `validity_period` - (Optional, String) Specify validity period in month, only support `"12"` months for now. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ssl_pay_certificate.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ssl_pay_certificate.html.markdown index 22a02d1218..d5e6c97565 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ssl_pay_certificate.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ssl_pay_certificate.html.markdown @@ -56,40 +56,40 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ssl_pay_certificate" "ssl" { The following arguments are supported: -* `domain_num` - (Required, ForceNew) Number of domain names included in the certificate. -* `information` - (Required, ForceNew) Certificate information. -* `product_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Certificate commodity ID. Valid value ranges: (3~42). `3` means SecureSite Enhanced Enterprise Edition (EV Pro), `4` means SecureSite Enhanced (EV), `5` means SecureSite Enterprise Professional Edition (OV Pro), `6` means SecureSite Enterprise (OV), `7` means SecureSite Enterprise Type (OV) wildcard, `8` means Geotrust enhanced (EV), `9` means Geotrust enterprise (OV), `10` means Geotrust enterprise (OV) wildcard, `11` means TrustAsia domain type multi-domain SSL certificate, `12` means TrustAsia domain type ( DV) wildcard, `13` means TrustAsia enterprise wildcard (OV) SSL certificate (D3), `14` means TrustAsia enterprise (OV) SSL certificate (D3), `15` means TrustAsia enterprise multi-domain (OV) SSL certificate (D3), `16` means TrustAsia Enhanced (EV) SSL Certificate (D3), `17` means TrustAsia Enhanced Multiple Domain (EV) SSL Certificate (D3), `18` means GlobalSign Enterprise (OV) SSL Certificate, `19` means GlobalSign Enterprise Wildcard (OV) SSL Certificate, `20` means GlobalSign Enhanced (EV) SSL Certificate, `21` means TrustAsia Enterprise Wildcard Multiple Domain (OV) SSL Certificate (D3), `22` means GlobalSign Enterprise Multiple Domain (OV) SSL Certificate, `23` means GlobalSign Enterprise Multiple Wildcard Domain name (OV) SSL certificate, `24` means GlobalSign enhanced multi-domain (EV) SSL certificate, `25` means Wotrus domain type certificate, `26` means Wotrus domain type multi-domain certificate, `27` means Wotrus domain type wildcard certificate, `28` means Wotrus enterprise type certificate, `29` means Wotrus enterprise multi-domain certificate, `30` means Wotrus enterprise wildcard certificate, `31` means Wotrus enhanced certificate, `32` means Wotrus enhanced multi-domain certificate, `33` means DNSPod national secret domain name certificate, `34` means DNSPod national secret domain name certificate Multi-domain certificate, `35` means DNSPod national secret domain name wildcard certificate, `37` means DNSPod national secret enterprise certificate, `38` means DNSPod national secret enterprise multi-domain certificate, `39` means DNSPod national secret enterprise wildcard certificate, `40` means DNSPod national secret increase Strong certificate, `41` means DNSPod national secret enhanced multi-domain certificate, `42` means TrustAsia domain-type wildcard multi-domain certificate. -* `alias` - (Optional) Remark name. -* `project_id` - (Optional) The ID of project. -* `time_span` - (Optional) Certificate period, currently only supports 1 year certificate purchase. +* `domain_num` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Number of domain names included in the certificate. +* `information` - (Required, List, ForceNew) Certificate information. +* `product_id` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Certificate commodity ID. Valid value ranges: (3~42). `3` means SecureSite Enhanced Enterprise Edition (EV Pro), `4` means SecureSite Enhanced (EV), `5` means SecureSite Enterprise Professional Edition (OV Pro), `6` means SecureSite Enterprise (OV), `7` means SecureSite Enterprise Type (OV) wildcard, `8` means Geotrust enhanced (EV), `9` means Geotrust enterprise (OV), `10` means Geotrust enterprise (OV) wildcard, `11` means TrustAsia domain type multi-domain SSL certificate, `12` means TrustAsia domain type ( DV) wildcard, `13` means TrustAsia enterprise wildcard (OV) SSL certificate (D3), `14` means TrustAsia enterprise (OV) SSL certificate (D3), `15` means TrustAsia enterprise multi-domain (OV) SSL certificate (D3), `16` means TrustAsia Enhanced (EV) SSL Certificate (D3), `17` means TrustAsia Enhanced Multiple Domain (EV) SSL Certificate (D3), `18` means GlobalSign Enterprise (OV) SSL Certificate, `19` means GlobalSign Enterprise Wildcard (OV) SSL Certificate, `20` means GlobalSign Enhanced (EV) SSL Certificate, `21` means TrustAsia Enterprise Wildcard Multiple Domain (OV) SSL Certificate (D3), `22` means GlobalSign Enterprise Multiple Domain (OV) SSL Certificate, `23` means GlobalSign Enterprise Multiple Wildcard Domain name (OV) SSL certificate, `24` means GlobalSign enhanced multi-domain (EV) SSL certificate, `25` means Wotrus domain type certificate, `26` means Wotrus domain type multi-domain certificate, `27` means Wotrus domain type wildcard certificate, `28` means Wotrus enterprise type certificate, `29` means Wotrus enterprise multi-domain certificate, `30` means Wotrus enterprise wildcard certificate, `31` means Wotrus enhanced certificate, `32` means Wotrus enhanced multi-domain certificate, `33` means DNSPod national secret domain name certificate, `34` means DNSPod national secret domain name certificate Multi-domain certificate, `35` means DNSPod national secret domain name wildcard certificate, `37` means DNSPod national secret enterprise certificate, `38` means DNSPod national secret enterprise multi-domain certificate, `39` means DNSPod national secret enterprise wildcard certificate, `40` means DNSPod national secret increase Strong certificate, `41` means DNSPod national secret enhanced multi-domain certificate, `42` means TrustAsia domain-type wildcard multi-domain certificate. +* `alias` - (Optional, String) Remark name. +* `project_id` - (Optional, Int) The ID of project. +* `time_span` - (Optional, Int) Certificate period, currently only supports 1 year certificate purchase. The `information` object supports the following: -* `admin_email` - (Required, ForceNew) The administrator's email address. -* `admin_first_name` - (Required, ForceNew) The first name of the administrator. -* `admin_last_name` - (Required, ForceNew) The last name of the administrator. -* `admin_phone_num` - (Required, ForceNew) Manager mobile phone number. -* `admin_position` - (Required, ForceNew) Manager position. -* `certificate_domain` - (Required, ForceNew) Domain name for binding certificate. -* `contact_email` - (Required, ForceNew) Contact email address. -* `contact_first_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Contact first name. -* `contact_last_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Contact last name. -* `contact_number` - (Required, ForceNew) Contact phone number. -* `contact_position` - (Required, ForceNew) Contact position. -* `organization_address` - (Required, ForceNew) Company address. -* `organization_city` - (Required, ForceNew) Company city. -* `organization_country` - (Required, ForceNew) Country name, such as China: CN. -* `organization_division` - (Required, ForceNew) Department name. -* `organization_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Company name. -* `organization_region` - (Required, ForceNew) The province where the company is located. -* `phone_area_code` - (Required, ForceNew) Company landline area code. -* `phone_number` - (Required, ForceNew) Company landline number. -* `postal_code` - (Required, ForceNew) Company postal code. -* `verify_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Certificate verification method. Valid values: `DNS_AUTO`, `DNS`, `FILE`. `DNS_AUTO` means automatic DNS verification, this verification type is only supported for domain names resolved by Tencent Cloud and the resolution status is normal, `DNS` means manual DNS verification, `FILE` means file verification. -* `csr_content` - (Optional, ForceNew) CSR content uploaded. -* `csr_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) CSR generation method. Valid values: `online`, `parse`. `online` means online generation, `parse` means manual upload. -* `domain_list` - (Optional, ForceNew) Array of uploaded domain names, multi-domain certificates can be uploaded. -* `key_password` - (Optional, ForceNew) Private key password. +* `admin_email` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The administrator's email address. +* `admin_first_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The first name of the administrator. +* `admin_last_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The last name of the administrator. +* `admin_phone_num` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Manager mobile phone number. +* `admin_position` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Manager position. +* `certificate_domain` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Domain name for binding certificate. +* `contact_email` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Contact email address. +* `contact_first_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Contact first name. +* `contact_last_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Contact last name. +* `contact_number` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Contact phone number. +* `contact_position` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Contact position. +* `organization_address` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Company address. +* `organization_city` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Company city. +* `organization_country` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Country name, such as China: CN. +* `organization_division` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Department name. +* `organization_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Company name. +* `organization_region` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The province where the company is located. +* `phone_area_code` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Company landline area code. +* `phone_number` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Company landline number. +* `postal_code` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Company postal code. +* `verify_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Certificate verification method. Valid values: `DNS_AUTO`, `DNS`, `FILE`. `DNS_AUTO` means automatic DNS verification, this verification type is only supported for domain names resolved by Tencent Cloud and the resolution status is normal, `DNS` means manual DNS verification, `FILE` means file verification. +* `csr_content` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CSR content uploaded. +* `csr_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) CSR generation method. Valid values: `online`, `parse`. `online` means online generation, `parse` means manual upload. +* `domain_list` - (Optional, Set, ForceNew) Array of uploaded domain names, multi-domain certificates can be uploaded. +* `key_password` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Private key password. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ssm_secret.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ssm_secret.html.markdown index ceafae2a50..421f5a03ea 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ssm_secret.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ssm_secret.html.markdown @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ssm_secret" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `secret_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of secret which cannot be repeated in the same region. The maximum length is 128 bytes. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of secret. The maximum is 2048 bytes. -* `is_enabled` - (Optional) Specify whether to enable secret. Default value is `true`. -* `kms_key_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) KMS keyId used to encrypt secret. If it is empty, it means that the CMK created by SSM for you by default is used for encryption. You can also specify the KMS CMK created by yourself in the same region for encryption. -* `recovery_window_in_days` - (Optional) Specify the scheduled deletion date. Default value is `0` that means to delete immediately. 1-30 means the number of days reserved, completely deleted after this date. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of secret. +* `secret_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of secret which cannot be repeated in the same region. The maximum length is 128 bytes. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of secret. The maximum is 2048 bytes. +* `is_enabled` - (Optional, Bool) Specify whether to enable secret. Default value is `true`. +* `kms_key_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) KMS keyId used to encrypt secret. If it is empty, it means that the CMK created by SSM for you by default is used for encryption. You can also specify the KMS CMK created by yourself in the same region for encryption. +* `recovery_window_in_days` - (Optional, Int) Specify the scheduled deletion date. Default value is `0` that means to delete immediately. 1-30 means the number of days reserved, completely deleted after this date. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of secret. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/ssm_secret_version.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/ssm_secret_version.html.markdown index bad93045e4..033c697803 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/ssm_secret_version.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/ssm_secret_version.html.markdown @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_ssm_secret_version" "v1" { The following arguments are supported: -* `secret_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of secret which cannot be repeated in the same region. The maximum length is 128 bytes. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. -* `version_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Version of secret. The maximum length is 64 bytes. The version_id can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. -* `secret_binary` - (Optional) The base64-encoded binary secret. secret_binary and secret_string must be set only one, and the maximum support is 4096 bytes. When secret status is `Disabled`, this field will not update anymore. -* `secret_string` - (Optional) The string text of secret. secret_binary and secret_string must be set only one, and the maximum support is 4096 bytes. When secret status is `Disabled`, this field will not update anymore. +* `secret_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of secret which cannot be repeated in the same region. The maximum length is 128 bytes. The name can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. +* `version_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Version of secret. The maximum length is 64 bytes. The version_id can only contain English letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen '-'. The first character must be a letter or number. +* `secret_binary` - (Optional, String) The base64-encoded binary secret. secret_binary and secret_string must be set only one, and the maximum support is 4096 bytes. When secret status is `Disabled`, this field will not update anymore. +* `secret_string` - (Optional, String) The string text of secret. secret_binary and secret_string must be set only one, and the maximum support is 4096 bytes. When secret status is `Disabled`, this field will not update anymore. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown index e28d9604a1..a70359f421 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_subnet" "subnet" { The following arguments are supported: -* `availability_zone` - (Required, ForceNew) The availability zone within which the subnet should be created. -* `cidr_block` - (Required, ForceNew) A network address block of the subnet. -* `name` - (Required) The name of subnet to be created. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the VPC to be associated. -* `is_multicast` - (Optional) Indicates whether multicast is enabled. The default value is 'true'. -* `route_table_id` - (Optional) ID of a routing table to which the subnet should be associated. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the subnet. +* `availability_zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The availability zone within which the subnet should be created. +* `cidr_block` - (Required, String, ForceNew) A network address block of the subnet. +* `name` - (Required, String) The name of subnet to be created. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC to be associated. +* `is_multicast` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether multicast is enabled. The default value is 'true'. +* `route_table_id` - (Optional, String) ID of a routing table to which the subnet should be associated. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the subnet. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_cluster.html.markdown index b06e07f1dd..ed3c7ad527 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_cluster.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_cluster.html.markdown @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcaplus_cluster" "test" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_name` - (Required) Name of the TcaplusDB cluster. Name length should be between 1 and 30. -* `idl_type` - (Required, ForceNew) IDL type of the TcaplusDB cluster. Valid values: `PROTO` and `TDR`. -* `password` - (Required) Password of the TcaplusDB cluster. Password length should be between 12 and 16. The password must be a *mix* of uppercase letters (A-Z), lowercase *letters* (a-z) and *numbers* (0-9). -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Subnet id of the TcaplusDB cluster. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPC id of the TcaplusDB cluster. -* `old_password_expire_last` - (Optional) Expiration time of old password after password update, unit: second. +* `cluster_name` - (Required, String) Name of the TcaplusDB cluster. Name length should be between 1 and 30. +* `idl_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) IDL type of the TcaplusDB cluster. Valid values: `PROTO` and `TDR`. +* `password` - (Required, String) Password of the TcaplusDB cluster. Password length should be between 12 and 16. The password must be a *mix* of uppercase letters (A-Z), lowercase *letters* (a-z) and *numbers* (0-9). +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Subnet id of the TcaplusDB cluster. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPC id of the TcaplusDB cluster. +* `old_password_expire_last` - (Optional, Int) Expiration time of old password after password update, unit: second. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_idl.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_idl.html.markdown index fe6cbfcd89..bc24f401eb 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_idl.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_idl.html.markdown @@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcaplus_idl" "main" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to which the table group belongs. -* `file_content` - (Required, ForceNew) IDL file content of the TcaplusDB table. -* `file_ext_type` - (Required, ForceNew) File ext type of the IDL file. If `file_type` is `PROTO`, `file_ext_type` must be 'proto'; If `file_type` is `TDR`, `file_ext_type` must be 'xml'. -* `file_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the IDL file. -* `file_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the IDL file. Valid values are PROTO and TDR. -* `tablegroup_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the table group to which the IDL file belongs. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to which the table group belongs. +* `file_content` - (Required, String, ForceNew) IDL file content of the TcaplusDB table. +* `file_ext_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) File ext type of the IDL file. If `file_type` is `PROTO`, `file_ext_type` must be 'proto'; If `file_type` is `TDR`, `file_ext_type` must be 'xml'. +* `file_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the IDL file. +* `file_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the IDL file. Valid values are PROTO and TDR. +* `tablegroup_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the table group to which the IDL file belongs. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_table.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_table.html.markdown index b58004fc91..2da2a56176 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_table.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_table.html.markdown @@ -81,16 +81,16 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcaplus_table" "table" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to which the table belongs. -* `idl_id` - (Required) ID of the IDL File. -* `reserved_read_cu` - (Required, ForceNew) Reserved read capacity units of the TcaplusDB table. -* `reserved_volume` - (Required, ForceNew) Reserved storage capacity of the TcaplusDB table (unit: GB). -* `reserved_write_cu` - (Required, ForceNew) Reserved write capacity units of the TcaplusDB table. -* `table_idl_type` - (Required) IDL type of the TcaplusDB table. Valid values: `PROTO` and `TDR`. -* `table_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the TcaplusDB table. -* `table_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Type of the TcaplusDB table. Valid values are `GENERIC` and `LIST`. -* `tablegroup_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the table group to which the table belongs. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the TcaplusDB table. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to which the table belongs. +* `idl_id` - (Required, String) ID of the IDL File. +* `reserved_read_cu` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Reserved read capacity units of the TcaplusDB table. +* `reserved_volume` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Reserved storage capacity of the TcaplusDB table (unit: GB). +* `reserved_write_cu` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Reserved write capacity units of the TcaplusDB table. +* `table_idl_type` - (Required, String) IDL type of the TcaplusDB table. Valid values: `PROTO` and `TDR`. +* `table_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the TcaplusDB table. +* `table_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Type of the TcaplusDB table. Valid values are `GENERIC` and `LIST`. +* `tablegroup_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the table group to which the table belongs. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the TcaplusDB table. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_tablegroup.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_tablegroup.html.markdown index c1c71cefd5..950ff688e6 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcaplus_tablegroup.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcaplus_tablegroup.html.markdown @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcaplus_tablegroup" "tablegroup" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to which the table group belongs. -* `tablegroup_name` - (Required) Name of the TcaplusDB table group. Name length should be between 1 and 30. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TcaplusDB cluster to which the table group belongs. +* `tablegroup_name` - (Required, String) Name of the TcaplusDB table group. Name length should be between 1 and 30. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcr_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcr_instance.html.markdown index c950d58c8c..2fbee94dab 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcr_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcr_instance.html.markdown @@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcr_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) TCR types. Valid values are: `standard`, `basic`, `premium`. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the TCR instance. -* `delete_bucket` - (Optional) Indicate to delete the COS bucket which is auto-created with the instance or not. -* `open_public_operation` - (Optional) Control public network access. -* `security_policy` - (Optional) Public network access allowlist policies of the TCR instance. Only available when `open_public_operation` is `true`. -* `tags` - (Optional) The available tags within this TCR instance. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) TCR types. Valid values are: `standard`, `basic`, `premium`. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the TCR instance. +* `delete_bucket` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate to delete the COS bucket which is auto-created with the instance or not. +* `open_public_operation` - (Optional, Bool) Control public network access. +* `security_policy` - (Optional, Set) Public network access allowlist policies of the TCR instance. Only available when `open_public_operation` is `true`. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) The available tags within this TCR instance. The `security_policy` object supports the following: -* `cidr_block` - (Optional) The public network IP address of the access source. -* `description` - (Optional) Remarks of policy. +* `cidr_block` - (Optional, String) The public network IP address of the access source. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Remarks of policy. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcr_namespace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcr_namespace.html.markdown index a184753843..4a31048059 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcr_namespace.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcr_namespace.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcr_namespace" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the TCR namespace. Valid length is [2~30]. It can only contain lowercase letters, numbers and separators (`.`, `_`, `-`), and cannot start, end or continue with separators. -* `is_public` - (Optional) Indicate that the namespace is public or not. Default is `false`. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the TCR namespace. Valid length is [2~30]. It can only contain lowercase letters, numbers and separators (`.`, `_`, `-`), and cannot start, end or continue with separators. +* `is_public` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate that the namespace is public or not. Default is `false`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcr_repository.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcr_repository.html.markdown index 5dd2335197..d4e9315076 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcr_repository.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcr_repository.html.markdown @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcr_repository" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the TCR repository. Valid length is [2~200]. It can only contain lowercase letters, numbers and separators (`.`, `_`, `-`, `/`), and cannot start, end or continue with separators. Support the use of multi-level address formats, such as `sub1/sub2/repo`. -* `namespace_name` - (Required, ForceNew) Name of the TCR namespace. -* `brief_desc` - (Optional) Brief description of the repository. Valid length is [1~100]. -* `description` - (Optional) Description of the repository. Valid length is [1~1000]. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the TCR repository. Valid length is [2~200]. It can only contain lowercase letters, numbers and separators (`.`, `_`, `-`, `/`), and cannot start, end or continue with separators. Support the use of multi-level address formats, such as `sub1/sub2/repo`. +* `namespace_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Name of the TCR namespace. +* `brief_desc` - (Optional, String) Brief description of the repository. Valid length is [1~100]. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Description of the repository. Valid length is [1~1000]. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcr_token.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcr_token.html.markdown index e739a5608f..c26a286ec6 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcr_token.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcr_token.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcr_token" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. -* `description` - (Optional, ForceNew) Description of the token. Valid length is [0~255]. -* `enable` - (Optional) Indicate to enable this token or not. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. +* `description` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) Description of the token. Valid length is [0~255]. +* `enable` - (Optional, Bool) Indicate to enable this token or not. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tcr_vpc_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tcr_vpc_attachment.html.markdown index fc6965129f..8e680790b5 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tcr_vpc_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tcr_vpc_attachment.html.markdown @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tcr_vpc_attachment" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of subnet. -* `vpc_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of VPC. -* `enable_public_domain_dns` - (Optional) Whether to enable public domain dns. Default value is `false`. -* `enable_vpc_domain_dns` - (Optional) Whether to enable vpc domain dns. Default value is `false`. -* `region_id` - (Optional) ID of region. Conflict with region_name, can not be set at the same time. -* `region_name` - (Optional) Name of region. Conflict with region_id, can not be set at the same time. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the TCR instance. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of subnet. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of VPC. +* `enable_public_domain_dns` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable public domain dns. Default value is `false`. +* `enable_vpc_domain_dns` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to enable vpc domain dns. Default value is `false`. +* `region_id` - (Optional, Int) ID of region. Conflict with region_name, can not be set at the same time. +* `region_name` - (Optional, String) Name of region. Conflict with region_id, can not be set at the same time. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tdmq_instance.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tdmq_instance.html.markdown index 07bed0d50a..38dace1e06 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tdmq_instance.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tdmq_instance.html.markdown @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tdmq_instance" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_name` - (Required) The name of tdmq cluster to be created. -* `bind_cluster_id` - (Optional) The Dedicated Cluster Id. -* `remark` - (Optional) Description of the tdmq cluster. +* `cluster_name` - (Required, String) The name of tdmq cluster to be created. +* `bind_cluster_id` - (Optional, Int) The Dedicated Cluster Id. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Description of the tdmq cluster. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace.html.markdown index f24e4d57dc..38f043f849 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace.html.markdown @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tdmq_namespace" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) The Dedicated Cluster Id. -* `environ_name` - (Required) The name of namespace to be created. -* `msg_ttl` - (Required) The expiration time of unconsumed message. -* `remark` - (Optional) Description of the namespace. -* `retention_policy` - (Optional) The Policy of message to retain. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) The Dedicated Cluster Id. +* `environ_name` - (Required, String) The name of namespace to be created. +* `msg_ttl` - (Required, Int) The expiration time of unconsumed message. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Description of the namespace. +* `retention_policy` - (Optional, Map) The Policy of message to retain. The `retention_policy` object supports the following: -* `size_in_mb` - (Optional) the size of message to retain. -* `time_in_minutes` - (Optional) the time of message to retain. +* `size_in_mb` - (Optional, Int) the size of message to retain. +* `time_in_minutes` - (Optional, Int) the time of message to retain. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace_role_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace_role_attachment.html.markdown index e8995f1e2e..c58f08d490 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace_role_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tdmq_namespace_role_attachment.html.markdown @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tdmq_namespace_role_attachment" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) The id of tdmq cluster. -* `environ_id` - (Required) The name of tdmq namespace. -* `permissions` - (Required) The permissions of tdmq role. -* `role_name` - (Required) The name of tdmq role. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) The id of tdmq cluster. +* `environ_id` - (Required, String) The name of tdmq namespace. +* `permissions` - (Required, List: [`String`]) The permissions of tdmq role. +* `role_name` - (Required, String) The name of tdmq role. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tdmq_role.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tdmq_role.html.markdown index cd28c3b46a..a2e3754bc9 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tdmq_role.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tdmq_role.html.markdown @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tdmq_role" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) The id of tdmq cluster. -* `remark` - (Required) The description of tdmq role. -* `role_name` - (Required) The name of tdmq role. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) The id of tdmq cluster. +* `remark` - (Required, String) The description of tdmq role. +* `role_name` - (Required, String) The name of tdmq role. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/tdmq_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/tdmq_topic.html.markdown index e95f8ff4f0..c90e2011ff 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/tdmq_topic.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/tdmq_topic.html.markdown @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_tdmq_topic" "bar" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cluster_id` - (Required) The Dedicated Cluster Id. -* `environ_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of tdmq namespace. -* `partitions` - (Required) The partitions of topic. -* `topic_name` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of topic to be created. -* `topic_type` - (Required, ForceNew) The type of topic. -* `remark` - (Optional) Description of the namespace. +* `cluster_id` - (Required, String) The Dedicated Cluster Id. +* `environ_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of tdmq namespace. +* `partitions` - (Required, Int) The partitions of topic. +* `topic_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of topic to be created. +* `topic_type` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) The type of topic. +* `remark` - (Optional, String) Description of the namespace. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_template.html.markdown index e6569a61fb..812241be66 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_template.html.markdown @@ -60,37 +60,37 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vod_adaptive_dynamic_streaming_template" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `format` - (Required) Adaptive bitstream format. Valid values: `HLS`. -* `name` - (Required) Template name. Length limit: 64 characters. -* `stream_info` - (Required) List of AdaptiveStreamTemplate parameter information of output substream for adaptive bitrate streaming. Up to 10 substreams can be output. Note: the frame rate of all substreams must be the same; otherwise, the frame rate of the first substream will be used as the output frame rate. -* `comment` - (Optional) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. -* `disable_higher_video_bitrate` - (Optional) Whether to prohibit transcoding video from low bitrate to high bitrate. Valid values: `false`,`true`. `false`: no, `true`: yes. Default value: `false`. -* `disable_higher_video_resolution` - (Optional) Whether to prohibit transcoding from low resolution to high resolution. Valid values: `false`,`true`. `false`: no, `true`: yes. Default value: `false`. -* `drm_type` - (Optional, ForceNew) DRM scheme type. Valid values: `SimpleAES`. If this field is an empty string, DRM will not be performed on the video. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `format` - (Required, String) Adaptive bitstream format. Valid values: `HLS`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Template name. Length limit: 64 characters. +* `stream_info` - (Required, List) List of AdaptiveStreamTemplate parameter information of output substream for adaptive bitrate streaming. Up to 10 substreams can be output. Note: the frame rate of all substreams must be the same; otherwise, the frame rate of the first substream will be used as the output frame rate. +* `comment` - (Optional, String) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. +* `disable_higher_video_bitrate` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to prohibit transcoding video from low bitrate to high bitrate. Valid values: `false`,`true`. `false`: no, `true`: yes. Default value: `false`. +* `disable_higher_video_resolution` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to prohibit transcoding from low resolution to high resolution. Valid values: `false`,`true`. `false`: no, `true`: yes. Default value: `false`. +* `drm_type` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) DRM scheme type. Valid values: `SimpleAES`. If this field is an empty string, DRM will not be performed on the video. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. The `audio` object supports the following: -* `bitrate` - (Required) Audio stream bitrate in Kbps. Value range: `0` and `[26, 256]`. If the value is `0`, the bitrate of the audio stream will be the same as that of the original audio. -* `codec` - (Required) Audio stream encoder. Valid value are: `libfdk_aac` and `libmp3lame`. while `libfdk_aac` is recommended. -* `sample_rate` - (Required) Audio stream sample rate. Valid values: `32000`, `44100`, `48000`Hz. -* `audio_channel` - (Optional) Audio channel system. Valid values: mono, dual, stereo. Default value: dual. +* `bitrate` - (Required, Int) Audio stream bitrate in Kbps. Value range: `0` and `[26, 256]`. If the value is `0`, the bitrate of the audio stream will be the same as that of the original audio. +* `codec` - (Required, String) Audio stream encoder. Valid value are: `libfdk_aac` and `libmp3lame`. while `libfdk_aac` is recommended. +* `sample_rate` - (Required, Int) Audio stream sample rate. Valid values: `32000`, `44100`, `48000`Hz. +* `audio_channel` - (Optional, String) Audio channel system. Valid values: mono, dual, stereo. Default value: dual. The `stream_info` object supports the following: -* `audio` - (Required) Audio parameter information. -* `video` - (Required) Video parameter information. -* `remove_audio` - (Optional) Whether to remove audio stream. Valid values: `false`: no, `true`: yes. `false` by default. +* `audio` - (Required, List) Audio parameter information. +* `video` - (Required, List) Video parameter information. +* `remove_audio` - (Optional, Bool) Whether to remove audio stream. Valid values: `false`: no, `true`: yes. `false` by default. The `video` object supports the following: -* `bitrate` - (Required) Bitrate of video stream in Kbps. Value range: `0` and `[128, 35000]`. If the value is `0`, the bitrate of the video will be the same as that of the source video. -* `codec` - (Required) Video stream encoder. Valid values: `libx264`,`libx265`,`av1`. `libx264`: H.264, `libx265`: H.265, `av1`: AOMedia Video 1. Currently, a resolution within 640x480 must be specified for `H.265`. and the `av1` container only supports mp4. -* `fps` - (Required) Video frame rate in Hz. Value range: `[0, 60]`. If the value is `0`, the frame rate will be the same as that of the source video. -* `fill_type` - (Optional) Fill type. Fill refers to the way of processing a screenshot when its aspect ratio is different from that of the source video. The following fill types are supported: `stretch`: stretch. The screenshot will be stretched frame by frame to match the aspect ratio of the source video, which may make the screenshot shorter or longer; `black`: fill with black. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with black color blocks. Default value: black. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `height` - (Optional) Maximum value of the height (or short side) of a video stream in px. Value range: `0` and `[128, 4096]`. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `resolution_adaptive` - (Optional) Resolution adaption. Valid values: `true`,`false`. `true`: enabled. In this case, `width` represents the long side of a video, while `height` the short side; `false`: disabled. In this case, `width` represents the width of a video, while `height` the height. Default value: `true`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `width` - (Optional) Maximum value of the width (or long side) of a video stream in px. Value range: `0` and `[128, 4096]`. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `bitrate` - (Required, Int) Bitrate of video stream in Kbps. Value range: `0` and `[128, 35000]`. If the value is `0`, the bitrate of the video will be the same as that of the source video. +* `codec` - (Required, String) Video stream encoder. Valid values: `libx264`,`libx265`,`av1`. `libx264`: H.264, `libx265`: H.265, `av1`: AOMedia Video 1. Currently, a resolution within 640x480 must be specified for `H.265`. and the `av1` container only supports mp4. +* `fps` - (Required, Int) Video frame rate in Hz. Value range: `[0, 60]`. If the value is `0`, the frame rate will be the same as that of the source video. +* `fill_type` - (Optional, String) Fill type. Fill refers to the way of processing a screenshot when its aspect ratio is different from that of the source video. The following fill types are supported: `stretch`: stretch. The screenshot will be stretched frame by frame to match the aspect ratio of the source video, which may make the screenshot shorter or longer; `black`: fill with black. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with black color blocks. Default value: black. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `height` - (Optional, Int) Maximum value of the height (or short side) of a video stream in px. Value range: `0` and `[128, 4096]`. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `resolution_adaptive` - (Optional, Bool) Resolution adaption. Valid values: `true`,`false`. `true`: enabled. In this case, `width` represents the long side of a video, while `height` the short side; `false`: disabled. In this case, `width` represents the width of a video, while `height` the height. Default value: `true`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `width` - (Optional, Int) Maximum value of the width (or long side) of a video stream in px. Value range: `0` and `[128, 4096]`. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vod_image_sprite_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vod_image_sprite_template.html.markdown index 79a9aae27f..9c4244100b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vod_image_sprite_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vod_image_sprite_template.html.markdown @@ -32,17 +32,17 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vod_image_sprite_template" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `column_count` - (Required) Subimage column count of an image sprite. -* `name` - (Required) Name of a time point screen capturing template. Length limit: 64 characters. -* `row_count` - (Required) Subimage row count of an image sprite. -* `sample_interval` - (Required) Sampling interval. If `sample_type` is `Percent`, sampling will be performed at an interval of the specified percentage. If `sample_type` is `Time`, sampling will be performed at the specified time interval in seconds. -* `sample_type` - (Required) Sampling type. Valid values: `Percent`, `Time`. `Percent`: by percent. `Time`: by time interval. -* `comment` - (Optional) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. -* `fill_type` - (Optional) Fill refers to the way of processing a screenshot when its aspect ratio is different from that of the source video. The following fill types are supported: `stretch`: stretch. The screenshot will be stretched frame by frame to match the aspect ratio of the source video, which may make the screenshot shorter or longer; `black`: fill with black. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with black color blocks. Default value: `black`. -* `height` - (Optional) Maximum value of the `height` (or short side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. -* `resolution_adaptive` - (Optional) Resolution adaption. Valid values: `true`,`false`. `true`: enabled. In this case, `width` represents the long side of a video, while `height` the short side; `false`: disabled. In this case, `width` represents the width of a video, while `height` the height. Default value: `true`. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `width` - (Optional) Maximum value of the `width` (or long side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, width will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. +* `column_count` - (Required, Int) Subimage column count of an image sprite. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of a time point screen capturing template. Length limit: 64 characters. +* `row_count` - (Required, Int) Subimage row count of an image sprite. +* `sample_interval` - (Required, Int) Sampling interval. If `sample_type` is `Percent`, sampling will be performed at an interval of the specified percentage. If `sample_type` is `Time`, sampling will be performed at the specified time interval in seconds. +* `sample_type` - (Required, String) Sampling type. Valid values: `Percent`, `Time`. `Percent`: by percent. `Time`: by time interval. +* `comment` - (Optional, String) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. +* `fill_type` - (Optional, String) Fill refers to the way of processing a screenshot when its aspect ratio is different from that of the source video. The following fill types are supported: `stretch`: stretch. The screenshot will be stretched frame by frame to match the aspect ratio of the source video, which may make the screenshot shorter or longer; `black`: fill with black. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with black color blocks. Default value: `black`. +* `height` - (Optional, Int) Maximum value of the `height` (or short side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. +* `resolution_adaptive` - (Optional, Bool) Resolution adaption. Valid values: `true`,`false`. `true`: enabled. In this case, `width` represents the long side of a video, while `height` the short side; `false`: disabled. In this case, `width` represents the width of a video, while `height` the height. Default value: `true`. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `width` - (Optional, Int) Maximum value of the `width` (or long side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, width will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vod_procedure_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vod_procedure_template.html.markdown index df47f1acf8..a9d2fa7586 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vod_procedure_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vod_procedure_template.html.markdown @@ -102,77 +102,77 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vod_procedure_template" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Task flow name (up to 20 characters). -* `comment` - (Optional) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. -* `media_process_task` - (Optional) Parameter of video processing task. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Task flow name (up to 20 characters). +* `comment` - (Optional, String) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. +* `media_process_task` - (Optional, List) Parameter of video processing task. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. The `adaptive_dynamic_streaming_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Adaptive bitrate streaming template ID. -* `watermark_list` - (Optional) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Adaptive bitrate streaming template ID. +* `watermark_list` - (Optional, List) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `animated_graphic_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Animated image generating template ID. -* `end_time_offset` - (Required) End time of animated image in video in seconds. -* `start_time_offset` - (Required) Start time of animated image in video in seconds. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Animated image generating template ID. +* `end_time_offset` - (Required, Float64) End time of animated image in video in seconds. +* `start_time_offset` - (Required, Float64) Start time of animated image in video in seconds. The `cover_by_snapshot_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Time point screen capturing template ID. -* `position_type` - (Required) Screen capturing mode. Valid values: `Time`, `Percent`. `Time`: screen captures by time point, `Percent`: screen captures by percentage. -* `position_value` - (Required) Screenshot position: For time point screen capturing, this means to take a screenshot at a specified time point (in seconds) and use it as the cover. For percentage screen capturing, this value means to take a screenshot at a specified percentage of the video duration and use it as the cover. -* `watermark_list` - (Optional) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Time point screen capturing template ID. +* `position_type` - (Required, String) Screen capturing mode. Valid values: `Time`, `Percent`. `Time`: screen captures by time point, `Percent`: screen captures by percentage. +* `position_value` - (Required, Float64) Screenshot position: For time point screen capturing, this means to take a screenshot at a specified time point (in seconds) and use it as the cover. For percentage screen capturing, this value means to take a screenshot at a specified percentage of the video duration and use it as the cover. +* `watermark_list` - (Optional, List) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `image_sprite_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Image sprite generating template ID. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Image sprite generating template ID. The `media_process_task` object supports the following: -* `adaptive_dynamic_streaming_task_list` - (Optional) List of adaptive bitrate streaming tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `animated_graphic_task_list` - (Optional) List of animated image generating tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `cover_by_snapshot_task_list` - (Optional) List of cover generating tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `image_sprite_task_list` - (Optional) List of image sprite generating tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `sample_snapshot_task_list` - (Optional) List of sampled screen capturing tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `snapshot_by_time_offset_task_list` - (Optional) List of time point screen capturing tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `transcode_task_list` - (Optional) List of transcoding tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `adaptive_dynamic_streaming_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of adaptive bitrate streaming tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `animated_graphic_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of animated image generating tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `cover_by_snapshot_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of cover generating tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `image_sprite_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of image sprite generating tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `sample_snapshot_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of sampled screen capturing tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `snapshot_by_time_offset_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of time point screen capturing tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `transcode_task_list` - (Optional, List) List of transcoding tasks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `mosaic_list` object supports the following: -* `coordinate_origin` - (Optional) Origin position, which currently can only be: `TopLeft`: the origin of coordinates is in the top-left corner of the video, and the origin of the blur is in the top-left corner of the image or text. Default value: TopLeft. -* `end_time_offset` - (Optional) End time offset of blur in seconds. If this parameter is left empty or `0` is entered, the blur will exist till the last video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the blur will exist till second n; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the blur will exist till second n before the last video frame. -* `height` - (Optional) Blur height. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the `height` of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video height; for example, 10% means that Height is 10% of the video height; If the string ends in `px`, the `height` of the blur will be in px; for example, 100px means that Height is 100 px. Default value: `10%`. -* `start_time_offset` - (Optional) Start time offset of blur in seconds. If this parameter is left empty or `0` is entered, the blur will appear upon the first video frame. If this parameter is left empty or `0` is entered, the blur will appear upon the first video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the blur will appear at second n after the first video frame; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the blur will appear at second n before the last video frame. -* `width` - (Optional) Blur width. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the `width` of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video width; for example, 10% means that `width` is 10% of the video width; If the string ends in `px`, the `width` of the blur will be in px; for example, 100px means that Width is 100 px. Default value: `10%`. -* `x_pos` - (Optional) The horizontal position of the origin of the blur relative to the origin of coordinates of the video. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the XPos of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video width; for example, 10% means that XPos is 10% of the video width; If the string ends in `px`, the XPos of the blur will be the specified px; for example, 100px means that XPos is 100 px. Default value: `0px`. -* `y_pos` - (Optional) Vertical position of the origin of blur relative to the origin of coordinates of video. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the YPos of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video height; for example, 10% means that YPos is 10% of the video height; If the string ends in `px`, the YPos of the blur will be the specified px; for example, 100px means that YPos is 100 px. Default value: `0px`. +* `coordinate_origin` - (Optional, String) Origin position, which currently can only be: `TopLeft`: the origin of coordinates is in the top-left corner of the video, and the origin of the blur is in the top-left corner of the image or text. Default value: TopLeft. +* `end_time_offset` - (Optional, Float64) End time offset of blur in seconds. If this parameter is left empty or `0` is entered, the blur will exist till the last video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the blur will exist till second n; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the blur will exist till second n before the last video frame. +* `height` - (Optional, String) Blur height. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the `height` of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video height; for example, 10% means that Height is 10% of the video height; If the string ends in `px`, the `height` of the blur will be in px; for example, 100px means that Height is 100 px. Default value: `10%`. +* `start_time_offset` - (Optional, Float64) Start time offset of blur in seconds. If this parameter is left empty or `0` is entered, the blur will appear upon the first video frame. If this parameter is left empty or `0` is entered, the blur will appear upon the first video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the blur will appear at second n after the first video frame; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the blur will appear at second n before the last video frame. +* `width` - (Optional, String) Blur width. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the `width` of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video width; for example, 10% means that `width` is 10% of the video width; If the string ends in `px`, the `width` of the blur will be in px; for example, 100px means that Width is 100 px. Default value: `10%`. +* `x_pos` - (Optional, String) The horizontal position of the origin of the blur relative to the origin of coordinates of the video. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the XPos of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video width; for example, 10% means that XPos is 10% of the video width; If the string ends in `px`, the XPos of the blur will be the specified px; for example, 100px means that XPos is 100 px. Default value: `0px`. +* `y_pos` - (Optional, String) Vertical position of the origin of blur relative to the origin of coordinates of video. `%` and `px` formats are supported: If the string ends in `%`, the YPos of the blur will be the specified percentage of the video height; for example, 10% means that YPos is 10% of the video height; If the string ends in `px`, the YPos of the blur will be the specified px; for example, 100px means that YPos is 100 px. Default value: `0px`. The `sample_snapshot_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Sampled screen capturing template ID. -* `watermark_list` - (Optional) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Sampled screen capturing template ID. +* `watermark_list` - (Optional, List) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `snapshot_by_time_offset_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Time point screen capturing template ID. -* `ext_time_offset_list` - (Optional) The list of screenshot time points. `s` and `%` formats are supported: When a time point string ends with `s`, its unit is second. For example, `3.5s` means the 3.5th second of the video; When a time point string ends with `%`, it is marked with corresponding percentage of the video duration. For example, `10%` means that the time point is at the 10% of the video entire duration. -* `watermark_list` - (Optional) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Time point screen capturing template ID. +* `ext_time_offset_list` - (Optional, List) The list of screenshot time points. `s` and `%` formats are supported: When a time point string ends with `s`, its unit is second. For example, `3.5s` means the 3.5th second of the video; When a time point string ends with `%`, it is marked with corresponding percentage of the video duration. For example, `10%` means that the time point is at the 10% of the video entire duration. +* `watermark_list` - (Optional, List) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `transcode_task_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Video transcoding template ID. -* `mosaic_list` - (Optional) List of blurs. Up to 10 ones can be supported. -* `watermark_list` - (Optional) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Video transcoding template ID. +* `mosaic_list` - (Optional, List) List of blurs. Up to 10 ones can be supported. +* `watermark_list` - (Optional, List) List of up to `10` image or text watermarks. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. The `watermark_list` object supports the following: -* `definition` - (Required) Watermarking template ID. -* `end_time_offset` - (Optional) End time offset of a watermark in seconds. If this parameter is left blank or `0` is entered, the watermark will exist till the last video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the watermark will exist till second n; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the watermark will exist till second n before the last video frame. -* `start_time_offset` - (Optional) Start time offset of a watermark in seconds. If this parameter is left blank or `0` is entered, the watermark will appear upon the first video frame. If this parameter is left blank or `0` is entered, the watermark will appear upon the first video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the watermark will appear at second n after the first video frame; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the watermark will appear at second n before the last video frame. -* `svg_content` - (Optional) SVG content of up to `2000000` characters. This needs to be entered only when the watermark type is `SVG`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. -* `text_content` - (Optional) Text content of up to `100` characters. This needs to be entered only when the watermark type is text. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `definition` - (Required, String) Watermarking template ID. +* `end_time_offset` - (Optional, Float64) End time offset of a watermark in seconds. If this parameter is left blank or `0` is entered, the watermark will exist till the last video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the watermark will exist till second n; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the watermark will exist till second n before the last video frame. +* `start_time_offset` - (Optional, Float64) Start time offset of a watermark in seconds. If this parameter is left blank or `0` is entered, the watermark will appear upon the first video frame. If this parameter is left blank or `0` is entered, the watermark will appear upon the first video frame; If this value is greater than `0` (e.g., n), the watermark will appear at second n after the first video frame; If this value is smaller than `0` (e.g., -n), the watermark will appear at second n before the last video frame. +* `svg_content` - (Optional, String) SVG content of up to `2000000` characters. This needs to be entered only when the watermark type is `SVG`. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. +* `text_content` - (Optional, String) Text content of up to `100` characters. This needs to be entered only when the watermark type is text. Note: this field may return null, indicating that no valid values can be obtained. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_template.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_template.html.markdown index bfd40d6641..2613d659c0 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_template.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_template.html.markdown @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vod_snapshot_by_time_offset_template" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of a time point screen capturing template. Length limit: 64 characters. -* `comment` - (Optional) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. -* `fill_type` - (Optional) Fill refers to the way of processing a screenshot when its aspect ratio is different from that of the source video. The following fill types are supported: `stretch`: stretch. The screenshot will be stretched frame by frame to match the aspect ratio of the source video, which may make the screenshot `shorter` or `longer`; `black`: fill with black. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with black color blocks. `white`: fill with white. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with white color blocks. `gauss`: fill with Gaussian blur. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with Gaussian blur. Default value: `black`. -* `format` - (Optional) Image format. Valid values: `jpg`, `png`. Default value: `jpg`. -* `height` - (Optional) Maximum value of the `height` (or short side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. -* `resolution_adaptive` - (Optional) Resolution adaption. Valid values: `true`,`false`. `true`: enabled. In this case, `width` represents the long side of a video, while `height` the short side; `false`: disabled. In this case, `width` represents the width of a video, while `height` the height. Default value: `true`. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. -* `width` - (Optional) Maximum value of the `width` (or long side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, width will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of a time point screen capturing template. Length limit: 64 characters. +* `comment` - (Optional, String) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. +* `fill_type` - (Optional, String) Fill refers to the way of processing a screenshot when its aspect ratio is different from that of the source video. The following fill types are supported: `stretch`: stretch. The screenshot will be stretched frame by frame to match the aspect ratio of the source video, which may make the screenshot `shorter` or `longer`; `black`: fill with black. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with black color blocks. `white`: fill with white. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with white color blocks. `gauss`: fill with Gaussian blur. This option retains the aspect ratio of the source video for the screenshot and fills the unmatched area with Gaussian blur. Default value: `black`. +* `format` - (Optional, String) Image format. Valid values: `jpg`, `png`. Default value: `jpg`. +* `height` - (Optional, Int) Maximum value of the `height` (or short side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, `width` will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. +* `resolution_adaptive` - (Optional, Bool) Resolution adaption. Valid values: `true`,`false`. `true`: enabled. In this case, `width` represents the long side of a video, while `height` the short side; `false`: disabled. In this case, `width` represents the width of a video, while `height` the height. Default value: `true`. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `width` - (Optional, Int) Maximum value of the `width` (or long side) of a screenshot in px. Value range: 0 and [128, 4,096]. If both `width` and `height` are `0`, the resolution will be the same as that of the source video; If `width` is `0`, but `height` is not `0`, width will be proportionally scaled; If `width` is not `0`, but `height` is `0`, `height` will be proportionally scaled; If both `width` and `height` are not `0`, the custom resolution will be used. Default value: `0`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vod_sub_application.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vod_sub_application.html.markdown index 541c4cb33c..86d8358635 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vod_sub_application.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vod_sub_application.html.markdown @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vod_sub_application" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Sub application name, which can contain up to 64 letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (such as test_ABC-123) and must be unique under a user. -* `status` - (Required) Sub appliaction status. -* `description` - (Optional) Sub application description. +* `name` - (Required, String) Sub application name, which can contain up to 64 letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (such as test_ABC-123) and must be unique under a user. +* `status` - (Required, String) Sub appliaction status. +* `description` - (Optional, String) Sub application description. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vod_super_player_config.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vod_super_player_config.html.markdown index f964f8d115..06712ef95b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vod_super_player_config.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vod_super_player_config.html.markdown @@ -93,25 +93,25 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vod_super_player_config" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required, ForceNew) Player configuration name, which can contain up to 64 letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (such as test_ABC-123) and must be unique under a user. -* `adaptive_dynamic_streaming_definition` - (Optional) ID of the unencrypted adaptive bitrate streaming template that allows output, which is required if `drm_switch` is `false`. -* `comment` - (Optional) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. -* `domain` - (Optional) Domain name used for playback. If it is left empty or set to `Default`, the domain name configured in [Default Distribution Configuration](https://cloud.tencent.com/document/product/266/33373) will be used. `Default` by default. -* `drm_streaming_info` - (Optional) Content of the DRM-protected adaptive bitrate streaming template that allows output, which is required if `drm_switch` is `true`. -* `drm_switch` - (Optional) Switch of DRM-protected adaptive bitstream playback: `true`: enabled, indicating to play back only output adaptive bitstreams protected by DRM; `false`: disabled, indicating to play back unencrypted output adaptive bitstreams. Default value: `false`. -* `image_sprite_definition` - (Optional) ID of the image sprite template that allows output. -* `resolution_names` - (Optional) Display name of player for substreams with different resolutions. If this parameter is left empty or an empty array, the default configuration will be used: `min_edge_length: 240, name: LD`; `min_edge_length: 480, name: SD`; `min_edge_length: 720, name: HD`; `min_edge_length: 1080, name: FHD`; `min_edge_length: 1440, name: 2K`; `min_edge_length: 2160, name: 4K`; `min_edge_length: 4320, name: 8K`. -* `scheme` - (Optional) Scheme used for playback. If it is left empty or set to `Default`, the scheme configured in [Default Distribution Configuration](https://cloud.tencent.com/document/product/266/33373) will be used. Other valid values: `HTTP`; `HTTPS`. -* `sub_app_id` - (Optional) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. +* `name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Player configuration name, which can contain up to 64 letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (such as test_ABC-123) and must be unique under a user. +* `adaptive_dynamic_streaming_definition` - (Optional, String) ID of the unencrypted adaptive bitrate streaming template that allows output, which is required if `drm_switch` is `false`. +* `comment` - (Optional, String) Template description. Length limit: 256 characters. +* `domain` - (Optional, String) Domain name used for playback. If it is left empty or set to `Default`, the domain name configured in [Default Distribution Configuration](https://cloud.tencent.com/document/product/266/33373) will be used. `Default` by default. +* `drm_streaming_info` - (Optional, List) Content of the DRM-protected adaptive bitrate streaming template that allows output, which is required if `drm_switch` is `true`. +* `drm_switch` - (Optional, Bool) Switch of DRM-protected adaptive bitstream playback: `true`: enabled, indicating to play back only output adaptive bitstreams protected by DRM; `false`: disabled, indicating to play back unencrypted output adaptive bitstreams. Default value: `false`. +* `image_sprite_definition` - (Optional, String) ID of the image sprite template that allows output. +* `resolution_names` - (Optional, List) Display name of player for substreams with different resolutions. If this parameter is left empty or an empty array, the default configuration will be used: `min_edge_length: 240, name: LD`; `min_edge_length: 480, name: SD`; `min_edge_length: 720, name: HD`; `min_edge_length: 1080, name: FHD`; `min_edge_length: 1440, name: 2K`; `min_edge_length: 2160, name: 4K`; `min_edge_length: 4320, name: 8K`. +* `scheme` - (Optional, String) Scheme used for playback. If it is left empty or set to `Default`, the scheme configured in [Default Distribution Configuration](https://cloud.tencent.com/document/product/266/33373) will be used. Other valid values: `HTTP`; `HTTPS`. +* `sub_app_id` - (Optional, Int) Subapplication ID in VOD. If you need to access a resource in a subapplication, enter the subapplication ID in this field; otherwise, leave it empty. The `drm_streaming_info` object supports the following: -* `simple_aes_definition` - (Optional) ID of the adaptive dynamic streaming template whose protection type is `SimpleAES`. +* `simple_aes_definition` - (Optional, String) ID of the adaptive dynamic streaming template whose protection type is `SimpleAES`. The `resolution_names` object supports the following: -* `min_edge_length` - (Required) Length of video short side in px. -* `name` - (Required) Display name. +* `min_edge_length` - (Required, Int) Length of video short side in px. +* `name` - (Required, String) Display name. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpc.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpc.html.markdown index 9cd0a41f0f..bad0135338 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpc.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpc.html.markdown @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpc" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `cidr_block` - (Required, ForceNew) A network address block which should be a subnet of the three internal network segments (10.0.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12 and 192.168.0.0/16). -* `name` - (Required) The name of the VPC. -* `assistant_cidrs` - (Optional) List of Assistant CIDR. -* `dns_servers` - (Optional) The DNS server list of the VPC. And you can specify 0 to 5 servers to this list. -* `is_multicast` - (Optional) Indicates whether VPC multicast is enabled. The default value is 'true'. -* `tags` - (Optional) Tags of the VPC. +* `cidr_block` - (Required, String, ForceNew) A network address block which should be a subnet of the three internal network segments (10.0.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12 and 192.168.0.0/16). +* `name` - (Required, String) The name of the VPC. +* `assistant_cidrs` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) List of Assistant CIDR. +* `dns_servers` - (Optional, Set: [`String`]) The DNS server list of the VPC. And you can specify 0 to 5 servers to this list. +* `is_multicast` - (Optional, Bool) Indicates whether VPC multicast is enabled. The default value is 'true'. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) Tags of the VPC. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpc_acl.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpc_acl.html.markdown index b43afae1db..727444aaf1 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpc_acl.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpc_acl.html.markdown @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpc_acl" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the network ACL. -* `vpc_id` - (Required) ID of the VPC instance. -* `egress` - (Optional) Egress rules. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[cidr_ip]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'cidr_ip' must be an IP address network or segment. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. -* `ingress` - (Optional) Ingress rules. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[cidr_ip]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'cidr_ip' must be an IP address network or segment. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the network ACL. +* `vpc_id` - (Required, String) ID of the VPC instance. +* `egress` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Egress rules. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[cidr_ip]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'cidr_ip' must be an IP address network or segment. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. +* `ingress` - (Optional, List: [`String`]) Ingress rules. A rule must match the following format: [action]#[cidr_ip]#[port]#[protocol]. The available value of 'action' is `ACCEPT` and `DROP`. The 'cidr_ip' must be an IP address network or segment. The 'port' valid format is `80`, `80,443`, `80-90` or `ALL`. The available value of 'protocol' is `TCP`, `UDP`, `ICMP` and `ALL`. When 'protocol' is `ICMP` or `ALL`, the 'port' must be `ALL`. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpc_acl_attachment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpc_acl_attachment.html.markdown index f9c25013be..c1afb8271a 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpc_acl_attachment.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpc_acl_attachment.html.markdown @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpc_acl_attachment" "attachment" { The following arguments are supported: -* `acl_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the attached ACL. -* `subnet_id` - (Required, ForceNew) The Subnet instance ID. +* `acl_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the attached ACL. +* `subnet_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The Subnet instance ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpn_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpn_connection.html.markdown index 1e46ab5805..42741d760b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpn_connection.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpn_connection.html.markdown @@ -49,38 +49,38 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpn_connection" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `customer_gateway_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the customer gateway. -* `name` - (Required) Name of the VPN connection. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `pre_share_key` - (Required) Pre-shared key of the VPN connection. -* `security_group_policy` - (Required) Security group policy of the VPN connection. -* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, ForceNew) ID of the VPN gateway. -* `enable_health_check` - (Optional) Whether intra-tunnel health checks are supported. -* `health_check_local_ip` - (Optional) Health check the address of this terminal. -* `health_check_remote_ip` - (Optional) Health check peer address. -* `ike_dh_group_name` - (Optional) DH group name of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `GROUP1`, `GROUP2`, `GROUP5`, `GROUP14`, `GROUP24`. Default value is `GROUP1`. -* `ike_exchange_mode` - (Optional) Exchange mode of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `AGGRESSIVE`, `MAIN`. Default value is `MAIN`. -* `ike_local_address` - (Optional) Local address of IKE operation specification, valid when ike_local_identity is `ADDRESS`, generally the value is `public_ip_address` of the related VPN gateway. -* `ike_local_fqdn_name` - (Optional) Local FQDN name of the IKE operation specification. -* `ike_local_identity` - (Optional) Local identity way of IKE operation specification. Valid values: `ADDRESS`, `FQDN`. Default value is `ADDRESS`. -* `ike_proto_authen_algorithm` - (Optional) Proto authenticate algorithm of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `MD5`, `SHA`, `SHA-256`. Default Value is `MD5`. -* `ike_proto_encry_algorithm` - (Optional) Proto encrypt algorithm of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `3DES-CBC`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-256`, `DES-CBC`. Default value is `3DES-CBC`. -* `ike_remote_address` - (Optional) Remote address of IKE operation specification, valid when ike_remote_identity is `ADDRESS`, generally the value is `public_ip_address` of the related customer gateway. -* `ike_remote_fqdn_name` - (Optional) Remote FQDN name of the IKE operation specification. -* `ike_remote_identity` - (Optional) Remote identity way of IKE operation specification. Valid values: `ADDRESS`, `FQDN`. Default value is `ADDRESS`. -* `ike_sa_lifetime_seconds` - (Optional) SA lifetime of the IKE operation specification, unit is `second`. The value ranges from 60 to 604800. Default value is 86400 seconds. -* `ike_version` - (Optional) Version of the IKE operation specification. Default value is `IKEV1`. -* `ipsec_encrypt_algorithm` - (Optional) Encrypt algorithm of the IPSEC operation specification. Valid values: `3DES-CBC`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-256`, `DES-CBC`. Default value is `3DES-CBC`. -* `ipsec_integrity_algorithm` - (Optional) Integrity algorithm of the IPSEC operation specification. Valid values: `SHA1`, `MD5`, `SHA-256`. Default value is `MD5`. -* `ipsec_pfs_dh_group` - (Optional) PFS DH group. Valid value: `GROUP1`, `GROUP2`, `GROUP5`, `GROUP14`, `GROUP24`, `NULL`. Default value is `NULL`. -* `ipsec_sa_lifetime_seconds` - (Optional) SA lifetime of the IPSEC operation specification, unit is second. Valid value ranges: [180~604800]. Default value is 3600 seconds. -* `ipsec_sa_lifetime_traffic` - (Optional) SA lifetime of the IPSEC operation specification, unit is KB. The value should not be less then 2560. Default value is 1843200. -* `tags` - (Optional) A list of tags used to associate different resources. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. Required if vpn gateway is not in `CCN` type, and doesn't make sense for `CCN` vpn gateway. +* `customer_gateway_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the customer gateway. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the VPN connection. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `pre_share_key` - (Required, String) Pre-shared key of the VPN connection. +* `security_group_policy` - (Required, Set) Security group policy of the VPN connection. +* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPN gateway. +* `enable_health_check` - (Optional, Bool) Whether intra-tunnel health checks are supported. +* `health_check_local_ip` - (Optional, String) Health check the address of this terminal. +* `health_check_remote_ip` - (Optional, String) Health check peer address. +* `ike_dh_group_name` - (Optional, String) DH group name of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `GROUP1`, `GROUP2`, `GROUP5`, `GROUP14`, `GROUP24`. Default value is `GROUP1`. +* `ike_exchange_mode` - (Optional, String) Exchange mode of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `AGGRESSIVE`, `MAIN`. Default value is `MAIN`. +* `ike_local_address` - (Optional, String) Local address of IKE operation specification, valid when ike_local_identity is `ADDRESS`, generally the value is `public_ip_address` of the related VPN gateway. +* `ike_local_fqdn_name` - (Optional, String) Local FQDN name of the IKE operation specification. +* `ike_local_identity` - (Optional, String) Local identity way of IKE operation specification. Valid values: `ADDRESS`, `FQDN`. Default value is `ADDRESS`. +* `ike_proto_authen_algorithm` - (Optional, String) Proto authenticate algorithm of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `MD5`, `SHA`, `SHA-256`. Default Value is `MD5`. +* `ike_proto_encry_algorithm` - (Optional, String) Proto encrypt algorithm of the IKE operation specification. Valid values: `3DES-CBC`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-256`, `DES-CBC`. Default value is `3DES-CBC`. +* `ike_remote_address` - (Optional, String) Remote address of IKE operation specification, valid when ike_remote_identity is `ADDRESS`, generally the value is `public_ip_address` of the related customer gateway. +* `ike_remote_fqdn_name` - (Optional, String) Remote FQDN name of the IKE operation specification. +* `ike_remote_identity` - (Optional, String) Remote identity way of IKE operation specification. Valid values: `ADDRESS`, `FQDN`. Default value is `ADDRESS`. +* `ike_sa_lifetime_seconds` - (Optional, Int) SA lifetime of the IKE operation specification, unit is `second`. The value ranges from 60 to 604800. Default value is 86400 seconds. +* `ike_version` - (Optional, String) Version of the IKE operation specification. Default value is `IKEV1`. +* `ipsec_encrypt_algorithm` - (Optional, String) Encrypt algorithm of the IPSEC operation specification. Valid values: `3DES-CBC`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-128`, `AES-CBC-256`, `DES-CBC`. Default value is `3DES-CBC`. +* `ipsec_integrity_algorithm` - (Optional, String) Integrity algorithm of the IPSEC operation specification. Valid values: `SHA1`, `MD5`, `SHA-256`. Default value is `MD5`. +* `ipsec_pfs_dh_group` - (Optional, String) PFS DH group. Valid value: `GROUP1`, `GROUP2`, `GROUP5`, `GROUP14`, `GROUP24`, `NULL`. Default value is `NULL`. +* `ipsec_sa_lifetime_seconds` - (Optional, Int) SA lifetime of the IPSEC operation specification, unit is second. Valid value ranges: [180~604800]. Default value is 3600 seconds. +* `ipsec_sa_lifetime_traffic` - (Optional, Int) SA lifetime of the IPSEC operation specification, unit is KB. The value should not be less then 2560. Default value is 1843200. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. Required if vpn gateway is not in `CCN` type, and doesn't make sense for `CCN` vpn gateway. The `security_group_policy` object supports the following: -* `local_cidr_block` - (Required) Local cidr block. -* `remote_cidr_block` - (Required) Remote cidr block list. +* `local_cidr_block` - (Required, String) Local cidr block. +* `remote_cidr_block` - (Required, Set) Remote cidr block list. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpn_customer_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpn_customer_gateway.html.markdown index 8772ddf55a..a918000c62 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpn_customer_gateway.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpn_customer_gateway.html.markdown @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpn_customer_gateway" "foo" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the customer gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `public_ip_address` - (Required, ForceNew) Public IP of the customer gateway. -* `tags` - (Optional) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the customer gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `public_ip_address` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Public IP of the customer gateway. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A list of tags used to associate different resources. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway.html.markdown index 1a8e283d7f..5f6c958fad 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway.html.markdown @@ -51,17 +51,17 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpn_gateway" "my_cgw" { The following arguments are supported: -* `name` - (Required) Name of the VPN gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. -* `zone` - (Required, ForceNew) Zone of the VPN gateway. -* `bandwidth` - (Optional) The maximum public network output bandwidth of VPN gateway (unit: Mbps), the available values include: 5,10,20,50,100,200,500,1000. Default is 5. When charge type is `PREPAID`, bandwidth degradation operation is unsupported. -* `cdc_id` - (Optional) CDC instance ID. -* `charge_type` - (Optional) Charge Type of the VPN gateway. Valid value: `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. -* `max_connection` - (Optional) Maximum number of connected clients allowed for the SSL VPN gateway. Valid values: [5, 10, 20, 50, 100]. This parameter is only required for SSL VPN gateways. -* `prepaid_period` - (Optional) Period of instance to be prepaid. Valid value: `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `12`, `24`, `36`. The unit is month. Caution: when this para and renew_flag para are valid, the request means to renew several months more pre-paid period. This para can only be set to take effect in create operation. -* `prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional) Flag indicates whether to renew or not. Valid value: `NOTIFY_AND_RENEW`, `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, `NOT_NOTIFY_AND_NOT_RENEW`. This para can only be set to take effect in create operation. -* `tags` - (Optional) A list of tags used to associate different resources. -* `type` - (Optional) Type of gateway instance. Valid value: `IPSEC`, `SSL` and `CCN`. Note: CCN type is only for whitelist customer now. -* `vpc_id` - (Optional, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. Required if vpn gateway is not in `CCN` type, and doesn't make sense for `CCN` vpn gateway. +* `name` - (Required, String) Name of the VPN gateway. The length of character is limited to 1-60. +* `zone` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Zone of the VPN gateway. +* `bandwidth` - (Optional, Int) The maximum public network output bandwidth of VPN gateway (unit: Mbps), the available values include: 5,10,20,50,100,200,500,1000. Default is 5. When charge type is `PREPAID`, bandwidth degradation operation is unsupported. +* `cdc_id` - (Optional, String) CDC instance ID. +* `charge_type` - (Optional, String) Charge Type of the VPN gateway. Valid value: `PREPAID`, `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. The default is `POSTPAID_BY_HOUR`. +* `max_connection` - (Optional, Int) Maximum number of connected clients allowed for the SSL VPN gateway. Valid values: [5, 10, 20, 50, 100]. This parameter is only required for SSL VPN gateways. +* `prepaid_period` - (Optional, Int) Period of instance to be prepaid. Valid value: `1`, `2`, `3`, `4`, `6`, `7`, `8`, `9`, `12`, `24`, `36`. The unit is month. Caution: when this para and renew_flag para are valid, the request means to renew several months more pre-paid period. This para can only be set to take effect in create operation. +* `prepaid_renew_flag` - (Optional, String) Flag indicates whether to renew or not. Valid value: `NOTIFY_AND_RENEW`, `NOTIFY_AND_AUTO_RENEW`, `NOT_NOTIFY_AND_NOT_RENEW`. This para can only be set to take effect in create operation. +* `tags` - (Optional, Map) A list of tags used to associate different resources. +* `type` - (Optional, String) Type of gateway instance. Valid value: `IPSEC`, `SSL` and `CCN`. Note: CCN type is only for whitelist customer now. +* `vpc_id` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) ID of the VPC. Required if vpn gateway is not in `CCN` type, and doesn't make sense for `CCN` vpn gateway. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway_route.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway_route.html.markdown index dcdc4e46a5..0c331a67e3 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway_route.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpn_gateway_route.html.markdown @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpn_gateway_route" "route" { The following arguments are supported: -* `destination_cidr_block` - (Required, ForceNew) Destination IDC IP range. -* `instance_id` - (Required, ForceNew) Instance ID of the next hop. -* `instance_type` - (Required, ForceNew) Next hop type (type of the associated instance). Valid values: VPNCONN (VPN tunnel) and CCN (CCN instance). -* `priority` - (Required, ForceNew) Priority. Valid values: 0 and 100. -* `status` - (Required) Status. Valid values: ENABLE and DISABLE. -* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPN gateway ID. +* `destination_cidr_block` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Destination IDC IP range. +* `instance_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Instance ID of the next hop. +* `instance_type` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Next hop type (type of the associated instance). Valid values: VPNCONN (VPN tunnel) and CCN (CCN instance). +* `priority` - (Required, Int, ForceNew) Priority. Valid values: 0 and 100. +* `status` - (Required, String) Status. Valid values: ENABLE and DISABLE. +* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPN gateway ID. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_client.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_client.html.markdown index 01826946ed..903f05fbdf 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_client.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_client.html.markdown @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpn_ssl_client" "client" { The following arguments are supported: -* `ssl_vpn_client_name` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of ssl vpn client to be created. -* `ssl_vpn_server_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPN ssl server id. +* `ssl_vpn_client_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of ssl vpn client to be created. +* `ssl_vpn_server_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPN ssl server id. ## Attributes Reference diff --git a/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_server.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_server.html.markdown index 9db39995c7..7337df7e3b 100644 --- a/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_server.html.markdown +++ b/website/docs/r/vpn_ssl_server.html.markdown @@ -33,15 +33,15 @@ resource "tencentcloud_vpn_ssl_server" "server" { The following arguments are supported: -* `local_address` - (Required, ForceNew) List of local CIDR. -* `remote_address` - (Required, ForceNew) Remote CIDR for client. -* `ssl_vpn_server_name` - (Required, ForceNew) The name of ssl vpn server to be created. -* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, ForceNew) VPN gateway ID. -* `compress` - (Optional, ForceNew) need compressed. Default value: False. -* `encrypt_algorithm` - (Optional, ForceNew) The encrypt algorithm. Valid values: AES-128-CBC, AES-192-CBC, AES-256-CBC, NONE.Default value: NONE. -* `integrity_algorithm` - (Optional, ForceNew) The integrity algorithm. Valid values: SHA1, MD5 and NONE. Default value: NONE. -* `ssl_vpn_port` - (Optional, ForceNew) The port of ssl vpn. Default value: 1194. -* `ssl_vpn_protocol` - (Optional, ForceNew) The protocol of ssl vpn. Default value: UDP. +* `local_address` - (Required, List: [`String`], ForceNew) List of local CIDR. +* `remote_address` - (Required, String, ForceNew) Remote CIDR for client. +* `ssl_vpn_server_name` - (Required, String, ForceNew) The name of ssl vpn server to be created. +* `vpn_gateway_id` - (Required, String, ForceNew) VPN gateway ID. +* `compress` - (Optional, Bool, ForceNew) need compressed. Default value: False. +* `encrypt_algorithm` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The encrypt algorithm. Valid values: AES-128-CBC, AES-192-CBC, AES-256-CBC, NONE.Default value: NONE. +* `integrity_algorithm` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The integrity algorithm. Valid values: SHA1, MD5 and NONE. Default value: NONE. +* `ssl_vpn_port` - (Optional, Int, ForceNew) The port of ssl vpn. Default value: 1194. +* `ssl_vpn_protocol` - (Optional, String, ForceNew) The protocol of ssl vpn. Default value: UDP. ## Attributes Reference